As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 10, 2018

 

Registration No. 333-________

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Rhinebeck Bank 401(k) Plan

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Maryland 6036 Pending
(State or Other Jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)

 

2 Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, NY 12601

(845) 790-1579

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

Michael J. Quinn

President and Chief Executive Officer

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

2 Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, NY 12601

(845) 790-1579

 

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

Copies to :

Eric Luse, Esq.

Scott A. Brown, Esq.

Luse Gorman, PC

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨   Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer x   Smaller reporting company x
  Emerging growth company x  

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of securities to be
registered
  Amount to be
registered
    Proposed maximum
offering price per share
    Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price
    Amount of
registration fee
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share     5,313,617 shares     $ 10.00     $ 53,136,170 (1)       6,617  
Participation Interests     1,432,383 (2)     (2)     (2)     (2)

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) The securities to be purchased by the Rhinebeck Bank 401(k) Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 
 

   

Prospectus Supplement

 

Interests in

 

RHINEBECK BANK 401(k) PLAN

 

Offering of Participation Interests in up to 1,432,383 Shares of

 

RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.

Common Stock

 

In connection with the reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank, a New York-chartered saving bank and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, a New York-chartered mutual holding company into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure (the “Reorganization”), Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation (“Rhinebeck Bancorp”), is offering shares of its common stock for sale at $10.00 per share. Following the Reorganization, it is expected that the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp common stock (“Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock”) will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “RBKB.”

 

In connection with the stock offering, Rhinebeck Bancorp is allowing participants in the Rhinebeck Bank 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) to make a one-time election to purchase participation interests in shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock through the 401(k) Plan. Based upon the value of the 401(k) Plan assets at June 30, 2018, the trustee of the 401(k) Plan could purchase up to 1,432,383 shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, assuming a purchase price of $10.00 per share. As a participant in the 401(k) Plan, you may direct the trustee of the 401(k) Plan to invest all or a portion of your 401(k) Plan account in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock at the time of the stock offering. This prospectus supplement relates to the one-time election of 401(k) Plan participants to direct the trustee of the 401(k) Plan to invest their 401(k) Plan accounts in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock at the time of the stock offering.

 

Before you consider investing, you should read the prospectus of Rhinebeck Bancorp dated [DATE] , which is provided with this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the Reorganization and related stock offering of Rhinebeck Bancorp and the financial condition, results of operations and business of Rhinebeck Bank. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the 401(k) Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.

 

________________________________

 

For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 of the prospectus.

 

The interests in the 401(k) Plan and the offering of the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the New York State Department of Financial Services, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

 

The securities offered in this prospectus supplement are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by Rhinebeck Bancorp in the stock offering of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock acquired by the 401(k) Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to reoffer or resell interests in shares of common stock acquired through the 401(k) Plan.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bank and the 401(k) Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.

 

This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock will under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bank or the 401(k) Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.

 

The date of this prospectus supplement is [DATE] .

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE OFFERING 1
   
Securities Offered 1
Election to Purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock 1
Purchase Priorities 2
Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions 3
Composition of the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund 4
Minimum and Maximum Investment 4
Value of 401(k) Plan Assets 5
How to Order Common Stock in the Stock Offering Through the 401(k) Plan. 5
Order Deadline 7
Irrevocability of Transfer Direction 8
Future Direction to Purchase and Sell Common Stock 8
Voting Rights of Common Stock 8
   
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN 9
   
Introduction 9
Eligibility and Participation 9
Contributions Under the Plan 10
Limitations on Contributions 11
Benefits Under the Plan 11
Withdrawals and Distributions from the Plan 12
Investment of Contributions and Account Balances 13
Performance History and Description of Funds 14
Administration of the Plan 19
Amendment and Termination 20
Merger, Consolidation or Transfer 20
Federal Income Tax Consequences 20
Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities 21
Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations 22
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability 23
Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets 23
   
LEGAL OPINION 23

 

 

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered  

Rhinebeck Bancorp is offering participants of the 401(k) Plan the opportunity to purchase participation interests in shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock through the 401(k) Plan at the stock offering purchase price of $10.00 per share. A “participation interest” represents your indirect ownership of a share of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock that is acquired by the 401(k) Plan pursuant to your election and is equivalent to one share of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. In this prospectus supplement, “participation interests” will be referred to as shares of “Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock.” At the stock offering purchase price of $10.00 per share, the 401(k) Plan may acquire up to 1,432,383 shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering, based on the fair market value of the 401(k) Plan’s assets as of June 30, 2018.

 

Only employees of Rhinebeck Bank may become participants in the 401(k) Plan and only participants may purchase stock through the 401(k) Plan. Your investment in shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in connection with the stock offering is subject to the purchase priorities listed below.

 

Information regarding 401(k) Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement and information with about the financial condition, results of operations and business of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Rhinebeck Bank is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive offices of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Rhinebeck Bank is 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, NY 12601.

 

All questions about this prospectus supplement should be addressed to Jeanine Borko, SVP Human Resources at Rhinebeck Bank, 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, NY 12601 , telephone number: (845) 790-1561, email: jborko@rhinebeckbank.com .

 

Questions about the stock offering, the prospectus, or purchasing Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering outside the 401(k) Plan may be directed to the Stock Information Center toll-free, at (___) ________, Monday through Friday, 10:00 a.m. through 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. 

     
Election to Purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock  

In connection with the stock offering, you may make an election to transfer all or a portion of your account balances in the 401(k) Plan to a money market fund called “Stock Purchase,” which will be used to purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock issued in the stock offering. The trustee of the 401(k) Plan will purchase the Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock at $10.00 per share, in accordance with your directions. However, such directions are subject to purchase priorities and purchase limitations, as described below. 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Priorities

 

 

All 401(k) Plan participants are eligible to make an election to purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering. However, such election is subject to the purchase priorities in the Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance, which provides for a subscription offering and a community offering. In the stock offering, the purchase priorities are as follows and apply in case more shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock are ordered than are available for sale (an “oversubscription”):

 

Subscription Offering:

 

(1)     Each depositor of Rhinebeck Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $100.00 at the close of business on December 31, 2016, has first priority.

 

(2)     Rhinebeck Bank’s tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan and the 401(k) Plan, have second priority.

 

(3)     Each depositor of Rhinebeck Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $100.00 at the close of business on September 20, 2018, has third priority.

 

Community Offering:

 

(4)     Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Columbia, Duchess, Orange and Ulster Counties in New York have fourth priority.

 

(5)     Other members of the general public have fifth priority.

 

If you fall into subscription offering categories (1) or (3), you have subscription rights to purchase shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the 401(k) Plan to pay for the Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. You may also be able to purchase shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1) or (3) through subscription offering category (2), reserved for its tax-qualified employee plans.

 

If you fall into purchase priority (1) or (3), you will separately receive an offering materials package in the mail, including a stock order form. You may use the stock order form to purchase shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock outside the 401(k) Plan. Please refer to the prospectus for information on how to make such purchases.

 

Additionally, instead of (or in addition to) placing an order outside the 401(k) Plan using the stock order form, you may place an order for the purchase of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock through the 401(k) Plan in the manner described below under “How to Order Common Stock in the Stock Offering Through the 401(k) Plan.” 

 

  2  
 

 

Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions  

The trustee of the 401(k) Plan will purchase shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering in accordance with your directions. Once you make your election, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing investment options for the purchase of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock will be sold from your existing investment options and the proceeds will be transferred to the Stock Purchase option (which the proceeds will be invested in a money market fund during the offering period) pending the formal completion of the stock offering several weeks later. After the end of the stock offering period, we will determine whether all or any portion of your order will be filled (if the offering is oversubscribed you may not receive any or all of your order, depending on your purchase priority, as described above). The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. Following the closing of the stock offering, your purchased shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock will be transferred to the 401(k) Plan and will be reflected in your 401(k) Plan account as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

In the event the offering is oversubscribed, i.e. , there are more orders for Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock than shares available for sale in the stock offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering, the amount that cannot be invested in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, and any interest earned on such amount, will be transferred from the Stock Purchase option and reinvested in the existing funds of the 401(k) Plan, in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). The prospectus describes the allocation procedures in the event of an oversubscription. If you choose not to direct the investment of your account balances towards the purchase of any Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in connection with the stock offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the 401(k) Plan as previously directed by you. 

 

  3  
 

 

Composition of the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund  

Shares purchased by the 401(k) Plan in the stock offering will be transferred to the 401(k) Plan and held by the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund. The Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund is neither a mutual fund nor a diversified or managed investment option. Rather, it is merely a recordkeeping mechanism established by the 401(k) Plan custodian to track the shares purchased by the participants in the stock offering through the 401(k) Plan. The Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund will consist solely of shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock purchased by participants in the 401(k) Plan, which will be initially valued at $10.00 per share (i.e., the purchase price).

 

Following the stock offering, each day the aggregate value of Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund will be determined by dividing the total market value of the fund at the end of the day by the total number of shares held in the fund by all participants as of the previous day’s end. The change in share value reflects the day’s change in stock price of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, and the value of each participation interest should be the same as one share of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. Investment in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock involves special risks common to investments in shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see the “Risk Factors” section of the accompanying prospectus and the section of the prospectus supplement called “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” (see below).

 

The portion of your 401(k) Plan account invested in the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund will be reported to you on your regular 401(k) Plan participant statements. You can also go online at any time to www.principal.com or call 1-800-547-7754 to review your account balances. 

     

Minimum and Maximum Investment

 

 

In connection with the stock offering, the 401(k) Plan will permit you to use up to 100% of your 401(k) Plan account balance for the purchase of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering.

 

The trustee of the 401(k) Plan will subscribe for shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock offered for sale in the stock offering, in accordance with each participant’s direction. The trustee will pay $10.00 per share, which will be the same price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the stock offering. In order to purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock through the 401(k) Plan, the minimum investment is $250, which will purchase 25 shares. No individual may purchase more than $150,000 (15,000 shares) of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. Furthermore, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than $250,000 (25,000 shares) of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in all categories of the stock offering combined . Please see the prospectus for further details regarding additional maximum purchase limits for investors in the stock offering. 

 

  4  
 

 

Value of 401(k) Plan Assets  

As of June 30, 2018, the market value of the assets of the 401(k) Plan was approximately $14,323,830, all of which is eligible to purchase or acquire Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering. 

     
How to Order Common Stock in the Stock Offering Through the 401(k) Plan.  

You can elect to transfer (in whole dollar amounts or percentages) all or a portion of your 401(k) Plan account balance to the Stock Purchase option, which will be used by the 401(k) Plan trustee to purchase shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. This is done by following the procedures described below. Please note the following stipulations concerning this election:

 

·       You can elect to transfer all or a portion of your current 401(k) Plan account balance to the Stock Purchase option.

 

·       Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 shares, which equals $250.

 

·       Your election, plus any order you placed outside the 401(k) Plan, are together subject to a maximum purchase limit of no more than 15,000 shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, which equals $150,000. The prospectus describes an additional purchase limitation of 25,000 shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, which equals $250,000, for an individual, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such individual.

 

·      The election period for the 401(k) Plan purchases begins on [DATE] and ends at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE] (the “401(k) Plan Purchase Period”).

 

·      Your election to purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering through the 401(k) Plan will be accepted by Principal Financial Group, the recordkeeper of the 401(k) Plan. After your election is accepted by Principal Financial Group, it will be rounded down to the closest dollar amount divisible by $10.00 and will be used by the trustee to purchase shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering. The difference will remain in the Stock Purchase option until the formal closing of the offering has been completed, several weeks after the 401(k) Plan Purchase Period ends. At that time, the Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock purchased based on your election will be transferred to the 401(k) Plan and any remaining funds will be transferred out of the Stock Purchase option for investment in other funds under the 401(k) Plan, based on your election currently on file for future contributions. 

 

  5  
 

 

   

·      The amount you elect to transfer to the Stock Purchase option will be held separately until the completion of the stock offering. Therefore, this money is not available for distributions, loans, or withdrawals until the stock offering is completed, which is expected to be several weeks after the closing of the 401(k) Plan Purchase Period.

 

·      Following the formal closing of the stock offering, your purchased shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock will be reflected in your 401(k) Plan account through the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund.

 

Follow these steps to make your election to use your account balance in the 401(k) Plan to purchase shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering. You are allowed only one election to transfer funds to the Stock Purchase option.

 

·       Go to www.principal.com and log into your 401(k) Plan account. In Account Login, click on drop down and choose “Personal”, then “GO.” Enter your Username and Password. If you haven’t established your Username and Password, click on the link “Establish your Username and Password” and follow the prompts.

 

·       On your Personal Summary Page, choose the line for the Rhinebeck Bank 401(k) Plan.

 

·       When you reach “Your Account Overview,” click on “Investments” across the top navigation of the screen, and then click on “Change Investments.”

 

·       When you reach the “Change Investments” screen, click on the box titled “Move Balances .” Then click on “Make a Transfer.”

 

·       If you want to transfer a percentage of your current investments, enter the percentage you would like to transfer “From” each investment. If you would like to transfer a dollar amount , click on “Advanced Transfer Features” and choose “dollars,” then enter the amount you would like to transfer “From” each investment. When you have completed transferring “From” each investment, choose “Continue.”

 

  6  
 

 

   

·       Enter the percentage or dollars that you will be transferring into the Stock Purchase account. The Stock Purchase account is a money market investment that will hold the funds until the stock offering is concluded. All of the funds that you transferred “From” other investments must be transferred to another investment. The total percentage must be 100% or, if transferring dollars, all of the dollars must be transferred “To” another investment.

 

When you have completed the “To” portion of the transaction, click “Continue.” You will be taken to a confirmation page. Please review your transaction for accuracy, if you need to make changes, click on “Cancel” or “Start Over” or “Previous” to make changes. If the information is correct, click on the box, “I confirm the information above and authorize Principal Life Insurance Company to process this request.” You will receive a communication in your Message Center confirming your transaction.

 

After you have completed your online election, you will also need to complete the Stock Information Form and return it either using the self-addressed pre-paid envelope, emailing it to jborko@rhinebeckbank.com , or by delivering it in person, to be received by Jeanine Borko, SVP Human Resources at Rhinebeck Bank, 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, NY 12601, no later than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE] . It is critical that this Stock Information Form be completed and returned .

 

Investment in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock involves special risks common to investment in shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. For a discussion of the material risks you should consider, see “Risk Factors” section of the accompanying prospectus and the section of this prospectus supplement called “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” (see below). Your ability to sell your purchased Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock may be restricted. Please see the section of this prospectus supplement called “Future Direction to Purchase and Sell Common Stock” for further information. 

     
Order Deadline   You must make your election online at www.principal.com and return your Stock Information Form either in the pre-paid envelope, by emailing it to jborko@rhinebeck.com or by delivering it in person to Jeanine Borko, SVP Human Resources, at Rhinebeck Bank, 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, NY 12601, to be received no later than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE] .

 

  7  
 

 

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction  

Once you make an election to transfer amounts to the Stock Purchase option to be used by the trustee to purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering, you may not change your election . Your election is irrevocable. You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock among all of the other investment funds on a daily basis. 

     
Future Direction to Purchase and Sell Common Stock  

You will be able to purchase Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock after the stock offering through the 401(k) Plan by investing your future contributions through the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund. You will also be able to sell your interest in the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund (subject to the restrictions below).

 

After the stock offering, to the extent that shares are available, the trustee of the 401(k) Plan will acquire shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock at your election in open market transactions at the prevailing price, which may be less than or more than $10.00 per share. In addition, a brokerage commission of $0.05 per share of stock purchased will be charged.

 

You may change your investment allocation on a daily basis. However, please be advised that your ability to buy or sell Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock within the 401(k) Plan largely depends upon the existence of an active market for the stock. If Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock is illiquid (meaning there are a low number of buyers and sellers of the stock) on the date you elect to buy or sell Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock within the 401(k) Plan, your election may not be immediately processed. As a result, the prevailing price for Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock may be less or more than its fair market value on the date of your election .

 

Special restrictions may apply to purchasing shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock by the participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal stockholders of Rhinebeck Bancorp.

 

Please note that if you are an officer of Rhinebeck Bank who is restricted by the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System from selling shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock acquired in the stock offering for one year, the Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock that you purchased in the stock offering will not be tradable until the one-year trading restriction has lapsed. 

     
Voting Rights of Common Stock   You may direct the trustee as to how to vote your shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock held in the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund. If the trustee does not receive your voting instructions, the trustee will be directed by Rhinebeck Bank to vote your shares in the same proportion as the voting instructions received from other participants related to their shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock held by the 401(k) Plan, provided that such vote is made in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

 

  8  
 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

 

Introduction

 

Rhinebeck Bank adopted the 401(k) Plan, which is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

Rhinebeck Bank intends that the 401(k) Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code. Rhinebeck Bank will adopt any amendments to the 401(k) Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the 401(k) Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) . The 401(k) Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the 401(k) Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except to the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The 401(k) Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the 401(k) Plan.

 

Reference to Full Text of 401(k) Plan . The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the 401(k) Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the 401(k) Plan. Copies of the 401(k) Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the 401(k) Plan administrator at Rhinebeck Bank, 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, NY 12601. You are urged to read carefully the full text of the 401(k) Plan.

 

Eligibility and Participation

 

If you are a regular employee of Rhinebeck Bank, you are eligible to become a participant in the 401(k) Plan by making elective deferral contributions on the first day of the calendar month next following the date on which you attain age 21 and complete 90 days of service, provided you are an eligible employee at such time. Eligible employees will become active participants for purposes of employer matching contributions on the first day of the calendar month after attaining age 21 and completing one year of service and for all other contributions on the first day of the calendar month after attaining age 21 and completing 90 days of service.

 

You are not an eligible employee if you are a member of the following classes of employees: (i) an employee who is included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining; (ii) any leased employee; (iii) an independent contractor who is later determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be an employee; and (iv) an employee who is employed as Summer Tellers, Summer UB’s and interns.

 

  9  
 

 

The Plan Year is January 1 to December 31 (“Plan Year”). There are approximately 186 employees, former employees and beneficiaries participating in the 401(k) Plan.

 

Contributions Under the Plan

 

Elective Deferral Contributions. You are permitted to defer on a pre-tax basis up to 100% of your compensation, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and to have that amount contributed to the 401(k) Plan on your behalf. For purpose of the 401(k) Plan, “compensation” means your total taxable compensation that is reported on a Form W-2 and any amounts that would be included as “compensation” but for elective contributions made to a 401(k) plan, simplified employee pension, cafeteria plan, qualified transportation fringe benefit or tax-sheltered annuity. Your pre-tax deferrals are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and for 2018, you may defer up to $18,500 and you may defer an additional $6,000 if you qualify for catch-up contributions as described below. The compensation of each participant taken into account under the 401(k) Plan is limited by the Code, and for 2018 the limit is $275,000 (this limit may change on an annual basis). Canceling or changing your contribution percentage can be accomplished either over the telephone or over the internet at any time.

 

If, after receiving a notice from the Bank, you do not make an elective deferral contribution election, you will be deemed to have made an election to defer 1% of your compensation. You can prevent this automatic deferral contribution election if you turn in the applicable form to prevent such contributions.

 

Employer Matching Contributions . Rhinebeck Bank currently provides matching contributions equal to 50% of your elective deferral contributions, provided, however, that no matching contribution will be made on any of your elective deferral contributions that exceed 6% of compensation.

 

Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. If you are an active participant at any time during the Plan Year, Rhinebeck Bank also makes a qualified non-elective contribution to you in an amount equal to 3% of your compensation for the Plan Year.

 

Discretionary Contributions. Rhinebeck Bank may also make a discretionary contribution to the 401(k) Plan during the Plan Year. Such amount is allocated to the active participants pro-rata based each participant’s compensation relative to the total compensation paid to all participants during the Plan Year.

 

Rollover Contributions . You are permitted to make rollover contributions to the 401(k) Plan.

 

  10  
 

 

Limitations on Contributions

 

Limitations on Employee Salary Deferrals. For the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2018, the amount of your before-tax contributions may not exceed $18,500 per calendar year. Salary deferrals in excess of this limit are known as excess deferrals. If you defer amounts in excess of this limitation, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral. In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed. Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.

 

Catch-up Contributions. If you have made the maximum amount of regular before-tax contributions allowed by the 401(k) Plan or other legal limits and you have attained at least age 50 (or will reach age 50 prior to the end of the calendar year), you are also eligible to make an additional catch-up contribution. You may authorize your employer to withhold a specified dollar amount of your compensation for this purpose. For 2018, the maximum catch-up contribution is $6,000.

 

Limit on Annual Additions. The total amount of contributions that you make and any contribution your employer makes on your behalf to your account in one year is limited to the lesser of 100% of your compensation or $55,000 (for 2018), or if applicable, $61,000 (for 2018) including catch-up contributions.

 

Benefits Under the Plan

 

Vesting. At all times, you have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest in the elective deferral contributions, qualified non-elective contributions, discretionary contributions and rollover contributions and any earnings related thereto. Your matching contributions, if any, vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Completed

Years of Employment

 

Vested

Percentage

 
Less than 1     0 %
1 but less than 2     20 %
2 but less than 3     40 %
3 but less than 4     60 %
4 but less than 5     80 %
5 or more     100 %

 

However, a participant will become 100% vested in his or her employer contributions made to the 401(k) Plan upon the earlier of: (1) attainment of the normal retirement age (the older of age 65 or your age on the date five years after your earliest entry date into the 401(k) Plan); (2) attainment of the early retirement date (age 60 with 5 years of service); (3) disability; or (4) death.

  11  
 

 

Withdrawals and Distributions from the Plan

 

Applicable federal law requires the 401(k) Plan to impose substantial restrictions on the right of a 401(k) Plan participant to withdraw amounts held for his or her benefit under the 401(k) Plan prior to the participant’s termination of employment with the employer.

 

Withdrawals Prior to Termination of Employment . You may make voluntary withdrawals of your vested 401(k) Plan account balance attributable to elective deferral contributions, matching contributions and qualified non-elective contributions only in the event of attainment of age 59½. However, you may withdrawal at any time any portion of your vested 401(k) Plan account attributable to rollover contributions and in the event of a financial hardship.

 

Withdrawal upon Termination of Employment . You may make withdrawals from your account at any time after you terminate employment. You may also leave your account with the 401(k) Plan and defer commencement of receipt of your vested balance until April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age 70½.

 

Withdrawal upon Disability . If you are disabled in accordance with the definition of disability under the 401(k) Plan, you will be entitled to the same withdrawal rights as if you had terminated your employment.

 

Withdrawal upon Death . If you die while you are a participant in the 401(k) Plan, the value of your entire account will be payable to your beneficiary.

 

Form of Distribution . You benefit under the 401(k) Plan will be paid in a lump sum.

 

The 401(k) Plan allows participants to obtain loans from their accounts.

  12  
 

 

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

 

All amounts credited to your accounts under the 401(k) Plan are held in the 401(k) Plan trust, which is administered by the trustee appointed by Rhinebeck Bank. Prior to the effective date of the stock offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into one of the following funds:

 

1. DFA US Large Cap Value I Fund
2. Vanguard 500 Index Admiral Fund
3. T. Rowe Price Blue Chip Growth I Fund
4. MidCap S&P 400 Index Separate Account-Z
5. Eaton Vance Atlanta Capital SMID Cap R6 Fund
6. Wells Fargo Special Small Cap Value R6 Fund
7. SmallCap S&P 600 Index Separate Account-Z
8. Janus Henderson Triton N Fund
9. Cohen & Steers Real Estate Securities Z Fund
10. American Century Emerging Markets R6 Fund
11. DFA International Value I Fund
12. DFA International Core Equity I Fund
13. Oppenheimer International Diversified Institutional Fund
14. Principal LifeTime Hybrid Income CIT Z
15. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2010 CIT Z
16. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2015 CIT Z
17. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2020 CIT Z
18. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2025CIT Z
19. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2030 CIT Z
20. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2035 CIT Z
21. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2040 CIT Z
22. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2045 CIT Z
23. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2050 CIT Z
24. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2055 CIT Z
25. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2060 CIT Z
26. Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2065 CIT Z
27. Fixed Income Guaranteed Option
28. PIMCO Income Institutional Fund
29. Lord Abbett High Yield R6 Fund
30. Western Asset Core Plus Bond IS Fund
31. PIMCO GNMA Instl Fund

 

  13  
 

 

Performance History and Description of Funds

 

The following table provides performance data with respect to the investment funds available under the 401(k) Plan through June 30, 2018:

 

Investment Option Name   1-Year     5-Year     10-Year     Since Incept     Incept Date
DFA US Large Cap Value I Fund     10.19       11.86       9.73       10.25     02/19/1993
Vanguard 500 Index Admiral Fund     14.34       13.38       10.16       6.10     11/13/2000
T. Rowe Price Blue Chip Growth I Fund     28.00       18.84       13.06       18.72     12/17/2015
Vanguard Selected Value Investor Fund     5.65       10.37       10.62       8.99     02/15/1996
MidCap S&P 400 Index Separate Account-Z     13.40       12.58       10.67       10.17     08/31/1999
Eaton Vance Atlanta Capital SMID Capp R6     18.36       14.66       14.19       13.55     07/01/2014
Wells Fargo Special Small Cap Value R6 Fund     13.71       13.51       10.73       11.27     10/31/2014
SmallCap S&P 600 Index Separate Account-Z     20.35       14.52       12.18       10.80     08/31/1999
Janus Henderson Triton N Fund     22.91       15.98       14.49       16.98     05/31/2012
Cohen & Steers Real Estate Securities Z Fund     4.73       10.53       9.65       10.95     10/01/2014
American Century Emerging Markets R6 Fund     11.11       7.80       2.28       7.42     07/26/2013
DFA International Value I Fund     8.95       6.58       2.66       6.42     02/15/1994
DFA International Core Equity I Fund     8.66       8.08       4.27       5.52     09/15/2005
Oppenheimer International Diversified Institutional Fund     10.92       8.62       6.49       10.20     08/28/2012
Principal LifeTime Hybrid Income CIT Z     2.89       3.93             5.92     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2010 CIT Z     4.44       5.47             8.44     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2015 CIT Z     5.47       6.29             9.38     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2020 CIT Z     6.59       7.15             10.28     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2025 CIT Z     7.60       7.89             10.97     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2030 CIT Z     8.52       8.57             11.57     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2035 CIT Z     9.31       9.16             12.07     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2040 CIT Z     9.94       9.62             12.47     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2045 CIT Z     10.49       9.93             12.84     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2050 CIT Z     10.96       10.23             12.91     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2055 CIT Z     11.21       10.35             13.08     07/07/2009
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2060 CIT Z     11.26                   8.50     01/01/2014
Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2065 CIT Z                       (0.30 )   01/01/2018
PIMCO Income Institutional Fund     2.48       5.91       9.26       8.52     03/30/2007
Lord Abbett High Yield R6 Fund     2.64       6.24       8.39       5.70     06/30/2015
Western Asset Core Plus Bond IS Fund     (0.43 )     3.81       6.12       6.38     08/04/2008
PIMCO GNMA Institutional Fund     (0.10 )     2.07       3.89       5.27     07/31/1997

 

  14  
 

 

The following is a description of each of the 401(k) Plan’s investment funds:

 

DFA US Large Cap Value I Fund: The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding master fund, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series (the “U.S. Large Cap Value Series”) of the DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the U.S. Large Cap Value Portfolio. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the U.S. Large Cap Value Series will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of large cap U.S. companies.

 

Vanguard 500 Index Admiral Fund: The investment seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the investment return of large-capitalization stocks. The fund employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index, a widely recognized benchmark of U.S. stock market performance that is dominated by the stocks of large U.S. companies. The advisor attempts to replicate the target index by investing all, or substantially all, of its assets in the stocks that make up the index, holding each stock in approximately the same proportion as its weighting in the index.

 

T. Rowe Price Blue Chip Growth I Fund: The investment seeks long-term capital growth; income is a secondary objective. The fund will normally invest at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in the common stocks of large and medium-sized blue chip growth companies. It focuses on companies with leading market positions, seasoned management, and strong financial fundamentals. The fund may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into more promising opportunities.

 

MidCap S&P 400 Index Separate Account-Z: The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P MidCap 400 Index. Management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P MidCap 400 Index. Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the Separate Account before expenses and that of the S&P MidCap 400 Index.

 

Eaton Vance Atlanta Capital SMID Cap R6 Fund: The investment seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in small- to mid-cap stocks (the “80% Policy”). The portfolio managers generally consider small- to mid-cap companies to be those companies having market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell 2500 TM Index.

 

Wells Fargo Special Small Cap Value R6 Fund: The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests: at least 80% of the fund’s net assets in equity securities of small-capitalization companies. It invests principally in equity securities of small-capitalization companies, which the managers define as companies with market capitalizations within the range of the Russell 2000(R) Index at the time of purchase.

 

  15  
 

 

SmallCap S&P 600 Index Separate Account-Z: The investment seeks long-term growth of capital and normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. Management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P 600 Index. Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the Separate Account before expenses and that of the S&P 600 Index.

 

Janus Henderson Triton N Fund: The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in common stocks selected for their growth potential. In pursuing that objective, it invests in equity securities of small- and medium-sized companies. Generally, small- and medium-sized companies have a market capitalization of less than $10 billion. Market capitalization is a commonly used measure of the size and value of a company. The fund may also invest in foreign securities, which may include investments in emerging markets.

 

Cohen & Steers Real Estate Securities Z Fund: The investment seeks total return through investment in real estate securities. The fund invests at least 80% of its total assets in income-producing common stocks and other equity securities issued by real estate companies, such as real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). It may invest up to 20% of its total assets in securities of foreign issuers (including emerging market issuers) which meet the same criteria for investment as domestic companies, including investments in such companies in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”). The fund is non-diversified.

 

American Century Emerging Markets R6 Fund: The investment seeks capital growth. The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of companies located in emerging market countries. It generally invests in equity securities denominated in foreign currencies. The fund’s manager considers an emerging market country to be any country other than a developed country.

 

DFA International Value I Fund: The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The DFA International Value Portfolio is a Feeder Portfolio and pursues its objective by investing substantially all of its assets in its corresponding master fund, the DFA International Value Series (the “International Value Series” or “master fund”) of the DFA Investment Trust Company (the “Trust”), which has the same investment objective and policies as the Portfolio. The advisor intends to purchase securities of large companies associated with developed market countries that the Advisor has designated as approved markets.

 

DFA International Core Equity I Fund: The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund purchases a broad and diverse group of securities of non-U.S. companies in developed markets with a greater emphasis on small capitalization, value and high profitability companies as compared to their representation in the International Universe. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities.

 

Oppenheimer International Diversified Institutional Fund: The investment seeks capital appreciation. The fund is a special type of mutual fund known as a “fund of funds” because it primarily invests in other mutual funds. It will typically invest in a minimum of three of the underlying funds and will not invest more than 50% of its net assets in any single underlying fund. Certain underlying funds may invest 100% of their assets in securities of foreign companies. Some underlying funds may invest in emerging or developing markets as well as in developed markets throughout the world.

 

  16  
 

 

Principal LifeTime Hybrid Income CIT Z: The investment option seeks current income and, as a secondary objective, capital appreciation. To pursue its goal, this Target Date Fund generally invests in affiliated and may invest in nonaffiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on investors who have reached their investment time horizon.

 

Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2010, 2015, 2020, 2025, 2030, 2035, 2040, 2045, 2050 and 2055 CIT Z Funds: These investment options seek a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income. To pursue its goal, each Target Date Fund generally invest in affiliated open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, unaffiliated mutual funds, and unaffiliated collective trust funds that Principal Trust considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular Target Date Fund.

 

Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2060 CIT Z: The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income consistent with the investment strategy of an investor who expects to retire in the year identified in each respective CIT’s name. To pursue its goal, this Target Date CIT generally invests in other open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts and collective trust funds that PGI Trust Company considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular CIT and the expected risk tolerance of those investors associated with that time horizon. Over time, Principal Global Investors Trust Company intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each CIT (other than the Principal LifeTime Hybrid Income CIT) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years. It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a CIT’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal LifeTime Hybrid Income CIT.

 

Principal LifeTime Hybrid 2065 CIT Z: The investment option seeks a total return consisting of long-term growth of capital and current income consistent with the investment strategy of an investor who expects to retire in the year identified in each respective CIT’s name. To pursue its goal, this Target Date CIT generally invests in other open-ended mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts and collective trust funds that PGI Trust Company considers appropriate based on the remaining time horizon of a particular CIT and the expected risk tolerance of those investors associated with that time horizon. Over time, Principal Global Investors Trust Company intends to gradually shift the asset allocation targets of each CIT (other than the Principal LifeTime Hybrid Income CIT) to accommodate investors progressing from asset accumulation years to income generation years. It is expected that within 15 years after its target year, a CIT’s underlying fund allocation will match that of the Principal LifeTime Hybrid Income CIT.

 

Fixed Income Guaranteed Option: This group annuity contract is a guarantee, backed by the assets in the multi-billion dollar general account of Principal Life Insurance Company (Principal Life). The contract makes benefit payments at book value (i.e., no market value adjustments or surrender charge adjustments) for plan benefit events. An employer-level surrender of the plan’s interest or initiated transfer will be subject to either a 12-month irrevocable advance notice or a 5% surrender charge, whichever the employer chooses.

 

  17  
 

 

PIMCO Income Institutional Fund: The investment seeks to maximize current income; long-term capital appreciation is a secondary objective. The fund invests at least 65% of its total assets in a multi-sector portfolio of Fixed Income Instruments of varying maturities, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements. It may invest up to 50% of its total assets in high yield securities rated below investment grade by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, or if unrated, as determined by PIMCO.

 

Lord Abbett High Yield R6 Fund: The investment seeks a high current income and the opportunity for capital appreciation to produce a high total return. The fund normally pursues its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in lower-rated debt securities, including corporate debt securities and securities that are convertible into common stock or have warrants to purchase common stock. It may invest up to 20% of its net assets in foreign securities (including emerging market securities and American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”)). The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities.

 

Western Asset Core Plus Bond IS Fund: The investment seeks to maximize total return, consistent with prudent investment management and liquidity needs. The fund invests in a portfolio of fixed income securities of various maturities and, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of its net assets in debt and fixed income securities. Although the fund may invest in securities of any maturity, it will normally maintain a dollar-weighted average effective duration within 30% of the average duration of the domestic bond market as a whole as estimated by the fund’s sub advisers. The fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated securities.

 

PIMCO GNMA Instl Fund: The investment seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its assets in a diversified portfolio of securities of varying maturities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements. It may invest, without limitation, in derivative instruments, such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements, or in mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

 

Investors should carefully consider a mutual fund's investment objectives, risks, charges, and expenses prior to investing. A prospectus, or summary prospectus if available, containing this and other information can be obtained by contacting a financial professional, visiting principal.com, or calling Principal Financial Group at 1-800-547-7754. Read the prospectus carefully before investing.

 

Before directing retirement funds to a separate account, investors should carefully consider the investment objectives, risks, charges, and expenses of the separate account as well as their individual risk tolerance, time horizon and goals. For additional information, contact Principal Financial Group at 1-800-547-7754.

 

  18  
 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock: In connection with the stock offering, you may, in the manner described earlier, elect to invest all or a portion of your 401(k) Plan account in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock as a one-time special election. Your purchased shares will be held within the 401(k) Plan by the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund.

 

As of the date of this prospectus supplement, there is no established market for Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund. Performance of the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund depends on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of Rhinebeck Bancorp and Rhinebeck Bank and market conditions for shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock generally.

 

Investment in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock involves special risks common to investments in the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see “Risk Factors” section of the accompanying prospectus and the section of the prospectus supplement called “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” (see below).

 

An investment in any of the investment options listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any mutual fund or stock investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the investment options listed above.

 

Administration of the Plan

 

The Trustee and Custodian . The trustee and custodian of the 401(k) Plan is Principal Trust Company. Principal Trust Company serves as trustee for all the investments funds under the 401(k) Plan, except that the Benefits Committee of Rhinebeck Bank will serve trustee of the 401(k) Plan during the 401(k) Plan Purchase Period with respect to the purchase of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock in the stock offering.

 

Plan Administrator . The 401(k) Plan is administered by the Benefits Committee of Rhinebeck Bank. The address of the 401(k) Plan administrator is Rhinebeck Bank, 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, New York 12601, telephone number (845) 454-8555. The 401(k) Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the 401(k) Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the 401(k) Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the 401(k) Plan, maintenance of 401(k) Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the 401(k) Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the 401(k) Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.

 

  19  
 

 

Reports to Plan Participants . The 401(k) Plan administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any). In addition, you can go online to www.principal.com or call 1-800 547-7754 at any time to review your account balances.

 

Amendment and Termination

 

It is the intention of Rhinebeck Bank to continue the 401(k) Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, Rhinebeck Bank may terminate the 401(k) Plan at any time. If the 401(k) Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the 401(k) Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts. Rhinebeck Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the 401(k) Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that Rhinebeck Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.

 

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

 

In the event of the merger or consolidation of the 401(k) Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the 401(k) Plan requires that you would receive a benefit, or that your transferred account balance or assets, shall be, immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive, or the value of your account balance or assets, immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.

 

Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the 401(k) Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the 401(k) Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the 401(k) Plan and transactions involving the 401(k) Plan.

 

As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Internal Revenue Code affords the 401(k) Plan special tax treatment, including:

 

(1) the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the 401(k) Plan each year;

 

(2) participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and

 

(3) earnings of the 401(k) Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.

 

Rhinebeck Bank will administer the 401(k) Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.

 

  20  
 

 

Lump-Sum Distribution . A distribution from the 401(k) Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or severance from employment, or after the participant attains age 59½, and consists of the balance credited to the participant under the 401(k) Plan and all other profit sharing plans, if any, maintained by Rhinebeck Bank. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this 401(k) Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by Rhinebeck Bank, which is included in the distribution.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution . If a lump-sum distribution includes Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, that is, the excess of the value of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA . You may roll over virtually all distributions from the 401(k) Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.

 

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities

 

Federal law provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities. You should take the time to read the following information carefully.

 

Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities . The 401(k) Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund from that investment into other investment alternatives under the 401(k) Plan. You may contact the 401(k) Plan administrator shown above for specific information regarding this right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the 401(k) Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of the Rhinebeck Bancorp Stock Fund.

 

  21  
 

 

The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings . To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.

 

In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the 401(k) Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock through the 401(k) Plan.

 

It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the 401(k) Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.

 

Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations

 

As noted above, the 401(k) Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the 401(k) Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries. The 401(k) Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as Rhinebeck Bank, the 401(k) Plan administrator, or the 401(k) Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your 401(k) Plan account.

 

Because you will be entitled to invest all or a portion of your account balance in the 401(k) Plan in Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of the ERISA require that the 401(k) Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to the common stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.

 

  22  
 

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

 

Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as Rhinebeck Bancorp. Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, the individual must file a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock through the 401(k) Plan by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.

 

In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provides for the recovery by Rhinebeck Bancorp of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s common stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock within any six-month period.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.

 

Except for distributions of common stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common stock distributed from the 401(k) Plan (if applicable) for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases of Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock for six months after receiving such a distribution.

 

Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets

 

Financial information representing the net assets available for 401(k) Plan benefits and the change in net assets available for 401(k) Plan benefits at June 30, 2018, is available upon written request to the 401(k) Plan administrator at the address shown above.

 

LEGAL OPINION

 

The validity of the issuance of the Rhinebeck Bancorp Common Stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., which the firm is acting as special counsel to Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Rhinebeck Bancorp in connection with Rhinebeck Bancorp’s stock offering.

 

  23  

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for Rhinebeck Bank)

Up to 4,415,179 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to increase to up to 5,077,456 Shares)

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering up to 4,415,179 shares of its common stock for sale at $10.00 per share on a best efforts basis as part of the reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank, a New York-chartered savings bank, and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, a New York-chartered mutual holding company, into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure. In connection with the sale of our common stock, we intend to establish a charitable foundation and contribute 2% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. to the foundation, plus $200,000 in cash. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has never offered common stock for sale to the public and, as a result, currently there is no trading market for our common stock. We expect to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “RBKB.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

 

The shares of common stock being offered, including shares issued to the charitable foundation, represent 45% of our shares of common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of the stock offering. After the stock offering, 55% of our outstanding shares of common stock will be owned by our mutual holding company parent, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. These percentages will not be affected by the number of shares we sell in the stock offering. We must sell a minimum of 3,263,393 shares to complete the stock offering, and we will terminate the stock offering if we do not sell the minimum number of shares. We may sell up to 5,077,456 shares because of changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers.

 

The shares of common stock are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of Rhinebeck Bank and to Rhinebeck Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to residents of the communities served by Rhinebeck Bank. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered for sale to the public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers or in a separate firm commitment offering. The syndicated offering or the firm commitment offering may begin before the subscription and community offerings (including any extensions) have ended. However, shares purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering will not be issued until the completion of any syndicated offering or firm commitment offering. The subscription, community, syndicated community and firm commitment offerings are collectively referred to as the “offering.”

 

The minimum order is 25 shares of common stock. Generally, no individual may purchase more than 15,000 shares of common stock, and no individual or other person, along with their associates and those with whom they are acting in concert, may purchase more than 25,000 shares of common stock. The subscription and community offerings are expected to expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE 1]. We may extend this expiration time and date, without notice to you, until [DATE 2]. Once submitted, stock orders are irrevocable unless the subscription and community offerings are terminated or extended, with regulatory approval, beyond [DATE 2], or the number of shares of common stock offered for sale is increased to more than 5,077,456 shares or decreased to less than 3,263,393 shares. If the subscription and community offerings are extended beyond [DATE 2], we will notify all subscribers and give them an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 5,077,456 shares or decreased to less than 3,263,393 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings will be held in a segregated account at Rhinebeck Bank and will earn interest at 0.10% per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

 

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is assisting us in selling the shares on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings, and will serve as sole manager for any syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are sold in the subscription offering, community offering or syndicated community offering.

 

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

    Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum     Adjusted Maximum  
Number of shares     3,263,393       3,839,286       4,415,179       5,077,456  
Gross offering proceeds   $ 32,633,930     $ 38,392,860     $ 44,151,790     $ 50,774,560  
Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent fees and expenses   $ 1,194,500     $ 1,194,500     $ 1,194,500     $ 1,194,500  
Selling agent fees and expenses (1)   $ 430,459     $ 482,799     $ 535,138     $ 595,328  
Estimated net proceeds   $ 31,008,971     $ 36,715,561     $ 42,422,152     $ 48,984,732  
Estimated net proceeds per share   $ 9.50     $ 9.56     $ 9.61     $ 9.65  
(1) Assumes all shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings and includes reimbursement of selling agent’s expenses. See Pro Forma Data” and The Reorganization and Offering—Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation” for information regarding compensation to be received by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. in the subscription and community offerings and the compensation to be received by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and other participating broker-dealers in the syndicated offering or firm commitment offering. If all shares are sold in the syndicated offering or firm commitment offering, excluding those purchased by our insiders and by our employee stock ownership plan, for which no selling agent fee will be paid, the selling agent fees and expenses would be approximately $1.5 million, $1.8 million, $2.1 million and $2.4 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

Shares of our common stock are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or by any other government agency. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York State Department of Financial Services, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at (____) ____-______.

 

The date of this prospectus is ______________, 2018.

 

 

 

 

[MAP TO BE INSERTED ON INSIDE FRONT COVER]

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
SUMMARY   1
RISK FACTORS   17
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA   28
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   30
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING   31
OUR DIVIDEND POLICY   33
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK   33
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE   34
CAPITALIZATION   35
PRO FORMA DATA   36
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION   44
BUSINESS OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, MHC   46
BUSINESS OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.   46
BUSINESS OF RHINEBECK BANK   46
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   57
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION   86
TAXATION   95
MANAGEMENT   95
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS   108
THE REORGANIZATION AND OFFERING   109
RHINEBECK BANK COMMUNITY FOUNDATION   127
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.   130
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.   135
TRANSFER AGENT   137
EXPERTS   137
LEGAL MATTERS   137
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION   137
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, MHC   139

 

i  

 

  

SUMMARY

 

The following summary provides material information about the contents of this prospectus, but it may not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before making an investment decision, you should read carefully this entire document, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus and the section entitled “Risk Factors.” The terms “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank, unless the context indicates another meaning.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC was established in October 2004 as a New York-chartered mutual holding company in connection with the reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank’s mutual savings bank predecessor into the mutual holding company form of organization. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC is a mutual organization and therefore has no stockholders. To date, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC has not engaged in any business activity other than the ownership of the common stock of Rhinebeck Bank and servicing its obligations on its outstanding subordinated debentures. See “Business of Rhinebeck Bank—Subsidiaries.” Following the completion of the reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will own a majority of the common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC is regulated by the Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) and the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “NYSDFS”).

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, was incorporated in August 2018. The offering of common stock by means of this prospectus is being made by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. in connection with the reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC into the “two-tier” mutual holding company form of organization. Upon completion of the reorganization, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will become the bank holding company for Rhinebeck Bank by owning all the outstanding shares of capital stock of Rhinebeck Bank, and will be regulated by the Federal Reserve Board and the NYSDFS. To date, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has engaged in organizational activities only. Following the reorganization and offering, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s primary business activity will be to own all the outstanding shares of capital stock of Rhinebeck Bank.

 

Rhinebeck Bank

 

Rhinebeck Bank is a New York-chartered stock savings bank that was organized in 1860. Rhinebeck Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company form of organization in 2004 by becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and converting to a stock savings bank as part of the reorganization. Rhinebeck Bank conducts business from its executive offices in Poughkeepsie, New York, 11 retail banking offices located in Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counites, New York and one representative office in each of Albany and Orange Counties, New York. Our primary business activity is accepting deposits from the general public and using those funds, primarily to originate indirect automobile loans (automobile loans referred to us by automobile dealerships), commercial real estate loans (which includes multi-family real estate loans and commercial construction loans), commercial business loans and one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and to purchase investment securities. We are subject to regulation and examination by the NYSDFS and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Rhinebeck Asset Management, a division of Rhinebeck Bank, offers brokerage and financial planning services and life insurance and investment products to individuals and businesses throughout Rhinebeck Bank’s market area. 

 

At June 30, 2018, we had consolidated total assets of $789.9 million, total deposits of $666.1 million and stockholder’s equity of $55.6 million. Our executive offices are located at 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, New York 12601. Our website address is www.rhinebeckbank.com . Information on our website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

 

  1  

 

 

Our Reorganization into a “Two-Tier” Mutual Holding Company and the Stock Offering

 

We do not have stockholders in our current mutual form of ownership. Our depositors have the right to vote on certain matters pertaining to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, such as the establishment and formation of a charitable foundation or any future conversion of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC from mutual to stock form. The reorganization will be conducted pursuant to a plan of reorganization and minority stock issuance, which we refer to as the “plan of reorganization.” Following the reorganization, Rhinebeck Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will be a majority-owned subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. After the reorganization, our depositors will continue to have the same voting rights in Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC as they had before the reorganization.

 

In connection with the reorganization, we are offering for sale shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at a price of $10.00 per share. See “—Terms of the Offering.”

 

The primary reason for our decision to reorganize into the “two-tier” mutual holding company form of organization and offer our shares of common stock for sale in the offering is to establish an organizational structure that will enable us to:

 

· increase our capital to support future growth and profitability;

 

· compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace;

 

· expand our banking franchise organically through de novo branching or establishing loan production offices, or through acquisitions of other financial institutions, branch offices, or other financial service businesses; and

 

· preserve Rhinebeck Bank’s mutual form of ownership and our ability to remain an independent community savings bank.

 

The reorganization and the capital raised in the offering are expected to provide an additional cushion against unforeseen risks, and grow our asset and deposit base. The reorganization and offering also will allow us to establish stock benefit plans for management and other employees that we believe will assist us in attracting and retaining qualified personnel.

 

Unlike a standard mutual-to-stock conversion transaction in which all the common stock of the holding company of the converting savings bank is sold to the public, only a minority interest in the value of the mutual savings institution is sold to the public in a mutual holding company minority stock offering. Federal law and regulations require that a majority of the outstanding common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. must be held by our mutual holding company. Consequently, the shares that we are permitted to sell in the offering represent a minority of the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. that will be outstanding when the offering is completed. As a result, a mutual holding company offering raises less than half the capital that would be raised in a standard conversion offering. Based on these restrictions and an evaluation of our capital needs, our board of directors has decided that 43% of our outstanding shares of common stock will be offered for sale in the offering, 2% of our outstanding shares will be issued to the charitable foundation, and 55% of our shares will be retained by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. Our board of directors has determined that offering 43% of our outstanding shares of common stock for sale in the offering will enable management to effectively invest the capital raised in the offering. See “—Possible Conversion of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form.”

 

  2  

 

 

The following diagram illustrates our current pre-reorganization organizational structure:

 

 

The following diagram illustrates our proposed post-reorganization organizational structure:

 

 

Business Strategy

 

Based on an extensive review of the current opportunities in our primary market area as well as our resources and capabilities, we are pursuing the following business strategies:

 

· Continue to grow our indirect automobile loan portfolio. We originate automobile loans through an active network of approximately 112 automobile dealerships (78 in the Hudson Valley region and 34 in Albany, New York). Our indirect automobile loan portfolio totaled $250.2 million, or 40.3% of our total loan portfolio and 31.7% of total assets, at June 30, 2018 as compared to $201.1 million, or 41.4% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2014. In addition, our direct automobile portfolio totaled $5.9 million at June 30, 2018. In March 2018, we hired a team of lenders operating in Albany, New York that focuses on indirect automobile lending. We plan to continue to grow our indirect automobile loan portfolio by increasing loan originations and by further expanding our presence in the Albany, New York area; however, our current policy limits our automobile loan portfolio to 45% of total assets.

 

· Focus on commercial real estate, multi-family real estate and commercial business lending.  We believe that commercial real estate, commercial business and multi-family real estate lending offer opportunities to invest in our community, while increasing the overall yield earned on our loan portfolio and assisting in managing interest rate risk. We intend to continue to increase our originations of these types of loans in our primary market area and may consider hiring additional lenders as well as originating loans secured by properties located in areas that are contiguous to our current market area. We also occasionally participate in commercial real estate loans originated in areas in which we do not have a market presence.

 

  3  

 

 

· Increase core deposits, including demand deposits. Deposits are our primary source of funds for lending and investment. We intend to focus on expanding our core deposits (which we define as all deposits except for certificates of deposit), particularly non-interest-bearing demand deposits, because they are the lowest cost funds and are less sensitive to withdrawal when interest rates fluctuate. Core deposits represented 77.2% of our total deposits at June 30, 2018 compared to 73.0% at December 31, 2015 . Going forward, we will focus on increasing our core deposits by increasing our commercial lending activities and enhancing our relationships with our retail customers. We also plan to focus on increasing our market share in Orange County, New York and are considering establishing up to three additional branches in Orange County over the next three years in furtherance of this goal.

 

· Continue expense control.  Management continues to focus on controlling our level of non-interest expense and identifying cost savings opportunities, such as monitoring our employee needs, renegotiating key third-party contracts and reducing other operating expenses. Our non-interest expense was $12.8 million, $25.1 million, $24.3 million and $27.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

· Manage credit risk to maintain a low level of non-performing assets. We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on an experienced team of credit professionals, well-defined and implemented credit policies and procedures, conservative loan underwriting criteria and active credit monitoring. Our ratio of non-performing assets to total assets was 1.49% at June 30, 2018, which decreased from 2.51% at December 31, 2014 .

 

· Grow the balance sheet. Given our attractive market area, we believe we are well-positioned to increase our assets without a proportional increase in overhead expense or operating risk. We believe there is a large customer base in our market that prefers doing business with local institutions and may be dissatisfied with the service they receive from larger regional banks. By providing our customers with quality service, coupled with the underlying characteristics of the counties in which we operate, we expect to continue our strong organic growth. Accordingly, we intend to increase, on a prudent basis, our assets and liabilities, particularly loans and deposits.

 

Terms of the Offering

 

We are offering between 3,263,393 and 4,415,179 shares of common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of Rhinebeck Bank and to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, and, to the extent shares remain available, to the general public in a community offering. If necessary, we will also offer shares to the general public in a syndicated community offering. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 5,077,456 shares as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the offering or changes in market conditions. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 5,077,456 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,263,393 shares, or the subscription and community offerings are extended beyond [DATE 2], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [DATE 2], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, your order will be canceled and we will promptly return your funds with interest at 0.10% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 5,077,456 shares or decreased to less than 3,263,393 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be canceled, all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest at the same rate. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders for a period of time. No shares purchased in the subscription offering and community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated community offering.

 

The purchase price of each share of common stock offered for sale in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share, regardless of whether the shares are purchased in the subscription offering, the community offering, the syndicated community offering. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., our marketing agent in the subscription and community offerings, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock in the subscription and community offerings but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings.

 

  4  

 

 

How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 per Share Offering Price

 

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., assuming the offering has been completed, the charitable foundation has been established and shares of common stock and cash have been contributed to the charitable foundation. RP Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), our independent appraiser, has estimated that, at August 3, 2018, assuming we were undertaking the offering, this market value, including the shares to be issued to the charitable foundation and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, was $89.3 million. Based on applicable regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $75.9 million and a maximum of $102.7 million.

 

Based on this valuation range and assuming 43% of the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock is being offered for sale in the offering at $10.00 per share, 2% of our outstanding shares is issued to the charitable foundation, and 55% of the shares are retained by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is offering for sale 3,263,393 shares at the minimum of the offering range, 3,839,286 shares at the midpoint of the offering range, and 4,415,179 shares at the maximum of the offering range. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual holding company and standard stock conversion offerings by savings banks. If demand for shares or market conditions warrant, the appraisal can be increased by up to 15%, which would result in an appraised value of $118.1 million, and we may sell up to 5,077,456 shares of common stock in the offering.

 

RP Financial advised the board of directors that the appraisal was prepared in conformance with the regulatory appraisal methodology, which requires a valuation based on an analysis of the trading prices of comparable public companies whose stock have traded for at least one year prior to the valuation date. RP Financial selected a group of ten comparable public companies for this analysis.

 

RP Financial considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. with the peer group set forth below. RP Financial advised the board of directors that the valuation analysis took into consideration that relative to the peer group slight downward adjustments were applied for: (1) profitability growth and viability of earnings; (2) primary market area; (3) dividends; and (4) liquidity of the shares. RP Financial made no adjustments for: (1) financial condition; (2) asset growth; (3) marketing of the issue; (4) management; and (5) effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

 

The appraisal is based in part on Rhinebeck Bank’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly-traded bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that RP Financial considers comparable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Company Name

  Ticker
Symbol
  Headquarters  

Total Assets at

June 30, 2018

 
            (In millions)  
               
Elmira Savings Bank   ESBK   Elmira, NY   $ 563  
ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   ESSA   Stroudsburg, PA   $ 1,827  
MSB Financial Corp.   MSBF   Millington, NJ   $ 601  
PB Bancorp, Inc.   PBBI   Putnam, CT   $ 530 (1)
PCSB Financial Corporation   PCSB   Yorktown Heights, NY   $ 1,480  
Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   PBIP   Philadelphia, PA   $ 1,029  
Severn Bancorp, Inc.   SVBI   Annapolis, MD   $ 821  
SI Financial Group, Inc.   SIFI   Willimantic, CT   $ 1,596  
Standard AVB Financial Corp.   STND   Monroeville, PA   $ 983  
Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   WEBK   Wellesley, MA   $ 830  

 

 

(1) As of March 31, 2018

  5  

 

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and for us on a non-fully converted basis ( i.e. , the table assumes that 43% of our outstanding shares of common stock is sold in the offering, as opposed to 100% of our outstanding shares of common stock). These figures are from the RP Financial appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, and based upon the information in the following table, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 42.6% on a non-fully converted price-to-earnings basis, and a discount of 16.4% on a non-fully converted price-to-book value basis and a discount of 21.5% on a non-fully converted price-to-tangible book value basis.

 

   

Non-Fully Converted
Pro Forma Price-to-
Earnings Multiple (1)

   

Non-Fully Converted
Pro Forma Price-to-
Book Value Ratio (1)

   

Non-Fully Converted
Pro Forma Price-to-
Tangible Book Value
Ratio (1)

 
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.                        
Adjusted Maximum     45.77 x     120.48 %     122.70 %
Maximum     39.86       111.36       113.38  
Midpoint     34.70       102.25       104.38  
Minimum     29.53       92.25       94.25  
                         
Valuation of peer group companies                        
as of August 3, 2018                        
Averages     24.33 x     122.32 %     133.04 %
Medians     24.95       121.85       131.36  

 

 

(1) Information for the peer group companies is based upon actual earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 (or for the latest available date) and information for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is based upon actual earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. These ratios are different from the ratios in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies, with such ratios adjusted to their fully converted equivalent basis, and the resulting pricing ratios for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. on a fully converted equivalent basis. Compared to the average fully converted pricing ratios of the peer group, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s pro forma fully converted pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 31.6% on a fully converted price-to-earnings basis, a discount of 44.1% on a fully converted price-to-book value basis and a discount of 47.9% on a fully converted price-to-tangible book value basis.

 

   

Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-Earnings
Multiple  (1)

   

Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-Book
Value Ratio (1)

   

Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-
Tangible Book Value
Ratio (1)

 
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.                        
Adjusted Maximum     41.34 x     76.34 %     77.16 %
Maximum     36.40       72.41       73.31  
Midpoint     32.01       68.40       69.35  
Minimum     27.52       63.65       64.60  
                         
Valuation of peer group companies                        
as of August 3, 2018                        
Averages     24.33 x     122.32 %     133.04 %
Medians     24.95       121.85       131.36  

 

 

(1) Information for the peer group companies is based upon actual earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 (or for the latest available date) and information for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is based upon actual earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. These ratios are different from the ratios in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

  6  

 

 

The fully converted pro forma calculations for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. are based on the following assumptions:

 

· A number of shares equal to 8% of the shares sold in a full conversion and contributed to the charitable foundation are purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, with the expense to be amortized over 20 years;

 

· A number of restricted stock awards equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation are purchased by a stock-based benefit plan, with the expense to be amortized over five years; and

 

· A number of options equal to 10% of the shares sold in a full conversion and contributed to the charitable foundation, are granted under a stock-based benefit plan, with option expense of $2.98 per option amortized over five years.

 

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share price. Furthermore, RP Financial used the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal to estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Reorganization and Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

 

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering

 

We intend to invest at least 60% of the net proceeds from the offering in Rhinebeck Bank, fund the loan to our employee stock ownership plan to finance its purchase of shares of common stock in the offering, contribute $200,000 to the charitable foundation and retain the remainder of the net proceeds at Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

 

Assuming we sell 3,839,286 shares of common stock in the offering at the midpoint of the offering range, resulting in estimated net proceeds of $36.7 million, we intend to invest $22.0 million in Rhinebeck Bank, lend $3.5 million to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock, use $200,000 of the net proceeds to fund the cash contribution to the charitable foundation, and retain the remaining $11.0 million of the net proceeds at Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Assuming we sell 5,077,456 shares of common stock in the offering at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, resulting in estimated net proceeds of $49.0 million, we intend to invest $29.4 million in Rhinebeck Bank, lend $4.6 million to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock, use $200,000 of the net proceeds to fund the cash contribution to the charitable foundation and retain the remaining $14.8 million of the net proceeds at Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. may use the funds it retains for investment, to invest in securities, to repurchase shares of common stock when permitted under applicable laws and regulations, to acquire other financial institutions or financial services companies, and for other general corporate purposes. Rhinebeck Bank may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending and investment, to expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or to acquire other financial institutions or financial services companies or for other corporate purposes. We do not currently have any agreement or understanding regarding any acquisition transaction.

 

See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.

 

  7  

 

 

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

 

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

1. To depositors with deposit account(s) at Rhinebeck Bank with aggregate balances of at least $100.00 at the close of business on December 31, 2016.

 

2. To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Rhinebeck Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and its 401(k) plan), which may subscribe for, in the aggregate, up to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 3.92% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation.

 

3. To depositors (other than officers and directors of Rhinebeck Bank, and their associates) with deposit account(s) at Rhinebeck Bank with aggregate balances of at least $100.00 at the close of business on September 30, 2018, who are not eligible in the first priority.

 

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons residing in Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counties in New York. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and the community offering through a syndicated community offering or a firm commitment offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will act as sole manager for the syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of reorganization will be final. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances then available to us.

 

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. See “The Reorganization and Offering” for a detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering, the syndicated community offering and the firm commitment offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures.

 

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

 

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25 shares.

 

Generally, no individual may purchase more than 15,000 shares ($150,000) of common stock. If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 25,000 shares ($250,000) of common stock:

 

· most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a senior officer, partner, trustee or have a substantial beneficial interest;

 

· your spouse or any relative of you or your spouse living in your house or who is a director, trustee, or officer of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC or Rhinebeck Bank; or

 

· other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

 

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 25,000 shares ($250,000).

 

  8  

 

 

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations at any time. See “The Reorganization and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

 

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

1. personal check, bank check or money order made payable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

2. authorizing us to withdraw available funds from your deposit account(s) at Rhinebeck Bank.

 

Rhinebeck Bank is prohibited from lending funds to anyone to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a line of credit check from Rhinebeck Bank or any type of third party check (such as a check payable to you and endorsed over to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.) to pay for shares of common stock. Do not submit cash. No wire transfer will be accepted without our prior approval. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from an individual retirement account (“IRA”) at Rhinebeck Bank. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.”

 

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your deposit accounts at Rhinebeck Bank, provided that we receive your stock order form before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE 1], which is the end of the subscription offering period. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center, which is located at [stock information center]. You may also hand-deliver stock order forms to the Stock Information Center. We will accept hand-delivered stock order forms only at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our banking offices. Do not mail stock order forms to any of Rhinebeck Bank’s banking offices.

 

See “The Reorganization and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings—Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

 

Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

 

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your IRA. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in an IRA at Rhinebeck Bank, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. A one-time and/or annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [DATE 1] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your IRA or other retirement account you may have at Rhinebeck Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds to purchase shares in the offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution holding the funds.

 

See “The Reorganization and Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings—Payment for Shares” and “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.”

 

Market for Common Stock

 

We expect that our common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “RBKB.” Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the completion of the offering, but is not obligated to do so.

 

  9  

 

 

Our Dividend Policy

 

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, we currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in our business and do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, including the Federal Reserve’s Board’s policy of prohibiting mutual holding companies from waiving the receipt of dividends, our business strategy and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends” for additional information regarding our dividend policy.

 

Stock Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers

 

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 161,300 shares of common stock in the offering, representing 4.9% of the shares sold in the offering and 2.1% of shares to be outstanding at the minimum of the offering range, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation. They will pay the same $10.00 per share price that will be paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers.”

 

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

 

The deadline for ordering shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings is 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE 1], unless we extend this deadline. If you wish to order shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

 

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE 1], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

 

See “The Reorganization and Offering— Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings—Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for ordering shares in the offering.

 

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

 

Applicable regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you must sign a written certification that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights or the shares that you are purchasing. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the order form, you cannot add the names of other individuals for joint stock registration unless they are also named on the qualifying deposit account. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation if there is an oversubscription.

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

 

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the offering or the next business day. The offering is expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described below in “—Conditions to Completion of the Reorganization.” Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

  10  

 

 

Conditions to Completion of the Reorganization

 

We cannot complete the reorganization and offering unless:

 

· The plan of reorganization is approved by the required vote of the depositors of Rhinebeck Bank at a special meeting of depositors to be held on [meeting date];

 

· We receive orders for at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered in the offering; and

 

· We receive final regulatory approval from the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board to complete the reorganization and offering.

 

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

 

If we do not receive orders for at least 3,263,393 shares of common stock, we may take several steps to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

· increase the purchase and ownership limitations; and/or

 

· seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [DATE 2], so long as we resolicit subscribers who previously submitted subscriptions in the offering.

 

If we extend the offering past [DATE 2], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will cancel your stock order and promptly return your funds with interest at 0.10% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offering or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.

 

Possible Change in the Offering Range

 

RP Financial will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 5,077,456 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If, however, the updated appraisal indicates our pro forma market value is either below $75.9 million or above $118.1 million, then, after consulting with the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board, we may:

 

· terminate the offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds received in the subscription and community offerings);

 

· set a new offering range; or

 

· take such other actions as may be permitted by the NYSDFS, the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at 0.10% per annum for funds received for purchases in the subscription and community offerings, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit subscribers, allowing them to place new stock orders for a period of time.

 

  11  

 

 

Possible Termination of the Offering

 

We may terminate the offering at any time with regulatory approval. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at 0.10% per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

 

Our Contribution of Shares of Common Stock to the Charitable Foundation

 

To further our commitment to our local community, we intend to establish and fund a charitable foundation as part of the reorganization and offering. Assuming we receive regulatory and depositor approvals, we intend to contribute to the charitable foundation a number of shares of our common stock equal to 2.0% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the completion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC), and up to $200,000 in cash. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, we would contribute to the charitable foundation 151,785, 178,571, 205,357 and 236,161 shares of common stock, respectively. As a result of the contribution, we expect to record an after-tax expense of approximately $1.5 million during the quarter in which the reorganization and offering is completed, assuming the offering closes at the midpoint of the offering range.

 

The charitable foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate. The contribution of common stock and cash to the charitable foundation will:

 

· with respect to the contribution of shares of common stock, dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the offering; and

 

· result in an expense, and a reduction in capital, during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

 

The amount of common stock that we would offer for sale in the offering would be greater if the offering were completed without establishing and funding the charitable foundation. For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see “Risk Factors—The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in 2019,” “Risk Factors—Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits,” “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation” and “Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation.”

 

Our Officers, Directors and Employees Will Receive Additional Benefits and Compensation after the Offering

 

In connection with the offering, we are establishing an employee stock ownership plan, and, subject to receipt of stockholder approval, we intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted stock.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan . Rhinebeck Bank intends to adopt an employee stock ownership plan, which will grant shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock to eligible employees primarily based on their compensation. The board of directors of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will, at the completion of the offering, ratify the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and the issuance and sale of common stock to the employee stock ownership plan. It is expected that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase in the offering 3.92% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the conclusion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation).

 

  12  

 

 

Stock-Based Benefit Plans . Following the completion of the offering, we intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and awards of shares of restricted common stock. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate the plans will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted common stock, not to exceed 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the conclusion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). These limitations will not apply if the plans are implemented more than one year after the completion of the reorganization and offering.

 

The stock-based benefit plans will not be established sooner than six months after the offering and, if implemented within one year after the stock offering, the plans must be approved by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders, as well as a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. If stock-based benefit plans are established more than one year after the offering is completed, they must be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders, as well as a majority of votes cast by our stockholders other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC.

 

Certain additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans if implemented within one year after completion of the offering, including:

 

· non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and shares of restricted common stock authorized under the plans;

 

· no non-employee director may receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· no individual may receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· the options and shares of restricted common stock may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans; and

 

· accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank.

 

We have not yet determined whether we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval within one year or more than one year following the completion of the offering. If applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans change, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or by repurchasing our common stock.

 

Equity Plan Expenses. The implementation of an employee stock ownership plan and one or more stock-based benefit plans will increase our future compensation costs, thereby reducing our earnings. For example, under our employee stock ownership plan we will be required to expense each year the fair market value of the shares committed to be released for that year to the participating employees. Similarly, if we issue restricted stock awards under a stock-based benefit plan, we would be required to expense as the shares vest, the fair market value of such shares on the grant date. Finally, if we issue stock options, we would be required to expense as the options vest, the estimated value of such options on the grant date. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our expenses and reduce our income” and “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.”

 

  13  

 

 

Benefits to Management. The following table summarizes the stock benefits that our officers, directors and employees may receive following the reorganization and offering, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range and assuming that our employee stock ownership plan purchases 3.92% of our outstanding shares as of the completion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation) and that we implement one or more stock-based benefit plans that would authorize (1) granting options to purchase up to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation) and (2) awarding shares of restricted common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation).

 

Plan   Individuals Eligible to Receive Awards   Percent of
Outstanding Shares
    Value of Benefits Based on
Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range (In
Thousands)
 
Employee stock ownership plan   All employees     3.92 %   $ 4,629  
Stock awards   Directors, officers and employees     1.96       2,314  
Stock options   Directors, officers and employees     4.90       1,770 (1)
Total         10.78 %   $ 8,713  

 

 

(1) The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.06 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; no dividend yield; expected option life of 10 years; risk free interest rate of 2.85%; and a volatility rate of 13.79% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions.

 

The actual value of the shares of restricted common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans will be based on the price of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted common stock to be available for award and issuance under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming receipt of stockholder approval and that the shares are awarded when market prices range from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

Share Price     148,750 Shares
Awarded at Minimum
of Offering Range
    175,000 Shares
Awarded at Midpoint of 
Offering Range
    201,250 Shares
Awarded at Maximum
of Offering Range
    231,438 Shares
Awarded at Adjusted
Maximum of Offering
Range
 
(In thousands, except share price data)  
         
$ 8.00     $ 1,190     $ 1,400     $ 1,610     $ 1,852  
$ 10.00     $ 1,488     $ 1,750     $ 2,013     $ 2,314  
$ 12.00     $ 1,785     $ 2,100     $ 2,415     $ 2,777  
$ 14.00     $ 2,083     $ 2,450     $ 2,818     $ 3,240  

 

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plans would be based in part on the trading price of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time the options are granted. The value will also depend on the various assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming receipt of stockholder approval, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, and assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Market/Exercise
Price
    Grant Date Fair
Value Per Option
    371,875 Options at
Minimum of
Offering Range
    437,500 Options at
Midpoint of
Offering Range
    503,125 Options at
Maximum of
Offering Range
    578,594 Options at
Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except market/exercise price and fair value data)  
         
$ 8.00     $ 2.45     $ 911     $ 1,071     $ 1,233     $ 1,418  
$ 10.00     $ 3.06     $ 1,138     $ 1,339     $ 1,540     $ 1,770  
$ 12.00     $ 3.67     $ 1,365     $ 1,606     $ 1,846     $ 2,123  
$ 14.00     $ 4.28     $ 1,593     $ 1,873     $ 2,153     $ 2,476  

 

  14  

 

 

Restrictions on the Acquisition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank

 

Federal and state regulations, as well as provisions contained in the governing documents or Rhinebeck Bank and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., restrict the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., Rhinebeck Bank, or their respective capital stock. These restrictions include the requirement that a potential acquirer of common stock obtain prior regulatory approval before acquiring in excess of 10% of the voting stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank, as well as a provision in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation that generally provides that, no person, other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and that any shares acquired in excess of this limit would not be entitled to be voted and would not be counted as voting stock in connection with any matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

 

Because a majority of the shares of outstanding common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. must be owned by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, any acquisition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. must be approved by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. Furthermore, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC would not be required to pursue or approve a sale of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. even if such sale were favored by a majority of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s public stockholders. Finally, although a mutual holding company may be acquired by a mutual institution or another mutual holding company in what is known as a “remutualization” transaction, current regulatory policy may make such transactions unlikely because of the heightened regulatory scrutiny given to the structure and pricing of such transactions. Specifically, current regulatory policy views remutualization transactions as raising significant issues concerning disparate treatment of minority stockholders and mutual members of the target entity, and raising issues concerning the effect on the mutual members of the acquiring entity. As a result, a remutualization transaction for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is unlikely unless the applicant can clearly demonstrate that the regulatory concerns are not warranted in the particular case.

 

Possible Conversion of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form

 

In the future, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC may convert from the mutual to capital stock form of ownership, in a transaction commonly referred to as a “second-step conversion.” In a second-step conversion, members of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC would have subscription rights to purchase common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and the public stockholders of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. would be entitled to exchange their shares of common stock for an equal percentage of shares of the fully-converted Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. This percentage may be adjusted to reflect any assets owned by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC.

 

Our board of directors has no current plans to undertake a second-step conversion transaction. Any second-step conversion transaction would require the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock (excluding shares held by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC) and the approval of depositors of Rhinebeck Bank. Stockholders who purchase our common stock in the offering will not be able to force a second-step conversion without the consent of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC since a second-step conversion also requires the approval of a majority of all of the outstanding voting stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., which can only be achieved if Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC votes to approve the second-step conversion.

 

Tax Consequences

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding the material federal income tax consequences, and have received the opinion of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP regarding the material New York State income tax consequences, of the reorganization and offering. As a general matter, the reorganization and offering will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., Rhinebeck Bank or persons eligible to subscribe for shares of stock in the subscription offering.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. For as long as we so qualify we are exempt from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies. See “Risk Factors—We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Securities Laws—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

  15  

 

 

An emerging growth company may elect to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. We have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center

 

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the reorganization and offering, call our Stock Information Center at (____) ____-_____. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

 

  16  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of our common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our automobile lending exposes us to increased credit risks.

 

At June 30, 2018, $250.2 million, or 40.3% of our total loan portfolio and 31.7% of our total assets, consisted of indirect automobile loans, which represents loans originated through automobile dealers for the purchase of new or used automobiles. We intend to continue to originate indirect automobile loans and to increase this type of lending. At that date, $5.9 million, or 0.9% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of automobile loans that we originate directly. We serve customers that cover a range of creditworthiness and the required terms and rates are reflective of those risk profiles. Automobile loans are inherently risky as they are often secured by assets that may be difficult to locate and can depreciate rapidly. In some cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted automobile loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency may not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Automobile loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Additional risk elements associated with indirect lending include the limited personal contact with the borrower as a result of indirect lending through non-bank channels, namely automobile dealers.  See “Business of Rhinebeck Bank—Loan Underwriting Risks.”

 

Our emphasis on commercial real estate and commercial business lending involves risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We intend to continue to originate commercial real estate and commercial business loans. At June 30, 2018, our commercial real estate (which includes multi-family real estate loans and commercial construction loans) and commercial business loans totaled $296.3 million, or 47.7% of our loan portfolio. While these types of loans are potentially more profitable than residential mortgage loans due primarily to bearing generally higher interest rates, they are generally more sensitive to regional and local economic conditions, making future losses more difficult to predict. These loans also generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, any charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loans. See “Business of Rhinebeck Bank—Loan Underwriting Risks.”

 

Our business strategy involves moderate growth, and our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

 

Our assets increased $121.7 million, or 18.2%, from $668.2 million at December 31, 2015 to $789.9 million at June 30, 2018, primarily due to increases in loans receivable.  Over the next several years, we expect to experience moderate growth in our total assets and deposits, and the scale of our operations.  Achieving our growth targets requires us to attract customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market.  Our ability to grow successfully will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to attract and retain experienced bankers, the availability of attractive business opportunities, competition from other financial institutions in our market area and our ability to manage our growth.  While we believe we have the management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth.  If we do not manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to achieve our business plan, which would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Building market share through de novo branching may cause our expenses to increase faster than revenues .

 

We plan to continue to build market share by opening three new or de novo branches in Orange County, New York in the next three years. There are considerable costs involved in de novo branching as new branches generally require time to generate sufficient revenues to offset their initial start-up costs, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. Accordingly, any new branch can be expected to negatively impact our earnings until the branch attracts a sufficient level of depositors and borrowers to offset expenses. We cannot assure you that our new branches will be successful even after they have been established.

 

  17  

 

 

Our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses.

 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is established through a provision for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of probable incurred losses within the existing portfolio of loans. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of loans in our portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, we rely on our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, and adjustments may be necessary to address different economic conditions or adverse developments in the loan portfolio. Consequently, a problem with one or more loans could require us to significantly increase our provision for loan losses. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease our net income.

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank for our first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2020. This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses. This will change the current method of establishing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, and increase the data we would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of our allowance for loan losses.

 

A deterioration in economic conditions could reduce demand for our products and services and/or result in increases in our level of non-performing loans, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, our profitability depends primarily on the general economic conditions in our primary market area. Local economic conditions have a significant impact on our residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction and consumer lending, including, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans.

 

While economic conditions in our primary market remain strong, deterioration in economic conditions could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations:

 

· demand for our products and services may decrease;

 

· loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

· collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, thereby reducing customers’ future borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans;

 

· the value of our securities portfolio may decrease; and

 

· the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decrease, thereby impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

 

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact these local economic conditions and could further negatively affect our financial performance. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

 

  18  

 

 

Changes in interest rates may reduce our profits.

 

Our profitability, like that of most financial institutions, depends to a large extent upon our net interest income, which is the difference between our interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Accordingly, our results of operations depend largely on movements in market interest rates and our ability to manage our interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities in response to these movements. Factors such as inflation, recession and instability in financial markets, among other factors beyond our control, may affect interest rates.

 

If interest rates rise, and the interest rates on our deposits increase faster than the interest rates we receive on our loans and investments, our interest rate spread would decrease, which would have a negative effect on our net interest income and profitability. Furthermore, increases in interest rates may adversely affect the ability of borrowers to make loan repayments on adjustable-rate loans, as the interest owed on such loans would increase as interest rates increase. Conversely, decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk as we may have to reinvest such loan or securities prepayments into lower-yielding assets, which may also negatively impact our income.

 

If interest rates rise, we expect that our net portfolio value of equity would decrease. Net portfolio value of equity represents the present value of the expected cash flows from our assets less the present value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities, adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet contracts. At June 30, 2018, and assuming a 400 basis point increase in market interest rates, we estimate that our net portfolio value would decrease by $3.4 million, or 11%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk—Net Portfolio Value Simulation.”

 

Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. While we pursue an asset/liability strategy designed to mitigate our risk from changes in interest rates, changes in interest rates can still have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in interest rates also may negatively affect our ability to originate real estate loans, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings. Also, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions cannot fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet or projected operating results. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”

 

Our cost of operations is high relative to our assets. Our failure to maintain or reduce our operating expenses may reduce our profits.

 

Our non-interest expenses totaled $12.8 million and $25.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. Although we continue to monitor our expenses and have achieved certain efficiencies, we have experienced increased costs.  Moreover, our efficiency ratio remains high as a result of our higher operating expenses, even though we have increased our net interest income. Our efficiency ratio totaled 82.99% and 76.10% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. Failure to control or maintain our expenses may reduce future profits.

 

  19  

 

 

Changes in the valuation of our securities portfolio may reduce our profits and our capital levels.

 

Our securities portfolio may be affected by fluctuations in market value, potentially reducing accumulated other comprehensive income or earnings. Fluctuations in market value may be caused by changes in market interest rates, lower market prices for securities and limited investor demand. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, with more frequent evaluation for selected issues. In analyzing a debt issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, industry analysts’ reports and spread differentials between the effective rates on instruments in the portfolio compared to risk-free rates. If this evaluation shows impairment to the actual or projected cash flows associated with one or more securities, we may take a charge to earnings to reflect such impairment. Changes in interest rates may also have an adverse effect on our financial condition, as our available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair value, and therefore are affected by fluctuations in interest rates. We increase or decrease our stockholders’ equity by the amount of change in the estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities, net of taxes. Declines in market value may result in other-than-temporary impairments of these assets, which may lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and stockholders’ equity. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Securities Portfolio.”

 

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by our banking regulators. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a financial institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of insurance funds and the depositors and borrowers of Rhinebeck Bank rather than for the protection of our stockholders. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose restrictions on our operations, classify our assets and determine the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, deposit insurance and monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations, control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent accounting firms. These changes could materially impact, potentially retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Strong competition within our market area may reduce our profits and slow growth.

 

We face strong competition in making loans and attracting deposits. Price competition for loans and deposits sometimes requires us to charge lower interest rates on our loans and pay higher interest rates on our deposits, and may reduce our net interest income. Competition also makes it more difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. Many of the institutions with which we compete have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and may offer services that we do not provide. Our competitors often aggressively price loan and deposit products when they enter into new lines of business or new market areas. If we are unable to effectively compete in our market area, our profitability would be negatively affected. The greater resources and broader offering of deposit and loan products of some of our competitors may also limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For more information about our market area and the competition we face, see “Business of Rhinebeck Bank—Market Area” and “—Competition.”

 

We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.

 

Federal regulations establish minimum capital requirements for insured depository institutions, including minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were effective for us on January 1, 2015, and define what constitutes “capital” for calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are: (1) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (2) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6%; (3) a total capital ratio of 8%; and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The regulations also require unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. We elected to exercise our one-time option to opt-out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for calculating our regulatory capital requirements. The regulations also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and, when fully phased in, will result in the following minimum ratios: (1) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (2) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (3) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The capital conservation buffer requirement began being phased in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and is increasing each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

 

  20  

 

 

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy, and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying out dividends or buying back shares. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Bank Regulation—Capital Requirements.”

 

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

 

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers that open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on conducting acquisitions or establishing new branches. Several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, these policies and procedures may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

 

Our success depends on retaining certain key personnel.

 

Our performance largely depends on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals who comprise our senior management team. We rely on key personnel to manage and operate our business, including major revenue generating functions such as loan and deposit generation and our wealth management business. The loss of key staff may adversely affect our ability to maintain and manage these functions effectively, which could negatively affect our income. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which would reduce our net income. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees.

 

Systems failures or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

 

Our operations depend upon our ability to protect our computer systems and network infrastructure against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. Although we, with the help of third-party service providers, intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures designed to prevent such damage, our security measures may not be successful. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

It is possible that we could incur significant costs associated with a breach of our computer systems. While we have cyber liability insurance, there are limitations on coverage. Furthermore, cyber incidents carry a greater risk of injury to our reputation. Finally, depending on the type of incident, banking regulators can impose restrictions on our business and consumer laws may require reimbursement of customer losses.

 

  21  

 

 

Changes in accounting standards could affect reported earnings.

 

The bodies responsible for establishing accounting standards, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and bank regulators, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting guidance that governs the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively.

 

Changes in management’s estimates and assumptions may have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and our financial condition or operating results.

 

In preparing this prospectus as well as periodic reports we will be required to file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including our consolidated financial statements, our management is and will be required under applicable rules and regulations to make estimates and assumptions as of specified dates. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and experience at such times and are subject to substantial risk and uncertainty. Materially different results may occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known. Areas requiring significant estimates and assumptions by management include our evaluation of the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, the determination of our deferred income taxes, our fair value measurements, our determination of goodwill impairment, and our evaluation of our defined benefit pension plan obligations.

 

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for significant losses.

 

Our risk management framework is designed to minimize risk and loss to us. We seek to identify, measure, monitor, report and control our exposure to risk, including strategic, market, liquidity, compliance and operational risks. While we use broad and diversified risk monitoring and mitigation techniques, these techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or future development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks. Recent economic conditions and heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, among other developments, have increased our level of risk. Accordingly, we could suffer losses if we fail to properly anticipate and manage these risks.

 

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to one or more of these properties. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing defaulted loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous conditions or toxic substances are found on these properties, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected any particular property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure on nonresidential real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Risks Related to the Offering

 

The future price of our shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 offering price per share.

 

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 offering price. In many cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including our performance, prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, changes in federal tax laws, new regulations, investor perceptions of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations in our common stock may be unrelated to our operating performance.

 

  22  

 

 

Persons who purchase stock in the offering will own a minority of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock and will not be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders.

 

Public stockholders will own a minority of the outstanding shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. As a result, stockholders other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will not be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will own a majority of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock after the offering and, through its board of directors, will be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of stockholders. Generally, the same directors and officers who manage Rhinebeck Bank will also manage Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. Our board of directors, officers or Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC may take action that the public stockholders believe to be contrary to their interests. The only matters that stockholders other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will be able to exercise voting control currently include any proposal to implement stock-based benefit plans or a “second-step” conversion. In addition, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC may exercise its voting control to prevent a sale or merger transaction in which stockholders could receive a premium for their shares.

 

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

 

We intend to invest between $18.6 million and $25.5 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $29.4 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Rhinebeck Bank. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in securities and for general corporate purposes, including, subject to regulatory limitations, repurchasing shares of common stock. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan to Rhinebeck Bank’s employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the offering and to fund the charitable foundation. Rhinebeck Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, except for funding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and funding the charitable foundation, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes. Therefore, we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and when we apply or reinvest such proceeds. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require prior regulatory approval. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long it will take to reinvest the net proceeds. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively and timely would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

 

Our return on equity may be low following the offering and this could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

 

Net income divided by average stockholders’ equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of financial institutions. Our return on equity may be low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the offering. Our return on equity will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to implement. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and deploy the capital raised in the offering, we expect our return on equity to be low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock. At the midpoint of the offering range, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s pro forma consolidated return on equity for the six months ended June 30, 2018 would have equaled 2.73% (annualized), compared to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s return on equity for the six months ended June 30, 2018 of 4.41% (annualized).

 

  23  

 

 

We are an emerging growth company, and if we elect to comply only with the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

 

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Investors may find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions.

 

As an emerging growth company, we also will not be subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which would require that our independent auditors review and attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (1) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (4) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million at the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

 

We will need to implement additional financial and accounting systems, procedures and controls to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements.

 

Upon completion of the offering, we will become a public reporting company. The federal securities laws and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission require that we file annual, quarterly and current reports, and that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert management’s attention from our banking operations.

 

Our stock-based benefit plans, if implemented, will increase our expenses and reduce our income.

 

We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans after the offering, subject to stockholder approval, which would increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to stock options and stock awards granted to participants under the stock-based benefit plans. The amount of these stock-related compensation and benefit expenses would depend on the number of options and stock awards granted, the fair value of the options and our stock on the date of grant, the vesting period, and other factors that we cannot predict at this time. If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within 12 months following the offering, the total shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under such plans would be limited to 1.96% and 4.90%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). If we award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts under stock-based benefit plans adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the offering, our costs would increase further.

 

We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 3.92% of our outstanding shares (including the shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). The cost of acquiring the shares of common stock for the employee stock ownership plan will be between $3.0 million at the minimum of the offering range and $4.6 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expenses in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

 

  24  

 

 

The estimated expense in the first year following the offering for shares purchased in the offering by our employee stock ownership plan and for stock-based benefit plans implemented within one year after the offering, subject to receipt of stockholder approval, is approximately $1.0 million ($837,000 after tax) at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share offering price as fair market value. Actual expense may be higher if the price of our common stock at the time the shares are allocated or awarded is greater than $10.00 per share. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Offering.”

 

Implementing stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.

 

We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans following the offering, subject to stockholder approval. These plans may be funded either through open market purchases or by issuing additional authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including applicable regulatory restrictions on common stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of our stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. While we intend to fund the new stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 6.4% dilution in ownership interest if newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted common stock in amounts equal to 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). If we adopt the plans more than 12 months following the offering, new stock-based benefit plans would not be subject to these limitations and stockholders could experience greater dilution.

 

Although our stockholders must approve the implementation of any stock-based benefit plans follow the offering, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans implemented by converting institutions and their holding companies have been approved by stockholders.

 

Federal Reserve Board regulations and policy effectively prohibit Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC from waiving the receipt of dividends, which will likely preclude us from paying any dividends on our common stock.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. We currently intend to retain all our future earnings, if any, for use in our business and do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions under Federal Reserve Board regulations and policy, our business strategy and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

 

Under Federal Reserve Board regulations and policy, if Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. pays dividends to its public stockholders, it also would be required to pay dividends to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, unless Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC waives the receipt of such dividends. Current Federal Reserve Board policy has been to prohibit mutual holding companies that are regulated as bank holding companies, such as Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, from waiving the receipt of dividends and the Federal Reserve Board ’s regulations implemented after the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act effectively prohibit federally-chartered mutual holding companies from waiving dividends declared by their subsidiaries. See “Subscription and Regulation—Holding Company Regulation—Waivers of Dividends by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC” for a further discussion of the applicable requirements related to the potential waiver of dividends by a mutual holding company. Moreover, since (1) federal regulations and policy effectively require any dividends declared by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. to be paid to all stockholders, including Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, and (2) Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will sell only a minority of its shares to the public and will contribute the remaining shares to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will raise significantly less capital than would have been the case if it sold all its shares to the public. As a result, paying dividends to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC — an entity that will not be paying for the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock it receives in connection with the offering, may be inequitable to public stockholders and not in their best financial interests. Therefore, unless Federal Reserve Board regulations and policy change by allowing Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC to waive the receipt of dividends declared by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. without diluting minority stockholders, it is unlikely that Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will pay any dividends.

 

  25  

 

 

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

 

Stock banks and savings banks or holding companies, as well as individuals, may not acquire control of a mutual holding company, such as Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. As result, the only persons that may acquire control of a mutual holding company are other mutual savings institutions or mutual holding companies. Accordingly, it is very unlikely, that Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. would be subject to any takeover attempt by activist stockholders or other financial institutions. In addition, certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and state and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. without our board of directors’ prior approval.

 

Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, for a period of three years following completion of the offering, no person may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of our common stock without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must notify the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring control of a bank holding company. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a bank holding company creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer “controls” the bank holding company. Also, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the NYSDFS before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any bank, including Rhinebeck Bank.

 

There also are provisions in our articles of organization that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt, including a provision that prohibits any person, other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, from voting more than 10% of the shares of common stock outstanding. Taken as a whole, these statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

For additional information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.,” “Management—Employment Agreements” and “—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Offering.”

 

Our stock value may be negatively affected by applicable regulations that restrict stock repurchases.

 

Applicable regulations restrict us from repurchasing any of our shares of common stock during the first year following the offering and limit us from repurchasing our shares of common stock during the second and third years following the offering to 5% of our outstanding shares, unless we obtain prior approval from the NYSDFS. Stock repurchases are a capital management tool that can enhance the value of a company’s stock, and our inability to repurchase any of our shares of common stock during the first year following the offering and limitations on our ability to repurchase our shares of common stock during the second and third years following the offering may negatively affect our stock price.

 

We have never issued common stock to the public, and there is no guarantee that a liquid market will develop.

 

We have never issued common stock to the public and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “RBKB,” subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is not obligated to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, we may not be able to obtain such commitments. This would result in our common stock not being listed for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, which could reduce the liquidity of our common stock. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and our directors and executive officers, is likely to be limited. As a result, an active trading market for the common stock may not develop or, if it does develop, it may not continue. Additionally, if you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the completion of the offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

  26  

 

 

You may not revoke your order to purchase common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order form.

 

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering. Because completion of the offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [DATE 2], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 5,077,456 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,263,393 shares.

 

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

 

If the subscription rights granted to eligible current or former depositors of Rhinebeck Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of the rights may be taxable in an amount equal to the ascertained value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, that it is more likely than not that subscription rights have no ascertainable value; however, the opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Risks Related to the Charitable Foundation

 

The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in 2019.

 

We intend to establish and fund a new charitable foundation in connection with the offering. We intend to contribute shares of our common stock equal to 2.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC) and up to $200,000 in cash. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, we will contribute to the charitable foundation 151,785, 178,571, 205,357 and 236,161 shares of common stock, respectively. The contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we complete the offering and contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution is expected to reduce net income for the year ended December 31, 2019 by approximately $1.5 million, assuming the offering closes at the midpoint of the offering range. Our net income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $1.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively. In addition, persons purchasing shares in the offering will have their ownership and voting interests in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. diluted by up to 2.0% due to the contribution of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.

 

Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.

 

We may not have sufficient profits to be able to fully use the tax deduction from our contribution to the charitable foundation. Under the Internal Revenue Code, an entity is permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (generally income before federal income taxes and charitable contributions expense) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution is made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period and expires thereafter.

 

  27  

 

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data for Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Rhinebeck Bank, on a consolidated basis, at the dates and for the periods indicated. It is only a summary and it should be read in conjunction with the business and financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at June 30, 2018 and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 is not audited but, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation. All adjustments are normal and recurring. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year or any other period. The information at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements not appearing in this prospectus.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    (unaudited)     (In thousands)  
Selected Financial Condition Data:                                                
Total assets   $ 789,853     $ 742,103     $ 722,557     $ 668,151     $ 650,495     $ 612,826  
Cash and cash equivalents     12,408       10,460       12,976       28,319       30,573       17,433  
Securities held-to-maturity     1,652       1,914       1,635       2,780       286       417  
Securities available-for-sale     103,256       113,302       140,267       112,650       74,932       63,589  
Loans receivable, net     621,227       566,178       512,594       470,382       485,588       468,933  
Bank owned life insurance     17,776       17,577       17,076       16,860       16,329       15,797  
Goodwill and other intangibles     1,715       1,831       3,508       3,891       5,345       5,518  
Total liabilities     734,292       687,126       670,040       617,223       599,995       561,233  
Deposits     666,098       650,105       639,675       597,527       573,100       535,021  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     43,000       14,900       9,500       -       7,500       7,500  
Subordinated debt     5,155       5,155       5,155       5,155       5,155       5,155  
Total equity     55,561       54,977       52,517       50,928       50,500       51,593  
                                                 

 

    For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    (unaudited)     (In thousands)  
Selected Operating Data:                                                        
Interest and dividend income   $ 15,336     $ 13,553     $ 27,887     $ 25,566     $ 24,163     $ 25,676     $ 25,133  
Interest expense     2,177       1,611       3,300       3,050       3,077       3,358       2,953  
Net interest income     13,159       11,942       24,587       22,516       21,086       22,318       22,180  
Provision for loan losses     1,050       450       900       1,200       150       2,400       3,000  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     12,109       11,492       23,687       21,316       20,936       19,918       19,150  
Non-interest income     2,132       3,677       8,057       7,038       8,419       8,365       9,953  
Non-interest expense     12,767       12,840       25,144       24,344       27,506       27,162       27,479  
Income before income tax expense     1,474       2,329       6,600       4,010       1,849       1,120       1,654  
Income tax expense     279       717       3,598       1,321       992       197       261  
Net income   $ 1,195     $ 1,612     $ 3,002     $ 2,689     $ 857     $ 923     $ 1,393  
                                                         
  28  

 

 

    At or For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    (unaudited)                                
Performance Ratios (1):                                                        
Return on average assets (2)     0.32 %     0.45 %     0.41 %     0.39 %     0.13 %     0.15 %     0.23 %
                                                         
Return on average equity (3)     4.41 %     6.07 %     5.45 %     5.04 %     1.67 %     1.75 %     2.71 %
                                                         
Interest rate spread (4)     3.59 %     3.51 %     3.54 %     3.41 %     3.39 %     3.79 %     4.07 %
                                                         
Net interest margin (5)     3.78 %     3.67 %     3.69 %     3.56 %     3.53 %     3.93 %     4.19 %
                                                         
Efficiency ratio (6)     82.99 %     81.15 %     76.10 %     81.15 %     91.78 %     87.04 %     83.78 %
                                                         
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     130.69 %     129.89 %     131.69 %     131.57 %     127.39 %     122.82 %     123.34 %
                                                         
Loans to deposits     93.17 %     82.63 %     87.12 %     80.32 %     78.83 %     84.74 %     87.66 %
Equity to assets (7)     7.23 %     7.46 %     7.60 %     7.71 %     7.76 %     8.30 %     8.59 %
                                                         
Capital Ratios:                                                        
Tier 1 capital (to total average assets)     8.33 %     8.27 %     8.57 %     8.08 %     8.20 %     8.04 %     8.45 %
                                                         
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)     9.62 %     10.34 %     10.54 %     10.37 %     10.63 %     9.80 %     9.82 %
                                                         
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)     10.50 %     11.30 %     11.45 %     11.43 %     11.69 %     10.90 %     10.96 %
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)     9.62 %     10.34 %     10.54 %     10.37 %     10.63 %     9.80 %     9.82 %
                                                         
Asset Quality Ratios:                                                        
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans     0.96 %     1.02 %     0.96 %     1.14 %     1.15 %     1.19 %     1.25 %
                                                         
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans     59.51 %     69.32 %     58.28 %     75.01 %     90.80 %     50.69 %     55.70 %
                                                         
Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period     0.10 %     0.16 %     0.24 %     0.15 %     0.11 %     0.50 %     0.41 %
                                                         
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans     1.61 %     1.47 %     1.65 %     1.52 %     1.26 %     2.35 %     2.24 %
                                                         
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets     1.49 %     1.44 %     1.56 %     1.46 %     1.34 %     2.51 %     2.82 %
                                                         
Other Data:                                                        
Number of offices (8)     14       15       13       15       14       15       15  
Number of full-time equivalent employees     157       154       153       152       142       140       153  

 

 

(1) Performance ratios for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 are annualized.
(2) Represents net income divided by average total assets.
(3) Represents net income divided by average equity.
(4) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield earned on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. Tax exempt income is reported on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state marginal tax rate of 27% for 2018 and 40% for the previous periods.
(5) Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets. Tax exempt income is reported on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state marginal tax rate of 27% for 2018 and 40% for the previous periods.
(6) Represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(7) Represents average equity divided by average total assets.
(8) Includes a representative office opened in Montgomery, New York in March 2017 and a representative office opened in Albany, New York in April 2018.
  29  

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

· statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

· statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

· statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

· estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

· general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market area, that are worse than expected;

 

· changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and charge-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

· our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

· fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

 

· demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

· our ability to continue to implement our business strategies;

 

· competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

· inflation and changes in market interest rates that reduce our margins and yields, reduce the fair value of financial instruments or reduce our volume of loan originations, or increase the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make whether held in portfolio or sold in the secondary market;

 

· adverse changes in the securities markets;

 

· changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

· our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk;

 

· our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

· the imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental polices impacting the value of the agricultural or other products of our borrowers;

 

  30  

 

 

· our ability to successfully integrate into our operations any assets, liabilities or systems we may acquire, as well as new management personnel or customers, and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

· changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

· changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

· our ability to retain key employees;

 

· our compensation expense associated with equity allocated or awarded to our employees; and

 

· changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

 

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

 

Although we cannot determine what the actual net offering proceeds will be until the offering is completed, we estimate that the net proceeds will be between $31.0 million and $42.4 million, or $49.0 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.

 

We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    3,263,393 Shares     3,839,286 Shares     4,415,179 Shares     5,077,456 Shares (1)  
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                 
Gross offering proceeds   $ 32,634             $ 38,393             $ 44,152             $ 50,775          
Less: offering expenses     (1,625 )             (1,677 )             (1,730 )             (1,790 )        
Net offering proceeds     31,009       100.0 %     36,716       100.0 %     42,422       100.0 %     48,985       100.0 %
                                                                 
Distribution of net proceeds:                                                                
Proceeds contributed to Rhinebeck Bank     18,605       60.0 %     22,029       60.0 %     25,453       60.0 %     29,391       60.0 %
Cash contribution to the charitable foundation     200       0.6 %     200       0.5 %     200       0.5 %     200       0.4 %
Loan to employee stock ownership plan     2,975       9.6 %     3,500       9.5 %     4,025       9.5 %     4,629       9.4 %
Proceeds retained by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.   $ 9,229       29.8 %   $ 10,987       30.0 %   $ 12,744       30.0 %   $ 14,765       30.2 %

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which increase could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

 

  31  

 

 

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will reduce Rhinebeck Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if fewer shares were sold in the subscription and community offerings and more in the syndicated offering than we have assumed.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

· to invest in securities;

 

· to repurchase shares of our common stock, including repurchases to fund stock-based benefit plans;

 

· to finance the potential acquisition of financial institutions or financial services companies, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction; and

 

· for other general corporate purposes.

 

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the offering. Under NYSDFS regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the offering and, in the second and third years, we may not repurchase more than 5% of our then-outstanding shares of common stock in each of those years without the prior approval of the NYSDFS.

 

Rhinebeck Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

· to fund new loans;

 

· to invest in securities;

 

· to expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches (including up to three additional branches in Orange County, New York over the next three years) or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity; and

 

· for other general corporate purposes.

 

Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in an interest-bearing deposit account in Rhinebeck Bank and in short-term investment securities of the type currently held by Rhinebeck Bank. We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above. The use of proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions.

 

We expect our return on equity to be low until we are able to effectively deploy the additional capital raised in the offering. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.”

 

  32  

 

 

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Following completion of the offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, we currently do not intend to pay cash dividends. The decision to pay a dividend in the future would depend upon a number of factors, including: regulatory capital requirements; our financial condition and results of operations; our other uses of funds for the long-term value of stockholders; tax considerations; statutory and regulatory limitations, including the Federal Reserve Bank’s dividend waiver regulation, which effectively prohibits us from paying any dividends only to public stockholders; and general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that any dividends will be paid on our common stock as long as we operate in the mutual holding company form, unless there is a change in Federal Reserve Board regulations that would allow mutual holding companies to waive the receipt of dividends. Moreover, even if we pay dividends on our common stock in the future, we cannot assure you that dividends will not be reduced or eliminated. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulations and policy, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering—You may not receive dividends on our common stock, and if we were to declare dividends on our common stock, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC would be restricted from waiving the receipt of dividends.”

 

We will file a consolidated federal tax return with Rhinebeck Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions that we make to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to applicable regulations, during the three-year period following the offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

 

Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.—Common Stock.” Dividends we can declare and pay also will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Rhinebeck Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividend income from Rhinebeck Bank and earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock retained by us and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan. New York banking law imposes limitations on capital distributions (including dividends) by Rhinebeck Bank. See “Supervision and Regulation—New York Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends.”

 

Any payment of dividends by Rhinebeck Bank to us that would be deemed to be drawn out of Rhinebeck Bank’s bad debt reserves, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Rhinebeck Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. Rhinebeck Bank does not intend to make any distribution to us that would create such a federal tax liability.

 

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

 

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our shares of common stock. We expect that our shares of common stock will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “RBKB,” subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain listing conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is not obligated to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.

 

The development and maintenance of a public market, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering purchase price per share.

 

  33  

 

 

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

 

At June 30, 2018, Rhinebeck Bank exceeded all applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth, at June 30, 2018, the historical equity capital and regulatory capital and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Rhinebeck Bank after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The tabular data assumes the receipt by Rhinebeck Bank of 60% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

    Rhinebeck Bank
Historical at
    Pro Forma at June 30, 2018 Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of:  
    June 30, 2018     3,263,393 Shares     3,839,286 Shares     4,415,179 Shares     5,077,456 Shares (1)  
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
 
    (unaudited)     (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Equity capital   $ 58,772       7.44 %   $ 72,865       9.01 %   $ 75,502       9.30 %   $ 78,137       9.58 %   $ 81,171       9.91 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 leverage capital   $ 64,518       8.33 %   $ 78,661       9.92 %   $ 81,298       10.20 %   $ 83,933       10.59 %   $ 86,967       10.82 %
Tier 1 leverage requirement     38,732       5.00 %     39,662       5.00 %     39,834       5.00 %     40,005       5.00 %     40,202       5.00 %
Excess   $ 25,786       3.33 %   $ 38,999       4.92 %   $ 41,464       5.20 %   $ 43,928       5.49 %   $ 46,765       5.82 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 risk-based
capital (3)
  $ 64,518       9.62 %   $ 78,661       11.66 %   $ 81,298       12.04 %   $ 83,933       12.42 %   $ 86,967       12.85 %
Tier 1 risk-based requirement     53,666       8.00 %     53,969       8.00 %     54,023       8.00 %     54,078       8.00 %     54,141       8.00 %
Excess   $ 10,852       1.62 %   $ 24,692       3.66 %   $ 27,275       4.04 %   $ 29,855       4.42 %   $ 32,826       4.85 %
                                                                                 
Total risk-based
capital (3)
  $ 70,457       10.50 %   $ 84,600       12.54 %   $ 87,237       12.92 %   $ 89,872       13.30 %   $ 92,906       13.73 %
Total risk-based
requirement
    67,083       10.00 %     67,461       10.00 %     67,529       10.00 %     67,598       10.00 %     67,676       10.00 %
Excess   $ 3,374       0.50 %   $ 17,139       2.54 %   $ 19,708       2.92 %   $ 22,274       3.30 %   $ 25,230       3.73 %
                                                                                 
Common equity tier 1 capital   $ 64,518       9.62 %   $ 78,661       11.66 %   $ 81,298       12.04 %   $ 83,933       12.42 %   $ 86,967       12.85 %
Common equity tier 1 requirement     43,604       6.50 %     43,849       6.50 %     43,894       6.50 %     43,938       6.50 %     43,990       6.50 %
Excess   $ 20,914       3.12 %   $ 34,812       5.16 %   $ 37,404       5.54 %   $ 39,995       5.92 %   $ 42,977       6.35 %
                                                                                 
Reconciliation:                                                                                
Net proceeds infused into Rhinebeck Bank     $ 18,605             $ 22,030             $ 25,453             $ 29,391          
Less:  Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan       (2,975 )             (3,500 )             (4,025 )             (4,629 )        
Less:  Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan     (1,487 )             (1,750 )             (2,013 )             (2,314 )        
Pro forma increase in tier 1 and risk-based capital     $ 14,143             $ 16,780             $ 19,415             $ 22,448          

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which increase could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Equity and Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

  34  

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table presents, at June 30, 2018, the historical consolidated capitalization of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. after giving effect to the offering based upon the assumptions set forth under “Pro Forma Data.”

 

    Rhinebeck 
Bancorp, MHC
    Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Pro Forma at June 30, 2018 Based upon the Sale
in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of:
 
    Historical at 
June 30, 2018
    3,263,393
Shares
    3,839,286
Shares
    4,415,179
Shares
    5,077,456
Shares (1)
 
    (unaudited)     (Dollars in thousands)  
                               
Deposits (2)   $ 666,098     $ 666,098     $ 666,098     $ 666,098     $ 666,098  
Borrowings     48,155       48,155       48,155       48,155       48,155  
Total deposits and borrowed funds   $ 714,253     $ 714,253     $ 714,253     $ 714,253     $ 714,253  
                                         
Stockholders’ equity:                                        
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized                              
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized; shares to be issued as reflected (3)           76       89       103       118  
Additional paid-in capital     100       32,551       38,513       44,473       51,328  
Tax benefit of contribution to the charitable foundation           464       536       608       692  
Retained earnings (4)     63,027       63,027       63,027       63,027       63,027  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (7,566 )     (7,566 )     (7,566 )     (7,566 )     (7,566 )
Less:                                        
Expense of stock contribution to the charitable foundation           (1,518 )     (1,786 )     (2,054 )     (2,362 )
Expense of cash contribution to the charitable foundation           (200 )     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )
Capital retained by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC           (100 )     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )
Common stock to be acquired by
employee stock ownership plan (5)
          (2,975 )     (3,500 )     (4,025 )     (4,629 )
Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans (6)           (1,487 )     (1,750 )     (2,013 )     (2,314 )
Total stockholders’ equity   $ 55,561     $ 82,272     $ 87,263     $ 92,253     $ 97,994  
                                         
Pro Forma Shares Outstanding                                        
Total shares issued           7,589,285       8,928,571       10,267,875       11,808,036  
Shares issued to charitable foundation           151,785       178,571       205,357       236,161  
Shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC           4,174,107       4,910,714       5,647,321       6,494,419  
Shares sold in the offering           3,263,393       3,839,286       4,415,179       5,077,456  
                                         
Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets     7.03 %     10.08 %     10.62 %     11.16 %     11.77 %

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which increase could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts at Rhinebeck Bank for the purchase of shares of common stock. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation, will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans. See “Management.”
(4) The retained earnings of Rhinebeck Bank will be substantially restricted after the offering. See “Supervision and Regulation—New York Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends.”
(5) Assumes that 3.92% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation, will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. The loan will be repaid principally from Rhinebeck Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s consolidated balance sheet. Accordingly, the number of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(6) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation, will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans. The funds to be used by such plans to purchase shares will be provided by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share offering price and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the offering price. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will accrue compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to such stock-based benefit plans and will credit capital in an amount equal to the charge to operations. Implementation of such plans will require stockholder approval.

 

  35  

 

 

PRO FORMA DATA

 

The following tables summarize historical and pro forma data of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and at and for the year ended December 31, 2017. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the offering.

 

The net proceeds in the table are based upon the following assumptions:

 

1. all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings;

 

2. our directors, executive officers, and their associates will purchase 161,300 shares of common stock;

 

3. our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 3.92% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation) with the proceeds of a loan from Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime rate of interest, calculated at the date of the loan origination) over a 20-year period. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by Rhinebeck Bank;

 

4. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will contribute $200,000 in cash to the charitable foundation;

 

5. we will pay Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings;

 

6. no fee will be paid with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans or charitable foundation, or stock purchased by our officers, trustees, directors and employees, and their immediate families; and

 

7. total expenses of the offering, other than the fees and commissions to be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and other broker-dealers, will be $1.2 million.

 

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 as if the estimated net proceeds had been invested at the beginning of the period at an assumed interest rate of 2.73% (1.99% after-tax). This rate represents the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note at June 30, 2018, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by applicable regulations.

 

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

· the yield on the U.S Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

· we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

 

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. For purposes of pro forma earnings per share calculations, we adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of the period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

 

  36  

 

 

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that stock-based benefit plans will acquire to fund restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation) at the same price for which they were sold in the offering. We assume that awards of common stock granted under such plans vest over a five-year period.

 

We have also assumed that options will be granted under stock-based benefit plans to acquire shares of common stock equal to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.06 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 13.79% for the shares of common stock, no dividend yield, an expected option term of 10 years and a risk-free rate of return of 2.85%.

 

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation) and that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are implemented more than one year following the completion of the offering.

 

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute 60% of the net offering proceeds to Rhinebeck Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net offering proceeds. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest for future use.

 

The pro forma tables do not give effect to:

 

· withdrawals from deposit accounts at Rhinebeck Bank to purchase shares of common stock in the offering;

 

· our results of operations after the offering;

 

· increased fees that we would pay Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and other broker-dealers if we would have to conduct a syndicated offering or firm commitment offering; or

 

· changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the offering.

 

The following pro forma information may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the dates on which the offering actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities. The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation account to be established by Rhinebeck Bank or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Rhinebeck Bank, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve.

 

  37  

 

 

    At or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of:
 
    3,263,393
Shares
    3,839,286
Shares
    4,415,179
Shares
    5,077,456
Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
                         
Gross proceeds of stock offering   $ 32,634     $ 38,393     $ 44,152     $ 50,775  
Plus: market value of shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC                        
Plus: market value of shares contributed to charitable foundation     1,518       1,786       2,054       2,362  
Pro forma market capitalization   $ 34,152     $ 40,179     $ 46,206     $ 53,137  
                                 
Gross proceeds of stock offering   $ 32,634     $ 38,393     $ 44,152     $ 50,775  
Less: expenses     1,625       1,677       1,730       1,790  
Estimated net proceeds     31,009       36,716       42,422       48,985  
Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan     (2,975 )     (3,500 )     (4,025 )     (4,629 )
Less: Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans     (1,487 )     (1,750 )     (2,013 )     (2,314 )
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted   $ 26,347     $ 31,266     $ 36,184     $ 41,842  
                                 
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018                                
Consolidated net earnings:                                
Historical   $ 1,195     $ 1,195     $ 1,195     $ 1,195  
Pro forma income on net proceeds     263       312       361       417  
Pro forma capitalization of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)     (55 )     (64 )     (74 )     (85 )
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)     (109 )     (128 )     (147 )     (169 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (4)     (106 )     (125 )     (144 )     (165 )
Pro forma net income (5)(6)   $ 1,188     $ 1,189     $ 1,191     $ 1,193  
                                 
Per share net income:                                
Historical   $ 0.16     $ 0.14     $ 0.12     $ 0.11  
Pro forma income on net proceeds     0.04       0.04       0.04       0.04  
Pro forma capitalization of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC     0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (4)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma earnings per share (5)(6)   $ 0.17     $ 0.15     $ 0.13     $ 0.12  
                                 
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share     29.41 x     33.33 x     38.46 x     41.67 x
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share     7,299,223       8,587,321       9,875,419       11,356,733  
                                 
At June 30, 2018                                
Stockholders’ equity:                                
Historical   $ 55,561     $ 55,561     $ 55,561     $ 55,561  
Estimated net proceeds     31,009       36,716       42,422       48,985  
Less:  Capitalization of MHC     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )
Plus: market value of shares contributed to charitable foundation     1,158       1,786       2,054       2,362  
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation     (1,158 )     (1,786 )     (2,054 )     (2,362 )
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation     464       536       608       692  
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )
Less: common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (2,975 )     (3,500 )     (4,025 )     (4,629 )
Less: common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)     (1,487 )     (1,750 )     (2,013 )     (2,314 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (7)   $ 82,272     $ 87,263     $ 92,253     $ 97,994  
                                 
Intangible Assets     (1,715 )     (1,715 )     (1,715 )     (1,715 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity     80,557       85,548       90,538       96,279  
                                 

 

  38  

 

 

    At or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of:
 
    3,263,393
Shares
    3,839,286
Shares
    4,415,179
Shares
    5,077,456
Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Stockholders’ equity per share:                                
Historical   $ 7.32     $ 6.22     $ 5.41     $ 4.71  
Estimated net proceeds     4.09       4.11       4.13       4.15  
Less: Capitalization of MHC     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Plus: market value of shares contributed to charitable foundation     0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20  
Less: market value of shares contributed to charitable foundation     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )
Less: cash contribution to charitable foundation     (0.03 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation     0.06       0.06       0.06       0.06  
Less: common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (0.39 )     (0.39 )     (0.39 )     (0.39 )
Less: common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)     10.84       9.77       8.98       8.30  
                                 
Intangible Assets per share     (0.23 )     (0.19 )     (0.16 )     (0.15 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share   $ 10.61     $ 9.58     $ 8.82     $ 8.15  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of pro forma equity per share     92.25 %     102.35 %     111.36 %     120.48 %
Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share     94.25 %     104.38 %     113.38 %     122.70 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations     7,589,285       8,928,571       10,267,857       11,808,036  

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

  39  

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which increase could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 3.92% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Rhinebeck Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Rhinebeck Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. ASC 718-40 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Rhinebeck Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 27.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 7,437, 8,750, 10,063 and 11,572 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and according to ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
(3) Assumes that one or more stock-based benefit plans purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The shares may be acquired directly from Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plans are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 10.0% of the amount contributed to the plans is amortized as an expense during the six months ended June 30, 2018, and (iii) the plans’ expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 27.0%. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock to fund these awards would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 1.9%.
(4) Assumes that options are granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.06 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 27.0%. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the implementation of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 4.7%.
(5) Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation and, according to ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the period. See footnote 1 above. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of outstanding shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
(6) Does not give effect to the non-recurring expense that will be recognized during fiscal 2019 as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation. The following table shows the estimated after-tax expense associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation, as well as pro forma net income and pro forma net income per share assuming the contribution to the charitable foundation had been expensed during the six months ended June 30, 2018.

 

    For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of:
 
    3,263,393
Shares
    3,839,286
Shares
    4,415,179
Shares
    5,077,456
Shares
 
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
After-tax expense of stock and cash contribution to charitable foundation   $ (1,254 )   $ (1,450 )   $ (1,645 )   $ (1,870 )
Pro forma loss, adjusted for foundation contribution     (67 )     (261 )     (455 )     (680 )
Pro forma loss per share     (0.01 )     (0.03 )     (0.05 )     (0.06 )

 

The pro forma data assume that we will realize 100% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 27.0% combined federal and state tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is generally limited annually to 10% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.

(7) The retained earnings of Rhinebeck Bank will be substantially restricted after the offering. See “Our Dividend Policy,” and “Supervision and Regulation—New York Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends.”

 

  40  

 

 

    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2017
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of:
 
    3,263,393
Shares
    3,839,286
Shares
    4,415,179
Shares
    5,077,456
Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
                         
Gross proceeds of stock offering   $ 32,634     $ 38,393     $ 44,152     $ 50,775  
Plus: market value of shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC                        
Plus: market value of shares contributed to charitable foundation     1,518       1,786       2,054       2,362  
Pro forma market capitalization   $ 34,152     $ 40,179     $ 46,206     $ 53,137  
                                 
Gross proceeds of stock offering   $ 32,634     $ 38,393     $ 44,152     $ 50,775  
Less: expenses     1,625       1,677       1,730       1,790  
Estimated net proceeds     31,009       36,716       42,422       48,985  
Less: cash contribution to charitable foundation     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )
Less: common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan     (2,975 )     (3,500 )     (4,025 )     (4,629 )
Less: common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plans     (1,487 )     (1,750 )     (2,013 )     (2,314 )
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted   $ 26,347     $ 31,266     $ 36,184     $ 41,842  
                                 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2017                                
Consolidated net earnings:                                
Historical   $ 3,002     $ 3,002     $ 3,002     $ 3,002  
Pro forma income on net proceeds     525       623       721       834  
Pro forma capitalization of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC     (2 )     (2 )     (2 )     (2 )
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)     (109 )     (128 )     (147 )     (169 )
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)     (217 )     (255 )     (294 )     (338 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (4)     (212 )     (250 )     (287 )     (330 )
Pro forma net income (5)(6)   $ 2,987     $ 2,990     $ 2,993     $ 2,997  
                                 
Per share net income:                                
Historical   $ 0.41     $ 0.35     $ 0.30     $ 0.26  
Pro forma income on net proceeds     0.07       0.07       0.07       0.07  
Pro forma capitalization of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC     0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (2)     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (4)     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
Pro forma net income per share (5)(6)   $ 0.41     $ 0.35     $ 0.30     $ 0.26  
                                 
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share     24.39 x     28.57 x     33.33 x     38.46 x
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share     7,306,660       8,596,071       9,885,482       11,368,305  
                                 
At December 31, 2017                                
Stockholders’ equity:                                
Historical   $ 54,977     $ 54,977     $ 54,977     $ 54,977  
Estimated net proceeds     31,009       36,716       42,422       48,985  
Less: capitalization of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )     (100 )
Plus: market value of shares contributed to charitable foundation     1,518       1,786       2,054       2,362  
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation     (1,518 )     (1,786 )     (2,054 )     (2,362 )
Less: cash contribution to charitable foundation     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )     (200 )
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation     464       536       609       692  
Less: common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (2,975 )     (3,500 )     (4,025 )     (4,629 )
Less: common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)     (1,487 )     (1,750 )     (2,013 )     (2,314 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity (7)   $ 81,688     $ 86,679     $ 91,670     $ 97,411  
                                 
Intangible assets     (1,831 )     (1,831 )     (1,831 )     (1,831 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity     79,857       84,848       89,839       95,580  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity per share:                                
Historical   $ 7.24     $ 6.16     $ 5.35     $ 4.66  
Estimated net proceeds     4.09       4.10       4.13       4.15  
Less: capitalization of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Plus: market value of shares contributed to charitable foundation     0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20  
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )
Less: cash contribution to charitable foundation     (0.03 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation     0.06       0.06       0.06       0.06  
Less: common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)     (0.39 )     (0.39 )     (0.39 )     (0.39 )
Less: common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )     (0.20 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)   $ 10.76     $ 9.70     $ 8.92     $ 8.25  

 

  41  

 

 

    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2017
Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of:
 
    3,263,393
Shares
    3,839,286
Shares
    4,415,179
Shares
    5,077,456
Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Intangible assets     (0.24 )     (0.21 )     (0.18 )     (0.16 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share   $ 10.52     $ 9.49     $ 8.74     $ 8.09  
                                 
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share     92.94 %     103.09 %     112.11 %     121.21 %
Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share     95.06 %     105.37 %     114.42 %     123.61 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations     7,589,285       8,928,571       10,267,857       11,808,036  
                                 

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

  42  

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which increase could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 3.92% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Rhinebeck Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Rhinebeck Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718-40, “Compensation—Stock Compensation—Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Rhinebeck Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the offering price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 27.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 14,875, 17,500, 20,125 and 23,144 shares were committed to be released during the year at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and according to ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
(3) Assumes that one or more stock-based benefit plans purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 1.96% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). Stockholder approval of the plans and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The shares may be acquired directly from Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plans are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2017, and (iii) the plans’ expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 27.0%. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock to fund these awards would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 1.9%.
(4) Assumes that options are granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation). Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.06 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed combined federal and state tax rate of 27.0%. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the implementation of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 4.7%.
(5) Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and contributed to the charitable foundation and, according to ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the year. See footnote 1 above. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of outstanding shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
(6) Does not give effect to the non-recurring expense that would be recognized during fiscal 2019 as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation. The following table shows the estimated after-tax expense associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation, as well as pro forma net income and pro forma net income per share assuming the contribution to the charitable foundation had been expensed during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2017 Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of:  
    3,263,393
Shares
    3,839,286
Shares
    4,415,179
Shares
    5,077,456
Shares
 
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
After-tax expense of stock and cash contribution to charitable foundation   $ (1,254 )   $ (1,450 )   $ (1,645 )   $ (1,870 )
Pro forma net income, adjusted for foundation contribution     1,733       1,540       1,348       1,127  
Pro forma net income per share     0.24       0.18       0.14       0.10  

 

The pro forma data assume that we will realize 100% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a combined federal and state tax rate of 27.0%. The realization of the tax benefit is generally limited annually to 10% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.

(7) The retained earnings of Rhinebeck Bank will be substantially restricted after the offering. See “Our Dividend Policy,” and “Supervision and Regulation—New York Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends.”

 

  43  

 

 

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

 

As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded in connection with the reorganization and offering, RP Financial estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $75.9 million, $89.3 million, $102.7 million and $118.1 million, respectively, with the charitable foundation, as compared to $77.8 million, $91.5 million, $105.2 million and $121.0 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that if the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.

 

For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios, financial data and ratios at and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the offering was completed at the beginning of the period, with and without the charitable foundation.

 

    Minimum of Offering Range     Midpoint of Offering Range     Maximum of Offering Range     Adjusted Maximum of 
Offering Range
 
    With
Foundation
    Without
Foundation
    With
Foundation
    Without
Foundation
    With
Foundation
    Without
Foundation
    With
Foundation
    Without
Foundation
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
       
Estimated offering amount   $ 32,634     $ 34,999     $ 38,393     $ 41,175     $ 44,152     $ 47,351     $ 50,775     $ 54,454  
Pro forma market capitalization     34,152       34,999       40,179       41,175       46,205       47,351       53,136       54,454  
Estimated full value     75,893       77,775       89,286       91,500       102,679       105,225       118,080       121,009  
Total assets     816,564       818,531       821,555       823,844       826,546       829,156       832,287       835,267  
Total liabilities     734,292       734,292       734,292       734,292       734,292       734,292       734,292       734,292  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity     82,272       84,239       87,263       89,552       92,253       94,864       97,994       100,974  
Pro forma net income (1)     1,188       1,206       1,189       1,209       1,191       1,214       1,193       1,214  
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share     10.84       10.83       9.77       9.78       8.98       9.01       8.30       8.34  
Pro forma net income per share     0.17       0.17       0.15       0.15       0.13       0.13       0.12       0.11  
                                                                 
Pro forma pricing ratios:                                                                
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share     92.25 %     92.34 %     102.35 %     102.25 %     111.36 %     110.99 %     120.48 %     119.90 %
Offering price to pro forma net income per share     29.41 x     29.41 x     33.33 x     33.33 x     38.46 x     38.46 x     41.67 x     45.45 x
                                                                 
Pro forma financial ratios:                                                                
Return on assets (annualized)     0.29 %     0.29 %     0.29 %     0.29 %     0.29 %     0.29 %     0.29 %     0.29 %
Return on equity (annualized)     2.89 %     2.86 %     2.73 %     2.70 %     2.58 %     2.56 %     2.43 %     2.40 %
Equity to assets     10.08 %     10.29 %     10.62 %     10.87 %     11.16 %     11.44 %     11.77 %     12.09 %
                                                                 
Total shares issued     7,589,285       7,777,500       8,928,571       9,150,000       10,267,875       10,522,500       11,808,036       12,100,875  

 

(footnotes on following page)

  44  

 

 

(1) The following table shows the estimated after-tax expense associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation, as well as pro forma net income, pro forma net income per share, pro forma return on assets and pro forma return on stockholders’ equity assuming the contribution to the charitable foundation was expensed during the six months ended June 30, 2018.

 

    Minimum of
Offering Range
    Midpoint of
Offering Range
    Maximum of
Offering Range
    Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
                         
Before-tax expense of stock and cash contribution to foundation   $ (1,718 )   $ (1,986 )   $ (2,254 )   $ (2,562 )
After-tax expense of stock and cash contribution to foundation   $ (1,254 )   $ (1,450 )   $ (1,645 )   $ (1,870 )
Pro forma net loss   $ (66 )   $ (261 )   $ (454 )   $ (677 )
Pro forma net loss per share   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.06 )
Pro forma tax benefit   $ 464     $ 536     $ 609     $ 692  
Offering price to pro forma net income (loss)
per share
   

*

     

*

     

*

     

*

 
Pro forma loss on assets (annualized)     (0.02 )%     (0.06 )%     (0.11 )%     (0.16 )%
Pro forma loss on equity (annualized)     (0.16 )%     (0.60 )%     (0.99 )%     (1.39 )%

 

* Not meaningful.

 

  45  

 

 

BUSINESS OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, MHC

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC was formed in October 2004 as a New York-chartered mutual holding company in connection with the reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank into the mutual holding company form of organization. As a mutual holding company, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC is a non-stock company. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC has not engaged in any business activity other than the ownership of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Rhinebeck Bank and servicing its obligations on its outstanding subordinated debentures. See “Business of Rhinebeck Bank—Subsidiaries.” Following the completion of the reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure, Rhinebeck Bancorp MHC will own a majority of the voting stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Rhinebeck MHC is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board.

 

BUSINESS OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is a Maryland corporation that was formed in August 2018 and has not engaged in any business to date, other than organizational activities. Upon completion of the reorganization and offering, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will own all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Rhinebeck Bank. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. intends to contribute at least 60% of the net offering proceeds to Rhinebeck Bank and retain the remainder of the net offering proceeds. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. intends to use and invest those retained proceeds as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.” Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s executive offices are located at 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, New York 12601 , and its telephone number is (845) 454-8555.

 

After the reorganization and the offering are completed, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., as the holding company of Rhinebeck Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. We currently have no understandings or agreements to acquire other financial institutions or financial services companies, although we may determine to do so in the future.

 

Following the reorganization and offering, our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net offering proceeds and from any dividends we receive from Rhinebeck Bank. Rhinebeck Bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends that it may pay. Initially, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will not own or lease any property, but instead will pay a fee to Rhinebeck Bank for the use of its premises, furniture and equipment. Presently, we intend to employ as officers of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. only persons who are officers of Rhinebeck Bank. We will use, however, the support staff of Rhinebeck Bank from time to time. We will pay a fee to Rhinebeck Bank for the time devoted to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. by employees of Rhinebeck Bank; however, these individuals will not be separately compensated by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

 

BUSINESS OF RHINEBECK BANK

 

Founded in 1860, Rhinebeck Bank is a New York-chartered savings bank that operates 11 retail banking offices in Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counties in New York and one representative office in each of Albany and Orange County. We consider these three counties, and the surrounding areas, as our primary market area for our business operations. We attract deposits from the general public and use those funds along with advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, primarily to originate automobile loans, commercial real estate (which includes multi-family real estate loans and commercial construction loans) and commercial business loans for portfolio, originate one- to four-family residential real estate loans for portfolio and for sale, and to purchase investment securities. At June 30, 2018, we had consolidated total assets of $789.9 million, total deposits of $666.1 million and stockholder’s equity of $55.6 million. Rhinebeck Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the NYSDFS and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Our website address is www.rhinebeckbank.com . Information on this website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

 

  46  

 

 

Market Area

 

Our primary market area encompasses Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counties which are located in the Hudson Valley region of New York. Our offices are located in these three counties and surrounding areas. We view Orange County, which has a larger population than Dutchess and Ulster Counties, as a primary area for growth. The Hudson Valley region has a diversified economy and representative industries include education, health, leisure and hospitality and professional business services. According to statistics published by the New York State Department of Labor, for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2018, the Hudson Valley’s private sector job growth was third among the state’s ten labor market regions. We also consider Albany County, New York to be a primary market area for our indirect automobile lending program.

 

Based on published statistics, the U.S. unemployment rate and the New York State unemployment rate were both 4.2% as of June 30, 2018. The three counties in our primary market area each had a lower unemployment rate than New York State as a whole (Dutchess County, 3.9%; Orange County, 4.1%; and Ulster County, 4.0%). Likewise, median household income in each county exceeds both the U.S. and the New York State figures. Based on published statistics, median household income for 2017 was $72,471 in Dutchess County, $73,025 in Orange County and $60,393 in Ulster County, compared to $53,482 in the U.S. and $58,687 in New York State as a whole. Based on published statistics, the 2018 population was 295,568 in Dutchess County, 382,226 in Orange County and 179,417 in Ulster County.

 

Competition

 

We face significant competition for deposits and loans. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from the numerous financial institutions operating in our market area (including other community banks and credit unions), many of which are significantly larger than we are and have greater resources. We also face competition for investors’ funds from other sources such as brokerage firms, money market funds and mutual funds, as well as securities, such as Treasury bills, offered by the Federal Government. Based on Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation data, at June 30, 2017 (the latest date for which information is available), we had 9.79% of the FDIC-insured deposit market share in Dutchess County among the 18 institutions with offices in the county, 1.57% of the FDIC-insured deposit market share in Ulster County among the 19 institutions with offices in the county, and 0.04% of the FDIC-insured deposit market share in Orange County among the 25 institutions with offices in the county. In all three counties, either New York City money center banks (e.g. JP Morgan Chase and Bank of America) or large regional banks (e.g., M&T Bank, Citizens Bank, Key Bank and TD Bank) had a large presence.

 

Our competition for loans comes primarily from the competitors referenced above and from other financial service providers, such as mortgage companies and mortgage brokers. Competition for loans also comes from the increasing number of non-depository financial service companies participating in the mortgage market, such as insurance companies, securities companies, financial technology companies, specialty finance firms and technology companies.

 

We expect competition to remain intense in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Technological advances, for example, have lowered barriers to entry, allowed banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the internet and made it possible for non-depository institutions, including financial technology companies, to offer products and services that traditionally have been provided by banks. Competition for deposits and the origination of loans could limit our growth in the future.

 

Lending Activities

 

Indirect Automobile Loans. We have been in the business of providing indirect financing of automobile purchases since 1999. At June 30, 2018, indirect automobile loans totaled $250.2 million, or 40.3% of our total loan portfolio. We acquire our indirect automobile loans from approximately 78 automobile dealerships located in the Hudson Valley region and approximately 34 dealers located in the Albany area, either under an arrangement where the dealer receives a flat fee for referring the loan to us or receives a portion of any amount over the actual interest rate that we charge the borrower, which is known as a dealer reserve. We typically pay 70% of the reserve to the dealer at the time of the closing of the loan and retain the remainder to cover potential future prepayments. Approximately 38.0% of the aggregate principal balance of our indirect automobile loan portfolio as of June 30, 2018 was for the purchase of new vehicles and the remainder (approximately 62.0%) was for used vehicles. The weighted average original term to maturity of our indirect automobile loan portfolio at June 30, 2018 was approximately five years and three months.

 

  47  

 

 

Each dealer that originates automobile loans makes representations and warranties with respect to our security interests in the related financed vehicles in a separate dealer agreement with us. These representations and warranties do not relate to the creditworthiness of the borrowers or the collectability of the loan. The dealers are also responsible for ensuring that our security interest in the financed vehicles is perfected.

 

Each automobile loan requires the borrower to keep the financed vehicle fully insured against loss or damage by fire, theft and collision. The dealer agreements require the dealers to represent that adequate physical damage insurance (collision and comprehensive) was in effect at the time the related loan was originated and financed by us. In addition, we have the right to “force place” insurance coverage (supplemental insurance taken out by Rhinebeck Bank) if the required physical damage insurance on an automobile is not maintained by the borrower. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that each borrower will obtain physical damage insurance for a financed vehicle during the entire term of an automobile loan.

 

Each dealer submits credit applications directly to us, and the borrower’s creditworthiness is the most important criterion we use in determining whether to purchase an automobile loan from a dealer. Each credit application requires that the borrower provide current information regarding the borrower’s employment history, indebtedness, and other factors that bear on creditworthiness. We generally apply uniform underwriting standards when originating automobile loans. We also obtain a credit report from a major credit reporting agency summarizing the borrower’s credit history and paying habits, including such items as open accounts, delinquent payments, bankruptcies, repossessions, lawsuits and judgments.

 

Each borrower’s credit score is the principal factor we use in determining the appropriate interest rate on a loan. Our underwriting procedures evaluate information relating to the borrower and supplied by the borrower on the credit application, in addition to information provided by credit reporting agencies and the amount to be financed relative to the value of the related financed vehicle. Moreover, our underwriters may also verify a borrower’s employment income and/or residency and where appropriate, verify a borrower’s payment history directly with the borrower’s creditors. Based on these procedures, a credit decision is considered and approved. We generally follow the same underwriting guidelines in originating direct automobile loans.

 

Our primary consideration when originating an automobile loan is the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the underlying collateral. We generally finance up to the full sales price of the vehicle plus sales tax, dealer preparation fees, license fees and title fees, plus the cost of service and warranty contracts and premiums for physical damage, and any credit life and disability insurance obtained in connection with the vehicle or the financing (amounts in addition to the sales price are collectively referred to as the “additional vehicle costs”). In addition, we may finance the negative equity related to the vehicle traded in by the borrower in connection with the financing. Accordingly, the amount we finance may exceed, depending on the borrower’s credit score, in the case of new vehicles, the aggregate of the dealer’s invoice price of the financed vehicle and the additional vehicle costs, or in the case of a used vehicle, the aggregate of the vehicle’s value and the additional vehicle costs. The maximum amount that can be borrowed for an automobile loan by borrowers with our lowest risk rating generally may not exceed 135% of the full sales price of a new vehicle, or the vehicle’s “wholesale” value in the case of a used vehicle, including additional vehicle costs. The vehicle’s value is determined by using one of the standard reference sources for dealers of used cars. We regularly review the quality of the loans we purchase from the dealers and periodically conduct quality control audits to ensure compliance with our established policies and procedures.

 

At June 30, 2018, our automobile loans to borrowers with credit scores of 639 or less at origination totaled $26.7 million, or 11.5% of our total indirect automobile loan portfolio. We typically will not originate these types of loans with loan-to-value ratios greater than 100% of the sales price of the automobile or debt-to-income ratios greater than 40%.

 

  48  

 

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans. At June 30, 2018, commercial real estate loans were $199.5 million, or 32.2%, of our total loan portfolio. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes, such as office buildings, industrial facilities and retail facilities. At June 30, 2018, $92.0 million of our commercial real estate portfolio was owner-occupied real estate and $107.5 million was secured by income producing, non-owner occupied real estate. At June 30, 2018, substantially all of our commercial real estate loans were secured by properties located in our primary market area. However, occasionally we will originate commercial real estate loans on properties located outside this area based on an established relationship with a strong borrower. We had $5.1 million of such loans at June 30, 2018.

 

We originate a variety of commercial real estate loans with terms and amortization periods generally up to 25 years, for large newly constructed commercial developments, including retail plazas and up to 20 years for almost all other commercial properties. The interest rate on commercial real estate loans is generally adjustable and based on a margin over an index, typically The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate or the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury Rate. Commercial real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 75% of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property securing the loan, whichever is lower.

 

In underwriting commercial real estate loans, we consider a number of factors, including the projected net cash flows to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum of 1.25x), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. Where appropriate, we also require corporate guarantees or personal guarantees. We monitor borrowers’ and guarantors’ financial information on an ongoing basis by requiring periodic financial statement updates.

 

At June 30, 2018, our largest commercial real estate loan had an outstanding balance of $5.2 million and was secured by senior housing facility located in Hawthorne, New York. At June 30, 2018, this loan was performing according to its original terms.

 

Commercial Business Loans. We originate commercial business loans and lines of credit to a variety of small- and medium- sized businesses in our market area. Our commercial business borrowers include professional organizations, multi-generational family-owned businesses, and not-for-profit businesses. These loans are generally secured by business assets, and we may support this collateral with liens on real property. At June 30, 2018, commercial business loans were $75.6 million, or 12.2% of our total loan portfolio. We encourage our commercial business borrowers to maintain their primary deposit accounts with us, many of which are non-interest-bearing, which improves our overall interest rate spread and profitability.

 

Our commercial business loans include term loans and revolving lines of credit. Commercial loans and lines of credit are made with either variable or fixed rates of interest. Variable interest rates are based on a margin over an index we select, typically The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate or the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury Rate. Commercial business loans typically have shorter terms to maturity and higher interest rates than commercial real estate loans, but may involve more credit risk because of the type of collateral and our reliance primarily on the success of a borrower’s business for the repayment of the loan.

 

When making commercial business loans, we consider the financial history of the borrower, our lending experience with the borrower, the debt service capabilities and global cash flows of the borrower and other guarantors, and the value of the collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial business loans are made in amounts up to 90% of the value of the collateral securing the loan. We require commercial business loans extended to closely held businesses to be guaranteed by the principals, as well as other appropriate guarantors, when personal assets are in joint names or a principal’s net worth is not sufficient to support the loan.

 

Commercial business loans include participations we purchase from a single, board-approved third party in leveraged lending transactions.  Leveraged lending transactions are generally used to support a merger- or acquisition-related transaction, to back a recapitalization of a company’s balance sheet or to refinance debt.  When considering a participation in the leveraged lending market, we will participate only in first lien senior secured term loans and lines of credit that are more closely aligned to middle market transactions.  To further minimize risk, based on our current capital levels and loan portfolio, we have limited the total amount of leveraged loans to $1.0 million with a single obligor while maintaining that the total of all leverage loans cannot exceed more than 15% of our risk-based capital (which limit will increase to 20% by the end of 2019).  We also monitor industry and customer concentrations.  At June 30, 2018, our leverage loans totaled $5.1 million, all of which were performing in accordance with their contractual terms.

 

  49  

 

 

At June 30, 2018, our largest commercial business loan had an outstanding balance of $2.9 million and was secured by accounts receivable and inventory. At June 30, 2018, this loan was performing according to its original terms.

 

Residential Mortgage Loans. Our one- to four-family residential loan portfolio consists of mortgage loans that enable borrowers to purchase or refinance existing homes, most of which serve as the primary residence of the borrower. At June 30, 2018, one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaled $43.7 million, or 7.1% of our total loan portfolio, and consisted of $27.0 million of fixed-rate loans and $16.7 million of adjustable-rate loans. Most of these one- to four-family residential properties are located in our primary market area. We will consider originating one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by properties located outside our normal lending area on a case by case basis, preferably to preexisting customers with a relationship of one year or longer, and provided the property is located in New York.

 

We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities up to 30 years. The one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we originate are generally underwritten according to Freddie Mac guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” Loans to be sold to other approved investors or secondary market sources are underwritten to their specific requirements. We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits. To a lesser extent, we also originate loans above the conforming limits, which are referred to as “jumbo loans.” We generally underwrite jumbo loans, whether originated or purchased, in a manner similar to conforming loans.

 

Generally, we sell all of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that we originate to reduce our interest rate risk exposure and generate fee income. The majority of mortgage loans we originate are sold to Freddie Mac on a servicing rights retained basis. We do originate State of New York Mortgage Agency (“SONYMA”) loans, which are sold on a servicing released basis. We may retain in our portfolio certain high quality fixed-rate mortgages with terms up to 30 years if we believe the interest rates on the mortgages are favorable or acceptable relative to market interest rates. We sold $15.8 million and $37.4 million of fixed-rate residential mortgages during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. At June 30, 2018, we serviced $250.0 million of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans for others. We generated $286,000 and $542,000 in loan servicing fee income during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

We will originate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 70% to 80% of the appraised value, depending on the size of the loan. Our conforming mortgages loans may be for up to 97% of the appraised value of the property provided the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance. Additionally, mortgage insurance is required for all mortgage loans that have a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80%. The required coverage amount varies based on the loan-to-value ratio and term of the loan. We only permit borrowers to purchase mortgage insurance from companies that have been approved by Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. We maintain wholesale broker relationships that give us a wider range of products to better serve our existing customers and to attract new customers for our mortgage loan products. These wholesale relationships provide us access to government-backed loan programs such as Federal Housing Administration and Department of Veterans Affairs financing.

 

We generally do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties or loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. Additionally, we do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that are made with low down-payments to borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (defined as loans having less than full documentation).

 

  50  

 

 

We also originate loans to finance the construction of one- to four-family residential properties. We also originate rehabilitation loans, enabling the borrower to partially or totally refurbish an existing structure, which are structured as construction loans and monitored in the same manner. At June 30, 2018, residential construction loans totaled $4.4 million, or 10.0% of our residential mortgage loan portfolio. Most of these loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area.

 

Our residential land and acquisition loans are generally structured as two-year interest-only balloon loans. The interest rate is generally a fixed rate based on an index rate, plus a margin. Our construction-to-permanent loans are generally structured as interest-only, one-year, fixed-rate loans during the construction phase. Construction loan-to-value ratios for one- to four-family residential properties generally will not exceed 80% of the appraised value on a completed basis or the cost of completion, whichever is less, during the construction phase of the mortgage. Once the construction project is satisfactorily completed, we provide permanent financing or sell the permanent mortgage to an investor like Freddie Mac.

 

Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we generally require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. The construction phase is carefully monitored to minimize our risk. All construction projects must be completed in accordance with approved plans and approved by the municipality in which they are located. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspections by our approved inspectors warrant.

 

Other Consumer Loans . We offer consumer loans to customers residing in our primary market area. Our consumer loans consist primarily of home equity loans and lines of credit. At June 30, 2018, $20.1 million of our consumer loans were home equity loans and lines of credit, and $5.9 million of our consumer loans were direct automobile loans.

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit are multi-purpose loans used to finance various home or personal needs, where a one- to four-family primary or secondary residence serves as collateral. We generally originate home equity loans and lines of credit of up to $150,000, with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% (including any first lien position) and terms of up to 20 years. Home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest that are based on the prime interest rate published in The Wall Street Journal , plus a margin, and reset monthly. Home equity lines of credit are secured by residential real estate in a first or second lien position.

 

The procedures for underwriting consumer loans include assessing the applicant’s payment history on other indebtedness, the applicant’s ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan, and the loan-to-value ratio. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount.

 

Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. At June 30, 2018, multi-family real estate loans totaled $12.5 million, or 2.0%, of our total loan portfolio. Our multi-family real estate loans are generally secured by properties consisting of five to 100 rental units in our market area.

 

We generally originate multi-family real estate loans with terms and amortization periods of up to 25 years. The interest rate on our multi-family real estate loans are generally adjustable based on a margin over an index. Multi-family real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 75% of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property securing the loan, whichever is lower.

 

In underwriting multi-family real estate loans, we consider a number of factors including the projected net cash flows to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum of 1.25x), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. Where appropriate, we also require corporate guarantees or personal guarantees. We monitor borrowers’ and guarantors’ financial information on an ongoing basis by requiring periodic financial statement updates.

 

  51  

 

 

At June 30, 2018, our largest multi-family real estate loan had an outstanding balance of $3.2 million and was secured by an apartment complex located in Pleasant Valley, New York. At June 30, 2018, this loan was performing according to its original terms.

 

Commercial Construction and Land Development Loans. We originate loans to finance the construction of commercial properties, multi-family projects (including one- to four-family non-owner occupied residential properties) and professional complexes, or to acquire land for development for these purposes. We also originate rehabilitation loans, enabling the borrower to partially or totally refurbish an existing structure, which are structured as a construction loan and monitored in the same manner. At June 30, 2018, commercial construction and land development loans totaled $8.7 million, or 1.4% of our total loan portfolio. Most of these loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area. We also had undrawn amounts on the commercial construction loans totaling $9.8 million at June 30, 2018.

 

Our construction and land development loans are generally structured as two-year interest-only balloon loans. The interest rate is generally a variable rate based on an index rate, typically The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate or the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury Rate plus a margin. We generally offer commercial construction loans with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 75% of the appraised value on a completed basis or the cost of completion, whichever is less. We offer financing to purchase land for development with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 50%.

 

Before making a commitment to fund a commercial construction loan, we generally require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. The construction phase is carefully monitored to minimize our risk. All construction projects must be completed in accordance with approved plans and approved by the municipality in which they are located. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspections by our approved inspectors warrant.

 

At June 30, 2018, our largest construction and land development loan was a multi-family construction project located in Saugerties, New York, and had an outstanding balance of $2.9 million. At June 30, 2018, this loan was performing according to its original terms.

 

Loan Underwriting Risks

 

Indirect Automobile and Consumer Loans. Indirect automobile and consumer loans entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and any small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against a borrower. Indirect automobile and consumer loan collections depend on a borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount we can recover on such loans.

 

Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. Loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Of primary concern in commercial and multi-family real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of a project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. If we foreclose on a commercial or multi-family real estate loan, the marketing and liquidation period to convert the real estate asset to cash can be a lengthy process with substantial holding costs. In addition, vacancies, deferred maintenance, repairs and market stigma can result in prospective buyers expecting sale price concessions to offset their real or perceived economic losses for the time it takes them to return the property to profitability. Depending on the individual circumstances, initial charge-offs and subsequent losses on commercial or multi-family real estate loans can be unpredictable and substantial.

 

  52  

 

 

To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide financial statements on the business operations underlying the commercial and multi-family real estate loans on an ongoing basis. In reaching a decision whether to make a commercial or multi-family real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. We generally require properties securing these real estate loans to have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.25x. We obtain an environmental Phase 1 report for all loans over $1.0 million or when hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials. We obtain an environment report on all commercial real estate properties. We will obtain a Phase 1 report if the initial environmental reports indicates that there may be an environmental issue on a property. We require indemnification from our commercial real estate borrowers and/or guarantors for potential exposure to environmental issues.

 

Commercial Business Loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans have higher risk because they are made typically on the basis of the borrower’s ability to repay a loan from the cash flows of the borrower’s business and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Our commercial business loans are underwritten and evaluated primarily based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most often, this collateral consists of accounts receivable, inventory or equipment, or real estate. Commercial business loans to closely held businesses are also required to be personally guaranteed by the principal(s), as well as by other appropriate guarantors when personal assets are in joint names or if the principal’s net worth is insufficient by itself to support the loan. The availability of funds to repay commercial business loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.

 

Our Credit Administration Department is responsible for monitoring industry concentrations among commercial borrowers and for reporting the industries represented by commercial borrowers to senior management on at least an annual basis.

 

Adjustable Rate Loans. Rising interest rates may require adjustable-rate loan borrowers to make higher monthly payments that could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of the underlying property also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. In addition, although adjustable-rate loans make our assets more responsive to changes in market interest rates, the extent of this interest rate sensitivity is somewhat limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits on residential mortgage loans.

 

Construction Loans. Construction lending involves additional risks when compared to permanent residential or commercial lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value before its completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the lender or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the appraised value of a completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss.

 

Our ability to originate construction loans is dependent on the strength of the housing market and commercial market in our market area. We focus our loan underwriting on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we generally require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. The construction phase is carefully monitored to minimize our risk. All construction projects must be completed in accordance with approved plans and approved by the municipality in which they are located. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and as inspections by our approved inspectors warrant.

 

  53  

 

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

 

Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors and management. The board of directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers up to prescribed limits, depending on the officer’s experience and the type of loan. Our policies also limit the aggregate loans to one entity that an individual officer may approve, up to prescribed limits, depending on the officer’s experience. Loan officers are not allowed to approve loans they have originated.

 

Loans in excess of individual officers’ lending limits require approval of our Credit Committee, which is comprised of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Senior Vice President-Commercial Lending Director, Senior Vice President-Commercial Lending Team Leader, Vice President-Credit Administration, and other lending officers appointed from time to time. The Credit Committee can approve individual loans of up to prescribed limits, depending on the type of loan. Officers that sit on the Credit Committee must abstain from voting on loans they have originated.

 

Loans in excess of the Credit Committee’s loan approval authority require the approval of the board of directors. Loans in excess of our internal loans-to-one borrower limitation and certain loans that involve policy exceptions also must be authorized by the board of directors.

 

Loans-to-One Borrower

 

Under New York banking law, our total loans or extensions of credit to a single borrower or group of related borrowers (“loans-to-one borrower”) cannot exceed, with specified exceptions, 15% of our capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits. We may lend additional amounts up to 10% of our capital stock, surplus and undivided profits if the loans or extensions of credit are fully secured by readily-marketable collateral.

 

Pursuant to our internal policies, our internal loans-to-one borrower limitation is set at 25% of Tier 1 capital (excluding the capital attributable to our $5.0 million of outstanding trust preferred securities), of which no more than 10% can be lent on an unsecured basis. This general standard is further restricted as follows:

 

· Commercial or Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. We will not lend more than 25% of capital to any one borrower, and no more than 15% of capital to any one project or property. We may consider on a case-by-case basis requests for loans of more than 15% of capital to any one project/property. In no event will we make a commercial or multi-family real estate loan in excess of 17.5% of capital to any one project or property.

 

· Commercial Business Loans. We will not lend more than 15% of capital to any one borrower, with only 10% of capital lent on an unsecured basis under normal policy. Our board of directors may make exceptions to the 10% limit for unsecured credit for borrowers with strong credit profiles.

 

At June 30, 2018, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower and our internal loans-to-one borrower limit were $14.6 million and $13.1 million, respectively. Both our regulatory and internal limits will increase following completion of the offering. We expect to increase our post-reorganization regulatory limit to $20.3 million and our internal limit to $19.1 million.

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had no loans that equaled or exceeded our internal loans-to-one borrower limit and no loans that equaled or exceeded our individual regulatory loan limit.

 

At June 30, 2018, our largest lending relationship consisted of 138 loans aggregating $11.9 million, which consisted of $10.0 million secured by multiple commercial properties, including automobile dealerships, and $1.9 million secured by the borrower’s fleet of 132 rental cars. At June 30, 2018, each loan in this relationship was performing according to its original repayment terms.

 

  54  

 

 

Investment Activities

 

We have legal authority to invest in various types of investment securities and liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises, residential mortgage-backed securities and municipal securities, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and Small Business Investment Companies. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, which investment is based on the level of our Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. Although we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we had no investments in derivative securities at June 30, 2018. At June 30, 2018, our investment portfolio had a fair value of $103.3 million and consisted primarily of U.S. Government securities, U.S. Government agency securities, including residential and collateralized mortgage-backed securities, and municipal securities.

 

Our investment objectives are to maximize portfolio yield over the long term and manage our risk profile in a manner consistent with liquidity needs, pledging requirements, asset/liability strategies and safety and soundness concerns. Our board of directors has overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including reviewing and evaluating our investment policy on an annual basis. The Investment Committee of the board of directors, consisting of four directors, meets at least three times annually to review our portfolio’s performance, quality and composition, and provides reports to the full board of directors at the next monthly meeting of the full board following the meeting of the Investment Committee. The Investment Committee also reviews and discusses policy changes prior to their presentation to the full board. Our management has the overall responsibility for implementing the investment policy and supervising our investment activities and performance. Management is also responsible for providing regular reports to the Investment Committee to allow for a complete consideration of the portfolio’s composition, cash flow characteristics, quality and risk profile. See Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

Sources of Funds

 

General. Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities. We also use borrowings, primarily Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances, to supplement cash flows, as needed. In addition, funds are derived from scheduled loan payments, investment maturities, loan sales, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

 

Deposit Accounts. The substantial majority of our deposits are from depositors who reside in our primary market area. We access deposit customers by offering a broad selection of deposit instruments for both individuals and businesses. We encourage commercial business borrowers to maintain their primary deposit accounts with us. At June 30, 2018, our deposits totaled $666.1 million.

 

Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period that funds must remain on deposit, and the interest rate, among other factors. In determining the terms of our deposit accounts, we consider the rates offered by our competition, our liquidity needs, profitability, and customer preferences and concerns. We generally review our deposit pricing on a monthly basis and continually review our deposit mix. Our deposit pricing strategy has generally been to offer competitive rates, while generally not providing the highest rates in the market, and to periodically offer special rates to attract deposits of a specific type or term.

 

Borrowings. We borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York primarily to supplement our supply of investable funds. The Federal Home Loan Bank functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for its member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank and are authorized to apply for advances or loans on the security of such stock and first mortgage loans and other assets (principally securities that are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States), provided we meet certain creditworthiness standards. Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the Federal Home Loan Bank’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. At June 30, 2018, we had $54.7 million of available borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and had $43.0 million in advances outstanding. At June 30, 2018, we also had an available line of credit of $3.5 million with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s discount window program, none of which was outstanding at that date. In addition, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC had a $10.0 million line of credit with an unaffiliated bank, none of which was outstanding at June 30, 2018.

 

  55  

 

 

Rhinebeck Asset Management

 

Rhinebeck Asset Management is a division of Rhinebeck Bank, and had approximately $117.5 million of assets under management at June 30, 2018. The division currently consists of five financial advisors and one sales assistant, who are located throughout the Rhinebeck Bank office network. Rhinebeck Asset Management provides a full range of non-FDIC insured products that include stocks, bonds, exchange-traded funds, mutual funds and professionally managed money advisory services, to individuals and businesses throughout Rhinebeck Bank’s market area. These investments and services are offered through Infinex Financial Group, a registered broker-dealer and investment advisor. Rhinebeck Asset Management also offers a full range of life insurance products, including life insurance and fixed and variable annuities, and also provides retirement and financial planning services. Rhinebeck Asset Management receives both commissions and fees based on individual investments and/or advisory services purchased by clients.

 

Personnel

 

At June 30, 2018, we had 149 full-time and 17 part-time employees. No employees are represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe we have a good working relationship with our employees.

 

Subsidiaries

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC currently has one wholly-owned subsidiary, RSB Capital Trust I (the “Trust”). In 2005, the Trust issued $5.0 million of pooled trust preferred securities in a private placement and issued 155 shares of common stock at $1,000 par value per share to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. The Trust has no independent assets or operations and was formed to issue trust preferred securities and invest the proceeds in an equivalent amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. All of the cash proceeds from the issuance of the junior subordinated debentures by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC were contributed as capital to Rhinebeck Bank. The trust preferred securities mature in 30 years and bear interest at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 2.00%. The interest rate on these securities at June 30, 2018 was 4.33%. All of the common stock of the Trust and the corresponding subordinated debentures issued by MHC to the Trust are expected to be transferred to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. as part of the reorganization. At that point, the Trust will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and the debt represented by the subordinated debentures will become an obligation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

 

Upon completion of the offering, Rhinebeck Bank will be the sole and wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Rhinebeck Bank has one active wholly-owned subsidiary, Pleasant View Subdivision, LLC, and two inactive wholly-owned subsidiaries: Dutchess Golf Club, LLC and New Horizons Asset Management Group, LLC. Pleasant View Subdivision, LLC, a New York limited liability corporation, was formed in 2006 to acquire a branch and subsequently to hold real estate acquired through foreclosure. At June 30, 2018, Pleasant View Subdivision, LLC had $719,000 in assets. Dutchess Golf Club, LLC, a New York limited liability corporation, was formed in 2012 to hold a golf course that was acquired through foreclosure. The majority of the assets held by Dutchess Golf Club, LLC have been sold and, at June 30, 2018, Dutchess Golf Club, LLC had no assets. New Horizons Asset Management Group, LLC was acquired in 2012. All of its business functions have been transferred to Rhinebeck Asset Management.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits against us, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to our business. At June 30, 2018, we were not a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

  56  

 

 

Properties

 

At June 30, 2018, we conducted business through our corporate office in Poughkeepsie and 11 other retail banking offices located in Rhinebeck, Fishkill, Goshen, Hopewell Junction, Hyde Park, Kingston, Poughkeepsie (three branch offices), Red Hook and Wappingers Falls, two representative offices in Montgomery and Albany, as well as an additional stand-alone ATM located in Tivoli, New York. We own eight and lease six properties, and own three other buildings on long-term land leases. At June 30, 2018, the net book value of our land, buildings, furniture, fixtures and equipment was $16.8 million.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus and other audited consolidated financial statements that are not included herein. Please read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Rhinebeck Bank and the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

Net Interest Income. Our primary source of income is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income, which is the income that we earn on our loans and investments, and interest expense, which is the interest that we pay on our deposits and borrowings.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level representing management’s best estimate of probable future incurred losses in the loan portfolio, based upon an evaluation of the portfolio’s collectibility. The allowance for loan losses is established by making a provision for loan losses, which is charged against income. Loan charge-offs are charged to the allowance. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Allocation of the allowance for loan losses may be made for specific loans or pools of loans, but the full amount of the allowance is available for the entire loan portfolio.

 

Non-interest Income. This includes service fees on deposit accounts, net gain on sales of loans, net gain or loss on sales and calls of securities, fees received on serviced mortgages, net changes in cash surrender value of life insurance, rental income, insurance-related income (although our insurance agency subsidiary was sold in August 2017), investment advisory income, other gains and losses, and miscellaneous income. We hope to expand our mortgage banking operations by selling into the secondary market the majority of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans we originate, while retaining the servicing rights to such loans.

 

Non-Interest Expenses. Our non-interest expenses consist of salaries and employee benefits, sales commissions, occupancy and equipment, technology, professional fees, insurance, advertising, foreclosure expenses, amortization and other general and administrative expenses. Following the offering, our non-interest expenses are likely to increase as a result of operating as a public company. These additional expenses will consist primarily of legal and accounting fees, expenses of stockholder communications and meetings, and stock exchange listing fees.

 

Salaries and employee benefits consist primarily of salaries and wages paid to our employees, payroll taxes, and expenses for worker’s compensation and disability insurance, health insurance, retirement plans and other employee benefits, as well as commissions and other incentives. Following the offering, we will have additional annual employee compensation expenses related to the implementation of new stock-based benefit plans. We cannot determine the actual amount of these new stock related compensation and benefit expenses at this time because applicable accounting practices require that they be based on the fair value of the shares of common stock or stock options at specific points in the future. For an illustration of these expenses, see “Pro Forma Data .

 

  57  

 

 

Sales commissions are compensation we paid to the employees of Brinckerhoff and Neuville, Inc., our former insurance agency that we sold in August 2017, based upon specific compensation and incentive agreements.

 

Occupancy and equipment expenses, which are the fixed and variable costs of buildings and equipment, consist primarily of depreciation charges, rental expenses, furniture and equipment expenses, maintenance, real estate taxes and costs of utilities. Depreciation of premises and equipment is computed using a straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the expected lease terms, if shorter.

 

Technology expenses includes leased data lines, equipment and software service agreements, licenses, consulting, as well as outsourced network and core services purchased from third parties.

 

Professional fees include legal, accounting, auditing, risk management, pension plan administration, correspondent banking, and payroll processing expenses.

 

Advertising includes most marketing expenses including multi-media advertising (public and in-store), promotional events and materials, civic and sales focused memberships, and community support.

 

Federal deposit insurance and other insurance costs include federal deposit insurance premiums, as well as property and casualty, automobile, excess umbrella, financial institution bond, director’s and officer’s liability, cyber liability, and other miscellaneous insurance.

 

Other real estate owned expenses includes expenses required to maintain, rehabilitate and prepare foreclosed property for sale

 

Amortization of intangible assets includes the allocation of costs of identified customer lists. These assets are amortized on a straight-line value basis over the related estimated lives of approximately 13 years. In the presence of certain circumstances, intangible assets may be assessed for impairment. Impairment exists when carrying value exceeds fair value. In such circumstances, a charge for the impairment is recognized and the net book value is reduced.

 

Other expenses include meeting expenses, director fees and expenses, office expenses, lending operations expenses, collection expenses, and miscellaneous expenses.

 

Income Tax Expense. We recognize income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

Business Strategy

 

Based on an extensive review of the current opportunities in our primary market area as well as our resources and capabilities, we are pursuing the following business strategies:

 

· Continue to grow our indirect automobile loan portfolio. We originate automobile loans through an active network of approximately 112 automobile dealerships (78 in the Hudson Valley region and 34 in Albany, New York). Our indirect automobile loan portfolio totaled $250.2 million, or 40.3% of our total loan portfolio and 31.7% of total assets, at June 30, 2018 as compared to $201.1 million, or 41.4% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2014. In addition, our direct automobile portfolio totaled $5.9 million at June 30, 2018. In March 2018, we hired a team of lenders operating in Albany, New York that focuses on indirect automobile lending. We plan to continue to grow our indirect automobile loan portfolio by increasing loan originations and by further expanding our presence in the Albany, New York area; however, our current policy limits our automobile loan portfolio to 45% of total assets.

 

  58  

 

 

· Focus on commercial real estate, multi-family real estate and commercial business lending.  We believe that commercial real estate, commercial business and multi-family real estate lending offer opportunities to invest in our community, while increasing the overall yield earned on our loan portfolio and assisting in managing interest rate risk. We intend to continue to increase our originations of these types of loans in our primary market area and may consider hiring additional lenders as well as originating loans secured by properties located in areas that are contiguous to our current market area. We also occasionally participate in commercial real estate loans originated in areas in which we do not have a market presence.

 

· Increase core deposits, including demand deposits. Deposits are our primary source of funds for lending and investment. We intend to focus on expanding our core deposits (which we define as all deposits except for certificates of deposit), particularly non-interest-bearing demand deposits, because they are the lowest cost funds and are less sensitive to withdrawal when interest rates fluctuate. Core deposits represented 77.2% of our total deposits at June 30, 2018 compared to 73.0% at December 31, 2015 . Going forward, we will focus on increasing our core deposits by increasing our commercial lending activities and enhancing our relationships with our retail customers. We also plan to focus on increasing our market share in Orange County, New York and are considering establishing up to three additional branches in Orange County over the next three years in furtherance of this goal.

 

· Continue expense control.  Management continues to focus on controlling our level of non-interest expense and identifying cost savings opportunities, such as monitoring our employee needs, renegotiating key third-party contracts and reducing other operating expenses. Our non-interest expense was $12.8 million, $25.1 million, $24.3 million and $27.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

· Manage credit risk to maintain a low level of non-performing assets. We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on an experienced team of credit professionals, well-defined and implemented credit policies and procedures, conservative loan underwriting criteria and active credit monitoring. Our ratio of non-performing assets to total assets was 1.49% at June 30, 2018, which decreased from 2.51% at December 31, 2014 .

 

· Grow the balance sheet. Given our attractive market area, we believe we are well-positioned to increase our assets without a proportional increase in overhead expense or operating risk. We believe there is a large customer base in our market that prefers doing business with local institutions and may be dissatisfied with the service they receive from larger regional banks. By providing our customers with quality service, coupled with the underlying characteristics of the counties in which we operate, we expect to continue our strong organic growth. Accordingly, we intend to increase, on a prudent basis, our assets and liabilities, particularly loans and deposits.

 

  59  

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

A summary of our accounting policies is described in Note 1 in the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus. Critical accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and procedures and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those involving significant judgments and assumptions by management that could have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income under different assumptions or conditions. Actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates under different conditions, resulting in a change that could have a material impact on the carrying values of our assets and liabilities and our results of operations. Management believes that the most critical accounting policies, which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.    The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is determined by management based upon portfolio segment, past experience, evaluation of estimated loss and impairment in the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other pertinent factors. Management also considers risk characteristics by portfolio segments. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to provide for estimated losses and impairment based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risk in the loan portfolio. Loan impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of collateral or cash flows. While management uses the best information available to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations.

 

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which is based upon past loan loss experience and an evaluation of estimated losses in the current loan portfolio, including the evaluation of impaired loans. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment. Among the material estimates required to establish the allowance are: overall economic conditions; value of collateral; strength of guarantors; loss exposure at default; the amount and timing of future cash flows on impaired loans; and determination of loss factors to be applied to the various elements of the portfolio. All of these estimates are susceptible to significant change. Management regularly reviews the level of loss experience, current economic conditions and other factors related to the collectability of the loan portfolio. Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluation. In addition, our banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Our banking regulators may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on judgments about information available to them at the time of its examination.

 

Our financial results are affected by the changes in and the level of the allowance for loan losses. This process involves our analysis of internal and external variables, and it requires that we exercise judgment to estimate an appropriate allowance for loan losses. As a result of the uncertainty associated with this subjectivity, we cannot assure you that our allowance will be adequate if we experience sizeable loan losses in any particular period.

 

Deferred Income Taxes.    At June 30, 2018, we had net deferred tax assets totaling $3.4 million. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” we use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If currently available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities. These judgments require us to make projections of future taxable income. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets are inherently subjective and are reviewed on a regular basis as regulatory or business factors change. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance that results in additional income tax expense in the period in which it is recognized would negatively affect earnings. Management believes, based upon current facts, that it is more likely than not that there will be sufficient taxable income in future years to realize the federal portion of its deferred tax assets. However, due to changes in New York state tax law, we do not believe we can realize our state deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we established a 100% valuation allowance against such assets. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 – Deferred Tax Assets” and “—Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 – Income Tax Expense” for a discussion of the revaluation of the net deferred tax assets and the effect on to income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

  60  

 

 

Fair Value Measurements.  The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. We estimate the fair value of a financial instrument and any related asset impairment using a variety of valuation methods. Where financial instruments are actively traded and have quoted market prices, quoted market prices are used for fair value. When the financial instruments are not actively traded, other observable market inputs, such as quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, may be used, if available, to determine fair value. When observable market prices do not exist, we estimate fair value. These estimates are subjective in nature and imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount of revenue or loss recorded. A more detailed description of the fair values measured at each level of the fair value hierarchy and the methodology we utilize can be found in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

Investment Securities.  Available for sale and held to maturity securities are reviewed regularly for possible other-than-temporary impairment. The review includes an analysis of the facts and circumstances of each individual investment such as the severity of loss, the length of time the fair value has been below cost, the expectation for that security’s performance, the creditworthiness of the issuer and our intent and ability to hold the security to recovery. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the statements of income. At June 30, 2018, we believe the unrealized losses are primarily a result of increases in market interest rates from the time of purchase. In general, as market interest rates rise, the fair value of securities will decrease; as market interest rates fall, the fair value of securities will increase. Management generally views changes in fair value caused by changes in interest rates as temporary; therefore, these securities have not been classified as other-than-temporarily impaired. Management has also concluded that based on current information we expect to continue to receive scheduled interest payments as well as the entire principal balance. Furthermore, management does not intend to sell these securities and does not believe it will be required to sell these securities before they recover in value.

 

Goodwill.     The assets (including identifiable intangible assets) and liabilities acquired in a business combination are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recognized for the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair values of the net assets acquired and is not subsequently amortized. Identifiable intangible assets include customer lists and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives. Management assesses the recoverability of goodwill at least on an annual basis and all intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The impairment test uses a combined qualitative and quantitative approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after this assessment, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, the two step quantitative impairment test is performed. Step one of the quantitative impairment test compares book value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If step one is failed, a more detailed analysis is performed, which involves measuring the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in step one, over the aggregate fair value of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment charge is recorded through earnings.

 

Pension Obligations.    We maintain a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan, which was frozen in 2012. We account for benefits under the plan in accordance with ASC Topic 715 “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits.” The guidance requires an employer to: (1) recognize in its statement of financial position the over funded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation; (2) measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year (with limited exceptions); and (3) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the actuarial gains and losses and the prior service costs and credits that arise during the period.

 

  61  

 

 

Loan Portfolio

 

General . Loans are our primary interest-earning asset. At June 30, 2018, net loans represented 78.6% of our total assets. The following tables set forth certain information about our loan portfolio.

 

  62  

 

 

Loan Portfolio Composition

 

The following table sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Residential Real Estate Loans (1) (2)   $ 43,736       7.05 %   $ 43,300       7.65 %   $ 40,382       7.86 %   $ 35,427       7.52 %   $ 34,937       7.19 %   $ 32,343       6.90 %
                                                                                                 
Commercial Real Estate Loans:                                                                                                
Non-residential     199,516       32.15 %     192,469       33.98 %     171,563       33.39 %     152,036       32.28 %     162,440       33.45 %     163,712       34.91 %
Multi-family     12,459       2.01 %     13,103       2.31 %     6,788       1.32 %     6,939       1.47 %     5,380       1.11 %     5,447       1.16 %
Construction (3)     8,722       1.41 %     5,621       0.99 %     13,420       2.61 %     7,442       1.58 %     4,253       0.88 %     3,738       0.80 %
Total     220,697       35.56 %     211,193       37.29 %     191,771       37.33 %     166,417       35.33 %     172,073       35.43 %     172,897       36.87 %
                                                                                                 
Commercial Loans:     75,612       12.18 %     67,650       11.94 %     56,871       11.07 %     50,305       10.68 %     46,082       9.49 %     47,428       10.11 %
                                                                                                 
Consumer Loans:                                                                                                
Indirect automobile     250,217       40.32 %     214,823       37.93 %     195,343       38.02 %     188,856       40.09 %     201,139       41.41 %     184,517       39.34 %
Home equity lines of credit     20,132       3.25 %     19,452       3.43 %     20,798       4.05 %     22,600       4.80 %     24,310       5.01 %     24,851       5.30 %
Other consumer     10,197       1.64 %     9,929       1.75 %     8,615       1.68 %     7,442       1.58 %     7,129       1.47 %     6,939       1.48 %
Total     280,456       45.21 %     244,204       43.11 %     224,756       43.75 %     218,898       46.47 %     232,578       47.89 %     216,307       46.12 %
                                                                                                 
Total loans receivable     620,591       100.00 %     566,347       100.00 %     513,780       100.00 %     471,047       100.00 %     485,670       100.00 %     468,975       100.00 %
                                                                                                 
Less:  net deferred loan origination fees     6,575       1.06 %     5,288       0.93 %     4,690       0.91 %     4,745       1.01 %     5,703       1.17 %     5,799       1.24 %
Less:  allowance for loan losses     (5,939 )     (0.96 )%     (5,457 )     (0.96) %     (5,876 )     (1.14) %     (5,410 )     (1.15) %     (5,785 )     (1.19) %     (5,842 )     (1.25) %
Loans receivable, net   $ 621,227       100.10 %   $ 566,178       99.97 %   $ 512,594       99.77 %   $ 470,382       99.86 %   $ 485,588       99.98 %   $ 468,932       99.99 %

 

 

(1) Includes in amounts disclosed for residential real estate loans the amount of residential construction loans totaling $4.4 million, $3.0 million, $5.1 million, $4.9 million, $3.2 million and $899,000 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The undrawn amounts of residential construction loans totaled $1.3 million, $2.0 million, $2.6 million, $1.7 million, $1.3 million and $421,000 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2) Includes loans held for sale totaling $1.1 million, $2.2 million, $482,000, $112,000, $628,000 and $967,000 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(3) Represents the amounts distributed at the dates indicated. The undrawn amounts on the commercial construction loans totaled $9.8 million, $5.2 million, $3.5 million, $7.8 million, $1.3 million and $2.4 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

  63  

 

 

Loan Maturity

 

The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2017 regarding the dollar amount of loan principal repayments becoming due during the periods indicated. The tables do not include any estimate of prepayments that significantly shorten the average loan life and may cause actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below. Demand loans, which are loans having no stated repayment schedule or no stated maturity, are reported as due in one year or less.

 

    At December 31, 2017  
    Residential
Real Estate
Loans
    Commercial Real
Estate Loans
    Commercial
Loans
    Consumer
Loans
    Total Loans  
    (In thousands)  
                               
Amounts due in:                                        
One year or less   $ 2,983     $ 12,263     $ 28,860     $ 5,140     $ 49,246  
More than one year through two years     13       1,396       4,946       15,670       22,025  
More than two years through three years     38       3,238       5,764       27,058       36,098  
More than three years through five years     88       7,568       16,561       103,627       127,844  
More than five years through ten years     4,256       37,496       9,837       75,058       126,647  
More than ten years through fifteen years     7,038       43,470       1,083       5,277       56,868  
More than fifteen years     24,884       105,762       599       12,374       147,619  
Total   $ 43,300     $ 211,193     $ 67,650     $ 244,204     $ 566,347  

 

Fixed vs. Adjustable Rate Loans

 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans at December 31, 2017 that are due after December 31, 2018 and have either fixed interest rates or floating or adjustable interest rates. The amounts shown below exclude unearned loan origination fees.

 

    Fixed Rates     Floating or
Adjustable Rates
    Total  
    (In thousands)  
                   
Residential real estate loans   $ 24,508     $ 15,809     $ 40,317  
Commercial real estate loans     23,125       178,805       198,930  
Commercial loans     26,812       11,978       38,790  
Consumer loans     220,770       18,294       239,064  
Total   $ 295,215     $ 221,886     $ 517,101  

 

Loan Originations and Sales. Loan originations come from a variety of sources. The primary sources of loan originations are current customers, business development by our relationship managers, walk-in traffic, automobile dealerships, referrals from customers, and brokers.

 

Generally, we attempt to sell all of our fixed-rate residential mortgages upon origination, to limit our interest rate risk exposure and generate fee income. Mortgage loans are generally sold to Freddie Mac on a servicing rights retained basis; however, we may sell mortgages on a servicing released basis to maximize profitability and protect us from risk. We sold $15.8 million of fixed-rate residential mortgages during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and $37.4 million at fixed-rate residential mortgage loans during the year ended December 31, 2017. At June 30, 2018, we serviced $250.0 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans for others and generated $286,000 and $542,000 in loan servicing fee income during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

For more information on our loan origination and sale activity, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity.”

 

  64  

 

 

Asset Quality

 

Credit Risk Management. Our strategy for credit risk management focuses on having well-defined and implemented credit policies and uniform underwriting criteria and providing prompt attention to potential problem loans. Management of asset quality is accomplished by internal controls, monitoring and reporting of key risk indicators, and both internal and independent third-party loan reviews. The primary objective of our loan review process is to measure borrower performance and assess risk for the purpose of identifying loan weakness in order to minimize loan loss exposure. From the time of loan origination through final repayment, commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial business loans are assigned a risk rating based on pre-determined criteria and levels of risk. The risk rating is monitored annually for most loans; however, it may change during the life of the loan as appropriate.

 

Internal and independent third-party loan reviews vary by loan type, as well as the nature and complexity of the loan. Depending on the size and complexity of the loan, some loans may warrant detailed individual review, while other loans may have less risk based upon size, or be of a homogeneous nature thereby reducing the need for detailed individual analysis. Assets with these characteristics, such as consumer loans and loans secured by residential real estate, may be reviewed on the basis of risk indicators such as delinquency or credit rating. In cases of significant concern, a total re-evaluation of the loan and associated risks are documented by completing a loan risk assessment and action plan. Some loans may be re-evaluated in terms of their fair market value or net realizable value in order to determine the likelihood of potential loss exposure and, consequently, the adequacy of specific and general loan loss reserves.

 

When a borrower fails to make a required loan payment, we take a number of steps to have the borrower cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status, including contacting the borrower by letter and phone at regular intervals. When the borrower is in default, we may commence collection proceedings. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or refinanced before the foreclosure sale, the real property or other collateral securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. Management informs the board of directors monthly of the amount of loans delinquent more than 30 days.

 

  65  

 

 

Delinquent Loans. The following tables set forth our loan delinquencies, including non-accrual loans, by type and amount at the dates indicated.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    30-89 Days     90 Days or More     30-89 Days     90 Days or More  
    Number of
Loans
    Principal
Balance
    Number of
Loans
    Principal
Balance
    Number of
Loans
    Principal
Balance
    Number of
Loans
    Principal
Balance
 
          (unaudited)     (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                 
Residential real estate loans     6     $ 1,183       5     $ 669       6     $ 872       5     $ 439  
Commercial real estate loans     5       988       8       5,874       12       3,616       7       5,569  
Commercial loans     7       28       6       1,168       6       88       3       1,020  
Consumer loans     352       3,885       33       467       491       5,816       48       435  
Total     370     $ 6,084       52     $ 8,178       515     $ 10,392       63     $ 7,463  
                                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    30-89 Days     90 Days or More     30-89 Days     90 Days or More  
    Number of
Loans
    Principal
Balance
    Number of
Loans
    Principal
Balance
    Number of
Loans
    Principal
Balance
    Number of
Loans
    Principal
Balance
 
                    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                 
Residential real estate loans     4     $ 344       4     $ 1,953       3     $ 431       6     $ 2,024  
Commercial real estate loans     7       1,601       4       3,345       5       1,494       3       507  
Commercial loans     1       50       5       1,296       12       242       2       451  
Consumer loans     526       5,350       48       648       631       6,731       87       1,024  
Total     538     $ 7,345       61     $ 7,242       651     $ 8,898       98     $ 4,006  

 

  66  

 

 

Non-performing Assets. Non-performing assets include loans that are 90 or more days past due or on non-accrual status, including troubled debt restructurings on non-accrual status, and real estate and other loan collateral acquired through foreclosure and repossession. Troubled debt restructurings include loans for which either a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven, or loans modified at interest rates materially less than current market rates or extended for longer periods than originally agreed. Loans 90 days or greater past due may remain on an accrual basis if adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. For non-accrual loans, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed and charged against income at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Real estate that we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned until it is sold. When a property is acquired, it is initially recorded at the fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Holding costs and declines in fair value after acquisition of the property result in charges against income.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. We had no loans past due 90 days or more that were accruing interest at the dates indicated.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Non-performing loans (1) :                                                
Residential real estate loans   $ 2,402     $ 2,100     $ 1,953     $ 2,024     $ 1,529     $ 2,423  
Commercial real estate loans     5,874       5,569       3,345       2,175       6,146       3,918  
Commercial loans     1,211       1,237       1,854       693       725       1,308  
Consumer loans     493       458       682       1,066       3,012       2,839  
Total non-performing loans     9,980       9,364       7,834       5,958       11,412       10,488  
                                                 
                                                 
Real estate owned     1,792       2,233       2,683       2,996       4,928       6,804  
Total non-performing assets     11,772       11,597       10,517       8,954       16,340       17,292  
                                                 
Troubled debt restructurings (accruing):                                                
Residential real estate loans                             620       635  
Commercial real estate loans                             2,416       2,537  
Commercial loans                                    
Consumer loans     98       98       98       98       98       199  
Total troubled debt restructurings (accruing)     98       98       98       98       3,134       3,371  
                                                 
Total troubled debt restructurings (accruing) and total non-performing assets   $ 11,870     $ 11,695     $ 10,615     $ 9,052     $ 19,474     $ 20,663  
                                                 
Total non-performing loans to total loans     1.61 %     1.65 %     1.52 %     1.26 %     2.35 %     2.24 %
Total non-performing loans to total assets     1.26 %     1.26 %     1.08 %     0.89 %     1.75 %     1.71 %
Total non-performing assets to total assets     1.49 %     1.56 %     1.46 %     1.34 %     2.51 %     2.82 %
Total non-performing assets and troubled debt restructurings (accruing) to total assets     1.50 %     1.58 %     1.47 %     1.35 %     2.99 %     3.37 %

 

 

(1) Non-accrual loans include non-accruing troubled debt restructurings, which totaled $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $63,000, $0, $0 and $675,000 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Interest income that would have been recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2018 had non-accruing loans been current according to their original terms, amounted to $298,000. We did not recognize any interest income on these loans for the six months ended June 30, 2018.

 

  67  

 

 

 

Interest income that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2017 had non-accruing loans been current according to their original terms, amounted to $377,000. We did not recognize any interest income on these loans for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Potential Problem Loans. Certain loans are identified during our loan review process that are currently performing according to their contractual terms, but it is deemed probable that we will be unable to collect all the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. This may result from deteriorating conditions such as cash flows, collateral values or creditworthiness of the borrower. These loans are classified as impaired but are not accounted for on a non-accrual basis.

 

Classified Assets . Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management.

 

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses in the loan portfolio. General allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

 

In accordance with our loan policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Loans are listed as “special mention” initially because of emerging financial weaknesses even though the loan is currently performing as agreed, or if the loan possesses weaknesses although currently performing. If a loan deteriorates in asset quality, the classification is changed to “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” depending on the circumstances and the evaluation. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on non-accrual status and classified “substandard.” Management reviews the status of each impaired loan on our watch list on a quarterly basis.

 

Other potential problem loans are those loans that are currently performing, but where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes us to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with contractual loan repayment terms (which primarily include loans classified as special mention and substandard). At June 30, 2018, other potential problem loans totaled $16.3 million.

 

  68  
 

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our classified and criticized assets, as defined under applicable regulatory standards, at the dates indicated.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  
                         
Special mention   $ 1,252     $ 3,610     $ 6,088     $ 9,752  
Substandard     11,982       10,546       8,636       6,472  
Doubtful     3,089       2,767       3,247       3,730  
Loss     -       -       -       -  
Total   $ 16,323     $ 16,923     $ 17,971     $ 19,954  

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at levels considered adequate by management to provide for probable future incurred loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the consolidated balance sheet reporting dates. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s assessment of various factors affecting the loan portfolio, including portfolio composition, delinquent and non-accrual loans, national and local business conditions and loss experience and an overall evaluation of the quality of the underlying collateral.

 

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

    Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period   $ 5,457     $ 5,876     $ 5,876     $ 5,410     $ 5,784     $ 5,842     $ 4,712  
Provision for loan losses     1,050       450       900       1,200       150       2,400       3,000  
Charge-offs:                                                        
Residential real estate loans           79       78       69       104       70       588  
Commercial real estate loans     303             16                   238       380  
Commercial loans     28       413       596       97       42       28       377  
Consumer loans     753       937       1,724       1,782       2,820       2,923       1,551  
Total charge-offs     1,084       1,429       2,414       1,948       2,966       3,259       2,896  
                                                         
Recoveries:                                                        
Residential real estate loans     3       2       9       5                    
Commercial real estate loans           93       92             1,428             33  
Commercial loans     113       2       2       246       10       9       326  
Consumer loans     400       484       992       963       1,004       792       667  
Total recoveries     516       581       1,095       1,214       2,442       801       1,026  
Net charge-offs     568       848       1,319       734       524       2,458       1,870  
                                                         
Allowance for loan losses at end of period   $ 5,939     $ 5,478     $ 5,457     $ 5,876     $ 5,410     $ 5,784     $ 5,842  
                                                         
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of period     59.51 %     69.31 %     58.28 %     75.01 %     90.80 %     50.68 %     55.70 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding at end of period     0.96 %     1.02 %     0.96 %     1.14 %     1.15 %     1.19 %     1.25 %
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding during period     0.10 %     0.16 %     0.25 %     0.15 %     0.11 %     0.51 %     0.42 %

 

  69  
 

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following tables set forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    Amount     Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                       
Residential real estate loans   $ 513       8.64 %     7.05 %   $ 455       8.34 %     7.65 %   $ 701       11.93 %     7.86 %
Commercial real estate loans     947       15.94       36.56       1,305       23.91       37.29       1,091       18.57       37.32  
Commercial loans     1,082       18.22       12.18       879       16.11       11.94       775       13.19       11.07  
Consumer loans     3,397       57.20       45.21       2,818       51.64       43.12       3,309       56.31       43.75  
Total     5,939       100.00 %     100.00 %     5,457       100.00 %     100.00 %     5,876       100.00 %     100.00 %
Unallocated     -                       -                       -                  
Total allowance   $ 5,939                     $ 5,457                     $ 5,876                  

 

    At December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013  
    Amount    

Percent of

Allowance to
Total
Allowance

    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                       
Residential real estate loans   $ 885       16.36 %     7.52 %   $ 1,077       18.62 %     7.19 %   $ 490       8.39 %     6.90 %
Commercial real estate loans     1,267       23.42       35.33       1,402       24.23       35.43       1,269       21.72       36.87  
Commercial loans     351       6.49       10.68       390       6.74       9.49       369       6.32       10.11  
Consumer loans     2,907       53.73       46.47       2,915       5.41       47.89       3,714       63.57       46.12  
Total     5,410       100.00 %     100.00 %     5,784       100.00 %     100.00 %     5,842       100.00 %     100.00 %
Unallocated     -                       -                       -                  
Total allowance   $ 5,410                     $ 5,784                     $ 5,842                  

 

  70  
 

 

See Notes 1 and 4 in the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus for a complete discussion of the allowance for loan losses. Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and our results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, while we believe we have established our allowance for loan losses in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, we cannot assure you that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, we cannot assure you that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

  71  
 

 

Securities Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of our available-for-sale securities and securities held-to-maturity portfolios at the dates indicated.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Amortized  
Cost
    Fair Value     Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Securities held-to-maturity:                                                                
Municipal securities   $ 1,329     $ 1,330     $ 1,582     $ 1,596     $ 1,392     $ 1,395     $ 1,559     $ 1,592  
Other     323       323       332       332       243       243       1,221       1,221  
Total     1,652       1,653       1,914       1,928       1,635       1,638       2,780       2,813  
Securities available-for-sale:                                                                
U.S. government and agency obligations     16,927       16,275       16,935       16,526       20,205       19,715       10,029       9,993  
U.S. Treasury securities     3,042       2,946       3,048       3,001       12,132       12,056       8,055       8,027  
Mortgage-backed securities – residential     86,181       82,217       93,858       91,389       106,705       104,823       92,199       91,306  
Municipal securities     1,829       1,818       2,401       2,386       3,673       3,673       3,235       3,323  
Total   $ 107,979     $ 103,256     $ 116,242     $ 113,302     $ 142,715     $ 140,267     $ 113,518     $ 112,649  

 

At June 30, 2018, we had no investments in a single issuer, other than securities issued by the U.S. government or agencies thereof, or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, which had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

 

  72  
 

 

Securities Portfolio Maturities and Yields . The following table sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities at June 30, 2018. Certain mortgage-backed securities have adjustable interest rates and will reprice annually within the various maturity ranges. These repricing schedules are not reflected in the table below. Weighted average yield calculations on investment securities available for sale do not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of equity. At June 30, 2018, we did not have any investments in any private-label collateralized mortgage obligations.

 

    One Year or Less     More than One Year to
Five Years
    More than Five Years
to Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total  
    Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
  Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
   


Fair

Value

  Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Securities held-to-maturity:                                                                              
Municipal securities   $ 251     3.02 %   $ 324     2.99 %   $     –%     $ 754     3.50 %   $ 1,329     $ 1,330     2.56 %
Other                                   323     1.25 %     323       323     1.25 %
Total     251     3.02 %     324     2.99 %         –%     $ 1,077     1.84 %   $ 1,652     $ 1,653     2.30 %
Securities available-for-sale:                                                                              
U.S. government and agency obligations   $         $ 14,952     1.55 %   $ 1,975     2.55 %   $         $ 16,927     $ 16,275     1.67 %
U.S. Treasury securities               3,042     2.10 %                         3,042       2,946     2.10 %
Mortgage-backed securities – residential               525     1.50 %     9,335     2.31 %     76,320     2.46 %     86,181       82,217     2.44 %
Municipal securities     387     4.25 %     1,443     3.05 %                         1,829       1,818     3.31 %
Total   $ 387     4.25 %   $ 19,962     1.74 %   $ 11,310     2.35 %   $ 76,320     2.46 %   $ 107,979     $ 103,256     2.32 %

 

  73  
 

 

Each reporting period, we evaluate all securities with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary. Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) is required to be recognized if (1) we intend to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that we intend to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI, resulting in a realized loss that is a charged to earnings through a reduction in our non-interest income. For all other impaired debt securities, credit-related OTTI is recognized through earnings and non-credit related OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income/loss, net of applicable taxes. We did not recognize any OTTI during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Deposits

 

Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities. The substantial majority of our deposits are from depositors who reside in our primary market area. Deposits are attracted through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments for both individuals and businesses. The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposits by account type at the dates indicated.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Non-interest-bearing demand accounts   $ 158,182       23.75 %   $ 157,828       24.28 %   $ 150,593       23.54 %   $ 141,822       23.74 %
NOW accounts     107,289       16.11       101,167       15.56       91,566       14.31       77,805       13.02  
Money market accounts     120,863       18.14       123,643       19.02       123,811       19.36       100,778       16.87  
Savings accounts     127,561       19.15       125,244       19.26       122,257       19.11       115,586       19.34  
Certificates of deposit     152,203       22.85       142,223       21.88       151,448       23.68       161,536       27.03  
Total   $ 666,098       100.00 %   $ 650,105       100.00 %   $ 639,675       100.00 %   $ 597,527       100.00 %

 

The following tables indicate the amount of jumbo certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity at June 30, 2018. Jumbo certificates of deposit require minimum deposits of $100,000.

 

Maturity Period   Dollar Amount  
    (In thousands)  
At June 30, 2018:        
Three months or less   $ 16,332  
Over three through six months     9,410  
Over six through twelve months     34,209  
Over twelve months     20,661  
Total   $ 80,612  

 

  74  
 

 

The following tables set forth time deposit accounts classified by rate and maturity at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

    Amount Due           Percent of  
    Less Than One
Year
    More Than One
Year to Two
Years
   

More Than Two
Years to

Three Years

    More Than Three
Years
    Total     Total Time
Deposit
Accounts
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
0.00 - 1.00%   $ 30,104     $ 963     $ 670     $ 97     $ 31,231       20.52 %
1.01 - 2.00%     36,626       19,011       5,883       4,265       65,785       43.22  
2.01 - 3.00%     39,049       2,218       332       13,441       55,040       36.16  
3.01 - 4.00%     147       -       -       -       147       0.10  
Total   $ 105,926     $ 22,192     $ 6,282     $ 17,803     $ 152,203       100.00 %

 

    Amount Due              
    Less Than One
Year
    More Than One
Year to Two
Years
   

More Than Two
Years to

Three Years

    More Than Three
Years
    Total     Percent of Total
Time Deposit
Accounts
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
0.00 - 1.00%   $ 42,130     $ 4,914     $ 130     $ 14     $ 47,188       33.18 %
1.01 - 2.00%     19,201       12,882       10,632       5,522       48,237       33.92  
2.01 - 3.00%     8,159       29,807       226       8,462       46,654       32.80  
3.01 - 4.00%     144       -       -       -       144       0.10  
Total   $ 69,634     $ 47,603     $ 10,988     $ 13,998     $ 142,223       100.00 %

 

Borrowings

 

We primarily utilize advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York as an additional funding source and source of liquidity. At June 30, 2018, we had $54.7 million of available borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and had $43.0 million in advances outstanding. At June 30, 2018, we also had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s discount window program of $3.5 million, none of which was outstanding at that date. In addition, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC had a $10.0 million line of credit with an unaffiliated bank, none of which was outstanding at June 30, 2018. The following table sets forth information concerning our borrowings at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

   

Six Months Ended

June 30,

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                               
Maximum balance outstanding at any month-end    during period   $ 48,300     $ 21,500     $ 21,500     $ 15,000     $ 7,500  
Average balance outstanding during period   $ 25,133     $ 6,778     $ 6,816     $ 1,495     $ 540  
Weighted average interest rate during period     2.10 %     0.85 %     1.12 %     0.60 %     3.77 %
Balance outstanding at end of period   $ 43,000     $ -     $ 14,900     $ 9,500     $ -  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period     2.54 %        −%       1.53 %     0.78 %     −%  

 

  75  
 

 

Average Balance Sheets and Related Yields and Rates

 

The following tables present information regarding average balances of assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income and dividends from average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, and the resulting annualized average yields and costs. The yields and costs for the periods indicated are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balances of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. Average balances have been calculated using daily balances. Nonaccrual loans are included in average balances only. Loan fees are included in interest income on loans and are not material. Tax exempt income on loans and on investment securities has been calculated on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state marginal tax rate of 27% for 2018 and 40% for the previous periods.

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2018     2017  
    Average Balance     Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost     Average Balance     Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Assets:                                                
Cash and due from banks   $ 1,226     $ 9       1.48 %   $ 5,230     $ 22       0.85 %
Loans     589,300       14,147       4.84       528,773       12,272       4.68  
Marketable securities     111,609       1,198       2.16       125,823       1,310       2.10  
Total interest-earning assets     702,135       15,354       4.41       659,826       13,604       4.16  
                                                 
Non-interest-earning assets     53,828                       57,442                  
Total assets   $ 755,963                     $ 717,268                  
                                                 
Liabilities and equity:                                                
NOW accounts   $ 102,102       109       0.22     $ 88,724       77       0.18  
Money market accounts     126,267       449       0.72       128,455       412       0.65  
Savings accounts     125,028       137       0.22       124,206       81       0.13  
Certificates of deposit     146,470       1,076       1.48       147,875       892       1.22  
Total interest-bearing deposits     499,867       1,771       0.71       489,260       1,462       0.60  
                                                 
Escrow accounts     7,089       44       1.25       6,800       41       1.22  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     25,133       262       2.10       6,778       29       0.86  
Subordinated debt     5,155       100       3.91       5,155       79       3.09  
Total interest-bearing liabilities     537,244       2,177       0.82       507,993       1,611       0.64  
                                                 
Non-interest-bearing deposits     154,378                       146,876                  
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities     9,698                       8,872                  
Total liabilities     701,320                       663,741                  
                                                 
Total stockholder’s equity     54,643                       53,527                  
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity   $ 755,963                     $ 717,268                  
Net interest income           $ 13,177                     $ 11,993          
Interest rate spread                     3.59 %                     3.52 %
Net interest margin                     3.78 %                     3.67 %
Average interest-earning assets to average Interest-bearing liabilities     130.69 %                     129.89 %                
  76  
 

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
    Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost     Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost     Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Assets:                                                      
Cash and due from banks   $ 4,968     $ 50       1.01 %   $ 12,165     $ 62       0.51 %   $ 16,547     $ 42       0.25 %
Loans     540,506       25,385       4.70       488,060       22,929       4.70       482,653       22,379       4.64  
Marketable securities     122,836       2,541       2.07       135,882       2,693       1.98       102,415       1,879       1.83  
Total interest-earning assets     668,310       27,976       4.19       636,107       25,684       4.04       601,615       24,300       4.04  
                                                                         
Non-interest-earning assets     56,553                       56,366                       61,168                  
Total assets   $ 724,863                     $ 692,473                     $ 662,783                  
                                                                         
Liabilities and equity:                                                                        
NOW accounts   $ 90,629       159       0.18     $ 82,299       140       0.17     $ 73,443       111       0.15  
Money market accounts     127,126       822       0.65       112,071       660       0.59       103,230       582       0.56  
Savings accounts     125,685       198       0.16       120,059       136       0.11       110,855       120       0.11  
Certificates of deposit     144,674       1,786       1.23       155,613       1,884       1.21       173,090       2,051       1.18  
Total interest-bearing deposits     488,114       2,965       0.61       470,042       2,820       0.60       460,618       2,864       0.62  
                                                                         
Escrow accounts     7,415       92       1.24       6,764       81       1.20       5,934       72       1.21  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     6,817       77       1.13       1,495       9       0.60       540       20       3.70  
Subordinated debt     5,155       166       3.22       5,155       140       2.72       5,155       120       2.33  
Total interest-bearing liabilities     507,501       3,300       0.65       483,456       3,050       0.63       472,247       3,076       0.65  
                                                                         
Non-interest-bearing deposits     153,167                       147,465                       129,698                  
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities     9,084                       8,163                       9,423                  
Total liabilities     669,752                       639,084                       611,368                  
                                                                         
Total stockholder’s equity     55,111                       53,389                       51,415                  
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity   $ 724,863                     $ 692,473                     $ 662,783                  
Net interest income           $ 24,676                     $ 22,634                     $ 21,224          
Interest rate spread                     3.54 %                     3.41 %                     3.39 %
Net interest margin                     3.69 %                     3.56 %                     3.53 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-      bearing liabilities     131.69 %                     131.57 %                     127.39 %                

 

  77  
 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on net interest income. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. Changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionally based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

   

Six Months Ended June 30, 2018

Compared to Six Months Ended

June 30, 3017

   

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Compared to Year Ended

December 31, 2016

   

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Compared to Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 
    Increase (Decrease) Due to     Increase (Decrease) Due to     Increase (Decrease) Due to  
    Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
    (In thousands)  
Interest income:                                                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ (28 )   $ 15     $ (13 )   $ (65 )   $ 54     $ (11 )   $ (19 )   $ 39     $ 20  
Loans     1,428       453       1,881       2,461             2,461       252       304       556  
Marketable securities     (147 )     62       (85 )     (257 )     128       (129 )     606       221       827  
Total interest-earning assets     1,253       530       1,783       2,139       182       2,321       839       564       1,403  
                                                                         
Interest expense:                                                                        
Deposits     (3 )     312       309       (18 )     163       145       (134 )     89       (45 )
Escrow accounts     2       1       3       8       3       11       10       (1 )     9  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     124       109       233       40       28       68       33       (44 )     (11 )
Subordinated debt           21       21             26       26             20       20  
Total interest-bearing liabilities     123       443       566       30       220       250       (91 )     61       (27 )
Net increase (decrease) in net interest income   $ 1,130     $ 87     $ 1,217     $ 2,109     $ (38 )   $ 2,071     $ 930     $ 500     $ 1,430  

 

  78  
 

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017

 

Total Assets. Total assets increased $47.8 million, or 6.4%, to $789.9 million at June 30, 2018 from $742.1 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to increases of $55.0 million, or 9.7%, in net loans and $1.9 million, or 18.6%, in cash and cash equivalents, offset by a $10.0 million, or 8.9%, decrease in available for sale securities.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Total cash and cash equivalents increased $1.9 million, or 18.6%, to $12.4 million at June 30, 2018 from $10.5 million at December 31, 2017. This increase primarily reflected proceeds from maturing securities and the increase in deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

 

Securities Available for Sale. Total securities available-for-sale decreased $10.0 million, or 8.9%, to $103.3 million at June 30, 2018 from $113.3 million at December 31, 2017. The decrease reflected the strategy of increasing Rhinebeck Bank’s loans-to-assets ratio to increase the yield and improve profitability.

 

Net Loans. Net loans increased $55.0 million, or 9.7%, to $621.2 million at June 30, 2018 from $566.2 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily due to increases of $35.4 million, or 16.5%, in indirect automobile loans, $8.0 million, or 11.8%, in commercial business loans, $6.9 million, or 3.7%, in commercial real estate loans and $3.1 million, or 55.2%, in construction loans. The increase in indirect automobile loans reflected the hiring of a team of lenders operating in Albany in March 2018, as well as increased market share in the Hudson Valley market. Commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans increased, reflecting Rhinebeck Bank’s focus on increasing these portfolios. The increase in commercial construction loans reflected $2.2 million in additional balances on previously originated loans and $1.2 million in extensions on loans originated in 2018.

 

Deposits. Total deposits increased $16.0 million, or 2.5%, to $666.1 million at June 30, 2018 from $650.1 million at December 31, 2017. The increase in deposits reflected increases of $10.0 million, or 7.0%, in certificates of deposit, $6.1 million, or 6.1%, in NOW accounts and $2.3 million, or 1.8%, in savings accounts, offset by a decrease of $2.8 million, or 2.2% in money market accounts. The increase in certificates of deposit reflected the effects of promotional offers. The increase in NOW accounts reflected growth in IOLA accounts (funds deposited by attorneys from clients held in trust for future use) and our community checking accounts for non-profits, offset by a decrease due to the discontinuance of a higher-tiered product.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances. Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $28.1 million, or 188.6%, to $43.0 million at June 30, 2018 from $14.9 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was due to additional advances taken to fund loan growth.

 

Total Equity. Total equity increased $584,000, or 1.1%, to $55.6 million at June 30, 2018 from $55.0 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was due to $1.2 million of net income for the six months ended June 30, 2018, offset by an increase of $611,000 in accumulated other comprehensive loss on our available for sale securities and defined benefit pension plan.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 

Total Assets. Total assets increased $19.5 million, or 2.7%, to $742.1 million at December 31, 2017 from $722.6 million at December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $53.6 million, or 10.5%, in net loans, offset by a $27.0 million, or 19.2%, decrease in available for sale securities, a $2.5 million, or 19.4%, decrease in cash and cash equivalents, a $1.6 million, or 35.2%, decrease in deferred tax assets and a $1.7 million, or 47.8%, decrease in goodwill and other intangibles.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Total cash and cash equivalents decreased $2.5 million, or 19.4%, to $10.5 million at December 31, 2017 from $13.0 million at December 31, 2016. This decrease primarily reflected Rhinebeck Bank using excess cash to fund its loan growth.

 

Securities Available for Sale. Total securities available-for-sale decreased $27.0 million, or 19.2%, to $113.3 million at December 31, 2017 from $140.3 million at December 31, 2016. The decrease reflected the strategy of increasing Rhinebeck Bank’s loans-to-assets ratio to increase the yield and improve profitability.

 

  79  
 

 

Net Loans. Net loans increased $53.6 million, or 10.5%, to $566.2 million at December 31, 2017 from $512.6 million at December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to increases of $20.9 million, or 12.2%, in commercial real estate loans, $19.5 million, or 10.0%, in indirect automobile loans, $10.8 million, or 19.0%, on commercial business loans, $6.3 million, or 93.0%, in multi-family real estate loans and $2.9 million, or 7.2%, in residential loans, offset by a decrease of $7.8 million, or 58.1%, in commercial construction loans. Commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans increased, reflecting Rhinebeck Bank’s focus on growing these portfolios. The increase in indirect automobile loans reflected increased market share in the Hudson Valley region. The increase in residential mortgage loans reflected Rhinebeck Bank’s decision to maintain a greater portion of its production in portfolio to increase the size of the portfolio. The decrease in construction loans was indicative of a lack of local construction.

 

Deferred Tax Assets. Deferred tax assets decreased $1.6 million, or 35.2%, to $3.0 million at December 31, 2017 from $4.7 million at December 31, 2016. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC recognized a charge of $1.9 million because of the revaluation of its net deferred tax asset due to the passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on December 22, 2017, which reduced the top corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. This charge was recorded as additional income tax expense in Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s statement of income for the quarter ended December 31, 2017.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangibles. Goodwill and other intangibles decreased $1.7 million, or 47.8%, to $1.8 million at December 31, 2017 from $3.5 million at December 31, 2016. In August 2017, Rhinebeck Bank sold its interest in its insurance subsidiary Brinckerhoff and Neuville, Inc. As a result of the sale, $1.6 million in goodwill and other intangible assets related to the acquisition of Brinckerhoff and Neuville, Inc. by Rhinebeck Bancorp was eliminated.

 

Deposits. Total deposits increased $10.4 million, or 1.6%, to $650.1 million at December 31, 2017 from $639.7 million at December 31, 2016. The growth in deposits reflected increases of $9.6 million, or 10.5% in NOW accounts and $7.2 million, or 4.8%, in non-interest-bearing demand deposits, offset by a decrease of $9.2 million, or 6.1% in certificates of deposit. The increase in deposits reflected strong overall business growth, as well as increases in certain larger accounts, which receive more competitive pricing.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances. Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $5.4 million, or 56.8%, to $14.9 million at December 31, 2017 from $9.5 million at December 31, 2016. The increase was due to additional advances taken to compensate for seasonal fluctuations in cash flows.

 

Total Equity. Total equity increased $2.5 million, or 4.7%, to $55.0 million at December 31, 2017 from $52.5 million at December 31, 2016. The increase was due to $3.0 million of net income for the year ended December 31, 2017, offset by an increase of $542,000 in accumulated other comprehensive loss on our available for sale securities and defined benefit pension plan.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017

 

General. Net income decreased by $417,000, or 25.9%, to $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in non-interest income and a $600,000 increase in the provision for loan losses, offset by a $1.2 million increase in net interest income and a $438,000 decrease in income tax expense.

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $1.2 million, or 10.2%, to $13.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $11.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase reflected a $13.1 million increase in average net interest-earning assets to $164.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $151.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, and a seven basis point increase in the interest rate spread to 3.59% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from 3.52% for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The net interest margin increased 11 basis points from 3.67% for the six months ended June 30, 2017 to 3.78% for the six months ended June 30, 2018.

 

  80  
 

 

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income increased $1.8 million, or 13.1%, to $15.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018, from $13.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase primarily reflected a $42.3 million increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets and a 25 basis points increase in the average yield to 4.41% for the six months ended June 30, 2018, from 4.16% for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

Interest income on loans increased $1.9 million primarily due to a $60.5 million increase in the average balance of loans to $589.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $528.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, and a 16 basis point increase in the average yield to 4.84% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from 4.68% for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

Interest income on securities decreased $112,000 primarily due to a $14.2 million decrease in the average balance of securities to $111.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $125.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, offset in part by a six basis point increase in the average yield to 2.16% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from 2.10% for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The decrease in the average balance of securities reflects Rhinebeck Bank’s strategy to decrease securities and increase its loans-to-assets ratio.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $566,000, or 35.0%, to $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase primarily reflects a $29.3 million increase in the average balance on interest-bearing liabilities and an 18 basis point increase in the average cost to 0.82% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from 0.64% for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

Interest expense on non-escrow interest-bearing deposits increased $309,000, or 21.1%, primarily due to a $10.6 million increase in the average balance of deposits to $499.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $489.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, and an 11 basis point increase in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits to 0.71% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from 0.60% for the same period in the prior year.

 

Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $233,000, primarily due to a $18.4 million increase in the average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank advances to $25.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $6.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, and a 124 basis point increase in the average cost of Federal Home Loan Bank advances to 2.10% for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from 0.86% for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Rhinebeck Bank added higher cost borrowings to fund loan growth.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $450,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The increase in the provision reflected management’s assessment of the loss inherent in our loan portfolio and the growth of the indirect automobile, commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios, offset by decreases in charge-offs and non-performing assets.

 

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income decreased $1.5 million, or 42.0%, to $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to a $1.1 million decrease in insurance-related income due to the sale of our insurance subsidiary in August 2017, a $387,000 write down on a foreclosed residential real estate property, and a $50,000 decrease in investment advisory income, offset in part by a $59,000 increase in service charges on deposit accounts. The decrease in investment advisory income reflected less income from annuities and mutual funds. The increase in service charges on deposit accounts reflected a new deposit fee structure that was implemented in May 2018.

 

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense decreased $73,000, or 0.6%, to $12.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to the sale of our insurance subsidiary in August 2017 which resulted in no insurance sales commissions paid during the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $188,000 in sales commissions for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The decrease was also due to a $51,000 decrease in federal deposit insurance and other insurance due to a lower Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessment rate. The decrease was offset in part by a $95,000 impairment loss on goodwill related to the valuation of Rhinebeck Asset Management and a $91,000 increase in advertising expense associated with a greater focus on marketing.

 

  81  
 

 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense decreased $438,000, or 61.1%, to $279,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 from $717,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2017. The decrease resulted from lower pre-tax income combined with the lower effective federal corporate tax rate under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017 and reduced the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 

General. Net income increased by $313,000, or 11.6%, to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in net interest income, a $1.0 million increase in non-interest income and a $300,000 decrease in the provision for loan losses, offset in part by a $800,000 increase in non-interest expense and a $2.3 million increase in income tax expense.

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $2.1 million, or 9.2%, to $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase reflected the effects of an $8.2 million increase in average net interest-earning assets to $160.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $152.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and a 13 basis point increase in the interest rate spread to 3.54% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 3.41% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The net interest margin increased 13 basis points to 3.69% for 2017 from 3.56% for 2016.

 

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income increased $2.3 million, or 9.1%, to $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase primarily reflected a $32.2 million increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets and a 15 basis point increase in the average yield to 4.19% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 4.04% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Interest income on loans increased $2.5 million primarily due to a $52.4 million increase in the average balance of loans to $540.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $488.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Interest income on securities decreased $152,000 primarily due to a $13.0 million decrease in the average balance of securities to $122.8 million for 2017 from $135.9 million for 2016, offset in part by a nine basis point increase in the average yield on securities to 2.07% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 1.98% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $250,000, or 8.2%, to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase primarily reflected a $24.0 million increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and a two basis point increase in the average cost to 0.65% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 0.63% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased $145,000, or 5.1%, primarily due to an $18.0 million increase in the average balance of deposits to $488.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $470.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and a one basis point increase in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits to 0.61% for 2017 from 0.60% for 2016.

 

Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $68,000 primarily due to a $5.3 million increase in the average balance of Federal Home Loan Bank advances to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and a 53 basis point increase in the average cost of Federal Home Loan Bank advances to 1.13% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 0.60% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $900,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in the provision reflected management’s assessment of the losses inherent in our loan portfolio and decreases in classified assets, offset in part by increases in charge-offs and non-performing assets and growth in the indirect automobile portfolio.

 

  82  
 

 

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income increased $1.0 million, or 14.5%, to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was caused by a $1.8 million gain on the sale of Rhinebeck Bank’s insurance subsidiary in August 2017 and a $72,000 increase in service charges on deposit accounts, offset in part by a decrease of $342,000 in insurance-related income, a $306,000 write-down in real estate owned and a $106,000 loss associated with the sale of the insurance subsidiary building in Fishkill. The increase in service charges on deposit accounts was due to the increase in the aggregate amount of deposits. The decrease in insurance-related income reflected the effect of the sale of Rhinebeck Bank’s insurance subsidiary in August 2017. The write-down in real estate owned reflected an updated independent appraisal of one single family residential real estate property.

 

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $800,000, or 3.3%, to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was due primarily to a $527,000 increase in other non-interest expense, a $447,000 increase in salaries and employee benefits, a $161,000 increase in advertising and a $98,000 increase in occupancy costs, offset in part by a $155,000 decrease in sales commissions paid, a $140,000 decrease in data processing costs, a $76,000 decrease in professional fees and a $55,000 decrease in the amortization of intangible assets due to the sale of the insurance subsidiary. The increase in other non-interest expense related to higher foreclosure costs. The increase in salaries and benefits reflected the costs associated with hiring additional personnel in connection with opening a new representative office in Montgomery, New York in 2017 and increased incentive payments for 2017 due to attainment of performance goals during the year. The increase in advertising reflected a greater focus on marketing. The decrease in sales commissions paid was due to the sale of Rhinebeck Bank’s insurance subsidiary in August 2017. The decrease in professional fees reflected the negotiation of a new correspondent banking relationship.

 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased $2.3 million, or 172.5%, to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was caused primarily by a $1.9 million charge related to the revaluation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s net deferred tax asset following the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on December 22, 2017, which reduced the top corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21%. The remainder of the increase was due to increased pre-tax income for the year.

 

Management of Market Risk

 

General . The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting primarily of loans, have longer maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage our exposure to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, the board of directors established a management-level Asset/Liability Management Committee (the “ALCO”), which takes initial responsibility for reviewing the asset/liability management process and related procedures, establishing and monitoring reporting systems and ascertaining that established asset/liability strategies are being maintained. On at least a quarterly basis, the ALCO reviews and reports asset/liability management outcomes with the ALCO. This committee also implements any changes in strategies and reviews the performance of any specific asset/liability management actions that have been implemented.

 

We try to manage our interest rate risk to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in market interest rates. We have implemented the following strategies to manage our interest rate risk: originating loans with adjustable interest rates; promoting core deposit products; and adjusting the interest rates and maturities of funding sources, as necessary. By following these strategies, we believe that we are better positioned to react to changes in market interest rates.

 

Net Portfolio Value Simulation. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through a net portfolio value of equity (“NPV”) model. NPV represents the present value of the expected cash flows from our assets less the present value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet contracts. The NPV ratio represents the dollar amount of our NPV divided by the present value of our total assets for a given interest rate scenario. NPV attempts to quantify our economic value using a discounted cash flow methodology while the NPV ratio reflects that value as a form of capital ratio. We estimate what our NPV would be at a specific date. We then calculate what the NPV would be at the same date throughout a series of interest rate scenarios representing immediate and permanent, parallel shifts in the yield curve. We currently calculate NPV under the assumptions that interest rates increase 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points from current market rates and that interest rates decrease 100 basis points from current market rates.

 

  83  
 

 

The following table presents the estimated changes in our NPV that would result from changes in market interest rates at June 30, 2018. All estimated changes presented in the table are within the policy limits approved by our board of directors.

 

    Net Portfolio Value     Net Portfolio Value as
Percent of Portfolio
Value of Assets
 
                 
Basis Point (“bp”) Change in Interest Rates   Dollar
Amount
    Dollar
Change
    Percent
Change
    NPV
Ratio
    Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)              
400   $ 26,155     $ (3,366 )     (11 )%     11.19 %     (11 )%
300     27,096       (2,425 )     (8 )%     11.59 %     (8 )%
200     28,022       (1,499 )     (5 )%     11.95 %     (5 )%
100     28,866       (655 )     (2 )%     12.34 %     (2 )%
0     29,521             %     12.56 %      
-100     28,618       (903 )     (3 )%     11.40 %     (9 )%

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. The above table assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the date indicated remains constant uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the table provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our NPV and will differ from actual results.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity. Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments and sales and maturities of securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments and loan sales are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

 

We regularly review the need to adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of: (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short- and intermediate-term securities.

 

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At June 30, 2018, cash and cash equivalents totaled $12.4 million. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide an additional source of liquidity, totaled $103.3 million at June 30, 2018.

 

At June 30, 2018, we had the ability to borrow up to $54.7 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, $43.0 million of which was outstanding. At June 30, 2018, we also had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s discount window program of $3.5 million, none of which was outstanding at that date. Rhinebeck Bank, MHC has a $10.0 million line of credit with an unaffiliated bank, none of which was outstanding at June 30, 2018.

 

We have no material commitments or demands that are likely to affect our liquidity other than as set forth below. If loan demand increases faster than expected, or any unforeseen demand or commitment occurs, we could access borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

  84  
 

 

At June 30, 2018, we had $4.1 million of loan commitments outstanding and $85.3 million of approved, but unadvanced, funds to borrowers. We also had $2.8 million in outstanding letters of credit at June 30, 2018.

 

Certificates of deposit due within one year of June 30, 2018 totaled $105.9 million. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to access other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

 

Liquidity is needed for operating, financing and investing activities. The following table sets forth select operating, investing and financing activities for the periods presented. For a comprehensive list of our operating, financial and investing activities, see the consolidated statement of cash flows contained in the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (In thousands)  
Operating activities:                                
Loans originated for sale   $ (14,846 )   $ (17,723 )   $ (38,968 )   $ (40,876 )
Proceeds from sales of loans     16,066       17,726       37,962       41,095  
Net gain on sale of mortgage loans     (268 )     (268 )     (571 )     (589 )
                                 
Investing activities:                                
Net increase in loans   $ (57,051 )   $ (24,659 )   $ (53,045 )   $ (43,042 )
Proceeds from sales and calls of available-for-sale securities     375       24,510       30,786       15,910  
Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities     7,968       9,761       18,693       27,019  
Purchases of securities           (8,045 )     (23,696 )     (71,480 )
                                 
Financing activities:                                
Net increase in deposits   $ 18,823     $ 13,558     $ 10,657     $ 43,125  
Increase (decrease) in Federal Home Loan Bank advances     28,100       (9,500 )     5,400       9,500  

 

Capital Resources. Rhinebeck Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by NYSDFS and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At June 30, 2018, Rhinebeck Bank exceeded all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and was considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance” and Note 14 in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

The net offering proceeds will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net offering proceeds are used for general corporate purposes, including funding loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net offering proceeds, resulting in increased net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net offering proceeds, as well as other factors associated with the offering, our return on equity will be lower immediately following the offering. See “Risk Factors—Our return on equity may be low following the offering and this could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.”

 

  85  
 

 

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. The following tables present our contractual obligations at December 31, 2017.

 

          Payments Due by Period  
Contractual Obligations   Total     Less Than
One Year
    One to Three
Years
    More than
Three to Five
Years
    More Than
Five Years
 
    (In thousands)  
At December 31, 2017:                                        
Structured debt obligations   $     $     $     $     $  
Operating lease obligations     3,879       643       1,260       1,018       958  
Post-retirement benefit obligations     3,338       63       142       157       2,976  
Deferred trustee compensation plans     1,648             1,161             487  
Deferred executive compensation     813                         813  
Subordinated debt     5,155                         5,155  
Defined benefit plan liability     5,865       538       1,197       1,374       2,756  
Total   $ 20,698     $ 1,244     $ 3,760     $ 2,549     $ 13,145  

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit, which involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments that we do for on-balance sheet instruments. See Note 13 in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements and their impact on us, see Note 1 in the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus and related financial data included in this prospectus have been prepared according to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a greater impact on a financial institution’s performance than inflation rates. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as prices of goods and services.

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General

 

As a New York-chartered savings bank, Rhinebeck Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation the NYSDFS, as its chartering agency, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as its deposit insurer. Rhinebeck Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and its deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Rhinebeck Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the NYSDFS concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals before entering into certain transactions, including mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. This regulatory structure is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with regarding classifying of assets and establishing an adequate allowance for loan losses for regulatory purposes.

 

  86  
 

 

As a New York-chartered mutual holding company, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC is regulated and subject to examination by the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board. As a bank holding company, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. also will be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and the NYSDFS. It will be required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and will be subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board and the NYSDFS. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. also will be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

 

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. The description is limited to certain material aspects of certain statutes and regulations that are addressed, and is not intended to be a complete list or description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC.

 

New York Banking Laws and Supervision

 

Supervision and Enforcement Authority . Rhinebeck Bank, as a New York savings bank, is regulated and supervised by the NYSDFS. The NYSDFS is required to regularly examine each state-chartered bank. The approval of the NYSDFS is required to establish or close branches, to merge with another bank, to issue stock and to undertake many other activities. Any New York savings bank that does not operate according to the regulations, policies and directives of the NYSDFS may be subject to sanctions for non-compliance, including seizure of the property and business of the savings bank and suspension or revocation of its charter. The NYSDFS may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the savings bank’s business in an unsafe or unsound manner or contrary to the depositors’ interests, or have been negligent in the performance of their duties. In addition, upon finding that a savings bank has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the NYSDFS may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the savings bank. The NYSDFS also has the authority to appoint a receiver or conservator if it determines that the savings bank is conducting its business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, and under certain other circumstances. New York consumer protection and civil rights statutes applicable to Rhinebeck Bank permit private individual and class action law suits, and provide for the rescission of consumer transactions, including loans, and the recovery of statutory and punitive damage and attorney’s fees in the case of certain violations of those statutes.

 

The powers that New York-chartered savings banks can exercise under these laws include the following:

 

Lending Activities. A New York-chartered savings bank may make a wide variety of mortgage loans including fixed-rate loans, adjustable-rate loans, participation loans, construction and development loans, condominium and co-operative loans, second mortgage loans and other types of loans that may be made according to applicable regulations. Commercial loans may be made to corporations and other commercial enterprises with or without security. Consumer and personal loans may also be made with or without security.

 

Investment Activities. In general, Rhinebeck Bank may invest in certain types of debt securities (including certain corporate debt securities, and obligations of federal, state, and local governments and agencies thereof), certain types of corporate equity securities, and certain other assets. However, this investment authority is subject to restrictions under federal law. See “—Federal Bank Regulation—Investment Activities” for such federal restrictions.

 

Dividends. Under New York banking law, Rhinebeck Bank may declare and pay dividends from its net profits, unless there is an impairment of capital. Additionally, the approval of the NYSDFS is required if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years, subject to certain adjustments provided for under applicable law.

 

  87  
 

 

Loans to Trustees and Executive Officers. Under applicable NYSDFS regulations (which are substantially similar to applicable federal banking regulations), Rhinebeck Bank generally may not make a loan or other extension of credit to any of its executive officers or trustees unless the loan or other extension of credit (1) is made on terms, including interest rate and collateral, that are not more favorable to the executive officer or trustee than those customarily offered by Rhinebeck Bank to persons who are not executive officers or trustees and who are not employed by Rhinebeck Bank, and (2) does not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Depending on the size of the loan or other extension of credit, prior approval of Rhinebeck Bank’s board of trustees (with the interested party, if a trustee, abstaining from participating directly or indirectly in the voting) may be required.

 

Federal Bank Regulation

 

Supervision and Enforcement Authority . Rhinebeck Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as the insurer of its deposits. This regulatory structure is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors.

 

Rhinebeck Bank must file reports with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals before entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions. There are periodic examinations by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to evaluate Rhinebeck Bank’s safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements.

 

The regulatory structure also gives the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation extensive discretion in connection with its supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of an adequate allowance for loan losses for regulatory purposes. The enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations, breaches of fiduciary duty and unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may also appoint itself as conservator or receiver for an insured bank under specified circumstances, including: (1) insolvency; (2) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (3) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; (4) insufficient capital; or (5) the incurrence of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment without federal assistance.

 

Capital Requirements. Under Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, Rhinebeck Bank is subject to a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations that was established in July 2013 (the Basel III capital rules), subject to phase-in periods for certain components and other provisions.

 

The capital standards require the maintenance of common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, 6% and 8%, respectively, and a leverage ratio of at least 4% Tier 1 capital. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital generally includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into common equity Tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-securities). Rhinebeck Bank exercised the opt-out election regarding the treatment of AOCI. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

 

  88  
 

 

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, a bank’s assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests), are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on perceived risks inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one- to four-family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.

 

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement has been phasing in since January 1, 2016 and will be fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

 

Regulatory relief legislation enacted in May 2018 requires the federal banking agencies, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, to establish for institutions with assets of less than $10 billion of assets a “community bank leverage ratio” (the ratio of a bank’s tangible equity capital to average total consolidated assets) of between 8 to 10%. A “qualifying community bank” with capital exceeding the specified requirement will be considered compliant with all applicable regulatory capital and leverage requirements, including the requirement to be “well capitalized.” The establishment of the community bank leverage ratio is subject to notice and comment rulemaking by the federal regulators. A financial institution can elect to be subject to this new simplified capital requirement.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances. At June 30, 2018, Rhinebeck Bank exceeded each of its capital requirements.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies have adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. The agencies have also established standards for safeguarding customer information. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

 

Investment Activities. All state-chartered savings banks insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation are generally limited in their investment activities to principal and equity investments of the type and in the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law, subject to certain exceptions. For example, state-chartered banks may, with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approval, continue to exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market and to invest in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The maximum permissible investment is 100% of Tier 1 Capital, as specified by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s regulations, or the maximum amount permitted by New York law, whichever is less.

 

In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is authorized to permit state-chartered banks and savings banks to engage in state-authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if it meets all applicable capital requirements and it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted procedures for institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. In addition, a nonmember bank may control a subsidiary that engages in activities as principal that would only be permitted for a national bank to conduct in a “financial subsidiary” if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for regulatory capital purposes.

 

Interstate Banking and Branching. Federal law permits well capitalized and well managed bank holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to Federal Reserve Board approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, banks may establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that interstate branching is authorized by the law of the host state for the banks chartered by that state.

 

  89  
 

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. An institution is considered “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. At June 30, 2018, Rhinebeck Bank was classified as a “well capitalized” institution.

 

At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, interest rates paid on deposits, payment of dividends, and acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. An undercapitalized bank’s compliance with a capital restoration plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including an order by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

Transaction with Affiliates and Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Regulations. Transactions between banks and their affiliates are governed by federal law. Generally, Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10.0% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus, and with all transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20.0% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. Section 23B applies to “covered transactions” as well as to certain other transactions and requires that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes making loans to, purchasing assets from, and issuing guarantees to, an affiliate, and other similar transactions. Section 23B transactions also include the bank’s providing services and selling assets to an affiliate. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by a bank to an affiliate are required to be collateralized according to the requirements set forth in Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

  90  
 

 

Sections 22(h) and (g) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans to a bank’s insiders, i.e., executive officers, directors and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than 10.0% stockholder of a financial institution, and certain affiliated interests of these, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests, may not exceed specified limits. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act also requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons and also requires prior board approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a financial institution to insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.

 

Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts. Rhinebeck Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Deposit accounts in Rhinebeck Bank are insured up to a maximum of $250,000 for each separately insured depositor. Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule order or regulatory condition imposed in writing. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of Rhinebeck Bank’s deposit insurance.

 

Privacy Regulations. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations generally require that Rhinebeck Bank disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, Rhinebeck Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and to not disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes.

 

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, as implemented by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a state non-member bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in connection with its examination of each state non-member bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to acquire branches and other financial institutions. The CRA requires the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. Rhinebeck Bank’s latest Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation CRA rating was “Satisfactory.”

 

New York has its own statutory counterpart to the CRA, which is applicable to Rhinebeck Bank. New York law requires the NYSDFS to consider a bank’s record of performance under New York law in considering any application by the bank to establish a branch or other deposit-taking facility, to relocate an office or to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of any other banking institution. Rhinebeck Bank’s most recent rating under New York law was “Satisfactory.”

 

Consumer Protection and Fair Lending Regulations. Rhinebeck Bank is subject to a variety of federal and New York statutes and regulations that are intended to protect consumers and prohibit discrimination in the granting of credit. These statutes and regulations provide for a range of sanctions for non-compliance with their terms, including imposition of administrative fines and remedial orders, and referral to the Attorney General for prosecution of a civil action for actual and punitive damages and injunctive relief. Certain of these statutes, including Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive acts and practices against consumers, authorize private individual and class action lawsuits and the award of actual, statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees for certain types of violations. New York’s Attorney General has vigorously enforced fair lending and other consumer protection laws. Federal laws also prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts practices against consumers, which can be enforced by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and state Attorneys General.

 

  91  
 

 

Federal Reserve System

 

Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for that portion of transaction accounts aggregating $122.3 million or less (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is 3.0% and the amounts greater than $122.3 million require a 10.0% reserve (which may be adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board between 8.0% and 14.0)%. The first $16.0 million of otherwise reservable balances (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. Rhinebeck Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

Rhinebeck Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Rhinebeck Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. Rhinebeck Bank was in compliance with this requirement at June 30, 2018.

 

Holding Company Regulation

 

Federal Holding Company Regulation . Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC is registered as a bank holding company with the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Upon completion of the reorganization, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. also will be a bank holding company and will be registered with the Federal Reserve Board and be subject to regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements applicable to bank holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has enforcement authority over Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and its non-savings bank subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings bank.

 

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in non-banking activities, or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities the Federal Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking are: (1) making or servicing loans; (2) performing certain data processing services; (3) providing discount brokerage services; (4) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (5) leasing personal or real property; (6) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (7) acquiring a savings and loan association whose direct and indirect activities are limited to those permitted for bank holding companies.

 

Capital. The Federal Reserve Board must establish for all bank and savings and loan holding companies minimum consolidated capital requirements that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries. Pursuant to recent federal regulatory relief legislation, bank holding companies with less than $3.0 billion in consolidated assets generally are not subject to the capital requirements unless otherwise advised by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Dividends and Stock Repurchases. A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. There is an exception to this approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.

 

  92  
 

 

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding capital distributions, including dividends, by bank holding companies. In general, the policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity, and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. Additionally, under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

Waivers of Dividends by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC . Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. may pay dividends on its common stock to public stockholders. If it does, it is also required to pay dividends to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, unless Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC elects to waive the receipt of dividends. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC must receive the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may waive the receipt of any dividends from Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., and current Federal Reserve Board policy prohibits any mutual holding company that is regulated as a bank holding company, such as Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, from waiving the receipt of dividends paid by its subsidiary holding company. Moreover, the Federal Reserve Board has issued an interim final rule applicable to federally-chartered mutual holding companies, stating that it will not object to dividend waivers under certain circumstances, provided (1) the mutual holding company’s members have approved the dividend waivers by a majority of eligible votes, (2) each officer or director of the mutual holding company and mid-tier stock holding company, and any tax-qualified or non-tax qualified stock benefit plan in which such individual participates that holds any shares of stock to which the waiver would apply waives the right to receive any dividends declared, or the dividend waivers are approved by a majority of the entire board of directors of the mutual holding company with any officer or director of the mutual holding company having any direct or indirect ownership interest in the common stock of the subsidiary mid-tier holding company abstaining from the board vote, and (3) any dividends waived by the mutual holding company are considered in determining an appropriate exchange ratio in the event of a conversion of the mutual holding company to stock form.

 

Because of the foregoing Federal Reserve Board restrictions on the ability of a mutual holding company, such as Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, to waive the receipt of dividends declared by its subsidiary mid-tier stock holding company, it is unlikely that Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will waive the receipt of any dividends declared by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Moreover, since (1) federal regulations and policy effectively require any dividends declared by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. to be paid to all stockholders, including Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, and (2) Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will sell only a minority of its shares to the public and will contribute the remaining shares to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will raise significantly less capital than would have been the case if it sold all its shares to the public. As a result, paying dividends to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC — an entity that will not be paying for the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock it receives in connection with the offering, may be inequitable to public stockholders and not in their best financial interests. Therefore, unless Federal Reserve Board regulations and policy change by allowing Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC to waive the receipt of dividends declared by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. without diluting minority stockholders, it is unlikely that Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will pay any dividends.

 

Possible Conversion of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form. In the future, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC may convert from the mutual to capital stock form of ownership, in a transaction commonly referred to as a “second-step conversion.” Any second-step conversion of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC would require the approval of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board. See “Summary—Possible Conversion of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form.”

 

Acquisition. Federal laws and regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a bank holding company, such as Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., without the prior non-objection or approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Control, as defined under the applicable regulations, means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of the company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the company. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under certain circumstances, including where, as will be the case with Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

  93  
 

 

New York Holding Company Regulation. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC is subject to regulation under New York banking law and, upon completion of the reorganization, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. also will be subject to regulation under New York banking law. Among other requirements, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. must receive the approval of the NYSDFS before acquiring 10% or more of the voting stock of another banking institution, or to otherwise acquire a banking institution by merger or purchase.

 

Federal Securities Laws

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the offering. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in the offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status. Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.07 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

 

An “emerging growth company” may choose not to hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation. Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company.

 

A company loses emerging growth company status on the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (2) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (3) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (4) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, a “large accelerated filer” is defined as a corporation with at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. Upon completion of the reorganization, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will have in place policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

 

  94  
 

 

TAXATION

 

Federal Taxation

 

General. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank.

 

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Rhinebeck Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal income tax returns.

 

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. A financial institution may carry net operating losses forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. See Note 10 in the Notes to consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus for additional information.

 

Capital Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back capital losses to the preceding three taxable years and forward to the succeeding five taxable years. Any capital loss carryback or carryover is treated as a short-term capital loss for the year to which it is carried. As such, it is grouped with any other capital losses for the year to which carried and is used to offset any capital gains. Any loss remaining after the five year carryover period that has not been deducted is no longer deductible. At June 30, 2018, Rhinebeck Bank had no capital loss carryovers.

 

Corporate Dividends. We may generally exclude from our income 100% of dividends received from Rhinebeck Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

 

Audit of Tax Returns. Rhinebeck Bank’s federal income tax returns and New York State income tax returns have not been audited in the last three years.

 

State Taxation

 

In March 2014, tax legislation was enacted that changed the manner in which financial institutions and their affiliates are taxed in New York State. Taxable income is apportioned to New York State based on the location of the taxpayer’s customers, with special rules for income from certain financial transactions. The location of the taxpayer’s offices and branches are not relevant to the determination of income apportioned to New York State. The statutory tax rate is currently 6.5%. An alternative tax of 0.15% on apportioned capital is imposed to the extent that it exceeds the tax on apportioned income. The New York State alternative tax is capped at $5 million for a tax year and is gradually phased out over a six-year period. Thrift institutions that maintain a qualified residential loan portfolio are entitled to a specially computed modification that reduces the income taxable to New York State.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Our Directors

 

The board of directors of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will initially consist of eight members. Directors will serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Because Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will own a majority of our outstanding common stock, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance guidelines. As a “controlled company,” we will be exempt from certain requirements, including that a majority of our board of directors be independent under those standards, and that executive compensation and director nominations be overseen by independent directors. However, at the present time, each of our directors, other than Michael J. Quinn, our President and Chief Executive Officer, would be considered independent under the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. See “—Board Independence.”

 

  95  
 

 

Name (1)

 

Position(s)

 

Age (2)

 

Director
Since

 

Current Term
Expires

Frederick L. Battenfeld   Director   70   1995   2021
Christopher W. Chestney   Director   54   2015   2021
Freddimir Garcia   Director   31   2017   2019
William C. Irwin   Director   59   1996   2020
Shannon Martin LaFrance   Director   52   2007   2021
Suzanne Rhulen Loughlin   Director   56   2011   2019
Michael J. Quinn   Director and President and Chief Executive Officer   56   2001   2020
Louis Tumolo, Jr.   Chairman of the Board   74   1983   2019

 

 

 

(1) The mailing address for each individual is 2 Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, NY 12601.
(2) As of June 30, 2018.

 

The business experience for the past five years of each or our directors is set forth below. Each individual’s biography also contains information regarding his experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the board of directors to determine that he should serve as a director. Unless otherwise indicated, each individual has held his position for the past five years.

 

Frederick L. Battenfeld is the owner and chief executive officer of F.W. Battenfeld & Sons, a wholesale cut flower and tree grower located in Red Hook, New York. Mr. Battenfeld’s career as a small business executive provides us with knowledge of the challenges facing small business in our market area. Further, Mr. Battenfeld, both through his business and as an active member of the community, is knowledgeable of the local consumer environment.

 

Christopher W. Chestney is a funeral director for Dapson Chestney Funeral Home, Inc., located in Rhinebeck, New York, and Peck and Peck Funeral Home, Inc., located in Pine Plains, New York. Mr. Chestney’s business experience gives us insights into the local community.

 

Freddimir Garcia is the special assistant to the President for Diversity, Inclusion and Community Engagement at Marist College in Poughkeepsie, New York. Both through the college and through service on several non-profit boards, Mr. Garcia’s extensive community involvement provides us with valuable insight into the needs of our local community.

 

William C. Irwin R.Ph. is a graduate of Union University, Albany College of Pharmacy and Health Services. Mr. Irwin is currently a principal for Schectman Pharmacy Brokers, a business specializing in the sale of independent pharmacies and drug stores, concentrating in the New York tri-state area. Mr. Irwin was the owner of Molloy Pharmacy in Hyde Park and President of Molloy’s Medical Arts Pharmacy in Poughkeepsie for over 30 years. Mr. Irwin has also served as President of Northern Dutchess Hospital, President of the Hudson Valley Pharmacists Society, served on the Hyde Park Chamber of Commerce Economic Development Committee and served on the McKesson Corporation National Independent Advisory Board. He currently serves as a volunteer for the Dutchess County Medical Reserve Corp and other local volunteer organizations. Mr. Irwin’s experience as a small business owner brings valuable business ownership and leadership skills to the board along with extensive insight into the customers who live in our market area and economic developments affecting our market area.

 

Shannon Martin LaFrance is a practicing lawyer and owner of law firms in Florida and New York. Her practice includes civil litigation and administrative law with a focus on land use, municipal and environmental matters, in addition to dependency and family law.   She also served as town attorney, and zoning board of appeals and planning board attorney in New York from 1994 through 2012 for the towns of Dover, Rosendale and Marbletown, New York. Ms. LaFrance was a Dutchess County Legislator from 2002 through 2007 for Fishkill and served as Chair of the Legislature’s Environment Committee as well as the Groundwater Protection Subcommittee.   Ms. LaFrance also served as the Legislature’s liaison to the Dutchess County Water and Wastewater Authority prior to her election. Ms. LaFrance’s general legal knowledge as well as her expertise in land, municipal and environmental issues is a significant resource for us.

 

  96  
 

 

Suzanne Rhulen Loughlin has been the Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel of Novume (Nasdaq: NVMM) since January 2017, which provides support services for companies contracting with the government. In 2005, she founded Firestorm Solutions, LLC, a crisis management consultancy, which was acquired by Novume in January 2017. Prior to founding Firestorm, Ms. Loughlin worked at Frontier Insurance Group for 15 years, where she was responsible for human resources, IT, corporate communications, facilities, government relations and internal audit. Ms. Loughlin also serves as a board member of Hudson Valley Pattern for Progress, Sullivan County Industrial Development Agency and the Sullivan County Partnership for Economic Development. She serves as President of the Trevor Loughlin Foundation, Inc., which issues grants to individuals battling acute catastrophic illnesses and all blood cancers. Ms. Loughlin’s crisis management experience, combined with her training and practice in many of the areas in which Rhinebeck Bank may have legal exposure, provides critical decision support and skills to the Board.

 

Michael J. Quinn has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 1994 and has been employed by Rhinebeck Bank in various capacities including Treasurer, Senior Lending Officer and Chief Operating Officer since 1984. Mr. Quinn’s extensive experience in the local banking industry and involvement in business and civic organizations in the communities in which we serve affords the Board valuable insight regarding our business and operations. Mr. Quinn’s knowledge of our business and history position him well to continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Louis Tumolo, Jr. is the owner and hospital administrator of Rhinebeck Animal Hospital, where Dr. Tumolo has cared for pets as a general practitioner since 1970. Dr. Tumolo served as a board member of the Northern Dutchess Hospital Board for 14 years, is a past member of the Rotary Club and a current member of the Frost Memorial Fund. Dr. Tomolo’s 45 years of experience as owner and administrator of a locally operated business brings valuable business and leadership skills to the Board.

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

The following sets forth information regarding our executive officers who are not directors. Age information is as of June 30, 2018. The executive officers of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank are elected annually.

 

Jamie J. Bloom , age 52, has served as our Chief Operating Officer since March 2015. Prior to the appointment, Ms. Bloom served as a senior vice president, retail banking of Rhinebeck Bank from January 2012 until March 2015 and vice president, sales director of Rhinebeck Bank from November 2010 until January 2012.

 

Francis X. Dwyer , age 57, has served as President of Rhinebeck Asset Management, a division of Rhinebeck Bank, since 2015. Mr. Dwyer was a vice president and financial advisor of Walden Investment Services, Montgomery, New York from 2012 until 2015.

 

James T. McCardle, III , age 52, has served as our Chief Credit Officer since January 2018 after having previously served as our Chief Lending Officer from December 2010 until January 2018.

 

Michael J. McDermott , age 66, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2001.

 

Karen Morgan-D’Amelio , age 48, has served as our General Counsel, Chief Risk Officer and Corporate Secretary since March 2014. Prior to joining Rhinebeck Bank, Ms. Morgan-D’Amelio worked in both private practice and for financial institutions for over eight years, culminating as a Senior Counsel at J.P. Morgan Chase.

 

  97  
 

 

Board Independence

 

The board of directors has determined that each of our directors, except Mr. Quinn, is “independent” as defined in, and for purposes of satisfying the listing standards of, the Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Quinn is not considered independent because he is an executive officer of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank.

 

In determining the independence of our directors, the board of directors considered the following relationships between Rhinebeck Bank and our directors and officers, which is not required to be reported under “Transactions With Certain Related Persons” below. Ms. Loughlin’s spouse’s law firm periodically is engaged to assist with collection work on behalf of Rhinebeck Bank. Mr. Chestney’s brother-in-law is a landscaper that periodically is hired by Rhinebeck Bank to assist with projects.

 

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

 

Federal law generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from the prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as Rhinebeck Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. At June 30, 2018, all of our loans to directors and executive officers were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Rhinebeck Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original terms at June 30, 2018, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. The board of directors of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has established standing committees, including a Compensation Committee, an Audit Committee and a Governance and Nominating Committee. Each of these committees operates under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations. Rhinebeck Bank also has standing committees of its Board of Directors.

 

The table below sets forth the directors of each of the listed standing committees. The board of directors has determined that the Audit Committee does not have a member who is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The current board members possess all of the criteria the Nominating and Governance Committee has determined is appropriate for board membership of a holding company of a community-based financial institution. While the board recognizes that no individual board member meets the qualifications required of an “audit committee financial expert,” the board believes that appointment of a new director to the board and to the Audit Committee at this time is not necessary as the level of financial knowledge and experience of the current members of the Audit Committee, including the ability to read and understand fundamental financial statements, is cumulatively sufficient to discharge adequately the Audit Committee’s responsibilities.

 

Audit Committee

 

Compensation Committee

 

Governance and Nominating
Committee

Frederick L. Battenfeld (Chair)   Freddimir Garcia   Freddimir Garcia
Christopher W. Chestney   Christopher W. Chestney   Shannon Martin LaFrance (Chair)
William C. Irwin   Shannon Martin LaFrance   Suzanne Rhulen Loughlin
Louis Tumolo, Jr.   Suzanne Rhulen Loughlin (Chair)   Louis Tumolo, Jr.

 

  98  
 

 

Executive Compensation – Summary Compensation Table

 

The table below summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2017. Each individual listed in the table below is referred to as a “Named Executive Officer.”

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2017  
Name and principal position   Salary     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation (1)
    All other
compensation (2)
    Total  
Michael J. Quinn
President and Chief Executive Officer 
  $ 418,000     $ 33,440     $ 37,669     $ 489,109  
                                 

Jamie J. Bloom

Senior Vice President

and Chief Operating Officer

    245,000       31,850       17,758       294,608  
                                 

James T. McCardle

Senior Vice President and Chief

Credit Officer

    212,500       13,325       15,765       241,590  

 

 

(1) Payments were earned pursuant to the Rhinebeck Bank Executive Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan, which includes any deferred bonus credited to the Rhinebeck Bank Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan.
(2) Consists of the following payments:

 

Officer   Perquisites     401(k) Plan     Split Dollar (c)     Total  
Michael J. Quinn   $ 17,751 (a)   $ 18,900     $ 1,018     $ 37,669  
Jamie J. Bloom     (b)     17,440       318       17,758  
James T. McCardle     (b)     15,397       368       15,765  

 

 

(a) Includes the value of the executive’s use of a bank-owned automobile and club membership dues.
(b) Did not exceed $10,000.
(c) Represents the taxable income associated with the named executive officer’s split dollar life insurance benefit as described below.

 

Agreements and Benefit Plans

 

Employment Agreements . On September 6, 2018, Rhinebeck Bank entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Quinn, which superseded his prior employment agreement. Rhinebeck Bank also entered in a new employment agreement with Ms. Bloom. The agreements have a term that initially ends on December 31, 2020 for Mr. Quinn and Ms. Bloom. Each agreement will extend automatically for one additional year on January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2019 unless either Rhinebeck Bank or the applicable executive gives notice no later than 90 days before such anniversary date that an agreement will not be renewed.

 

Each agreement specifies the executive’s base salary, which initially is $418,000 for Mr. Quinn and $245,000 for Ms. Bloom. The base salary will be reviewed not less frequently than once every twelve months and may be adjusted in the board’s discretion. In addition to the base salary, the agreements provide that the executives will be eligible to participate in short-term and long-term incentive compensation programs of Rhinebeck Bank and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., which includes the Rhinebeck Bank Executive Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (“STIP”). Each agreement specifies the executive’s target bonus opportunity under the STIP, which is 25% of base salary for Mr. Quinn and 20% of base salary for Ms. Bloom. The executives are also entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of Rhinebeck Bank and the reimbursement of reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred in the performance of their duties with Rhinebeck Bank, including memberships in organizations as the executives and the board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate. Mr. Quinn is reimbursed for the full cost of the use of an automobile that is mutually agreeable to Rhinebeck Bank and Mr. Quinn. Ms. Bloom is entitled to be reimbursed for use of an automobile, up to a dollar amount that is mutually agreeable to Rhinebeck Bank and Ms. Bloom.

 

  99  
 

 

Rhinebeck may terminate the executive’s employment, and the executive may resign, at any time with or without good reason. In the event of the executive’s termination without cause other than due to death or disability or voluntary resignation for good reason (a “qualifying termination event”), Rhinebeck Bank would pay a monthly severance payment equal to the sum of executive’s base salary and average annual cash incentive compensation awarded under the STIP (or any other comparable cash incentive plan), which would include any portion of the award that is tax-deferred and payable pursuant to the Rhinebeck Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “LTIP”), for the three most recent annual performance periods, immediately prior to the executive’s date of termination, divided by 12. Such monthly severance payment would be paid for 36 months for Mr. Quinn and 24 months for Ms. Bloom. In addition, the executives would receive non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage under Rhinebeck Bank’s group health plan at the same cost-sharing arrangement in effect as of the date of determination for 36 months for Mr. Quinn or 24 months for Ms. Bloom or, if earlier, until the executive receives substantially comparable coverage from another employer. The executives would also be reimbursed for the reasonable cost of outplacement services, up to a maximum of $5,000. A “good reason” condition for purposes of the employment agreements would include a material reduction in base salary and/or incentive compensation opportunities, a material reduction in authority, duties or responsibilities associated with the executive’s position with Rhinebeck Bank, a relocation of executive’s principal place of employment by more than 35 miles from Rhinebeck Bank’s main office or a material breach of the agreements by Rhinebeck Bank.

 

In the event of the executive’s qualifying termination event on or within two years after a change in control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank, the executives would be entitled to (in lieu of the payments and benefits described in the previous paragraph) a severance payment equal to three times the sum of Mr. Quinn’s and two times the sum of Ms. Bloom’s : (1) base salary in effect immediately before to the change in control; and (2) average bonus awarded under the STIP (or any other comparable cash incentive plan), which would include any portion of the award that is tax-deferred and payable pursuant to the LTIP, for the three most recent annual performance periods immediately prior to the change in control. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following the executive’s date of termination. The reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure is not considered a change in control for purposes of the agreements.

 

In addition, Rhinebeck Bank (or its successor) will continue to provide the executive with life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage provided to the executive immediately before his or her date of termination at no cost to the executive. Such continued coverage will cease upon the earlier of: (1) three years for Mr. Quinn or two years for Ms. Bloom after the executive’s date of termination; (2) the date on which the executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer and receives comparable health and welfare benefits; or (3) the executive’s death.

 

The employment agreements would immediately terminate upon the executive’s death or disability. In the event of death, Rhinebeck Bank has no obligation to pay any additional severance benefits to the executives under the employment agreement. In the event of the executive’s disability, Rhinebeck Bank would provide continued base salary payments to Mr. Quinn and Ms. Bloom for 36 months and 24 months, respectively, provided that such payment would be reduced by the amount of any disability insurance benefits payable to the executive during such period under Rhinebeck Bank’s disability insurance plan or program.

 

Upon termination of employment (other than a termination in connection with a change in control), each executive will be required to adhere to one-year non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions set forth in his or her employment agreement.

 

Change in Control Agreement . On August 28, 2018, Rhinebeck Bank entered into a change in control agreement with Mr. McCardle. The agreement has a term that initially ends on December 31, 2019. The agreement will extend automatically for one additional year on January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2019 so that the remaining term is two years unless either Rhinebeck Bank or the executive gives notice no later than 90 days before such anniversary date that an agreement will not be renewed.

 

  100  
 

 

In the event of Mr. McCardle’s involuntary termination of employment other than for cause, disability or death, or voluntary resignation for “good reason” on or after the effective date of a change in control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank, he would be entitled to a severance payment equal to two times the sum of the executive’s: (1) base salary in effect immediately before to the change in control; and (2) average bonus awarded under the STIP (or any other comparable cash incentive plan), which would include any portion the award that is tax-deferred and payable pursuant to the LTIP, for the three most recent annual performance periods immediately prior to the change in control. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following Mr. McCardle’s date of termination. In addition, he would receive, at no cost, continuing medical and dental coverage under Rhinebeck Bank’s group health plan pursuant to COBRA for 18 months following his date of termination, to the extent he elects COBRA continuation coverage for such period. A “good reason” condition for purposes of the change in control agreement would include a material reduction in base salary and/or incentive compensation opportunities, a material reduction in authority, duties or responsibilities associated with the executive’s position with Rhinebeck Bank, a relocation of executive’s principal place of employment by more than 35 miles from Rhinebeck Bank’s main office or a material breach of the agreements by Rhinebeck Bank. The reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure is not considered a change in control for purposes of the agreements.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments required under Mr. McCardle’s agreement would be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. 

 

Executive Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (STIP) . Rhinebeck Bank adopted the STIP for its executive officers, including the named executive officers. The plan is designed to: (1) support a business change to community-based banking; (2) support a culture change to pay-for-performance; (3) focus the executive team on annual goals to meet long-term goals; (4) reward executives for their contributions; and (5) align compensation with the goals of the organization and marketplace practices.   The plan provides annual incentive awards to participants based on overall bank-wide, department and/or individual performance goals as established annually by the compensation committee, with input from the Chief Executive Officer, which is determined by using performance history, peer data, market data and the compensation committee’s judgment based on previous experience and projected market conditions. 

 

The named executive officers can achieve annual incentive awards based on a percentage of salary, depending on whether the performance goals are achieved at minimum, target or maximum levels, and each goal is weighted between bank-level goals and individual goals. The annual performance period under the STIP is a 12-month period ending on December 31 (the “plan year”). For the 2017 plan year, the performance goals established were based on Rhinebeck Bank’s one-year and three-year average return on equity relative to the performance of a selected peer group of community banks, as determined by the compensation committee. For Ms. Bloom, achievement of her annual incentive award was also related to the performance of Brinkerhoff & Neuville. Furthermore, any annual incentive award payable under the STIP was contingent upon Rhinebeck Bank achieving certain minimum performance goals. The named executive officer’s annual incentive award opportunities for the 2017 plan year, as a percentage of base salary, were as follows:

 

Officer   Minimum     Target     Maximum  
Michael Quinn     15 %     25 %     45 %
Jamie Bloom     10 %     20 %     30 %
James McCardle     10 %     20 %     30 %

 

Unless otherwise deferred as described below, the executive’s annual incentive award is payable in a cash lump sum as soon as practicable following the completion of the plan year, provided, however, that such payment will be made no later than two and one-half months following the end of the plan year.

 

The STIP provides that the compensation committee may elect for a percentage of the executive’s annual incentive award to be deferred and paid on a later date (the “deferred bonus”), provided that such election is made prior to the applicable plan year associated with the annual incentive award. Any deferred bonus amount would be credited to an incentive benefit account established for the executive under the LTIP, and the time and manner of payment of the deferred bonus would be determined in accordance with the LTIP. For 2017, 40% of the annual incentive awards payable to Messrs. Quinn and McCardle were designated as deferred bonuses and were credited to their incentive benefit accounts. For Ms. Bloom, 15.4% of her annual incentive award was designated as a deferred bonus and was credited to her incentive benefit account. Based on the foregoing, Mr. Quinn, Ms. Bloom and Mr. McCardle earned the following annual incentive awards under the STIP for 2017:

 

  101  
 

 

Officer   Annual Incentive Award
Paid Immediately
   

Deferred Bonus

Credited to LTIP

    Total Annual Incentive
Award Earned
 
Michael Quinn   $ 20,064     $ 13,376     $ 33,440  
Jamie Bloom     26,950       4,900       31,850  
James McCardle     9,075       4,250       13,325  

 

Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (LTIP) . Rhinebeck Bank adopted the LTIP as a companion benefit plan with the STIP. Any executive participating in the STIP who receives a deferred bonus is eligible to participate in the LTIP. The plan year for purposes of the LTIP is the 12-month period ending on the last day of Rhinebeck Bank’s fiscal year (which is currently December 31 st ). Rhinebeck Bank maintains an incentive benefit account, which is a bookkeeping account established on behalf of each participant in the LTIP. Each participant’s deferred bonus payable pursuant to the STIP is credited to his or her incentive benefit account as of the date on which the participant’s annual incentive award is payable under the STIP. As of the last day of each plan year, Rhinebeck Bank will credit to each participant’s incentive benefit account interest earned on the account balance, based on a percentage equal to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s return on equity (on a consolidated basis) for its fiscal year immediately preceding the applicable plan year.

 

The participant will vest in each deferred bonus credited to his or her incentive benefit account at a rate of 20% per year for each year of service with Rhinebeck Bank, commencing on January 1 st of the year immediately following the plan year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the participant becomes 100% vested in the deferred bonus upon the earlier of: (1) the participant’s death, disability or involuntary termination without “cause”; (2) the participant’s attainment of either age 65 or age 55 with 15 years of service while employed with Rhinebeck Bank; or (3) a change in control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank.

 

Upon the participant’s termination of employment for any reason other than for cause, the participant’s incentive benefit account balance would be payable in a cash lump sum within 30 days following the participant’s date of termination.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Mr. Quinn . Rhinebeck Bank entered into a supplemental executive retirement agreement with Mr. Quinn on January 1, 2008 (the “SERP”). The SERP is designed to provide non-qualified supplemental retirement income to Mr. Quinn as an incentive and reward for his continued service with Rhinebeck Bank. Upon the earlier of Mr. Quinn’s: (1) attainment of age 65 (the “normal retirement age”); (2) termination of employment for any reason other than for cause; or (3) disability, he would be entitled to an annual benefit of $108,000, payable in monthly installments for 20 years (the “normal retirement benefit”). Payment of the normal retirement benefit would commence on the last day of the month following Mr. Quinn’s attaining age 65. If Mr. Quinn’s separation from service occurs within 24 months of a change in control of Rhinebeck Bank, he would be entitled to the actuarial equivalent of the normal retirement benefit payable at age 65, determined as of the end of the year immediately prior to the date of separation from service (the “change in control benefit”). The change in control benefit would commence on the last day of the month following Mr. Quinn’s separation from service, and would be payable in equal monthly installments for 20 years.

 

If Mr. Quinn’s dies while employed with Rhinebeck Bank, his beneficiary would be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to $2.16 million, which would be paid in lieu of the benefits described above.

 

Split Dollar Insurance Plan . Rhinebeck Bank adopted the Rhinebeck Bank Split Dollar Insurance Plan on January 1, 2008. Employees selected by the Board of Directors of Rhinebeck Bank are eligible to participate in the plan. Each named executive officer is participating in the plan. The plan provides that each participant is entitled to share in the proceeds under a life insurance policy owned by Rhinebeck Bank in the event of the participant’s death while employed with Rhinebeck Bank. The death benefit payable to the participant’s designated beneficiary is equal to the lesser of: (1) two times executive’s base salary less any benefits paid to the participant pursuant to Rhinebeck Bank’s group life insurance plan; or (2) the net death proceeds, which is the total death proceeds of the participant’s life insurance policy under the plan minus the greater of: (x) the cash surrender value or (y) aggregate premiums paid with respect to the policy. Upon the participant’s termination of employment, the participant’s designated beneficiary will not be entitled to any death benefit under the plan.

 

  102  
 

 

Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans

 

Pension Plan. Rhinebeck Bank maintains The Retirement Plan of Rhinebeck Bank, a tax-qualified non-contributory defined benefit plan (the “pension plan”) for employees, including Messrs. Quinn and McCardle and Ms. Bloom. Rhinebeck Bank froze all future benefit accruals under the pension plan as of June 30, 2012. Employees of Rhinebeck Bank before June 30, 2012, who completed one year of service, attained age 21, and were not in one of the excluded classifications were eligible to participate in the pension plan. No new participants were added to the pension plan after June 30, 2012. Contributions to the pension plan are made to satisfy the actuarially determined minimum funding requirements according to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). A participant becomes 100% vested in his or her accrued benefit under the pension plan after five years of service with Rhinebeck Bank.

 

Upon attainment of normal retirement date (the later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of participation in the plan) or the early retirement date (attainment of age 60 with 30 years of service), the participant is entitled to a normal retirement benefit, which is an annual benefit equal to 2% of the participant’s average annual earnings, multiplied by the participant’s years of service (up to a maximum of 30 years), payable for the life of the participant. Alternative forms of payments include the actuarial equivalent of the normal retirement benefit paid in the form of a lifetime benefit, with a guaranteed minimum of 5, 10 or 15 years, and a 50%, 75% or 100% survivor lifetime benefit for the participant and his or her joint annuitant. The participant’s average annual earnings and years of service are determined as of June 30, 2012. If the participant has attained his or her early retirement date and elects the normal retirement benefit to commence prior to the normal retirement date, the participant would receive an early retirement benefit equal to the greater of the participant’s (1) accrued pension benefit (determined as of June 30, 2012), reduced by 0.4166% for each calendar month prior to the normal retirement date; or (2) accrued pension benefit, reduced by an appropriate actuarial adjustment reduction factor.

 

If a participant terminates employment prior to the normal retirement date or early retirement date, the participant would be entitled to the vested portion of his or her accrued benefit, determined as of June 30, 2012, which would be payable at age 65, payable for the life of the participant or any other alternative forms of payment available under the pension plan as described above. If a participant dies while the participant is still employed by Rhinebeck Bank or if the participant dies after he or she retires or terminates employment but before benefit payments start, the surviving spouse will be entitled to a survivor benefit, based on the value of the participant’s vested accrued benefit as of June 30, 2012.

 

401(k) Plan. Rhinebeck Bank maintains the Rhinebeck Bank 401(k) Plan, which is a qualified, tax-exempt profit sharing plan with a salary deferral feature under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). All employees except for union employees, leased employees, and employees considered independent contractors who are later determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be employees, are eligible to participate in the plan upon reaching age 21 and working for at least 90 days with respect to making elective salary deferrals and receiving all other employer contributions, provided, however, that eligibility for matching contributions requires that the participant has reached age 21 and has completed one year of service. Employees are permitted to make elective salary deferrals in an amount no less than 1% of compensation and up to $18,500 (as indexed annually). An employee may also contribute rollover contributions to the plan from another eligible retirement plan. Employees who have attained age 50 before the end of a plan year are also eligible to make catch-up contributions during the year in an amount not to exceed $6,000 (as indexed annually). All employee elective salary deferrals, catch-up contributions and “rollover” contributions are fully and immediately vested.

 

In addition, Rhinebeck Bank will make an employer matching contribution equal to 50% of up to 6% of a participant’s elective deferral contribution, and a qualified non-elective contribution equal to 3% of the participant’s annual compensation for the plan year. Rhinebeck Bank may also make a discretionary profit-sharing contribution each plan year. Employer matching contributions are subject to a five-year vesting schedule, such that the participant vests in 20% of his or her account attributable to employer matching and profit sharing contributions each year until fully vested after five years. The qualified non-elective contributions and discretionary profit-sharing contributions are fully and immediately vested. Generally, a participant is not entitled to an in-service distribution of his or her account balance until the participant attains age 59-1/2. In addition, the 401(k) Plan permits loans to participants within the limits set forth in the Internal Revenue Code and according to loan procedures established by Rhinebeck Bank. Participants are entitled to benefit payments upon termination of employment, disability or death. Benefits will be distributed in the form of a lump sum. Rhinebeck Bank has established an employer stock fund in the 401(k) Plan so that participants can acquire an interest in the common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. through their accounts in the 401(k) Plan.

 

  103  
 

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Rhinebeck Bank expects to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees, effective as of January 1, 2019, in connection with the stock offering. Eligible employees, which include the named executive officers, who have attained age 21 and have completed one year of service on or before the closing date of the offering, will begin participation in the employee stock ownership plan, retroactively, as of January 1, 2019, the plan’s effective date. All employees except for union employees, leased employees, nonresident aliens and employees compensated on an hourly basis or commission basis are eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan. Employees who do not satisfy the eligibility requirements on the closing date of the offering will become eligible to enter the plan on the first entry date commencing on or after both reaching age 21 and completing one year of service.

 

The employee stock ownership plan trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 3.92% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation and issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC). We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through Rhinebeck Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 20-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable-rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be based on the prime rate as of the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year.

 

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account. Shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as the employee stock ownership plan repays the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. Participants will vest 20% per each year of credited service and will become 100% vested in their benefit after five years of credited service. Participants who were employed by Rhinebeck Bank immediately before the offering will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service before adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. Participants also will become fully vested upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the employee stock ownership plan after severance from employment. The employee stock ownership plan reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of employment among the remaining participants.

 

The employee stock ownership plan permits participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The plan provides that the trustee will vote unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

 

Under applicable accounting requirements, Rhinebeck Bank will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to participants’ accounts. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s earnings.

 

Directors’ Compensation

 

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2017 certain information as to the total remuneration paid by Rhinebeck Bank to trustees other than Mr. Quinn, who receives no compensation for being a director. No additional fees are earned for service to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC.

 

  104  
 

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2017  
Name   Fees earned or paid
in cash ($)
    All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total ($)  
Joseph A. Bahnatka (1)   $ 39,850           $ 39,850  
Frederick L. Battenfeld   $ 34,650           $ 34,650  
Christopher W. Chestney   $ 37,050           $ 37,050  
Freddimir Garcia   $ 18,584           $ 18,584  
William C. Irwin   $ 31,550           $ 31,550  
Shannon Martin LaFrance   $ 41,450           $ 41,450  
Suzanne Rhulen Loughlin   $ 36,550           $ 36,550  
Louis Tumolo, Jr.   $ 45,050           $ 45,050  

 

 

(1) Mr. Bahnatka retired at the end of 2017.

 

Director Fees

 

Directors earn an annual fee of $24,000. Our chairman receives an additional fee of $14,000 per year and the audit committee chairman receives an annual fee of $2,500 per year. Directors currently receive fees of $800 per committee meeting and the chairman of each committee receives an additional fee of $300 per meeting.

 

Each person who will also serve as a director of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will also serve as a director of Rhinebeck Bank and will initially earn director fees only in his or her capacity as a board or committee member of Rhinebeck Bank. Upon completion of the reorganization, additional director fees may be paid for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. director meetings, although no such determination has been made at this time.

 

Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreements

 

Rhinebeck Bank entered into individual director fee continuation plan agreements with each of Joseph A. Bahnatka, Frederick L. Battenfeld, William Irwin and Louis Tumolo, Jr. on January 1, 2008 (the “director agreements”). The director agreements are designed to provide non-qualified supplemental retirement income as an incentive and reward for their continued service with Rhinebeck Bank. The agreements provide that upon the director’s termination of service from the board on or after attaining age 70, each director would be entitled to receive an annual benefit of $13,777 for Mr. Bahnatka, $17,941 for Mr. Battenfeld, $27,861 for Mr. Irwin and $15,044 for Mr. Tumolo, payable for the life of the director, with a guarantee payment term of 15 years (the “normal retirement benefit”). Mr. Bahnatka’s normal retirement commenced following his retirement from the board. Messrs. Battenfeld and Tumolo have attained age 70 and therefore are eligible to receive the normal retirement benefit following their termination of service from the board for any reason. For Mr. Irwin, if his termination from the board occurs for any reason prior to attaining age 70 other than for cause or due to death, he would be entitled to the actuarial equivalent of the normal retirement benefit payable at age 70, determined as of the end of the calendar year immediately prior to the date of termination. Such benefit would commence on the first day of the month following Mr. Irwin’s date of termination, and would be payable in equal monthly installments for 15 years.

 

Upon death while serving as a director, the director’s beneficiary would be entitled to a death benefit of $275,540 for Mr. Bahnatka, $358,820 for Mr. Battenfeld, $557,220 for Mr. Irwin and $300,880 for Mr. Tumolo, payable in a lump sum and in lieu of the retirement benefits described above.

 

  105  
 

 

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering

 

Following the stock offering, we intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. According to applicable regulations, if implemented within the first year after the offering, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 4.90% and 1.96%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and shares contributed to the charitable foundation. These limitations will not apply if the plan is implemented more than one year after the consummation date of the reorganization.

 

The stock-based benefit plans will not be implemented sooner than six months after the offering and, if implemented within one year after the stock offering, the plans must be approved by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders, as well as a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. If stock-based benefit plans are established more than one year after the offering is completed, they must be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders, as well as a majority of votes cast by our stockholders other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC.

 

Certain additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans if implemented within one year after completion of the offering, including:

 

· non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and shares of restricted common stock authorized under the plans;

 

· no non-employee director may receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· no individual may receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

· the options and shares of restricted common stock may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans; and

 

· accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank.

 

We have not yet determined whether we will present stock-based benefit plans for stockholder approval within one year or more than one year following the completion of the offering. If applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans change, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or by repurchasing our common stock.

 

These restrictions do not apply to plans adopted after one year following the completion of the stock offering.

 

The actual value of the shares of restricted common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans would be based on the price of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted common stock to be available for award and issuance under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming receipt of stockholder approval and that the shares are awarded when market prices range from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

 

  106  
 

 

Share Price     148,750 Shares
Awarded at Minimum
of Offering Range
    175,000 Shares
Awarded at Midpoint of
Offering Range
    201,250 Shares
Awarded at Maximum
of Offering Range
    231,438 Shares
Awarded at Adjusted
Maximum of Offering
Range
 
(In thousands, except share price data)  
         
$ 8.00     $ 1,190     $ 1,400     $ 1,610     $ 1,852  
$ 10.00     $ 1,488     $ 1,750     $ 2,013     $ 2,314  
$ 12.00     $ 1,785     $ 2,100     $ 2,415     $ 2,777  
$ 14.00     $ 2,083     $ 2,450     $ 2,818     $ 3,240  

 

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plans would be based in part on the trading price of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time the options are granted. The value will also depend on the various assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming receipt of stockholder approval, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, and assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Market/Exercise
Price
    Grant Date Fair
Value Per Option
    371,875 Options at
Minimum of
Offering Range
    437,500 Options at
Midpoint of
Offering Range
    503,125 Options at
Maximum of
Offering Range
    578,594 Options at
Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except market/exercise price and fair value data)  
         
$ 8.00     $ 2.45     $ 910     $ 1,071     $ 1,232     $ 1,416  
$ 10.00     $ 3.06     $ 1,138     $ 1,339     $ 1,540     $ 1,770  
$ 12.00     $ 3.67     $ 1,366     $ 1,607     $ 1,847     $ 2,125  
$ 14.00     $ 4.28     $ 1,593     $ 1,874     $ 2,155     $ 2,479  

 

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below the offering price of $10.00 per share.

 

  107  
 

 

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The table below sets forth, for each of Rhinebeck Bank’s directors and executive officers, including their associates, and for all of these individuals as a group, the proposed purchases of subscription shares. There can be no assurance that any listed individual, or the directors and executive officers as a group, will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. If the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. See “The Reorganization and Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Directors and officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. Federal and state regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the closing of the offering. Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) plan are included in the proposed purchases set forth below and will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the offering and as part of the maximum number of shares directors and officers may purchase in the offering.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner   Number of
Shares
    Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 
Directors:                
Frederick L. Battenfeld     1,000     $ 10,000  
Christopher W. Chestney     9,500       95,000  
Freddimir Garcia     300       3,000  
William C. Irwin     25,000       250,000  
Shannon Martin LaFrance     13,000       130,000  
Suzanne Rhulen Loughlin     15,000       150,000  
Louis Tumolo, Jr.     25,000       250,000  
Executive Officers:                
Jamie J. Bloom     2,500       25,000  
Francis X. Dwyer     15,000       150,000  
James T. McCardle III     10,000       100,000  
Michael J. McDermott     15,000       150,000  
Karen Morgan-D’Amelio     5,000       50,000  
Michael J. Quinn     25,000       250,000  
Total for Directors and Executive Officers     161,300 (1)   $ 1,613,000  

 

 

(1) At the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, directors and executive officers would beneficially own 2.1% and 1.4% of our outstanding shares of common stock, respectively.

 

  108  
 

 

THE REORGANIZATION AND OFFERING

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp MHC’s board of trustees and Rhinebeck Bank’s board of directors have unanimously approved the plan of reorganization and minority stock issuance, which we refer to as the plan of reorganization. We have filed applications with each of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board to reorganize into a two-tier mutual holding company structure and authorize Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. to own 100% of the common stock of Rhinebeck Bank, and to issue and sell Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock in a minority stock offering. These regulatory agencies have granted Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. conditional approval to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the reorganization and the offering. Any approval by the NYSDFS or the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of reorganization.

 

General

 

The board of trustees of Rhinebeck Bancorp MHC and the board of directors and Rhinebeck Bank unanimously adopted the plan of reorganization on June 12, 2018. Pursuant to the plan of reorganization, Rhinebeck Bank will reorganize into the “two-tier” mutual holding company form of organization. In connection with the reorganization, Rhinebeck Bank has organized Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., a new Maryland stock holding company, which is offering for sale shares of its common stock to the public in this offering. When the reorganization and offering are completed, all of the outstanding capital stock of Rhinebeck Bank will be owned by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. Rhinebeck Bank also intends to form a charitable foundation, Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation, and fund it with 2.0 % of the outstanding shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, and $200,000 in cash. The purchasers in the offering and the charitable foundation will own 45% of the common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will own 55% of the outstanding shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

 

Pursuant to the plan of reorganization, we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to our eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, and to our supplemental eligible account holders. If shares remain available for sale, we may offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons residing in Columbia, Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counties in New York.

 

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended with the permission of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board. See “—Community Offering.”

 

We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings through a syndicated community offering for which Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will be sole manager. See “—Syndicated Offering.”

 

We intend to retain between $9.2 million and $12.7 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $14.8 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) and to invest between $18.6 million and $25.5 million of the net proceeds in Rhinebeck Bank (or $29.4 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range). The offering will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of reorganization.

 

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

 

  109  
 

 

The following is a brief summary of the plan of reorganization and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of reorganization. The plan of reorganization should be consulted for further information about the reorganization and offering. A copy of the plan of reorganization is available for inspection at each office of Rhinebeck Bank. The plan of reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to Rhinebeck Bank’s change in control application, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the NYSDFS, and as an exhibit to Rhinebeck Bank’s holding company application, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board. The plan of reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.” A copy of the plan of reorganization is also included as an appendix to the proxy statement for Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s special meeting of depositors of Rhinebeck Bank.

 

Reasons for the Reorganization

 

The primary purpose of the reorganization is to establish a stock holding company, which will enable Rhinebeck Bank to compete more effectively in the financial services marketplace. The stock form of ownership is the corporate form used by commercial banks, most major businesses and a large number of savings institutions. The reorganization also will enable customers, employees, management and directors to have an equity ownership interest in our company.

 

The reorganization will permit Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., the new holding company for Rhinebeck Bank, to issue capital stock, which is a source of capital not available to mutual institutions. The reorganization and the capital raised in the offering are expected to increase our lending capacity by providing us with additional capital to support loan growth, provide an additional cushion against unforeseen risk and grow our asset base. The “two-tier” mutual holding company structure will also provide Rhinebeck Bank with greater flexibility to structure and finance the expansion of its operations, including expansion through acquisitions of other financial institutions, branch offices, or other financial service businesses. Although there are no current arrangements, understandings or agreements regarding any expansion opportunities, we will be in a position after the reorganization, subject to regulatory limitations and our financial condition, to take advantage of any such opportunities that may arise.

 

Since Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will not offer all of its common stock for sale in the stock offering, the reorganization will result in less capital raised in comparison to a standard mutual-to-stock conversion. However, the mutual holding company structure will preserve Rhinebeck Bank’s mutual form of ownership and its ability to remain an independent community savings bank. Additionally, in the future, and with the approval of its regulators and the depositors of Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. may raise additional capital by selling the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock held by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC.

 

Approvals Required

 

The affirmative vote of 75% of the votes cast by the depositors of Rhinebeck Bank at a special meeting of depositors, either in person or by proxy, are required to approve the plan of reorganization and a majority of total votes eligible to be cast by depositors is required to approve the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. A special meeting of depositors to consider and vote upon the plan of reorganization has been called for [meeting date]. The reorganization also must be approved by the NYSDFS. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board must approve the offering and our holding company application. We cannot consummate the reorganization without obtaining these approvals.

 

Effects of Reorganization on Depositors and Borrowers

 

Continuity. While the reorganization is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. After the reorganization, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Rhinebeck Bank and the trustees serving Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC at the time of the reorganization will be the directors of Rhinebeck Bank and of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. after the reorganization, except that pursuant to New York law, one trustee of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will resign his or her position and will not become a director of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., to ensure that one bank director is considered “unaffiliated” under New York law. The officers of Rhinebeck Bank at the time of the reorganization will retain their positions after the reorganization.

 

  110  
 

 

Effect on Deposit Accounts. Pursuant to the plan of reorganization, each depositor of Rhinebeck Bank at the time of the reorganization will automatically continue as a depositor after the reorganization, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the reorganization. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, without interruption, to the same extent as before the reorganization. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

 

Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from Rhinebeck Bank will be affected by the reorganization, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed before the reorganization.

 

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors. In its current mutual form, voting rights and control of Rhinebeck Bank are vested exclusively in its board of directors and all voting rights in Rhinebeck Bank are vested in Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC as the sole stockholder of Rhinebeck Bank. Upon completion of the reorganization, direction of Rhinebeck Bank will be under the control of its board of directors and all voting rights in Rhinebeck Bank will be vested in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. as the sole stockholder of Rhinebeck Bank. After the reorganization, the stockholders of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Rhinebeck Bank depositors will continue to have the same voting rights in Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC as they had before the reorganization, which primarily relate to the right to vote on certain transactions, such as second step conversion.

 

Tax Effects. We have received opinions of counsel and our tax advisors with regard to the federal and state income tax consequences of the reorganization to the effect that the reorganization will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Rhinebeck Bank or its depositors. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Effect on Liquidation Rights. As part of the reorganization into the mutual holding company form of organization in in 2004, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC established a liquidation account equal to the net worth of Rhinebeck Bank at the time of the mutual holding company reorganization for the benefit of depositors of Rhinebeck Bank. The liquidation account is not a fixed amount and can increase or decrease depending on changes in the net worth of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, the net worth of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, after satisfaction of all claims of creditors, would be distributed pro rata among the depositors of Rhinebeck Bank as of the date of liquidation. The designation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s net worth as a liquidation account does not operate to restrict Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s net worth account.

 

No new liquidation account will be established in connection with the reorganization and stock offering. In the event Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC fully converts to stock form in the future, the net worth of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will no longer be designated as the liquidation account. Instead, Rhinebeck Bank will at the time of the mutual-to-stock conversion establish a liquidation account equal to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s liquidation account as of its last periodic report of condition immediately preceding its conversion to a stock holding company. The liquidation account to be established by Rhinebeck Bank upon conversion to stock form will comply the applicable provisions of the New York Banking Law and federal laws.

 

In the unlikely event that Rhinebeck Bank were to liquidate after the reorganization, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, also would be paid first, followed by distribution of a “liquidation account” to depositors as of the formation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC in 2004, who continue to maintain their deposit accounts at the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. as the holder of Rhinebeck Bank’s capital stock. See “—Liquidation Rights.”

 

  111  
 

 

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

 

The plan of reorganization and applicable regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial to prepare an independent valuation. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial will receive a fee of $65,000, as well as payment for reimbursable expenses and an additional $10,000 for each updated valuation prepared. We have paid RP Financial no other fees during the previous three years. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from RP Financial’s bad faith or negligence.

 

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus of Rhinebeck Bank. RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:

 

· the present results and financial condition of Rhinebeck Bank and the projected consolidated results and financial condition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.;

 

· the economic and demographic conditions in Rhinebeck Bank’s existing market area;

 

· certain historical, financial and other information relating to Rhinebeck Bank;

 

· a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Rhinebeck Bank with those of other publicly traded savings institutions;

 

· the effect of the offering on our stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;

 

· the proposed dividend policy of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.; and

 

· the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

 

The independent valuation is also based on an analysis of a peer group of publicly traded bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that RP Financial considered comparable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. under regulatory guidelines applicable to the independent valuation. Under these guidelines, a minimum of ten peer group companies are selected from the universe of all publicly-traded financial institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial and other operating characteristics. Such companies must also be traded on an exchange (such as Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange). The peer group companies selected for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. also consisted of fully-converted stock institutions that were not subject to an actual or rumored acquisition and that had been in fully-converted form for at least one year. In addition, RP Financial limited the peer group companies to the following two selection criteria: (1) institutions located in the Mid-Atlantic with assets between $500 million and $2 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 7.0% and positive core and reported earnings; and (2) institutions located in the Northeast with assets between $500 million and $2 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 7.0% and positive core and reported earnings.

 

The independent valuation considered the pro forma effect of the offering. Consistent with regulatory appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (1) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (2) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (3) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of the peer group companies. RP Financial placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value. RP Financial did not consider a pro forma price-to-assets approach to be as meaningful in preparing the appraisal, as this approach is more meaningful when a company has low equity or earnings. The price-to-assets approach is less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive reported and core earnings.

 

  112  
 

 

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. with the peer group. RP Financial made slight downward adjustments for: (1) profitability, growth and viability of earnings; (2) primary market area; (3) dividends; and (4) liquidity of the shares. RP Financial made no adjustments for: (1) financial condition; (2) asset growth; (3) marketing of the issue; (4) management; and (5) effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. The slight downward adjustment applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings took into consideration Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s less favorable efficiency ratio, slightly higher implied credit risk exposure, and lower pro forma returns as a percent of assets and equity relative to the comparable peer group measures. The slight downward adjustment applied for primary market area took into consideration Dutchess County’s relatively less favorable demographic measures with respect to population growth and income levels compared to the peer group’s primary market area counties. The slight downward adjustment applied for dividends took into consideration the mutual holding company structure and dividend waiver regulations in place for mutual holding companies that impact minority ownership ratios, in comparison to the fully-converted peer group companies. The slight downward adjustment applied for liquidity of the shares took into consideration Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s comparatively lower pro forma capitalization and shares outstanding relative to the peer group companies in general.

 

Included in RP Financial’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. after the offering used in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return of 1.99% at June 30, 2018 on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of common stock by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning assumptions included in the independent valuation and used in preparing pro forma data. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

 

The independent valuation states that at August 3, 2018, the estimated pro forma market value of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. was $89.3 million (inclusive of the shares to be contributed to Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation). Based on applicable regulations and on a minority offering percentage of 43% established by Rhinebeck Bank’s board of directors, this market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $75.9 million and a maximum of $102.7 million. The aggregate offering price of the shares will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by offering price of $10.00 per share. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the $10.00 price per share. Based on the valuation range and the $10.00 offering price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 3,263,393 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 3,839,286 shares and the maximum of the offering range is 4,415,179 shares.

 

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $118.1 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range, to up to 5,077,456 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The offering price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued upon an increase in the offering range to up to 5,077,456 shares.

 

The board of trustees of Rhinebeck Bank reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

· Rhinebeck Bank’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

· a comparison of financial performance ratios of Rhinebeck Bank to those of other financial institutions of similar size; and

 

· market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions.

 

  113  
 

 

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial to prepare the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended with the approval of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Rhinebeck Bank or market conditions generally. If the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. to less than $75.9 million or to more than $118.1 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and for us on a non-fully converted basis ( i.e. , the table assumes that 43% of our outstanding shares of common stock is sold in the offering, as opposed to 100% of our outstanding shares of common stock). These figures are from the appraisal report prepared by RP Financial, LC. Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, and based upon the information in the following table, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 42.6% on a non-fully converted price-to-earnings basis and a discount of 16.4% on a non-fully converted price-to-book value basis and a discount of 21.5% on a non-fully converted price-to-tangible book value basis.

 

   

Non-Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-Earnings
Multiple (1)

   

Non-Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-Book
Value Ratio (1)

   

Non-Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-Tangible
Book Value Ratio (1)

 
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.                        
Adjusted Maximum     45.77 x     120.48 %     122.70 %
Maximum     39.86       111.32       113.38  
Midpoint     34.70       102.25       104.38  
Minimum     29.53       92.25       94.25  
                       
Valuation of peer group companies as of August 3, 2018                        
Averages     24.33 x     122.32 %     133.04 %
Medians     24.95       121.85       131.36  

 

 

(1) Information for the peer group companies is based upon actual earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 (or for the latest available date) and information for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is based upon actual earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. These ratios are different from the ratios in “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies, with such ratios adjusted to their fully converted equivalent basis, and the resulting pricing ratios for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. on a fully converted equivalent basis. Compared to the average fully converted pricing ratios of the peer group, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s pro forma fully converted pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a premium of 31.6% on a fully converted price-to-earnings basis and a discount of 44.1% on a fully converted price-to-book value basis and a discount of 47.9% on a fully converted price-to-tangible book value basis

 

   

Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-Earnings

Multiple

    Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-Book
Value Ratio
   

Fully Converted Pro
Forma Price-to-Tangible
Book Value Ratio (1)

 
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.                        
Adjusted Maximum     41.34 x     76.34 %     77.16 %
Maximum     36.40       72.41       73.31  
Midpoint     32.01       68.40       69.35  
Minimum     27.52       63.65       64.60  
                       
Valuation of peer group companies as of August 3, 2018                        
Averages     24.33 x     122.32 %     133.04 %
Medians     24.95       121.85       131.36  

 

  114  
 

 

The fully converted pro forma calculations for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. include the following assumptions:

 

· 8% of the shares sold in a full conversion offering are purchased by an employee stock ownership plan, with the expense to be amortized over 20 years;
· 4% of the shares sold in a full conversion offering are purchased by a stock-based benefit plan, with the expense to be amortized over five years; and
· options equal to 10% of the shares sold in a full conversion offering are granted under a stock-based benefit plan, with option expense of $2.98 per option, and with the expense to be amortized over five years.

 

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. RP Financial did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Rhinebeck Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Rhinebeck Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 price per share.

 

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $118.1 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 5,077,456 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $75.9 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to less than 3,263,393 shares, then we will promptly return with interest at 0.10% per annum all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and, after receiving the approval of the NYSDFS, we may terminate the plan of reorganization. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the NYSDFS to complete the offering. If we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation due to a change in the independent valuation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any single offering extension will not exceed 60 days and aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond ____________, 2020, which is two years after the date on which the NYSDFS approved the plan of reorganization.

 

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis.

 

A copy of the independent valuation report of RP Financial, together with the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report, is filed as an exhibit to each of the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

 

According to the plan of reorganization, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and on the purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of reorganization and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

  115  
 

 

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor of Rhinebeck Bank with aggregate deposit account balances of $100.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on December 31, 2016 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of $150,000 (15,000 shares) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the product of the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to each remaining Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in same the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on December 31, 2016. If there is an oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. If there is an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also trustees or officers of Rhinebeck Bank or who are associates of such persons will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to their increased deposits in the 12 months preceding December 31, 2016.

 

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee plans, including Rhinebeck Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 3.92% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation. If the number of shares in the offering is increased above the maximum of the valuation range, tax-qualified employee plans will have a priority right to purchase any shares exceeding that amount up to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the offering, subject to the approval of the NYSDFS. The amount of the subscription requests by the 401(k) plan will be determined by its participants, who will have the right to invest all or a portion of their 401(k) plan accounts in our common stock, subject to the maximum purchase limitations.

 

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and by tax-qualified plans, each depositor of Rhinebeck Bank (other than trustees and officers of Rhinebeck Bank, and their associates) with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on September 30, 2018, who is not an Eligible Account Holder (a “Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of $150,000 (15,000 shares) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the product of the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to each remaining Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in same the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

  116  
 

 

To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on September 30, 2018. If there is an oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

 

Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE 1], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum or adjusted maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised before the expiration date will become void.

 

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock has been sold in the offering. If at least 3,263,393 shares have not been sold in the offering by [DATE 2] and the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board, have not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly, with interest at 0.10% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [DATE 2] is necessary and granted by the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board, we will resolicit purchasers in the offering as described under “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings—Expiration Date.”

 

Community Offering

 

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, by our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and by Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, we will offer shares pursuant to the plan of reorganization to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares will be offered in the community offering with the following preferences:

 

1. Natural persons residing in Columbia, Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counties in New York; and

 

2. Other members of the general public.

 

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to $150,000 (15,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion and reasonably consistent with achieving a reasonably wide distribution of the common stock, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

 

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in Columbia, Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counties in New York, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in that geographical area whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

 

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus with respect to Columbia, Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counties in New York means any Person who occupies a dwelling within the local community, has a present intent to remain within the local community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the local community together with an indication that such presence within the local community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to determine whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

 

  117  
 

 

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering, unless extended with the approval of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [DATE 2], in which event we will resolicit purchasers.

 

Syndicated Community Offering and Firm Commitment Offering

 

If feasible, our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated offering or a firm commitment offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, subject to any approvals required from the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

 

If a syndicated offering or firm commitment offering is held, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will serve as sole manager. If shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated offering or firm commitment offering, we will pay fees of 5.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering or firm commitment offering to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering or firm commitment offering. The shares of common stock will be sold at the same price per share ($10.00 per share) that the shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.

 

If there is a syndicated offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of order forms and the submission of funds directly to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at Rhinebeck Bank or wire transfers). See “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings.”

 

If there is a firm commitment offering, the proposed underwriting agreement will not be entered into with Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and any other underwriters named in the underwriting agreement and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. until immediately before the completion of the firm commitment offering. At that time, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and any other underwriters included in the firm commitment offering will represent that they have received sufficient indications of interest to complete the firm commitment offering. Pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement, and subject to certain customary provisions and conditions to closing, upon execution of the underwriting agreement, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and any other underwriters named in the underwriting agreement will be obligated to purchase all the shares subject to the firm commitment offering.

 

If for any reason we cannot undertake a syndicated offering or firm commitment offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or if there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares. The NYSDFS, the Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

 

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

 

The plan of reorganization includes the following additional limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

· No individual, or group of individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying deposit account held jointly, may purchase more than $150,000 (15,000 shares) in the offering;

 

  118  
 

 

· Except for the employee stock ownership plan and the 401(k) plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than $250,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined;

 

· Tax qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 4.90% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the completion of the offering, including shares issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and contributed to the charitable foundation;

 

· No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock, to the extent those shares are available for purchase; and

 

· The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the stock offering by officers, directors and trustees of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank and their associates, excluding any shares held through a tax-qualified employee plan, may not exceed 25% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. held by persons other than Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC upon the completion of the stock offering, and may not exceed 25% of the stockholders’ equity of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at the conclusion of the stock offering.

 

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with regulatory approval and without further approval of the depositors of Rhinebeck Bank, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by persons who choose to increase their orders.

 

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

1. any corporation or organization (other than Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of those entities) of which the person is a senior officer, partner or, directly or indirectly, 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

2. any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

3. any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director, trustee or officer of Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC or Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

 

The term “acting in concert” means persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock. The determination of whether a group is acting in concert shall be made solely by us and may be based on any evidence upon which we choose to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to other companies; provided, however, that the determination of whether a group is acting in concert remains subject to review by the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board. Persons with the same address, whether or not related, and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise. Our directors and trustees are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the boards of directors or trustees.

 

  119  
 

 

Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and certain officers of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased according to subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of offering and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After the Offering” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.”

 

Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriting Compensation

 

Subscription and Community Offerings. To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, we have retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will assist us on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings by:

 

· consulting as to the securities marketing implications of the plan of reorganization;

 

· reviewing with the boards the financial impact of the offering on us, based upon the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the common stock;

 

· reviewing all offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and related marketing materials;

 

· assisting us in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the offering;

 

· assisting our management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and/or other broker-dealers in connection with the offering; and

 

· providing such other general advice and assistance as may be requested to promote the successful completion of the offering.

 

For these services, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a fee of 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings. No fee will be payable to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. with respect to shares purchased by directors, trustees, officers, employees or their immediate families and their personal trusts, shares purchased by our employee benefit plans or trusts established for the benefit of our directors, officers and employees, and shares issued to the charitable foundation.

 

Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Offering. If shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering, we will pay fees of 5.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering.

 

Expenses. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. also will be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses, including legal fees, in an amount not to exceed $150,000. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will reimburse any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of their actual reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses. If the plan of reorganization is terminated or if Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.’s engagement is terminated according to the provisions of the agency agreement, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will only receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We have separately agreed to pay Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. up to $25,000 in fees and expenses for serving as records agent, as described below.

 

  120  
 

 

Records Management

 

We have also engaged Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. as records agent in connection with the subscription and community offerings. In its role as records agent, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., will assist us in the offering by:

  

  · consolidating deposit accounts and depositor vote calculation;
     
· assisting in designing and preparing stock order forms and depositor proxy forms;

 

· organizing and supervising our Stock Information Center;

 

· coordinating proxy solicitation and vote tabulation; and

 

· providing subscription services.

 

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive fees of $25,000 for these services, half of which was paid at the time of Sandler’s engagement and half of which will be paid upon closing of the offering.

 

Indemnity

 

We will indemnify Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as well as certain other claims and litigation arising out of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.’s engagement with respect to the offering.

 

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has not prepared any report or opinion constituting a recommendation or advice to us or to persons who subscribe for common stock, nor have they prepared an opinion as to the fairness to us of the purchase price or the terms of the common stock to be sold in the offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. does not express any opinion as to the prices at which common stock to be issued may trade.

 

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

 

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation, which out-of-pocket expenses, if any, are expected to be insignificant. Other regular employees of Rhinebeck Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

 

  121  
 

 

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offerings

 

Expiration Date . The subscription and community offerings will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE 1], unless we extend one or both for up to 45 days, with the approval of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [DATE 2] would require the NYSDFS’s and the Federal Reserve Board’s approval. If the offering is so extended, all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at 0.10% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the offering range is decreased below the minimum of the offering range or is increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled, and funds submitted to us will be returned promptly, with interest at 0.10% per annum for funds received in the subscription and community offerings. We will then resolicit the subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place a new stock order for a period of time.

 

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason (subject to any required regulatory approvals), in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at 0.10% per annum from the date of receipt as described above.

 

Use of Order Forms in the Subscription and Community Offerings . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you must properly complete an original stock order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received (not postmarked) before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [DATE 1]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the stock order return envelope provided, or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center, which will be located at [stock information center]. You may also hand-deliver stock order forms to the Stock Information Center. Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our other banking offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Rhinebeck Bank’s other offices.

 

Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion and reasonably consistent with achieving a reasonably wide distribution of the common stock, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time before completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of reorganization. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of reorganization and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

 

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Rhinebeck Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  122  
 

 

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock must accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares in the subscription and community offerings may be made by:

 

1. personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

2. authorization of withdrawal of available funds from your Rhinebeck Bank deposit accounts.

 

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Rhinebeck Bank are provided on the order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate after the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders received in the subscription and community offerings will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Rhinebeck Bank and will earn interest at 0.10% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

 

You may not remit cash, Rhinebeck Bank line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.). You may not designate on your stock order form direct withdrawal from a retirement account held at Rhinebeck Bank. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” If permitted by the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board, if we resolicit large purchasers, as described above in “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds. We may accept wire transfers at our sole discretion.

 

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [DATE 2]. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [DATE 2], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at 0.10% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. We may resolicit purchasers for a specified period of time.

 

NYSDFS and federal regulations prohibit Rhinebeck Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time before 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

 

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase. In addition, if our 401(k) plan purchases shares in the offering on behalf of participants, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering.

 

  123  
 

 

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account. By regulation, Rhinebeck Bank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in a retirement account held at Rhinebeck Bank, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, offering self-directed retirement accounts. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. A one-time and/or annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at Rhinebeck Bank or elsewhere, to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks before the [DATE 1] offering deadline. Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

 

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock . All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the offering or the next business day. Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the shares of common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

 

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply:

 

1. a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of reorganization reside in such state;

 

2. the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us or our employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or

 

3. such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

 

Applicable banking regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint stock registration unless they are also named on the qualifying deposit account. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise before completion of the offering.

 

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies if we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

 

  124  
 

 

Stock Information Center

 

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is (____) ____-_____. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

As part of the reorganization into the mutual holding company form of organization in in 2004, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC established a liquidation account equal to the net worth of Rhinebeck Bank at the time of the mutual holding company reorganization for the benefit of depositors of Rhinebeck Bank. The liquidation account is not a fixed amount and can increase or decrease depending on changes in the net worth of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, the net worth of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, after satisfaction of all claims of creditors, would be distributed pro rata among the depositors of Rhinebeck Bank as of the date of liquidation. The designation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s net worth as a liquidation account does not operate to restrict Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s net worth account.

 

No new liquidation account will be established in connection with this reorganization and stock offering. In the event Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC fully converts to stock form in the future, the net worth of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will no longer be designated as the liquidation account. Instead, Rhinebeck Bank will at the time of the mutual-to-stock conversion establish a liquidation account equal to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s liquidation account as of its last periodic report of condition immediately preceding its conversion to a stock holding company. The liquidation account to be established by Rhinebeck Bank upon conversion to stock form will comply the applicable provisions of the New York banking law and federal laws and regulations.

 

Material Income Tax Consequences

 

Consummation of the reorganization is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income taxation that the reorganization will not be a taxable transaction to Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. If there is such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Rhinebeck Bank or Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the reorganization, which includes the following:

 

1. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and the persons who purchased common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. in the subscription and community offering (“minority stockholders”) will recognize no gain or loss upon the transfer of Rhinebeck Bank common stock, RSB Capital Trust I common stock and cash, respectively, to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. in exchange for common stock in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

 

2. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will recognize no gain or loss on its receipt of Rhinebeck Bank common stock and cash in exchange for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

 

3. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s basis in the Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock received will be the same as its basis in the Rhinebeck Bank stock transferred.

 

4. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC’s holding period in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock received will include the period during which it held the Rhinebeck Bank common stock, provided that the property was a capital asset on the date of the exchange.

 

  125  
 

 

5. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s basis in the Rhinebeck Bank common stock received from Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will be the same as the basis of such property in the hands of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC.

 

6. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s holding period for the Rhinebeck Bank common stock received from Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC will include the period during which the property was held by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC.

 

7. It is more likely than not that the basis of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. The holding period of the common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights shall commence on the date on which the right to acquire the stock was exercised.

 

8. It is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights have no value, based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the subscription price for the shares of common stock in the offering. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock, provided that the amount to be paid for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock is equal to the fair market value of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

 

9. No gain or loss will be recognized by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. on the receipt of money in exchange for shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering.

 

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., Rhinebeck Bank and persons receiving subscription rights. The tax opinions as to items 7 and 8 are above are based on the position that subscription rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or the time the subscription rights are exercised. In this regard, Luse Gorman, PC noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, in the view of RP Financial (which is acting as independent appraiser of the value of the shares of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. common stock in connection with the reorganization), the subscription rights do not have any value for the reasons set forth above. RP Financial’s view is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain, in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, to those Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who exercise the subscription rights, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible account holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

 

The opinion of Luse Gorman, PC, unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed reorganization and offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

 

An opinion regarding the New York State income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has been issued by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP.

 

  126  
 

 

The federal and state tax opinions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement.

 

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After the Offering

 

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director, trustee, or certain officers of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank, as well as their associates, generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the offering, except upon death or judicial declaration of incompetency of the individual. Each statement of ownership for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s transfer agent to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, trustees, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the offering may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board. This restriction does not apply, however, to purchases of our common stock by our stock option plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any restricted stock plans.

 

NYSDFS regulations prohibit Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the offering and from repurchasing more than 5% of its outstanding shares of common stock in each of the second and third years following the offering, unless, in each case, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. receives the prior approval of the NYSDFS. Additionally, federal regulations prohibit Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following the reorganization unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders (with regulatory approval) or tax-qualified employee benefit plans. In addition, the repurchase of shares of common stock is subject to Federal Reserve Board policy related to repurchases of shares by bank holding companies.

 

RHINEBECK BANK COMMUNITY FOUNDATION

 

General

 

In furtherance of our commitment to the communities in our market area, the plan of reorganization provides that we will establish a new charitable foundation, Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation, as a non-stock, nonprofit Delaware corporation in connection with the reorganization and offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with cash and shares of our common stock, as further described below. By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in the communities within our market area, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Rhinebeck Bank’s community banking franchise. The reorganization and offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our community through the charitable foundation.

 

Purpose of the Charitable Foundation

 

In connection with the closing of the reorganization and offering, Rhinebeck Bank intends to contribute to the charitable foundation shares of its common stock equal to 2.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. as of the completion of the offering (including shares of common stock issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC) and up to $200,000 in cash. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, we would contribute to the charitable foundation 151,785, 178,571, 205,357 and 236,161 shares of common stock, respectively.

 

The purpose of the charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in our market area and to enable the communities that we serve to share in our long-term growth. The charitable foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. It will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Rhinebeck Bank received a “Satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination.

 

  127  
 

 

Funding the charitable foundation with shares of our common stock is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the offering is completed because the charitable foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, the charitable foundation will maintain close ties with Rhinebeck Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Rhinebeck Bank operates.

 

Structure of the Charitable Foundation

 

The charitable foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of the charitable foundation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The certificate of incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.

 

The charitable foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of Mr. Quinn, Ms. Bloom and at least one other individual. We are required to select one person to serve on the initial board of directors who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not selected the individual to serve as the director to satisfy these requirements. For five years after the reorganization and offering, one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of Rhinebeck Bank’s directors.

 

The board of directors of the charitable foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, the directors of the charitable foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by applicable regulations, all shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

 

The charitable foundation’s place of business will be located at our administrative offices. The board of directors of the charitable foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and applicable NYSDFS regulations governing transactions between Rhinebeck Bank and the charitable foundation.

 

The charitable foundation will receive working capital from the initial cash contribution and:

 

(1) any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;

 

(2) within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; and

 

(3) the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.

 

As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, the charitable foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets.

 

  128  
 

 

Tax Considerations

 

We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. As long as the charitable foundation files an application for tax-exempt status within 27 months of the last day of the month in which it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. We have not received a tax opinion as to whether the charitable foundation’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of our common stock held by it must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

 

We believe that our contribution of shares of our common stock to the charitable foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution less the nominal amount that the charitable foundation is required to pay us for such stock. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to the charitable foundation. We estimate that all of the contribution should be deductible over the six-year period ( i.e. , the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. In such event, our contribution to the charitable foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to the charitable foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.

 

As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 1%. The charitable foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. The charitable foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant. The charitable foundation will also be required to file an annual report with the Office of the New York Attorney General.

 

Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation

 

The NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board require that, before our board of directors adopted the plan of reorganization, the board of directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundation’s board, and these directors could not participate in our board’s discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the matter. Our board of directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of reorganization.

 

The NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board will generally not object if a well-capitalized savings bank contributes to a charitable foundation an aggregate amount of 8% or less of the shares or proceeds issued in a offering. Rhinebeck Bank qualifies as a well-capitalized savings bank for purposes of this limitation, and the contribution to the charitable foundation will not exceed this limitation.

 

The NYSDFS and the Federal Reserve Board impose the following additional requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:

 

· the charitable foundation’s primary purpose must be to serve and make grants in our local community;

 

  129  
 

 

· the NYSDFS may examine the charitable foundation at the foundation’s expense;

 

· the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the NYSDFS;

 

· the charitable foundation must provide annually to the NYSDFS a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

· the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;

 

· the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

· the charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.

 

Although the board of directors of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. after the reorganization, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws to protect the interests of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders from takeovers which our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., its stockholders or Rhinebeck Bank.

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Rhinebeck Bank’s stock organization certificate, Maryland corporation law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Rhinebeck Bank’s application filed with the NYSDFS, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s bank holding company application filed with the Federal Reserve Board. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors or management more difficult.

 

Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Therefore, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including:

 

· a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is a director, trustee, officer, employee or a 10% stockholder of a competitor of Rhinebeck Bank or any other subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.;

 

· a prohibition on service as a director by a person (1) who has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust that is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law, (2) who is currently charged in an information, indictment or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime, or (3) who has been the subject of a supervisory or enforcement action by a financial or securities regulatory agency that resulted in a cease and desist or other formal order or an agreement or other written statement which is subject to public disclosure by such agency;

 

  130  
 

 

· a prohibition on any director who does not confirm in writing that he or she is not party to any agreement or understanding with respect to how he or she would act or vote on any issue or question before the board of directors or that would otherwise impact his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties as a director;

 

· a prohibition on any director who does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. policies applicable to directors, in addition to written confirmation that such director is qualified to serve; and

 

· a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service.

 

No person who is 65 years of age or more shall be eligible for initial election as director, and no director shall continue to serve as a director beyond the year in which they reach age 75. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the submission of proposals by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

· the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

· the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

· whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.;

 

· whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

· the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

· the future value of the stock or any other securities of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

· any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

· the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

  131  
 

 

· the ability of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

 

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

 

Restrictions on Calling Special Meetings. The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by only the Chairperson of the Board or a majority of the total number of directors that Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors, or the Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting. The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

 

Limitation of Voting Rights. The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. The 10% limit shall not apply if, before the stockholder acquires shares in excess of the 10% limit, the acquisition is approved by a majority of the directors who are not affiliated with the holder and who were members of the board of directors before the time of the acquisition (or who were chosen to fill any vacancy of an otherwise unaffiliated director by a majority of the unaffiliated directors).

 

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office. The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights” ), voting together as a single class.

 

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. The bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at an annual meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. at least 90 days prior and not earlier than 120 days before the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the previous year’s annual meeting. However, if less than 90 days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 30 days from the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then stockholders must submit written notice to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. no later than 10 days following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the meeting is first made. Stockholder submissions regarding nominations or business proposals must contain certain information, as set forth in the bylaws.

 

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the reorganization, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.” The articles of incorporation authorize 25,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series, subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, reorganization and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares. In addition, the articles of incorporation provide that a majority of the total number of directors that Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors may, without action by the stockholders, amend the articles of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of any class or series that Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has the authority to issue. If there is a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. that the board of directors does not approve, it would be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

 

  132  
 

 

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Except as provided under “— Authorized but Unissued Shares ,” above, regarding the amendment of the articles of incorporation by the board of directors to increase or decrease the number of shares authorized for issuance, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our board of directors and also by two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our voting stock (or a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock if the amendment is approved by two-thirds of our board of directors); provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

1. The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

2. The management of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. by the board of directors and division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

3. The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

4. the prohibition of cumulative voting;

 

5. The requirement that at least a majority of the voting power of the stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;

 

6. The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws and the required stockholder vote to amend or repeal the bylaws;

 

7. The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.;

 

8. The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

9. The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

10. The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

11. The provision regarding stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

12. The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.;

 

13. The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. for money damages; and

 

14. The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation set forth in (1) through (13) of this list and the provisions related to amendment of the articles of incorporation and bylaws.

 

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors that Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights” ).

 

  133  
 

 

Maryland Corporate Law

 

Business Combinations. Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (1) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of a corporation’s voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (2) an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period before the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the Board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (1) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and (2) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

Control Share Acquisitions. The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the shares entitled to be voted on the matter, excluding shares of stock owned by the acquiror or by officers or directors who are employees of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquiror, or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy, would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

1. one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

2. one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

3. a majority of all voting power.

 

Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions for shares acquired through descent or distribution, in satisfaction of a pledge or in a merger, consolidation or share exchange to which the corporation is a party. The control share acquisition statute applies to any Maryland corporation with 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock other than a close corporation or an investment company.

 

  134  
 

 

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and delivery of an “acquiring person statement”), may compel the corporation’s Board of Directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders’ meeting. If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement within 10 days following a control share acquisition then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except for those which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value, determined without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, at the date of the last control share acquisition or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. Moreover, if voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders’ meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of a majority or more of all voting power, other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition. The foregoing provisions may be modified by a Maryland corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws. Although Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s bylaws provide that the Maryland Control Share Acquisition law will be inapplicable to acquisitions of the Company’s common stock, this bylaw provision may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time by a majority vote of the whole board of directors whether before or after a control share acquisition and may be applied to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.

 

Reorganization Regulations

 

NYSDFS regulations provide that, before the completion of the reorganization, no person shall make any offer, or any announcement of an offer, to purchase or acquire stock in a converting institution or its holding company in excess of the maximum purchase limitations contained in the converting institution’s approved plan of reorganization. The NYSDFS has defined “person” to include any corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, any other entity or natural person. In addition, Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that, except with the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person for a period of three years following the date the completion of the reorganization shall directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of capital stock of the converting institution or its holding company.

 

Change in Control Regulations

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person, or group of persons acting in concert, may acquire control of a bank holding company such as Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and not disapproved the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board considers several factors in evaluating a notice, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and competitive effects. Control, as defined under the applicable regulations, means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of the company or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the company. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under certain circumstances, including where, as will be the case with Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control (as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act) of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.

 

General

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue 25,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. currently expects to issue up to 10,267,875 shares of common stock (which number includes 205,357 shares expected to be contributed to the charitable foundation and 5,647,321 shares to be issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC) in the reorganization and offering. It will not issue shares of preferred stock in the reorganization and offering. Each share of common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock according to the plan of reorganization all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

The shares of common stock will represent non-withdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

  135  
 

 

Common Stock

 

Dividends. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. can pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such distribution, (1) it would be able to pay its indebtedness as the indebtedness comes due in the usual course of business and (2) its total assets exceed the sum of its liabilities and the amount needed, if it were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any holders of capital stock who have a preference upon dissolution. The holders of common stock will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

 

Voting Rights. Upon consummation of the reorganization, the holders of common stock will have exclusive voting rights in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. They will elect its board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit absent certain exceptions discussed under “Restrictions on Acquisition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.” If Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Amendments to the articles of incorporation generally require, in addition to majority approval by the board of directors, a two-thirds approval of the outstanding shares eligible to vote, and certain amendments require the approval of 80% of the outstanding shares eligible to vote.

 

As a New York stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Rhinebeck Bank will be vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Rhinebeck Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights in Rhinebeck Bank will be vested exclusively in the sole owner of the shares of capital stock of Rhinebeck Bank, which will be Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., and voted at the direction of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will not have direct control of Rhinebeck Bank.

 

Liquidation. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., as the holder of 100% of Rhinebeck Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Rhinebeck Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Rhinebeck Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock upon any liquidation or dissolution.

 

Preemptive Rights; Redemption. Holders of the common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the board of directors. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

 

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation provide that Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders will not be entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal with respect to a merger or consolidation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. with another corporation unless the board of directors determines by a resolution approved by a majority of directors then in office that dissenters’ rights shall apply to all or any classes of stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

None of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s authorized shares of preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the reorganization. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. The board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and reorganization rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

  136  
 

 

TRANSFER AGENT

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is _______________________, _____________, ___________________.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements that appear starting on page F-1 of this prospectus of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years then ended have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, in reliance on the report of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which is included herein, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the reorganization and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., counsel to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and Rhinebeck Bank, has issued to Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the reorganization and offering. Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP has provided its opinion to us regarding the New York income tax consequences of the reorganization and offering. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. by Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP, Washington, D.C.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission’s telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

 

Rhinebeck Bank has filed with the NYSDFS an application with respect to the reorganization. This prospectus omits certain information contained in such application. The reorganization application may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the NYSDFS, One State Street, New York, New York 10004. The plan of reorganization is available, upon request, at each of Rhinebeck Bank’s offices.

 

Rhinebeck Financial, Inc. has filed an application to become a bank holding company with the Federal Reserve Board. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. The application may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20551 and at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 33 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10045.

 

  137  
 

 

In connection with the offering, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of reorganization, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the reorganization and offering.

 

  138  
 

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF RHINEBECK BANCORP, MHC

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-1
   
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at June 30, 2018 (unaudited), December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-2
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited)  and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2018 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 F-6
   
Notes to consolidated financial statements F-7

 

This prospectus does not include separate financial statements for Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. because it has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenues or expenses.

 

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information either is inapplicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

 

  139  
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Trustees
Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also include evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP  
   
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011  
   
New York, New York  
September 10, 2018  

 

  F- 1  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition

(dollars in thousands)

 

    June 30,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
      (unaudited)                  
Assets                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 12,408     $ 10,460     $ 12,976  
Available for sale securities (at fair value)     103,256       113,302       140,267  
Held to maturity securities (fair value of $1,653, $1,928, and $1,638, respectively)     1,652       1,914       1,635  
Loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses of $5,939, $5,457, and $5,876, respectively)     621,227       566,178       512,594  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     2,396       1,108       897  
Accrued interest receivable     1,796       2,149       1,978  
Cash surrender value of life insurance     17,776       17,577       17,076  
Deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance of $1,037, $982, and $859, respectively)     3,378       3,021       4,661  
Premises and equipment, net     16,796       17,025       18,218  
Other real estate owned     1,792       2,233       2,683  
Goodwill     1,410       1,505       2,781  
Intangible assets, net     305       326       727  
Other assets     5,661       5,305       6,064  
                         
Total assets   $ 789,853     $ 742,103     $ 722,557  
                         
Liabilities and Capital                        
Liabilities                        
Deposits                        
Noninterest bearing   $ 158,182     $ 157,828     $ 150,593  
Interest bearing     507,916       492,277       489,082  
Total deposits     666,098       650,105       639,675  
                         
Mortgagors' escrow accounts     10,114       7,284       7,056  
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank     43,000       14,900       9,500  
Subordinated debt     5,155       5,155       5,155  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     9,925       9,682       8,654  
Total liabilities     734,292       687,126       670,040  
                         
Stockholders' Equity                        
Common stock (par value $0.01 per share; 100 shares)     -       -       -  
Additional paid-in capital     100       100       100  
Retained earnings     63,027       61,832       57,686  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:             -          
Net unrealized loss on available for sale securities, net of taxes     (3,731 )     (2,322 )     (1,616 )
Defined benefit pension plan, net of taxes     (3,835 )     (4,633 )     (3,653 )
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss     (7,566 )     (6,955 )     (5,269 )
Total stockholders' equity     55,561       54,977       52,517  
                         
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 789,853     $ 742,103     $ 722,557  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

  F- 2  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statement of Income
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
Interest and Dividend Income                                
Interest and fees on loans   $ 14,143     $ 12,262     $ 25,366     $ 22,905  
Interest and dividends on securities     1,184       1,269       2,471       2,599  
Other income     9       22       50       62  
Total interest and dividend income     15,336       13,553       27,887       25,566  
                                 
Interest expense on deposits     1,815       1,504       3,057       2,901  
Interest expense on borrowings     362       107       243       149  
Total interest expense     2,177       1,611       3,300       3,050  
                                 
Net interest income     13,159       11,942       24,587       22,516  
                                 
Provision for loan losses     1,050       450       900       1,200  
                                 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     12,109       11,492       23,687       21,316  
                                 
Noninterest Income                                
Service charges on deposit accounts     1,245       1,187       2,406       2,334  
Net realized (loss) gain on sales and calls of securities     (1 )     (12 )     (27 )     1  
Net gain on sales of loans     268       268       571       589  
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance     199       229       460       490  
Net gain (loss) from sale of other real estate owned     -       -       1       (44 )
Write-downs of other real estate owned     (387 )     -       (306 )     -  
Other real estate owned income     21       21       42       41  
Gain on sale of subsidiary     -       -       1,834       -  
(Loss) gain on disposal of premises and equipment     -       -       (106 )     10  
Insurance related income     -       1,120       1,518       1,860  
Investment advisory income     332       382       749       786  
Other     455       482       915       971  
Total noninterest income     2,132       3,677       8,057       7,038  
                                 
Noninterest Expenses                                
Salaries and employee benefits     6,919       6,980       13,536       13,089  
Sales commissions     -       188       260       415  
Occupancy     1,754       1,745       3,397       3,298  
Data processing     568       607       1,159       1,299  
Professional fees     418       402       798       874  
Advertising     384       293       625       464  
FDIC deposit insurance and other insurance     379       430       794       761  
Other real estate owned expense     83       63       111       152  
Amortization of intangible assets     21       42       67       122  
Impairment loss on goodwill     95       -       -       -  
Other     2,146       2,090       4,397       3,870  
Total noninterest expenses     12,767       12,840       25,144       24,344  
                                 
Income before income taxes     1,474       2,329       6,600       4,010  
                                 
Provision for income taxes     279       717       3,598       1,321  
                                 
Net income   $ 1,195     $ 1,612     $ 3,002     $ 2,689  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

  F- 3  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
                   
Net Income   $ 1,195     $ 1,612     $ 3,002     $ 2,689  
                                 
Other Comprehensive Loss:                                
Unrealized (losses) gains on available for sale securities:                                
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period     (1,785 )     644       (518 )     (1,579 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net realized gain on sales and calls of securities on the consolidated statement of income     1       12       27       (1 )
                                 
Net unrealized (losses) gains on available for sale securities     (1,784 )     656       (491 )     (1,580 )
                                 
Tax effect (a)     375       (223 )     167       537  
                                 
Unrealized (losses) gains on available for sale securities, net of tax     (1,409 )     433       (324 )     (1,043 )
                                 
Defined benefit pension plan:                                
Actuarial gain (loss) arising during the period     823       (339 )     (677 )     (419 )
Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net actuarial loss (b)     187       174       347       332  
                                 
Total     1,010       (165 )     (330 )     (87 )
                                 
Tax effect (c)     (212 )     56       112       30  
                                 
Defined benefit pension plan gain (loss), net of tax     798       (109 )     (218 )     (57 )
                                 
Other comprehensive (loss) income     (611 )     324       (542 )     (1,100 )
                                 
Total Comprehensive Income   $ 584     $ 1,936     $ 2,460     $ 1,589  

 

(a) - Includes $0 and $4 for tax effect of realized losses for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and $9 for the year ended 2017 for tax effect of realized losses and $0 for the year ended 2016 for tax effect of realized gains which are included in the provision for income taxes on the consolidated statement of income.

(b) - Included in salaries and benefits on the consolidated statement of income.

(c) - Includes $39 and $59 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and includes $118 in 2017 and $113 in 2016 for tax effect of amortization of net actuarial loss included in the provision for income taxes on the consolidated statement of income.

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

  F- 4  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total  
                               
Balance at December 31, 2015   $ -     $ 100     $ 54,997     $ (4,169 )   $ 50,928  
                                         
Net income     -       -       2,689       -     $ 2,689  
Other comprehensive loss     -       -       -       (1,100 )   $ (1,100 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2016     -       100       57,686       (5,269 )     52,517  
                                         
Net income     -       -       3,002       -       3,002  
Other comprehensive loss     -       -       -       (542 )     (542 )
Reclassification due to adoption of ASU 2018-02 - Note 1     -       -       1,144       (1,144 )     -  
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2017   $ -     $ 100     $ 61,832     $ (6,955 )     54,977  
                                         
Net income     -       -       1,195       -       1,195  
Other comprehensive loss     -       -       -       (611 )     (611 )
                                         
Balance at June 30, 2018 (unaudited)   $ -     $ 100     $ 63,027     $ (7,566 )   $ 55,561  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

  F- 5  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
      (unaudited)                  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities                                
Net income   $ 1,195     $ 1,612     $ 3,002     $ 2,689  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to  net cash provided by operating activities:                                
Amortization and accretion of premiums  and discounts on investments, net     179       191       385       500  
Net realized loss (gain) on sales and calls of securities     1       12       27       (1 )
Provision for loan losses     1,050       450       900       1,200  
Loans originated for sale     (14,846 )     (17,723 )     (38,968 )     (40,876 )
Proceeds from sale of loans     16,066       17,726       37,962       41,095  
Net gain on sale of mortgage loans     (268 )     (268 )     (571 )     (589 )
Net (gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned     -       -       (1 )     44  
Amortization of intangible assets     21       42       67       122  
Gain on sale of subsidiary     -       -       (1,834 )     -  
Impairment loss on goodwill     95       -       -       -  
Depreciation and amortization     573       588       1,142       1,193  
Write-down of other real estate owned     387       -       306       -  
Loss (gain) from disposal of premises and equipment     -       -       106       (10 )
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense     (195 )     122       1,919       (19 )
Increase in cash surrender value of insurance     (199 )     (229 )     (460 )     (490 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest receivable     353       462       (171 )     (228 )
(Decrease) increase in other assets     (355 )     945       877       165  
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities     1,253       954       699       105  
                                 
Net cash provided by operating activities     5,310       4,884       5,387       4,900  
                                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                                
Proceeds from sales and calls of available for sale securities     375       24,510       30,786       15,910  
Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities     7,968       9,761       18,693       27,019  
Purchases of securities     -       (8,045 )     (23,696 )     (71,480 )
Net (purchases) sales of FHLB Stock     (1,288 )     372       (211 )     (468 )
Net increase in loans     (57,051 )     (24,659 )     (53,045 )     (43,042 )
Purchases of bank owned life insurance policies     -       -       (41 )     (41 )
Purchases of bank premises and equipment     (343 )     (285 )     (697 )     (1,060 )
Proceeds from disposal of premises and equipment     -       -       525       25  
Net (increase) decrease of other real estate owned     -       (4 )     2       (12 )
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned     54       110       281       281  
Proceeds from sale of subsidiary     -       -       3,443       -  
                                 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (50,285 )     1,760       (23,960 )     (72,868 )
                                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                                
Net increase in demand deposits,     6,013       17,567       19,654       52,237  
NOW, money market and savings accounts                                
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits     9,980       (6,750 )     (9,225 )     (10,088 )
Increase in mortgagors' escrow accounts     2,830       2,741       228       976  
Net increase (decrease) in short-term debt     8,100       (9,500 )     5,400       9,500  
Proceeds from long-term debt     20,000       -       -       -  
                                 
Net cash provided by financing activities     46,923       4,058       16,057       52,625  
                                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks     1,948       10,702       (2,516 )     (15,343 )
                                 
Cash and Due from Banks                                
Beginning balance     10,460       12,976       12,976       28,319  
                                 
Ending balance   $ 12,408     $ 23,678     $ 10,460     $ 12,976  
                                 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information                                
Cash paid for:                                
Interest   $ 2,081     $ 1,610     $ 3,299     $ 3,039  
                                 
Income taxes   $ 368     $ -     $ 1,406     $ 869  
                                 
Noncash Investing and Financing Activities                                
Unrealized holding (loss) gain on available for sale securities arising during the period   $ (1,784 )   $ 656     $ (491 )   $ (1,580 )
                                 
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned   $ -     $ -     $ 139     $ -  
                                 
Decrease (increase) in defined benefit plan liability  included in other comprehensive loss   $ 1,010     $ (165 )   $ (330 )   $ (87 )

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 6  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

1. Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC (“Company”) is a mutual holding company whose subsidiary is Rhinebeck Bank (“Bank”), a New York chartered stock savings bank. The Company provides a full range of banking and financial services to consumer and commercial customers through its eleven branches and two representative offices located in Dutchess, Ulster, Orange, and Albany counties. Financial services including investment advisory and financial product sales are offered through a division of the Bank doing business as Rhinebeck Asset Management (“RAM”).

 

A description of the Company's significant accounting policies are presented below.

 

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and general practices within the banking industry. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities, as of the date of the consolidated statement of financial condition and reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of securities and other real estate owned, the evaluation of investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment, the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, the valuation of deferred tax assets and the determination of pension obligations.

 

The interim financial statements at June 30, 2018 and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, are unaudited and reflect all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the remainder of 2018 or any other period.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located in the New York State counties of Dutchess, Ulster, Orange, Columbia, Putnam, and Albany. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its customers’ abilities to repay their loans is dependent on the economic conditions in the territories in which the Company operates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and due from banks and federal funds sold are recognized as cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of financial condition and cash flows. Federal funds sold generally mature in one day. The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

  F- 7  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Investment in Debt and Marketable Equity Securities

 

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and are recorded at amortized cost. “Trading” securities, if any, are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the maturity terms of the securities. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

 

The Company evaluates securities for other-than temporary impairment on a regular basis. The evaluation considers several factors including the amount of the unrealized loss, the period of time the security has been in a loss position and the credit standing of the issuer. When the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is likely that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, the credit loss determined due to a permanent impairment will be recognized in earnings. The credit loss component recognized is identified as the amount of future principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as projected based on cash flow estimates discounted at the applicable original yield of the security.

 

Loans Receivable

 

Loans that the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for unearned income, including any allowance for loan losses and any unamortized deferred fees or costs.

 

Interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and amortized as a level yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan.

 

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due. Consumer automobile and installment loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

 

All interest accrued, but not collected, for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off, is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis method until qualifying for return to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

  F- 8  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management determines all or part of the loan balance is uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The allowance calculation methodology involves segregation of the total loan portfolio into segments. The Company’s loans receivable portfolio is comprised of the following segments: commercial real estate, residential real estate, commercial and industrial and consumer. The segments of the Company’s loans receivable portfolio are further disaggregated into classes based on identified associated risks within those segments. This allows management to better monitor risk and performance.

 

Commercial real estate loans are separated into the two classes: non-residential and multi-family. Non-residential and multi-family loans include long-term loans financing commercial properties and include both owner and non-owner occupied properties. Construction loans, which include land loans, are comprised mostly of non-owner occupied projects, whereby the property is generally under development and tends to have more risk than the owner occupied loans. The Company grants loans for the construction of residential homes, residential developments and land development projects. Repayment of these loans is mostly dependent upon either the ongoing cash flow of the borrowing entity or the resale or lease of the subject property.

 

Residential real estate loans are secured by the borrower’s residential real estate generally in a first lien position. Residential mortgages have varying loan interest rates depending on the financial condition of the borrower, the loan to value ratio and the term of the loan.

 

The commercial and industrial loan segment consists of loans made for purposes of financing the activities of commercial customers. The assets financed through commercial and industrial loans are used within the business for its ongoing operations. Repayment of commercial and industrial loans predominately comes from the cash flow of the business or the ongoing operations of assets.

 

Consumer loans are classified into the following three classes: indirect automobile loans, home equity loans and other consumer loans. Indirect automobile loans are secured by the borrowers’ automobiles and originated through the Company’s relationships with the automobile dealers in the various counties in the Company’s service area. Home equity loans are secured by the borrower’s residential real estate in a first or second lien position. Other direct consumer loans may be unsecured.

 

  F- 9  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The Company has established credit policies applicable to each type of lending activity in which it engages. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of each customer and, in most cases, extends credit of up to 80% of the market value of the collateral at the date of the credit extension, depending on the borrowers' creditworthiness and the type of collateral. The Company’s credit policies determine advance rates against the different forms of collateral that can be pledged against commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans. Typically, the majority of loans will be limited to a percentage of their underlying collateral values such as real estate values, automobiles, equipment, eligible accounts receivable and inventory. Individual loan advance rates may be higher or lower depending upon the financial strength of the borrower, past experience with the borrower, the nature of the collateral, competitive offerings and/or term of the loan.

 

The market value of collateral is monitored on an ongoing basis and additional collateral may be obtained when warranted. While collateral provides some assurance as a secondary source of repayment, the Company ordinarily requires the primary source of repayment to be based on the borrower's ability to generate continuing sufficient cash flows. The Company's policy for collateral requires that, generally, the amount of the loan may not exceed 90% of the original appraised value of the property. Private mortgage insurance is usually required for that portion of the loan in excess of 80% of the appraised value of the property.

 

The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into risk rating categories. The borrower’s overall financial condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated at least quarterly or when credit deficiencies arise, such as when loan payments are delinquent. Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss. Loans classified as special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If uncorrected, the potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects. Loans classified substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They include loans that are inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified substandard with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions and facts, is highly improbable. Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible and are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Loans not classified are rated pass.

 

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are considered impaired. For such impaired loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or observable market price or collateral value if the loan is collateral dependent) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers all other loans, segregated generally by loan type and is based on historical loss experience with adjustments for qualitative factors which are made after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss data.

 

These qualitative risk factors generally include:

 

1. Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off and recovery practices.

 

2. National, regional and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various market segments, including the value of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans.

 

3. Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of loans.

 

  F- 10  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

4. Volume and severity of past due, classified and nonaccrual loans as well as loan modifications.

 

5. Existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations.

 

6. Effect of external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and real estate loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loans’ collateral.

 

For loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party appraisals. When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary. This decision is based on various considerations, including the size of the loan, age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal and the condition of the property. Appraised values are discounted for expected sales costs to arrive at the estimated recognizable value of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value. The recorded investment in consumer mortgages and loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process was $539, $97 and $1,789, on June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

For loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable aging or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.

 

The evaluation of the need and amount of the allowance for impaired loans and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly basis. The Company’s policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans does not differ from its overall policy for interest recognition.

 

The Company may grant a concession or modification for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower's financial condition that it would not otherwise consider resulting in a modified loan which is then identified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). These concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection. Loan modifications are intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. TDRs are considered impaired loans for purposes of calculating the Company's allowance for loan losses.

 

  F- 11  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The Company identifies loans for potential restructure primarily through direct communication with the borrower and evaluation of the borrower's financial statements, revenue projections, tax returns and credit reports. Even if the borrower is not presently in default, management will consider the likelihood that cash flow shortages, adverse economic conditions, negative trends, or specific conditions that may result in a payment default in the near future.

 

Regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management. Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale are those mortgage loans the Company has the intent to sell in the foreseeable future and are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market value, with valuation changes recorded in noninterest income. Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized at the trade dates and are determined by the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans.

 

Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with the mortgage servicing rights retained by the Company. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related mortgage loans sold. Mortgage service rights are recorded and amortized over the life of the loan.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

 

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company – put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the transferor does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that both entitles and obligates the transferor to repurchase or redeem the assets before maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets, other than through a cleanup call.

 

Servicing

 

Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets developed through the sale of residential mortgages. Servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gain or loss on sales of loans. Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Capitalized servicing rights are reported in other assets and are amortized into noninterest income in proportion to and over the period of the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets.

 

  F- 12  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance and charge to noninterest income, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in operations. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized, subject to the resulting limit of fair value of the collateral. Gains or losses are included in operations upon disposal. Other real estate owned included $935, $1,322 and $1,323 of residential real estate and $857, $911 and $1,360 of commercial property, on June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to operations using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Rent expense is charged to operations over the expected lease term using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the improvements' estimated economic lives or the related lease terms. Gains and losses on dispositions are recognized upon realization. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and improvements are capitalized.

 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

 

The Company purchased bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) on a chosen group of employees and trustees. The Company is the owner and sole beneficiary of the policies. Earnings from BOLI are recognized as part of noninterest income. BOLI is carried at cash surrender value. Death benefit proceeds received in excess of the policies cash surrender values are recognized in income upon receipt. The Company does not intend to surrender these policies and, accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided.

 

Significant One-Time Business Transactions

 

At the close of business on August 15, 2017, the Bank sold all of its interest in its subsidiary Brinckerhoff and Neuville, Inc. (“B&N”) in a stock transaction for net proceeds of $3,443. The Bank sold B&N resulting in a significant gain and reduction of associated business risk. As a result, the Company realized a $1,834 net gain on the sale, which is separately reported on the consolidated statement of income. B&N had pre-tax profit of $437 in 2017 and $222 in 2016.

  F- 13  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Goodwill and Amortizable Intangible Assets

 

The excess of the purchase price of an acquisition over the net fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities is assigned to goodwill. Goodwill is not amortizable, but is subject to at least an annual assessment, or more frequently in the presence of certain circumstances, for impairment.

 

Other intangible assets are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and consist of purchased customer accounts. Purchased customer accounts primarily consist of records and files that contain information about investment holdings. These assets are amortized on a straight line basis over the related estimated lives of approximately 13 years. In the presence of certain circumstances, intangible assets may be assessed for impairment as well. Impairment exists when carrying value exceeds its fair value. In such circumstances a charge for the relevant impairment is recognized and the net book value is reduced to the appropriate value.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

When tax returns are filed, it is highly expected that most positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others may be subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. The Company has no liabilities for uncertain tax positions at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 or 2016.

 

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, would be classified as additional provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of income.

 

  F- 14  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

GAAP requires that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities and the net actuarial loss of the defined benefit pension plan, are reported as a separate component of the stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated statement of financial condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income (loss).

 

Fair Value

 

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in certain instances, there are no quoted market prices for certain assets or liabilities. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

 

Fair value measurements focus on exit prices in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment.

 

The Company's fair value measurements are classified into a fair value hierarchy based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. The three categories within the hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active; and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

  F- 15  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain amounts in the prior year consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”. ASU No. 2014-09 which establishes principles for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The Company used the modified retrospective method for transition with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application with no restatement of prior periods. The adoption did not have a significant effective on the Company’s financial statements as the recognition of interest income has been scoped out of the guidance and noninterest income recognition is similar to current revenue recognition practices. See Note 16 for additional information related to the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)”. This ASU requires lessees to recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases with a lease term of more than 12 months on the balance sheet. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term and a liability to make lease payments. This ASU is effective for the Company in 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the effect that ASU No. 2016-02 will have on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 on “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. This ASU requires credit losses on most financial assets be measured at amortized cost and certain other instruments to be measured using an expected credit loss model (referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model). Under this model, entities will estimate credit losses over the entire contractual term of the instrument (considering estimated prepayments, but not expected extensions or modifications unless reasonable expectation of a troubled debt restructuring exists) from the date of initial recognition of that instrument. The measurement of expected credit losses is based upon relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This ASU is effective for the Company in 2021. Early adoption is permitted in 2019. The Company does not believe that the adoption of these updates will have a material effect on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

 

  F- 16  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Effective January 1, 2018 the Company adopted ASU 2016-01 “Financial Instruments (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities”. This makes significant changes in U.S. GAAP related to certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. The changes provided for in this Update that are applicable to the Company are as follows: (1) require equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; however, an entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer; (2) for equity investments without readily determinable fair values, require a qualitative assessment to identify impairment and if a qualitative assessment indicates that impairment exists, requiring an entity to measure the investment at fair value; (3) eliminate the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; (4) require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (5) require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments; (6) require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; and (7) clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. For the Company the adoption of ASU 2016-01 resulted in the use of an exit price to determine the fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial condition. Accordingly, we refined the calculation used to determine the disclosed fair value of the Company’s loans held for investment as part of adopting this standard. The refined calculation did not have a significant impact on the Company’s fair value disclosures.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment. This guidance, among other things, removes step 2 of the goodwill impairment test thus eliminating the need to determine the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. Upon adoption of this ASU, goodwill impairment will be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. This may result in more or less impairment being recognized than under current guidance. This will become effective for the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test in 2020. The Company does not believe that the adoption of this Update will have a material effect on its results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220).” ASU 2018-02 permits a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the reduction in the corporate income tax rate to 21% with the newly enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. As required by GAAP, the Company had re-measured all deferred tax amounts at 21% at December 31, 2017 with the change included in provision for income taxes in 2017, the period of enactment. This left deferred tax items in accumulated other comprehensive loss at the old rate of 34% used by the Company. The reclassification allows the Company to transfer an amount equal to the change in the rate related to those deferred tax items included in accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings. ASU 2018-02 is effective for the Company in 2019 but early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to adopt this guidance at December 31, 2017 and accordingly, reclassified $1,144 ($382 related to available for sale securities and $762 related to the defined benefit pension plan) representing the effect of the change in rates from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings in the 2017 consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The reclassification had no effect on net income.

 

  F- 17  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

In May 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-06, “Codification Improvements to Topic 942, Financial Services - Depository and Lending”. This update superseded outdated guidance related to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency's Banking Circular 202, Accounting for Net Deferred Tax Charges. The Company does not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, “Compensation- Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. This update expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share- based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. As a result, nonemployee share based payment awards will be measured at the grant-date fair value of the equity instruments that an entity is obligated to issue when the service has been rendered, subject to the probability of satisfying performance conditions when applicable. This update is effective for the Company in 2019. The Company does not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-09, “Codification Improvements” to address stakeholder suggestions for minor corrections and clarifications within the codification. The transition and effective date guidance is based on the facts and circumstances of each amendment. Some of the amendments in this update do not require transition guidance and will be effective upon issuance of this update. However, many of the amendments in this update do have transition guidance with effective dates for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, for public business entities. The Company does not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases” to address certain narrow aspects of the guidance issued in ASU No. 2016-02. This guidance did not change the Company's assessment of the impact of ASU No. 2016-02 on the consolidated financial statements as described above.

 

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements”, which amends Topic 842, Leases, to (1) add an optional transition method that would permit entities to apply the new requirements by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of adoption, and (2) provide a practical expedient for lessors regarding the separation of the lease and non-lease components of a contract. This guidance did not change the Company's assessment of the impact of ASU No. 2016-02 on the consolidated financial statements as described above.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-20)”. The amendments in this ASU remove disclosures that no longer are considered cost beneficial, clarity the specific requirements of disclosures, and add disclosure requirements identified as relevant. Although narrow in scope, the amendments are considered an important part of FASB's efforts to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to financial statements. ASU 2018-14 is effective for the Company in 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not evaluated the new guidance for its effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 18  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

2. Available for Sale Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair values of available for sale securities are as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
    Amortized Cost     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
                         
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 3,042     $ -     $ (96 )   $ 2,946  
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     86,181       -       (3,964 )     82,217  
U.S. government agency securities     16,927       -       (652 )     16,275  
Municipal securities ¹     1,829       1       (12 )     1,818  
Total   $ 107,979     $ 1     $ (4,724 )   $ 103,256  

 

    December 31, 2017  
                         
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 3,048     $ -     $ (47 )   $ 3,001  
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     93,858       1       (2,470 )     91,389  
U.S. government agency securities     16,935       -       (409 )     16,526  
Municipal securities ¹     2,401       1       (16 )     2,386  
Total   $ 116,242     $ 2     $ (2,942 )   $ 113,302  

 

    December 31, 2016  
                         
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 12,132     $ 25     $ (101 )   $ 12,056  
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     106,705       45       (1,927 )     104,823  
U.S. government agency securities     20,205       9       (499 )     19,715  
Municipal securities ¹     3,673       29       (29 )     3,673  
Total   $ 142,715     $ 108     $ (2,556 )   $ 140,267  

 

¹ The issuers of municipal securities are all within New York State.

 

  F- 19  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The following table presents the fair value and unrealized losses of the Company’s available for sale securities with gross unrealized losses aggregated by the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
    June 30, 2018  
                (unaudited)              
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 2,946     $ (96 )   $ -     $ -     $ 2,946     $ (96 )
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     31,926       (1,178 )     50,291       (2,786 )     82,217       (3,964 )
U.S. government agency securities     3,837       (136 )     12,438       (516 )     16,275       (652 )
Municipal Securities     216       (2 )     956       (10 )     1,172       (12 )
Total   $ 38,925     $ (1,412 )   $ 63,685     $ (3,312 )   $ 102,610     $ (4,724 )

 

    December 31, 2017  
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 3,001     $ (47 )   $ -     $ -     $ 3,001     $ (47 )
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     34,601       (542 )     56,170       (1,928 )     90,771       (2,470 )
U.S. government agency securities     3,923       (50 )     12,603       (359 )     16,526       (409 )
Municipal Securities     593       (3 )     977       (13 )     1,570       (16 )
Total   $ 42,118     $ (642 )   $ 69,750     $ (2,300 )   $ 111,868     $ (2,942 )

 

    December 31, 2016  
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 10,024     $ (101 )   $ -     $ -     $ 10,024     $ (101 )
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     93,354       (1,820 )     5,072       (107 )     98,426       (1,927 )
U.S. government agency securities     16,484       (499 )     -       -       16,484       (499 )
Municipal Securities     1,591       (29 )     -       -       1,591       (29 )
Total   $ 121,453     $ (2,449 )   $ 5,072     $ (107 )   $ 126,525     $ (2,556 )

 

At June 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had 100, 100 and 104 individual available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses totaling $4,724, $2,942 and $2,556, respectively, with an aggregate depreciation of 4.60%, 2.63% and 2.02%, respectively, from the Company’s amortized cost.

 

Management believes that none of the unrealized losses on available for sale securities are other-than-temporary because substantially all of the unrealized losses in the Company’s investment portfolio relate to market interest rate changes on debt and mortgage-backed securities issued either directly by the government or from government sponsored enterprises. Because the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

  F- 20  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of available for sale debt securities at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 by contractual maturities, are presented below. Actual maturities of mortgage backed securities may differ from contractual maturities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or repaid without any penalties. Because mortgage-backed securities are not due at a single maturity date, they are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018     December 31, 2017  
    (unaudited)              
                         
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value     Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
Maturity:                                
Within 1 year   $ 387     $ 386     $ 335     $ 335  
After 1 but within 5 years     19,436       18,751       20,074       19,623  
After 5 but within 10 years     1,975       1,902       1,975       1,954  
After 10 years     -       -       -       -  
Mortgage-backed securities     86,181       82,217       93,858       91,390  
                                 
Total   $ 107,979     $ 103,256     $ 116,242     $ 113,302  

 

At June 30, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, available for sale securities with a carrying value of $29,118, $1,285 and $3,027, respectively, were pledged to secure Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) borrowings. In addition $1,798, $2,350 and $3,300, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”).

 

For the first six months of 2018, there were no sales of available for sale securities as compared to sale proceeds of $30,786 and $15,910 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were gross gains of $45 and $20 and gross losses of $72 and $19 realized on the sales of available for sale securities, respectively.

 

  F- 21  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

3. Held to Maturity Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair values of held to maturity securities are as follows:

 

    June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
    Amortized Cost     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
                         
Other   $ 323     $ -     $ -     $ 323  
Municipal securities ¹     1,329       3       (2 )     1,330  
Total   $ 1,652     $ 3     $ (2 )   $ 1,653  
                         
    December 31, 2017  
                         
Other   $ 332     $ -     $ -     $ 332  
Municipal securities ¹     1,582       15       (1 )     1,596  
Total   $ 1,914     $ 15     $ (1 )   $ 1,928  
                         
    December 31, 2016  
       
Other   $ 243     $ -     $ -     $ 243  
Municipal securities ¹     1,392       8       (5 )     1,395  
Total   $ 1,635     $ 8     $ (5 )   $ 1,638  

 

¹ The issuers of municipal securities are all within New York State.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of held to maturity debt securities at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 by contractual maturities, are presented below. Actual maturities of mortgage backed securities may differ from contractual maturities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or repaid without any penalties:

 

    June 30, 2018     December 31, 2017  
    (unaudited)              
                         
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value     Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
Maturity:                                
Within 1 year   $ 251     $ 252     $ 252     $ 252  
After 1 but within 5 years     324       322       576       575  
After 5 but within 10 years     -       -       -       -  
After 10 years     754       756       754       769  
Other     323       323       332       332  
                                 
Total   $ 1,652     $ 1,653     $ 1,914     $ 1,928  

 

  F- 22  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, held to maturity securities with an amortized cost of $1,019, $1,362 and $1,369, respectively, were pledged at the FRBNY for borrowings.

 

There were no sales of held to maturity securities during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

4. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

A summary of the Company’s loan portfolio is as follows:

 

    June 30,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
Commercial real estate:                        
Construction   $ 8,722       5,621     $ 13,420  
Non-residential     199,516       192,469       171,563  
Multifamily     12,459       13,103       6,788  
Residential real estate     43,736       43,300       40,382  
Commercial and industrial     75,612       67,650       56,871  
Consumer:                        
Indirect automobile     250,217       214,823       195,343  
Home equity     20,132       19,452       20,798  
Other consumer     10,197       9,929       8,615  
                         
Total gross loans     620,591       566,347       513,780  
                         
Net deferred loan costs     6,575       5,288       4,690  
Allowance for loan losses     (5,939 )     (5,457 )     (5,876 )
                         
Total net loans   $ 621,227     $ 566,178     $ 512,594  

 

At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, the unpaid principal balances of loans held for sale, included in the residential real estate category above, were $1,108, $2,059 and $482, respectively.

 

  F- 23  

 

  

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The following tables present the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the pass category and the criticized categories of special mention, substandard and doubtful within the internal risk system:

 

    June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
          Special                    
    Pass     Mention     Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
                               
Commercial real estate:                                        
Construction   $ 7,595     $ -     $ 1,127     $ -     $ 8,722  
Non-residential     189,366       1,252       8,898       -       199,516  
Multifamily     12,459       -       -       -       12,459  
Residential     41,253       -       -       2,483       43,736  
Commercial and industrial     73,647       -       1,957       8       75,612  
Consumer:                                        
Indirect automobile     249,892       -       -       325       250,217  
Home equity     19,860       -       -       272       20,132  
Other consumer     10,196       -       -       1       10,197  
                                         
Total   $ 604,268     $ 1,252     $ 11,982     $ 3,089     $ 620,591  

 

    December 31, 2017  
          Special                    
    Pass     Mention     Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
                               
Commercial real estate:                                        
Construction   $ 4,495     $ -     $ 1,126     $ -     $ 5,621  
Non-residential     181,720       3,485       7,264       -       192,469  
Multifamily     13,103       -       -       -       13,103  
Residential     41,115       -       -       2,185       43,300  
Commercial and industrial     65,351       125       2,156       18       67,650  
Consumer:                                        
Indirect automobile     214,381       -       -       442       214,823  
Home equity     19,334       -       -       118       19,452  
Other consumer     9,925       -       -       4       9,929  
                                         
Total   $ 549,424     $ 3,610     $ 10,546     $ 2,767     $ 566,347  

 

  F- 24  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31, 2016  
          Special                    
    Pass     Mention     Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
                               
Commercial real estate:                                        
Construction   $ 11,455     $ 838     $ 1,127     $ -     $ 13,420  
Non-residential     161,447       3,877       6,239       -       171,563  
Multifamily     6,788       -       -       -       6,788  
Residential     38,337       -       -       2,045       40,382  
Commercial and industrial     53,805       1,373       1,270       423       56,871  
Consumer:                                        
Indirect automobile     194,845       -       -       498       195,343  
Home equity     20,552       -       -       246       20,798  
Other consumer     8,580       -       -       35       8,615  
                                         
Total   $ 495,809     $ 6,088     $ 8,636     $ 3,247     $ 513,780  

 

Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the age of the portfolio as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due. The past due status of all classes of loans is determined based on contractual due dates for loan payments.

 

The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aging categories of performing loans and nonaccrual loans:

 

    June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
                      Greater Than              
          30-59 Days     60-89 Days     90 Days Past     Total Loans        
    Current     Past Due     Past Due     Due     Receivable     Nonaccrual  
Commercial real estate:                                                
Construction   $ 7,595     $ -     $ -     $ 1,127     $ 8,722     $ 1,127  
Non-residential     194,244       -       988       4,284       199,516       4,284  
Multifamily     11,996       -       -       463       12,459       463  
Residential     41,884       1,183       -       669       43,736       2,402  
Commercial and industrial     74,416       28       -       1,168       75,612       1,211  
Consumer:                                                
Indirect automobile     246,438       3,073       407       299       250,217       325  
Home equity     19,660       297       8       167       20,132       167  
Other consumer     10,096       83       17       1       10,197       1  
                                                 
Total   $ 606,329     $ 4,664     $ 1,420     $ 8,178     $ 620,591     $ 9,980  

 

  F- 25  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31, 2017  
                      Greater Than              
          30-59 Days     60-89 Days     90 Days Past     Total Loans        
    Current     Past Due     Past Due     Due     Receivable     Nonaccrual  
Commercial real estate:                                                
Construction   $ 4,494     $ -     $ -     $ 1,127     $ 5,621     $ 1,127  
Non-residential     184,877       2,229       921       4,442       192,469       4,442  
Multifamily     12,637       -       466       -       13,103       -  
Residential     41,989       450       422       439       43,300       2,100  
Commercial and industrial     66,542       69       19       1,020       67,650       1,237  
Consumer:                                                
Indirect automobile     209,574       4,022       808       419       214,823       442  
Home equity     18,637       676       127       12       19,452       12  
Other consumer     9,742       176       7       4       9,929       4  
                                                 
Total   $ 548,492     $ 7,622     $ 2,770     $ 7,463     $ 566,347     $ 9,364  
                                                 
    December 31, 2016  
Commercial real estate:                                                
Construction   $ 12,293     $ -     $ -     $ 1,127     $ 13,420     $ 1,127  
Non-residential     168,262       323       760       2,218       171,563       2,218  
Multifamily     6,270       518       -       -       6,788       -  
Residential     38,085       292       52       1,953       40,382       1,953  
Commercial and industrial     55,525       50       -       1,296       56,871       1,854  
Consumer:                                                
Indirect automobile     189,894       4,052       905       492       195,343       499  
Home equity     20,417       233       -       148       20,798       148  
Other consumer     8,447       131       29       8       8,615       35  
                                                 
Total   $ 499,193     $ 5,599     $ 1,746     $ 7,242     $ 513,780     $ 7,834  

 

  F- 26  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The following tables summarize information in regards to impaired loans by loan portfolio class:

 

    June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
    Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
 
With no related allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ 1,127     $ 1,136     $ -     $ 563  
Non-residential     4,284       4,648       -       3,911  
Multifamily     463       463       -       232  
Residential     2,483       3,083       -       2,334  
Commercial and industrial     1,211       1,607       -       1,778  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     138       165       -       174  
Home equity     272       283       -       195  
Other consumer     1       1       -       1  
                                 
Total   $ 9,979     $ 11,386     $ -     $ 9,188  
                                 
With an allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Non-residential     -       -       -       451  
Multifamily     -       -       -       -  
Residential     -       -       -       -  
Commercial and industrial     -       -       -       9  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     187       217       61       210  
Home equity     -       -       -       -  
Other consumer     -       -       -       2  
                                 
Total   $ 187     $ 217     $ 61     $ 672  
                                 
Total:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ 1,127     $ 1,136     $ -     $ 563  
Non-residential     4,284       4,648       -       4,362  
Multifamily     463       463       -       232  
Residential     2,483       3,083       -       2,334  
Commercial and industrial     1,211       1,607       -       1,787  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     325       382       61       384  
Home equity     272       283       -       195  
Other consumer     1       1       -       3  
                                 
Total   $ 10,166     $ 11,603     $ 61     $ 9,860  

 

  F- 27  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31, 2017  
    Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
 
With no related allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ 1,127     $ 1,137     $ -     $ 1,127  
Non-residential     3,539       3,584       -       2,878  
Multifamily     -       -       -       -  
Residential     2,184       2,741       -       2,114  
Commercial and industrial     1,219       1,700       -       1,325  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     210       237       -       179  
Home equity     118       119       -       182  
Other consumer     -       1       -       2  
                                 
Total   $ 8,397     $ 9,519     $ -     $ 7,807  
                                 
With an allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Non-residential     903       903       300       451  
Multifamily     -       -       -       -  
Residential     -       -       -       -  
Commercial and industrial     19       447       19       221  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     232       247       75       292  
Home equity     -       -       -       -  
Other consumer     3       3       3       18  
                                 
Total   $ 1,157     $ 1,600     $ 397     $ 982  
                                 
Total:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ 1,127     $ 1,137     $ -     $ 1,127  
Non-residential     4,442       4,487       300       3,330  
Multifamily     -       -       -       -  
Residential     2,184       2,741       -       2,114  
Commercial and industrial     1,238       2,147       19       1,546  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     442       484       75       471  
Home equity     118       119       -       182  
Other consumer     3       4       3       19  
                                 
Total   $ 9,554     $ 11,119     $ 397     $ 8,789  

  

  F- 28  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31, 2016  
    Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
 
With no related allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ 1,127     $ 1,137     $ -     $ 563  
Non-residential     2,218       2,462       -       1,363  
Multifamily     -       -       -       -  
Residential     2,044       2,414       -       2,095  
Commercial and industrial     1,431       1,933       -       1,052  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     147       184       -       138  
Home equity     245       404       -       397  
Other consumer     4       3       -       3  
                                 
Total   $ 7,216     $ 8,537     $ -     $ 5,611  
                                 
With an allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Non-residential     -       -       -       834  
Multifamily     -       -       -       -  
Residential     -       -       -       -  
Commercial and industrial     423       424       212       222  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     352       394       115       399  
Home equity     -       -       -       -  
Other consumer     32       32       7       41  
                                 
Total   $ 807     $ 850     $ 334     $ 1,496  
                                 
Total:                                
Commercial real estate:                                
Construction   $ 1,127     $ 1,137     $ -     $ 563  
Non-residential     2,218       2,462       -       2,196  
Multifamily     -       -       -       -  
Residential     2,044       2,414       -       2,095  
Commercial and industrial     1,854       2,357       212       1,274  
Consumer:                                
Indirect automobile     499       578       115       537  
Home equity     245       404       -       397  
Other consumer     36       35       7       44  
                                 
Total   $ 8,023     $ 9,387     $ 334     $ 7,106  

 

  F- 29  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

A loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming loans and loans modified in TDRs. Loan modifications, which resulted in these loans being considered TDRs, are primarily in the form of rate concessions and extensions of maturity dates. The Company does not generally recognize interest income on a loan in an impaired status. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, three loans totaling $1,832 and four loans totaling $1,815 and two loans totaling $161, respectively, which were included in impaired loans, were identified as TDRs. In 2018, the Company restructured two loans, a residential mortgage and home equity loan, into a single residential mortgage, with a carrying value of $117, which included both rate and term modifications, In 2017, the Company modified a residential loan and a commercial loan with carrying amounts of $1,661 and $19, respectively, through rate and term modifications. In 2016, the Company modified a commercial loan with the carrying value of $63 with rate and term modifications. Interest income on impaired loans was immaterial during each of the periods presented. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016 all loans were performing in accordance with their restructured terms. During the six months ended June 30, 2018, one loan for $19 had defaulted in its modified terms and was charged off. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016 the Company had no commitments to advance additional funds to borrowers under TDR loans.

 

The Company services certain loans that it has sold without recourse to third parties. The aggregate balances of loans serviced for others were $249,669, $244,765 and $232,296 as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

The balance of capitalized servicing rights, included in other assets at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, were $2,258, $2,260 and $2,225, respectively. Fair value exceeds carrying value. No impairment charges related to servicing rights were recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 or the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

  F- 30  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The following tables summarize the segments of the loan portfolio and the allowance for loan losses, segregated into the amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated for impairment and the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods then ended:

 

    Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential       Commercial 
and Industrial
    Consumer     Totals  
    June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
Allowance for loan losses:                                        
Beginning balance   $ 1,305     $ 455     $ 879     $ 2,818     $ 5,457  
Provision for loan losses     (55 )     55       118       932       1,050  
Loans charged-off     (303 )     -       (28 )     (753 )     (1,084 )
Recoveries     -       3       113       400       516  
Ending balance   $ 947     $ 513     $ 1,082     $ 3,397     $ 5,939  
Ending balance:                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 61     $ 61  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 947     $ 513     $ 1,082     $ 3,336     $ 5,878  
Loan receivables:                                        
Ending balance   $ 220,697     $ 43,736     $ 75,612     $ 280,546     $ 620,591  
Ending balance:                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 5,874     $ 2,483     $ 1,211     $ 598     $ 10,166  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 214,823     $ 41,253     $ 74,401     $ 279,948     $ 610,425  
                                         
    June 30, 2017  
    (unaudited)  
Allowance for loan losses:                                        
Beginning balance   $ 1,091     $ 701     $ 775     $ 3,309     $ 5,876  
Provision for loan losses     (248 )     (39 )     210       527       450  
Loans charged-off     -       (79 )     (413 )     (937 )     (1,429 )
Recoveries     93       2       2       484       581  
Ending balance   $ 936     $ 585     $ 574     $ 3,383     $ 5,478  
Ending balance:                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ -     $ 181     $ 88     $ 269  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 936     $ 585     $ 393     $ 3,295     $ 5,209  
Loan receivables:                                        
Ending balance   $ 203,096     $ 41,770     $ 56,099     $ 236,549     $ 537,514  
Ending balance:                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 4,285     $ 2,025     $ 1,239     $ 539     $ 8,088  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 198,811     $ 39,745     $ 54,860     $ 236,010     $ 529,426  

 

  F- 31  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Commercial
Real Estate
    Residential     Commercial 
and Industrial
    Consumer     Totals  
    December 31, 2017  
Allowance for loan losses:                                        
Beginning balance   $ 1,092     $ 1,231     $ 775     $ 2,778     $ 5,876  
Provision for loan losses     137       (707 )     698       772       900  
Loans charged-off     (16 )     (78 )     (596 )     (1,724 )     (2,414 )
Recoveries     92       9       2       992       1,095  
Ending balance   $ 1,305     $ 455     $ 879     $ 2,818     $ 5,457  
Ending balance:                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 300     $ -     $ 19     $ 78     $ 397  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 1,005     $ 455     $ 860     $ 2,740     $ 5,060  
Loan receivables:                                        
Ending balance   $ 211,193     $ 43,300     $ 67,650     $ 244,204     $ 566,347  
Ending balance:                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 5,569     $ 2,184     $ 1,238     $ 563     $ 9,554  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 205,624     $ 41,116     $ 66,412     $ 243,641     $ 556,793  
                                         
    December 31, 2016  
Allowance for loan losses:                                        
Beginning balance   $ 1,267     $ 885     $ 351     $ 2,907     $ 5,410  
Provision for loan losses     (176 )     (120 )     275       1,221       1,200  
Loans charged-off     -       (69 )     (97 )     (1,782 )     (1,948 )
Recoveries     -       5       246       963       1,214  
Ending balance   $ 1,091     $ 701     $ 775     $ 3,309     $ 5,876  
Ending balance:                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ -     $ 212     $ 122     $ 334  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 1,091     $ 701     $ 564     $ 3,186     $ 5,542  
Loan receivables:                                        
Ending balance   $ 191,771     $ 40,381     $ 56,871     $ 224,757     $ 513,780  
Ending balance:                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 3,345     $ 2,044     $ 1,854     $ 780     $ 8,023  
Collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 188,426     $ 38,337     $ 55,017     $ 223,977     $ 505,757  

 

In the normal course of business, the Company grants loans to officers, trustees and other related parties. Such loans were not significant in presented periods.

 

  F- 32  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

5. Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

 

    June 30,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
Land   $ 3,536     $ 3,536     $ 3,638  
Buildings and improvements     23,460       23,409       23,971  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     10,941       10,725       10,378  
Construction in progress     96       43       79  
                         
Total     38,033       37,713       38,066  
                         
Less accumulated depreciation     (21,237 )     (20,688 )     (19,848 )
                         
Net   $ 16,796     $ 17,025     $ 18,218  

 

6. Goodwill

 

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill are as follows:

 

    Six Months Ending June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
    B&N     RAM     Total  
Beginning balance   $ -     $ 1,505     $ 1,505  
Impairment     -       (95 )     (95 )
                         
Ending balance   $ -     $ 1,410     $ 1,410  
                         
Accumulated impairment   $ -     $ 1,116     $ 1,116  
                         
    December 31, 2017  
    B&N     RAM     Total  
Beginning balance   $ 1,276     $ 1,505     $ 2,781  
Relief due to asset sale     (1,276 )     -       (1,276 )
                         
Ending balance   $ -     $ 1,505     $ 1,505  
                         
Accumulated impairment   $ -     $ 1,021     $ 1,021  

 

  F- 33  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31, 2016  
    B&N     RAM     Total  
Beginning balance   $ 1,475     $ 1,505     $ 2,980  
Relief due to asset sale     (199 )     -       (199 )
                         
Ending balance   $ 1,276     $ 1,505     $ 2,781  
                         
Accumulated impairment   $ 351     $ 1,021     $ 1,373  

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company had no amortization or impairment expenses related to goodwill.

 

In 2016 the Bank sold its health business, originally acquired with the purchase of B&N, which relieved associated goodwill whose book value at the time of closing was $199. As discussed in Note 1, in 2017 the Bank sold its entire interest in B&N resulting in the removal of the remaining goodwill. At June 30, 2018 the Company tested the goodwill recorded for RAM and determined that a write-down of $95 was required to reflect impairment due to the loss of expected revenue. At years end 2017 and 2016 the Company tested the goodwill recorded for RAM and determined that no impairment charge was required.

 

7. Intangible Assets

 

The changes in the carrying value of customer list intangible are as follows:

 

    Six Months Ending June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
    B&N     RAM     Total  
Beginning balance   $ -     $ 326     $ 326  
Amortization     -       (21 )     (21 )
                         
Ending balance   $ -     $ 305     $ 305  
                         
Accumulated amortization and impairment   $ -     $ 642     $ 642  
                         
    December 31, 2017  
    B&N     RAM     Total  
Beginning balance   $ 359     $ 368     $ 727  
Amortization     (25 )     (42 )     (67 )
Relief due to asset sale     (333 )     -       (333 )
                         
Ending balance   $ -     $ 326     $ 326  
                         
Accumulated amortization and impairment   $ -     $ 621     $ 621  

 

  F- 34  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

    December 31, 2016  
    B&N     RAM     Total  
Beginning balance   $ 501     $ 410     $ 912  
Amortization     (80 )     (42 )     (122 )
Relief due to asset sale     (63 )     -       (63 )
                         
Ending balance   $ 358     $ 368     $ 727  
                         
Accumulated amortization and impairment   $ 433     $ 579     $ 1,011  

 

The value assigned to customer list intangibles is based upon a multiple of the amount of commission revenue generated from the identified premiums. The customer lists are expected to have useful lives of 13 years and 4 months. The Company recognized $42 of amortization expense related to its intangible assets for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

In 2016, the Bank sold its health business, originally acquired with the purchase of B&N, which relieved intangibles whose book value at the time of closing was $63. As discussed in Note 1, in 2017 the Bank sold its entire interest in B&N resulting in the removal of the remaining related intangibles. For 2017 and 2016, based upon the amount of future commission revenue available from the then existing RAM customer premiums on hand, the Company determined that the fair value of the amortizable intangible assets exceeded their carrying values recorded at year end.

 

As of December 31, 2017 the future amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets for the respective years is as follows:

 

2018   $ 42  
2019     42  
2020     42  
2021     42  
2022     42  
               Thereafter     116  

 

  F- 35  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

8. Deposits

 

Deposits were as follows:

 

    June 30,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
                   
Noninterest bearing demand deposits   $ 158,182     $ 157,828     $ 150,593  
                         
Interest bearing accounts:                        
NOW     107,289       101,167       91,566  
Savings     127,561       125,244       122,257  
Money market     120,863       123,643       123,811  
Time certificates of deposit     152,203       142,223       151,448  
                         
Total interest bearing accounts     507,916       492,277       489,082  
                         
Total deposits   $ 666,098     $ 650,105     $ 639,675  

 

Included in time certificates of deposit at December 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016 were brokered deposits totaling $24,875, $20,673 and $25,358, respectively, with original maturities of one to three years. Time certificates of deposit in denominations of $250 or greater were $14,605, $13,920 and $13,495 as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Contractual maturities of time certificates of deposit as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are summarized below:

 

    2018     2017  
    (unaudited)        
within 1 year   $ 105,926     $ 69,634  
1 - 2 years     22,192       47,603  
2 - 3 years     6,282       10,988  
3 - 4 years     14,491       7,521  
4 - 5 years     3,312       6,477  
over 5 years     -       -  
                 
Total   $ 152,203     $ 142,223  

 

9. Long-Term Debt and FHLBNY Stock

 

FHLBNY Borrowings and Stock

 

The Company is a member of the FHLBNY. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had access to a preapproved secured line of credit with the FHLBNY of $394,849 and $370,974 and $337,873, respectively. Borrowings under this line require collateralization through the pledge of specific loans and securities. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had pledged assets of $54,000, $26,000, and $24,000, respectively. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had outstanding overnight line of credit balances with FHLBNY of $13,000, $14,500 and $9,500, respectively. These borrowings mature the following business day. The interest rate was 2.08% at June 30, 2018 and 1.53% and 0.78% at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. At June 30, 2018, the Company also had structured borrowings in the amount of $30,000. The Company had $10,000 each of one, two, and three year amortizing advances with an average rate of 2.52%, 2.77% and 2.92%, respectively. Out of the $30,000 of advances, $18,000 will mature over the next 12 months. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not have any structured advances with the FHLBNY.

 

  F- 36  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The Company is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLBNY, as collateral, in an amount equal to a certain percentage of its outstanding debt. FHLBNY stock is considered restricted stock and is carried at cost. The Company evaluates for impairment based on the ultimate recovery ability of the cost. No impairment was recognized at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Subordinated Debt

 

During 2005, the Company formed RSB Capital Trust I (“Trust”) and owns all of the Trust’s common securities. The Trust has no independent assets or operations and was created for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing the proceeds thereof in an equivalent amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. Trust preferred securities are currently considered Tier 1 capital for purposes of determining the Company’s capital ratios. The trust securities also bear interest at 3-month LIBOR plus 2.00%. The duration of the Trust is 30 years.

 

The subordinated debt securities of $5,155 are unsecured obligations of the Company and are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future senior indebtedness of the Company. The Company has entered into a guarantee, which together with its obligations under the subordinated debt securities and the declaration of trust governing the Trust, including its obligations to pay costs, expenses, debts and liabilities, other than trust securities, provides a full and unconditional guarantee of amounts on the capital securities. The subordinated debentures, which bear interest at 3-month LIBOR plus 2.00% (4.33% at June 30, 2018 and 3.454% at December 31, 2017) mature on May 23, 2035.

 

Available Borrowings

 

The Company has an unsecured, uncommitted $10,000 line of credit with Zions Bank. There were no advances outstanding under this line of credit at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

  F- 37  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

10. Income Taxes

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,     Years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)              
Current expense (benefit):                                
Federal   $ 462     $ 578     $ 1,740     $ 1,233  
State     12       17       (61 )     106  
Total     474       595       1,679       1,339  
                                 
Deferred (benefit) expense:                                
Federal (including $1,870     (195 )     122       1,919       (18 )
due to the 2017 federal rate change)     -       -       -       -  
State     -       -       -       -  
Total     (195 )     122       1,919       (18 )
                                 
Total provision for income taxes   $ 279     $ 717     $ 3,598     $ 1,321  

 

The following is a reconciliation between the expected statutory income tax rate of 21% (2018) and 34% (2017 and 2016) and the Company’s actual income tax expense and rate:

 

    Six months ended June 30,     Years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                          
Provision at statutory rate   $ 310       21 %   $ 792       34 %   $ 2,244       34 %   $ 1,363       34 %
Tax exempt income     (48 )     -3 %     (88 )     -4 %     (170 )     -3 %     (188 )     -5 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit     (10 )     1 %     12       1 %     23       1 %     111       3 %
Write-off of deferred tax assets due to tax reform     -       0 %     -       0 %     1,870       28 %     -       0 %
Tax basis difference on sale of B&N     -       0 %     -       0 %     (369 )     -5 %     -       0 %
Other, net     27       0 %     1       0 %     -       0 %     35       1 %
                                                                 
Effective income tax and rate   $ 279       19 %   $ 717       31 %   $ 3,598       55 %   $ 1,321       33 %

 

  F- 38  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016 are presented below:

 

    June 30,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
Deferred tax assets:                        
Allowance for loan losses   $ 1,604     $ 1,473     $ 2,350  
Deferred expenses     758       717       958  
Depreciation and amortization     22       105       260  
Unrecognized pension liability     1,019       1,232       1,882  
Postretirement liability     914       901       1,336  
Deferred loss on OREO     187       83       -  
Unrealized loss on securities     992       617       832  
State tax NOLs     647       647       515  
Other     404       232       370  
Gross deferred tax assets     6,547       6,007       8,503  
                         
Deferred tax liabilities:                        
Prepaid expenses     (258 )     (181 )     (260 )
Prepaid pension     (1,150 )     (1,148 )     (1,732 )
Deferred loan fees     (114 )     (65 )     (101 )
Mortgage servicing rights     (610 )     (610 )     (890 )
Gross deferred tax liabilities     (2,132 )     (2,004 )     (2,983 )
                         
Net deferred tax asset     4,415       4,003       5,520  
                         
Deferred tax valuation allowance     (1,037 )     (982 )     (859 )
                         
Deferred tax assets, net of allowance   $ 3,378     $ 3,021     $ 4,661  

 

The 2015-16 New York Tax State (“NYS”) Budget enacted on March 31, 2015, contained a significant reform of NYS’s corporate tax system (Part A of Chapter 59 of the Laws of 2015). The budget enacted on April 13, 2016 presented technical and clarifying amendments to the previously enacted tax reform statutes (Part T of Chapter 59 of the Laws of 2016) which were effective for tax years effective on or after January 1, 2016.

 

Among the many changes related to the Company, the separate tax article 32 that used to apply to financial institutions became no longer applicable and the Company was required to file as a general business corporation (Article 9-A) starting in 2015. The new tax law provided for a permanent deduction of income from “qualified” loans from taxable income for community banks. As such management determined that the Company would most likely not pay any income tax but rather generate New York net operating losses (“NOLs”) for the foreseeable future. The Company would likely pay the NYS capital based tax until the phase out of that tax which is scheduled for the year ended December 31, 2020. While the change was positive for the Company (it would likely pay less cash taxes in future years due to the permanent deduction afforded), one immediate negative impact was the reduced value of the Company’s NYS deferred tax assets (“DTAs”).

 

  F- 39  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

In management’s opinion it is expected that in future years there will be no opportunity to reverse the NYS DTAs to provide for a reduction in NYS income taxes. Therefore, at year end 2015 management established a full valuation allowance to recognize the fully diminished value of these DTAs.

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R.1) became federal law. At its heart, the act lowered and simplified the federal tax rates for corporations for future years. The direct impact to the Company will be to lower its highest marginal rate from 34% down to 21% beginning in 2018. While this rate reduction will most likely have a favorable impact on the Company’s future earnings, it required the Company to reduce the stated value of its DTAs by 13%. At year end 2017, the Company recognized a total charge of $1,870 as a result of this change to recognize the diminishment of the future value of these tax based assets.

 

Retained earnings at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016 include a contingency reserve for loan losses of approximately $1,534 which represents the tax reserve balance existing at December 31, 1987 and is maintained in accordance with provisions of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to mutual savings banks. Amounts transferred to the reserve have been claimed as deductions from taxable income and, if the reserve is used for purposes other than to absorb losses on loans, a federal income tax liability could be incurred. It is not anticipated that the Company will incur a federal income tax liability relating to this reserve balance and accordingly, deferred income taxes of approximately $614 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016 have not been recognized.

 

11. Employee Benefits

 

Pension Plan

 

The Bank maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of its employees 21 years of age or older who have completed at least one year of service. On April 24, 2012, the Board of Directors of Rhinebeck Bank voted to freeze the Bank’s defined benefit plan as of June 30, 2012.

 

The following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition:

 

    Six months ended June 30,     Years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
                   
Projected and accumulated benefit obligation   $ (18,063 )   $ (19,777 )   $ (17,907 )
Plan assets at fair value     17,467       18,166       16,702  
Funded status included in other liabilities   $ (596 )   $ (1,611 )   $ (1,205 )

 

  F- 40  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of the following:

 

    Six months ended June 30,     Years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
                   
Net actuarial loss   $ 4,855     $ 5,865     $ 5,535  

 

The net periodic pension (benefit) cost and amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

    Six months ended June 30,     Years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)              
                         
Net periodic pension (income) cost   $ (5 )   $ 38     $ 76     $ 100  
Net actuarial pension (gain) loss     (1,010 )     165       330       87  
                                 
Total   $ (1,015 )   $ 203     $ 406     $ 187  

 

In 2018, 2017 and 2016, net actuarial (gain) loss resulted primarily from changes in the discount rate.

 

Estimated net actuarial loss of $374 will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic pension cost in 2018. Weighted-average assumptions used by the Company to determine the pension benefit obligation consisted of the following:

 

    June 30,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
                   
Discount rate     4.09 %     3.53 %     4.06 %

 

Weighted-average assumptions used by the Company to determine the net periodic pension cost consisted of the following:

 

    June 30,     June 30,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)              
                         
Discount rate     3.53 %     4.06 %     4.06 %     4.27 %
Rate of increase in compensation     -       -       -       -  
Expected long-term rate of retun on assets     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %     6.00 %

 

  F- 41  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets has been determined by applying historical average investment returns from published indexes relating to the current allocation of assets in the plan. Plan assets are invested in pooled separate accounts consisting of underlying investments in nine diversified investment funds.

 

As of June 30, 2018 the investment funds include six equity funds, two bond funds and a real estate fund, each with its own investment objectives, investment strategies and risks, as detailed in the Company’s investment policy statement. At December 31, 2017 and 2016 the investment funds included five equity funds, three bond funds and a taxable money market fund, each with its own investment objectives, investment strategies and risks, as detailed in the Company’s investment policy statement. The Company determines the appropriate strategic asset allocation versus plan liabilities, as governed by the investment policy statement.

 

The assets of the plan are invested under the supervision of the Company’s investment committee in accordance with the investment policy statement. The investment options of the plan are chosen in a manner consistent with generally accepted standards of fiduciary responsibility. The investment performance of the Company’s individual investment managers, with the assistance of the Company’s investment consultant, is monitored on a quarterly basis and is reviewed at least annually relative to the objectives and guidelines as stated in the Company’s investment policy statement.

 

The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets, by fair value hierarchy, are as follows:

 

    Balance     Quoted Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical Assets 
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
   

 

June 30, 2018

 
    (unaudited)  
Pooled separate accounts   $ 17,467     $ -     $ 17,467     $ -  
                                 
    December 31, 2017  
Pooled separate accounts   $ 18,166     $ -     $ 18,166     $ -  
                               
    December 31, 2016  
Pooled separate accounts   $ 16,702     $ -     $ 16,702     $ -  

 

The pooled separate accounts are valued at the net asset per unit based on either the observable net asset value of the underlying investment or the net asset value of the underlying pool of securities. Net asset value is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. Pooled separate accounts are classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy described in Note 1.

 

  F- 42  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Employer contributions and benefit payments are as follows:

 

    Six months ended June 30,     Years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)              
                         
Employer contribution   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
                                 
Benefits paid   $ (252 )   $ (200 )   $ (400 )   $ (356 )

 

As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

Years ended December 31,   2018     2017  
             
2018   $ 540     $ 538  
2019     567       564  
2020     636       633  
2021     667       666  
2022     711       708  
2023 - 2027     4,206       4,284  

 

On August 14, 2018 the Company made a contribution to the plan in the amount of $570. The contribution was made to reduce the underfunded status of the plan and realize a higher tax deduction due to the decrease of the federal tax rate in 2018.

 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan. Participants are permitted, in accordance with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, to contribute up to 25% of their earnings (as defined) into the plan with the Company matching up to 6%, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. The Company’s contributions charged to operations amounted to $378, $351, $686 and $564 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 and years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance

 

The Company has an investment in and is the beneficiary of, life insurance policies on the lives of certain officers and trustees. The purpose of these life insurance policies is to provide income through the appreciation in cash surrender value of the policies, which is expected to offset the cost of the deferred compensation plans. These policies have aggregate cash surrender values of $17,776, $17,577 and $17,076 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Net earnings on these policies aggregated $199 and $229 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 and $460 and $490 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which are included in noninterest income in the consolidated statement of income.

 

  F- 43  

 

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

 

Trustees’ Plan

 

The Company’s 1991 Plan (the “Trustees’ Plan”) covers Trustees who elect to defer fees earned. Under the terms of the Trustees’ Plan, each participant may elect to defer all or part of their annual director’s fees. Upon resignation, retirement, or death, the participants’ total deferred compensation, including earnings thereon, will be paid out. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, $1,730, $1,648 and $1,365, respectively, is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities, which represents cumulative amounts deferred and earnings thereon. Total expense related to the Trustees’ Plan for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 were $37 and $30 and years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $62 and $53, respectively, which are included in noninterest expense in the consolidated statement of income.

 

Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan

 

The Company maintains an Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “Executive Plan”). Participation in the Executive Plan is limited to officers of the Company designated as participants by the Board of Trustees and who filed a properly completed and executed participation agreement in accordance with the terms of the Executive Plan. Under the Executive Plan, the Board of Trustees may grant annual incentive awards equal to a percentage of a participant’s base salary at the rate in effect on the last day of the Plan year, as determined by the Board of Trustees based on the attainment of criteria established annually by the Board of Trustees. Incentive awards under the Executive Plan are credited to the participant’s incentive benefit account as of the last day of the Executive Plan year to which the award relates and earn interest at a rate determined annually by the Board of Trustees. Participants vest in their benefit accounts in accordance with the vesting schedule approved by the Board of Trustees, which ranges from one to five years of service. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, $831, $813 and $752, respectively, is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities, which represents the cumulative amounts deferred and earnings thereon. The Company recognized expenses of $18 and $15 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, and $76 and $54 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to this plan and which are included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statement of income.

 

Group Term Replacement Plan

 

Under the terms of the “Group Term Replacement Plan”, the Company provides postretirement life insurance benefits to certain officers. The liability related to these postretirement benefits is being accrued over the individual participants’ service period and aggregated $1,287, $1,260 and $1,188, respectively, at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Company recognized expenses of $27 and $27 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 and $71 and $43 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to this plan which are included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statement of income.

 

  F- 44  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Other Director and Officer Postretirement Benefits

 

The Company has individual fee continuation agreements with certain directors and a supplemental retirement agreement with an executive officer which provide for fixed postretirement benefits to be paid to the directors and the officer, or their beneficiaries, for periods ranging from 15 to 20 years. In addition, the Company has agreements with certain directors which provide for certain postretirement life insurance benefits. The liability related to these postretirement benefits is being accrued over the individual participants’ service period and aggregated $2,098, $2,078 and $2,151, respectively, at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Company recognized expenses of $51 and $119 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 and $292 and $269 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to these benefits which are included in other noninterest expenses in the consolidated statement of income.

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases and Subleases

 

The Company leases certain branch offices and equipment under operating lease agreements which expire at various dates through 2025. The Company has the option to renew the leases for its branch offices at fair rental values. In addition to rental payments, the branch leases require payments for property taxes in excess of base year taxes.

 

As of December 31, 2017 future minimum rental commitments under the terms of these leases, by year and in the aggregate, are as follows (There were no material changes to these amounts as of June 30, 2018.):

 

Years ended December 31,      
       
2018   $ 643  
2019     646  
2020     614  
2021     537  
2022     481  
2023 and thereafter     958  
         
Total   $ 3,879  

 

Total rental expense charged to operations for cancelable and non-cancelable operating leases were $309 and $315 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 and $626 and $635 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Rental income under subleases was $163 and $158 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, and $319 and $313 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Legal Matters

 

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings which have arisen in the normal course of business. Management believes that resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

 

  F- 45  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain officers. The agreements provide for base salaries and incentive compensation based on performance criteria outlined in the agreements. The agreements also provide for insurance and various other benefits.

 

13. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit, which include new loan commitments and undisbursed portions of construction loans and other lines of credit. These financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the statements of financial condition. The contractual amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

The contractual amounts of commitments to extend credit represent the amounts of potential accounting loss should the contract be fully drawn upon, the customer defaults and the value of any existing collateral become worthless. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent off-balance sheet credit risk are as follows:

 

    June 30,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)              
Commitments to extend credit summarized as follows                        
Future loan commitments   $ 4,108     $ 3,805     $ 5,578  
Undisbursed construction loans     11,150       7,175       6,119  
Undisbursed home equity lines of credit     11,186       11,185       10,288  
Undisbursed commercial and other line of credit     62,949       60,897       48,408  
Standby letters of credit     2,795       3,429       3,763  
                         
Total   $ 92,188     $ 86,491     $ 74,156  

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Since these commitments could expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

The Company evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include residential and commercial property, deposits and securities.

 

  F- 46  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

14. Regulatory Matters

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

The final rules implementing the BASEL Committee on Banking Supervisor’s Capital Guidance for U.S. Banks (BASEL III) became effective for the Company and Bank on January 1, 2016. Compliance with the requirements is being phased in over a four year period with full compliance as of January 1, 2019. All presented capital ratios are calculated using BASEL III rules.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the tables below) of total, common equity Tier 1 and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

The most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, common equity Tier 1, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since then, which management believes have changed the Bank's category.

 

  F- 47  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The Company’s and Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios were:

 

    Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To be Well
Capitalized under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
                                     
    June 30, 2018  
                (unaudited)              
Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 67,351       10.04 %   $ 53,679       8.00 %   $ 67,099       10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)     61,412       9.15 %     40,259       6.00 %     53,679       8.00 %
Common equity tier one capital (to risk weighted assets)     61,412       9.15 %     30,194       4.50 %     43,614       6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)     61,412       7.93 %     30,992       4.00 %     38,740       5.00 %
                                                 
Rhinebeck  Bank                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 70,457       10.50 %   $ 53,666       8.00 %   $ 67,083       10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)     64,518       9.62 %     40,250       6.00 %     53,666       8.00 %
Common equity tier one capital (to risk weighted assets)     64,518       9.62 %     30,187       4.50 %     43,604       6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)     64,518       8.33 %     30,986       4.00 %     38,732       5.00 %
                                                 
    December 31, 2017  
Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 65,623       10.94 %   $ 47,977       8.00 %   $ 59,971       10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)     60,166       10.03 %     35,983       6.00 %     47,977       8.00 %
Common equity tier one capital (to risk weighted assets)     60,166       10.03 %     26,987       4.50 %     38,891       6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)     60,166       8.16 %     29,488       4.00 %     36,860       5.00 %
                                                 
Rhinebeck  Bank                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 68,631       11.45 %   $ 47,964       8.00 %   $ 59,955       10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)     63,174       10.54 %     35,973       6.00 %     47,964       8.00 %
Common equity tier one capital (to risk weighted assets)     63,174       10.54 %     26,980       4.50 %     38,971       6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)     63,174       8.57 %     29,488       4.00 %     36,860       5.00 %
                                                 
    December 31, 2016    
Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 60,445       10.91 %   $ 44,314       8.00 %   $ 55,393       10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)     54,569       9.85 %     33,236       6.00 %     44,314       8.00 %
Common equity tier one capital (to risk weighted assets)     54,569       9.85 %     24,927       4.50 %     36,005       6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)     54,569       7.63 %     28,613       4.00 %     35,766       5.00 %
                                                 
Rhinebeck  Bank                                                
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   $ 63,292       11.43 %   $ 44,302       8.00 %   $ 55,377       10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)     57,416       10.37 %     33,226       6.00 %     44,302       8.00 %
Common equity tier one capital (to risk weighted assets)     57,416       10.37 %     24,920       4.50 %     35,995       6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)     57,416       8.08 %     28,412       4.00 %     35,515       5.00 %

 

15. Fair Value

 

As described in Note 1, the Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial and non-financial instruments not recorded at fair value, is set forth below.

 

  F- 48  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Cash and Due from Banks, Accrued Interest Receivable and Mortgagors' Escrow Accounts

 

The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Available for Sale and Held to Maturity Securities

 

Where quoted prices are available in an active market for identical securities, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include marketable equity securities and U.S. Treasury obligations. If quoted prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models (i.e., matrix pricing) or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Examples of such instruments include government agency bonds, mortgage-backed securities and municipal bonds. The Company does not have any Level 3 securities for which significant unobservable inputs are utilized. Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and held to maturity securities are only disclosed at fair value.

 

FHLBNY Stock

 

The carrying value of FHLBNY stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the FHLBNY.

 

Loans

 

Loans receivable are carried at cost. For variable rate loans which reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, carrying values are a reasonable estimate of fair values, adjusted for credit losses inherent in the portfolios. The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the year end rates, estimated using local market data, at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities, adjusted for credit losses inherent in the portfolios. The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, nonrecurring fair value adjustments to collateral-dependent impaired loans are recorded to reflect partial write-downs based on the observable market price or current appraised value of collateral. The fair value of loans held for sale is estimated using quoted market prices.

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Other real estate owned represents real estate acquired through foreclosure and is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is utilized in the fair value measurements.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.

 

  F- 49  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

Deposits

 

Deposit liabilities are carried at cost. The fair value of NOW, savings and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities estimated using local market data to a schedule of aggregated expected maturities on such deposits.

 

Advances from the FHLBNY

 

The fair value of the advances is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current FHLBNY interest rates for advances of similar maturity to a schedule of maturities of such advances.

 

Subordinated Debt

 

Based on the floating rate characteristic of these instruments, the carrying value is considered to approximate fair value.

 

Off-Balance -Sheet Instruments

 

Fair values for off-balance-sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standings. Such amounts are not significant.

 

The following tables detail the assets that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:

 

          Quoted Prices              
          in Active     Significant     Significant  
          Markets for     Observable     Unobservable  
          Identical Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Balance     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
                         
    June 30, 2018  
    (unaudited)  
                         
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 2,946     $ 2,946     $ -     $ -  
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     82,217       -       82,217       -  
U.S. government agency securities     16,275       -       16,275       -  
Municipal securities     1,818       -       1,818       -  
                                 
Total   $ 103,256     $ 2,946     $ 100,310     $ -  

 

  F- 50  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

          Quoted Prices              
          in Active     Significant     Significant  
          Markets for     Observable     Unobservable  
          Identical Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Balance     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
                         
    December 31, 2017  
       
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 3,001     $ 3,001     $ -     $ -  
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     91,390       -       91,390       -  
U.S. government agency securities     16,526       -       16,526       -  
Municipal securities     2,385       -       2,386       -  
                                 
Total   $ 113,302     $ 3,001     $ 110,302     $ -  
                                 
    December 31, 2016  
       
U.S. Treasury securities   $ 12,056     $ 12,056     $ -     $ -  
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities-residential     104,823       -       104,823       -  
U.S. government agency securities     19,715       -       19,715       -  
Municipal securities     3,673       -       3,673       -  
                                 
Total   $ 140,267     $ 12,056     $ 128,211     $ -  

 

The following tables detail the assets carried at fair value and measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and 2016 and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine the fair value:

 

    Balance     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
  2018  
    (unaudited)  
Assets held at fair value                                
                                 
Impaired loans   $ 126     $ -     $ -     $ 126  
                                 
Other real estate owned   $ 1,074     $ -     $ -     $ 1,074  

 

  F- 51  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

    Balance     Quoted Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
                         
    December 31, 2017  
                         
Assets held at fair value                                
                                 
Impaired loans   $ 760     $ -     $ -     $ 760  
                                 
Other real estate owned   $ 773     $ -     $ -     $ 773  
                                 
    December 31, 2016  
       
Assets held at fair value                                
                                 
Impaired loans   $ 473     $ -     $ -     $ 473  

 

The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

 

    Fair Value Estimate     Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range
                   
    June 30, 2018
    (unaudited)
       
Assets held at fair value                    
                     
Impaired loans   $ 126     Appraisal of collateral (1)   Appraisal adjustments (2)   0% - 20%
                Liquidation expenses (3)   0% - 6%
Other real estate owned     1,074     Appraisal of collateral (1)   Appraisal adjustments (2)   0% - 20%
                     
    December 31, 2017
                     
Impaired loans   $ 760     Appraisal of collateral (1)   Appraisal adjustments (2)   0% - 20%
                Liquidation expenses (3)   0% - 6%
Other real estate owned     773     Appraisal of collateral (1)   Appraisal adjustments (2)   0% - 20%
                     
    December 31, 2016
                     
Impaired loans   $ 473     Appraisal of collateral (1)   Appraisal adjustments (2)   0% - 20%
                Liquidation expenses (3)   0% - 6%

 

(1) Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral that generally include various level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. 

(2) Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraised value. 

(3) Estimated costs to sell.

 

  F- 52  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The Company discloses fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the statements of financial condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Certain financial instruments are excluded from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

The estimated fair value amounts for 2018, 2017 and 2016 have been measured as of their respective reporting dates and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than amounts reported at each year-end.

 

The information presented should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only required for a limited portion of the Company's assets and liabilities. Due to the wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company's disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful.

 

As of the following dates, the carrying value and fair values of the Company's financial instruments were:

 

    June 30,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
    (unaudited)                          
    Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
 
                                     
Financial Assets:                                                
Cash and due from banks   (Level 2)   $ 12,408     $ 12,408     $ 10,460     $ 10,460     $ 12,976     $ 12,976  
Available for sale securities (Level 2)     103,256       103,256       113,302       113,302       140,267       140,267  
Held to maturity securities (Level 2)     1,652       1,653       1,914       1,928       1,635       1,638  
FHLBNY stock (Level 2)     2,396       2,396       1,108       1,108       897       897  
Loans, net (Level 3)     621,227       620,833       566,178       565,765       512,594       511,525  
Accrued interest receivable (Level 2)     1,796       1,796       2,149       2,149       1,978       1,978  
Mortgage servicing rights (Level 3)     2,258       4,543       2,260       4,122       2,225       4,142  
                                                 
Financial Liabilities:                                                
                                                 
Deposits (Level 2)     666,098       665,014       650,105       649,517       639,675       639,844  
Mortgagors escrow accounts (Level 2)     10,114       10,114       7,284       7,284       7,056       7,056  
FHLBNY advances (Level 2)     43,000       43,000       14,900       14,900       9,500       9,500  
Subordinated debt (Level 2)     5,155       5,155       5,155       5,155       5,155       5,155  

 

16. Revenue Recognition (unaudited)

 

The Company generally fully satisfies its performance obligations on its contracts with customers as services are rendered and the transaction prices are typically fixed; charged either on a periodic basis or based on activity. Because performance obligations are satisfied as services are rendered and the transaction prices are fixed, there is little judgment involved in applying Topic 606 that significantly affects the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from contracts with customers.  The main types of revenue contracts included in non-interest income within the consolidated statements of operations are as follows:

 

  F- 53  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

· Fees for services to customers include service charges on deposits which are included as liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial condition and consist of transaction-based fees: stop payment fees, Automated Clearing House (ACH) fees, account maintenance fees, wire fees, official check fees and overdraft services fees for various retail and business checking customers. These fees are charged as earned on the day of the transaction or within the month of the service. Service charges on deposits are withdrawn directly from the customer’s account balance. ATM and debit card fees are recognized at the time the transaction is executed as that is the point in time the Company fulfills the customer’s request. Sales of checks to depositors earn fees as a contractual discount to the retail price of the sale from a third-party provider. These fees earned are remitted by the third-party to the Company quarterly.

 

· The Company earns interchange fee income from credit/debit cardholder transactions conducted through MasterCard payment networks.  Interchange fees from cardholder transactions represent a percentage of the underlying transaction value and are recognized monthly, concurrently with the transaction processing services provided to the cardholder within the month.

 

· The Company records a gain or loss from the sale of OREO when control of the property transfers to the buyer, which generally occurs at the time of an executed deed; at this time the OREO asset is derecognized and the gain or loss on the sale is recorded. Rental income received from leased OREO property is recognized during the month it is earned.

 

· Retail brokerage and advisory fee income is accrued monthly to properly record the revenues in the month they are earned.  Advisory fees are collected in advance on a quarterly basis.  These advisory fees and recorded in the first month of the quarter for which the service is being performed.  Investments into mutual funds and annuities generate fees that are recorded as revenue at the time of the initial sales. In subsequent years the mutual funds and variable annuities generate recurring fees (referred to as 12B-1 fees) that are paid in advance on the anniversary of the original transaction. Fees that are transaction based are recognized at the point in time that the transaction is executed (i.e. trade date). Life insurance products are sold on a commission basis that generates a fee that is recorded as revenue within the month of the approved transaction.

 

· Other income includes rental income, mortgage origination and service fees and late fees on serviced mortgages. All items are recorded as revenue within the month that the service is provided.

 

17. Plan of Reorganization

 

On June 12, 2018, the Board of Trustees of the Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted a Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance (the “Plan”). The Plan is subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the New York State Department of Financial Services and must be approved by the affirmative vote of 75% of the votes of depositors of the Bank at a special meeting.  Pursuant to the Plan, the Bank proposes to reorganize into the “two-tier” mutual holding company form of ownership.  In connection with the reorganization, a new stock holding company named Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has been organized and will become the bank holding company for the Bank. As part of the reorganization, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. will sell stock to the public, with the total offering value and number of shares of common stock based upon an independent appraiser’s valuation.  The stock will be priced at $10.00 per share.  In addition, the Bank’s Board of Directors will adopt an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”), which is permitted to subscribe for up to 3.92% of the common stock to be outstanding following the completion of the reorganization and the offering. Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. is organized as a Maryland corporation and will offer 43% of its common stock to be outstanding to the Bank’s eligible members, the ESOP and certain other persons. The Bank also intends to form a charitable foundation, Rhinebeck Bank Charitable Foundation, and fund it with 2% of the shares to be outstanding following completion of the reorganization and the offering and up to $200,000 in cash. The Company will own 55% of the common stock of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. outstanding upon completion of the reorganization and stock offering.

 

  F- 54  

 

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2018 and 2017 (unaudited) and December 31, 2017 and 2016
(dollars in thousands)

 

The costs of the reorganization and the issuing of the common stock will be deferred and deducted from the sales proceeds of the offering. If the reorganization and offering is unsuccessful, all deferred costs will be charged to operations. As of June 30, 2018, $98 of reorganization costs had been incurred.

 

18. Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to the statement of financial condition date of December 31, 2017 through the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued for items that should potentially be recognized or disclosed in these consolidated financial statements. The following items were considered necessary to disclose:

 

On August 29, 2018 the Company closed on two non-accrual commercial loans with the combined book value of $1,620 which were sold at foreclosure on July 20, 2018 for $2,102, resulting in the satisfaction of the unpaid principal and the recognition of interest income and late charges, and the recapture of foreclosure expenses in the amount of $482.

 

On August 9, 2018 the Company pledged $93,110 in additional commercial real estate and home equity loans and home equity lines of credit to the FHLB to provide for the same increase in immediately available borrowing potential under its secured line of credit.

 

  F- 55  

 

 

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. or Rhinebeck Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for Rhinebeck Bank)

 

Up to 4,415,179 Shares

(Subject to increase to up to 5,077,456 Shares)

 

COMMON STOCK

 

PROSPECTUS

 

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.

 

______________, 2018

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed.

 

Until [DATE 1], all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

    Estimated Amount  
       
Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses   $ 525,000  
Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses     226,500  
Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (1)     595,328  
Marketing Agent Expenses     150,000  
Records Management Fees and Expenses     25,000  
Appraisal Fees and Expenses     75,000  
Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees     165,000  
Filing Fees (NASDAQ, FINRA, NYSDFS and SEC)     80,000  
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses     20,000  
Business Plan Fees and Expenses     45,000  
Stock Certificate Fees and Expenses     10,000  
Other     23,000  
Total   $ 1,939,828  

 

 

(1) Estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming 100% of the shares are sold in the subscription offering.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Article 10 of the Articles of Incorporation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) sets forth the circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they may incur in their capacities as such:

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.            Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.            Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his or her good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination before the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

 

  II- 1  
 

 

C.            Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.            Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.             Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.             Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 by the stockholders of the Corporation or the Board of Directors shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are:

 

(a) List of Exhibits

 

1.1 Engagement Letter between Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bank and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
1.2 Form of Agency Agreement between Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., Rhinebeck Bank and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.*
2 Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Rhinebeck Bank
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
4 Form of Common Stock Certificate of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

 

  II- 2  
 

 

5 Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1 Form of Federal Income Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC
8.2 Form of State Income Tax Opinion of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause LLP
10.1 Rhinebeck Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.2 Employment Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and Michael J. Quinn
10.3 Employment Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and Jamie J. Bloom
10.4 Change in Control Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and James McCardle
10.5 Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and Michael J. Quinn dated January 1, 2008
10.6 Rhinebeck Bank Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan
10.7 Rhinebeck Bank Executive Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan
10.8 Rhinebeck Bank Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan
10.9 New Director Fee Continuation Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and Joseph A. Bahnatka, Jr. dated January 1, 2008
10.10 New Director Fee Continuation Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and Frederick Battenfeld dated January 1, 2008
10.11 New Director Fee Continuation Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and William C. Irwin dated January 1, 2008
10.12 New Director Fee Continuation Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and Louis Tumolo, Jr. dated January 1, 2008
21 Subsidiaries of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
23.1 Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits  5 and 8.1 )
23.2 Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3 Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause LLP
24 Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1 Appraisal Agreement between Rhinebeck Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2 Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to value of Subscription Rights
99.3 Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4 Marketing Materials*
99.5 Stock Order and Certification Form*

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is inapplicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)           To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii)            To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

  II- 3  
 

 

(iii)            To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2)           That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)           To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4)           That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)            Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

 

(ii)            Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii)            The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv)            Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(5)           That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(6)           That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(7)           The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(8)            Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  II- 4  
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Poughkeepsie, State of New York on September 10, 2018.

 

  RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Quinn 
    Michael J. Quinn
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (Duly Authorized Representative)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Michael J. Quinn as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said individual may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Corporation’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said individual shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures   Title   Date
         
/s/ Michael J. Quinn   President and Chief Executive Officer   September 10, 2018
Michael J. Quinn   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ Michael J. McDermott   Chief Financial Officer   September 10, 2018
Michael J. McDermott   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ Frederick L. Battenfeld   Director   September 10, 2018
Frederick L. Battenfeld        
         
/s/ Christopher W. Chestney   Director   September 10, 2018
Christopher W. Chestney        
         
/s/ Freddimir Garcia   Director   September 10, 2018
Freddimir Garcia        
         
/s/ William C. Irwin   Director   September 10, 2018
William C. Irwin        
         
/s/ Shannon Martin LaFrance   Director   September 10, 2018
Shannon Martin LaFrance        
         
/s/ Suzanne Rhulen-Loughlin   Director   September 10, 2018
Suzanne Rhulen-Loughlin        
         
/s/ Louis Tumolo, Jr.   Director   September 10, 2018
Louis Tumolo, Jr.        

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

 

 

June 29, 2018

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

Two Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, NY 12601

 

Attention: Mr. Michael J. Quinn

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We understand that the Boards of Directors of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC (“MHC”) and its subsidiary, Rhinebeck Bank (the “Bank”), are considering the adoption of a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the MHC will form a new subsidiary stock holding company for the Bank (the “Holding Company”) and shares of the common stock (the “Shares”) of the Holding Company will be offered and sold in a public offering, with the MHC retaining a majority of the Shares outstanding following completion of the offering. The MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Company” and their respective Boards of Directors are collectively referred to herein as the “Board.” Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to assist the Company with the Offering and this letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

Under the terms of the Plan and applicable regulations, the Shares will be offered first to eligible depositors of the Bank and the Company’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans (the “Subscription Offering”). Subject to the prior rights of subscribers in the subscription offering, the Shares may be offered in a community offering, with a preference given in the community offering to residents of the communities served by the Bank (the “Community Offering,” and together with the Subscription Offering, the “Subscription and Community Offering”). Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription and Community Offering, if any, may be offered to the general public by Sandler O’Neill on a best efforts basis (“Syndicated Offering”) and/or in a firm commitment public offering (“Firm Commitment Offering,” and together with the Subscription and Community Offering and any Syndicated Offering, the “Offering”).

 

Marketing Agent Services

 

In connection with our engagement, we anticipate that our services will include the following:

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

June 28, 2018

Page 2

 

 

1. Consulting as to the securities marketing implications of the Plan, including the percentage of common stock to be offered in the Offering;

 

2. Reviewing with the Board the financial impact of the Offering on the Company, based upon the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the common stock of the Holding Company;

 

3. Reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

4. Assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the Offering;

 

5. Assisting management in scheduling and preparing for discussions or meetings with potential investors or other broker-dealers in connection with the Offering, including assistance in preparing presentation materials for such meetings (it being understood that the Company shall be solely responsible for the contents of such materials); and

 

6. Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the Offering.

 

Sandler O’Neill will act as exclusive marketing agent for the Company in the Subscription and Community Offering and will serve as sole manager of any Syndicated Offering or Firm Commitment Offering. Sandler O’Neill may also seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to assist in any Syndicated Offering or Firm Commitment Offering (all such registered broker-dealers participating in the Syndicated Offering or Firm Commitment Offering, including Sandler O’Neill, the “Syndicate Member Firms”). Sandler O’Neill will consult with the Company in selecting the Syndicate Member Firms and the extent of their participation in the Offering. Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Sandler O’Neill will endeavor to distribute the Shares among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the requirements of the Plan, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain Syndicate Member Firms. It is understood that in no event shall any Syndicate Member Firm be obligated to take or purchase any Shares in the Offering other than as may be expressly agreed to in an underwriting agreement for a Firm Commitment Offering entered into between the Company and such firms.

 

Marketing Agent Fees

 

If the Offering is consummated, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill for its marketing agent services a fee of 1.0% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in the Subscription and Community Offering, excluding Shares purchased by or on behalf of (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company established for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, (ii) any charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such a charitable foundation), and (iii) any director, officer or employee of the Company or members of their immediate families (whether directly or through a personal trust).

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

June 28, 2018

Page 3

 

 

With respect to any Shares sold in any Syndicated Offering or Firm Commitment Offering, the Company agrees to pay an aggregate fee of 5.0% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of all Shares sold in such offerings.

 

For purposes of this letter, the term “Actual Purchase Price” shall mean the price at which the Shares are sold in the Offering. All marketing agent fees payable hereunder shall be payable in immediately available funds by wire transfer at the time of the closing of the Offering or, in the case of a Firm Commitment Offering, shall be applied as an underwriting discount to the Shares purchased by the underwriters in such Firm Commitment Offering. If the Offering is terminated by the Company, no marketing agent services fees shall be payable by the Company to Sandler O’Neill hereunder.

 

Records Agent Services

 

Sandler O’Neill also agrees to serve as records management agent for the Company in connection with the Offering. In this role, we anticipate that our services will include the services outlined below, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

1. Consolidation of Deposit Accounts for Voting and Subscription Rights;
2. Organization and Supervision of the Stock Information Center;
3. Coordination of Proxy Solicitation of Members and Special Meeting Services (it being understood that the Company will engage an independent tabulator to tabulate proxies and, as necessary, a proxy solicitation firm to solicit depositor votes); and
4. Subscription Processing Services.

 

Each of these services is further described in Appendix A to this agreement.

 

The Company will furnish Sandler O’Neill with such information as Sandler O’Neill reasonably believes appropriate to its assignment (all such information so furnished being the “Records”). The Company recognizes and confirms that Sandler O’Neill (a) will use and rely primarily on the Records without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Records.

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

June 28, 2018

Page 4

 

 

Limitations

 

Sandler O’Neill, as records management agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person, firm or corporation including the Company by reason of any error of judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence, as determined in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction; (d) will not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

 

Records Agent Fees

 

For its records management services hereunder, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill a fee of $25,000. In recognition that these services are administrative in nature and a substantial portion of the services will be performed prior to the commencement of the Offering, the Company agrees that (a) $12,500 of the fee shall be payable upon execution of this agreement by the Company, which shall be non-refundable; and (b) the balance shall be due upon the closing of the Offering.

 

Expenses

 

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder and the expenses to be borne by the Company pursuant to the following paragraph, the Company agrees to reimburse Sandler O’Neill, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, travel and syndication expenses, up to a maximum of $150,000; provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill shall document such expenses to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification or contribution provisions of this letter.

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

June 28, 2018

Page 5

 

 

As is customary, the Company will bear all other expenses incurred in connection with the Offering and the Stock Information Center, including, without limitation, (a) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required FINRA filing fees; (b) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (c) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel) of the Shares in the various states; (d) listing fees; (e) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors; and (f) the establishment and operational expenses for the Stock Information Center (e.g., postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.). In the event Sandler O’Neill incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company will reimburse Sandler O’Neill for such fees and expenses whether or not the Offering is consummated.

 

Due Diligence Review

 

Sandler O’Neill’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company and its directors, officers, agents and employees as Sandler O’Neill and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to Sandler O’Neill all information that Sandler O’Neill requests, and will allow Sandler O’Neill the opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the financial condition, business and operations of the Company. The Company acknowledges that Sandler O’Neill will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.

 

Blue Sky Matters

 

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering. The Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offering, including Sandler O’Neill’s participation therein, and shall furnish Sandler O’Neill a copy thereof addressed to Sandler O’Neill or upon which such counsel shall state Sandler O’Neill may rely.

 

Confidentiality

 

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process or by order of any court or governmental or regulatory authority, Sandler O’Neill agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill may disclose such information to its employees, agents, consultants and advisors who are assisting or advising Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder, provided they have been directed to comply with the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Sandler O’Neill in breach of the confidentiality provisions contained herein, (b) was available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Sandler O’Neill by the Company, or (c) becomes available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Sandler O’Neill to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

June 28, 2018

Page 6

 

 

Indemnification; Contribution

 

Each of the MHC and the Bank, jointly and severally, agrees to, and shall cause the Holding Company to, indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, (i) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the offering documents, including documents described or incorporated by reference therein, or in any other written or oral communication provided by or on behalf of the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank to any actual or prospective purchaser of the Shares or arising out of or based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (ii) arising out of or based in whole or in part on any inaccuracy in the representations or warranties of the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank contained in any underwriting agreement or agency agreement, or any failure of the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank to perform its obligations thereunder, or (iii) related to or arising out of the Offering or the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, or the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party; provided, however, that the Company shall only be obligated to pay for one separate counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) in any one action or proceeding or group of related actions or proceedings for all Indemnified Parties collectively, and provided, further, that the Company will not be liable (a) to Sandler O’Neill, in its capacity as marketing agent, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by Sandler O’Neill expressly for use therein, or (b) to Sandler O’Neill, in its capacity as records management agent and marketing agent, under clause (iii) of this paragraph to the extent that it is finally judicially determined that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Sandler O’Neill. If the foregoing indemnification is unavailable for any reason other than for the reasons stated in subparagraph (a) or (b) above, the Company agrees to contribute to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in the proportion that its financial interest in the Offering bears to that of Sandler O’Neill. The MHC and the Bank further agree, and shall cause the Holding Company to agree, that neither Sandler O’Neill nor any of its controlling persons, affiliates, partners, directors, officers, employees or consultants shall have any liability to the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising out of or relating to this agreement or the services to be rendered by Sandler O’Neill hereunder, unless it is finally judicially determined that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses resulted directly from the gross negligence willful misconduct or bad faith of Sandler O’Neill.

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

June 28, 2018

Page 7

 

 

Each of the MHC and the Bank agrees to, and shall cause the Holding Company to, notify Sandler O’Neill promptly of the assertion against it or any other person of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding relating to any transaction contemplated by this agreement. Each of the MHC and the Bank will not, and shall cause the Company not to, without Sandler O’Neill’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not any Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes an explicit and unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from any liabilities arising out of such claim, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party. If the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank enters into any agreement or arrangement with respect to, or effects, any proposed sale, exchange, dividend or other distribution or liquidation of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of transactions, the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank, as the case may be, shall provide for the assumption of its obligations under this section by the purchaser or transferee of such assets or another party reasonably satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill.

 

Definitive Agreement

 

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that (a) except as set forth in clause (b) below, the foregoing represents the general intention of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the services to be provided by Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering, which will serve as a basis for Sandler O’Neill commencing activities, and (b) the only legal and binding obligations of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the Offering (such obligations to survive any termination of this agreement) shall be (i) the obligations set forth under the captions “Records Agent Fees,” “Expenses,” “Confidentiality” and “Indemnification; Contribution,” and (ii) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed definitive Agency Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of the Subscription and Community Offering, and, if applicable, a duly negotiated and executed Underwriting Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of a Firm Commitment Offering. Such Agency Agreement and, as applicable, Underwriting Agreement, shall be in form and content satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill and the Company and their respective counsel and shall contain standard indemnification and contribution provisions consistent herewith.

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

June 28, 2018

Page 8

 

 

Sandler O’Neill’s execution of such Agency Agreement and/or Underwriting Agreement shall also be subject to (a) Sandler O’Neill’s satisfaction with its investigation of the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, (b) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of Sandler O’Neill, (d) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser for the Offering is reasonable, and (e) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offering.

 

Representations

 

Each of the MHC and the Bank represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms and provisions of this agreement, the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement does not breach or conflict with any agreement, document or instrument to which it is a party or bound and this agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it.

 

Miscellaneous

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the financial models and presentations used by Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to Sandler O’Neill and are protected under applicable copyright laws. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of Sandler O’Neill.

 

This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This agreement can only be altered by written consent signed by the parties. This agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

 

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Rhinebeck Bank

June 28, 2018

Page 9

 

 

It is understood that the provisions contained under the captions “Limitations” and “Representations” will also survive any termination of this agreement.

 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.
  By: Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,
    the sole general partner
     
     
  By: /s/ Derek Szot  
    Derek Szot
    Authorized Signatory

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first written above:

 

RHINEBECK BANCORP, MHC

RHINEBECK Bank

 

 

By: /s/ Michael J. Quinn  

Michael J. Quinn

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

RECORDS AGENT SERVICES

 

I. Consolidation of Deposit Accounts for Voting and Subscription Rights
1. Consolidate files in accordance with regulatory guidelines and create central file.
2. Our EDP format will be provided to your data processing people.
3. Vote calculation and preparation of depositor data for proxy forms.
4. Preparation of depositor data for stock order forms.

 

II. Organization and Supervision of the Stock Information Center
1. Advising on physical organization of the Center, including materials requirements.
2. Assist in the training of all Bank personnel and temporary employees who will be staffing the Center.
3. Establish reporting procedures.
4. On-site supervision of Center during subscription offering period.

 

III. Coordination of Proxy Solicitation of Members and Special Meeting Services
1. Coordinate proxy solicitation with Company and proxy solicitor (including assisting in designing and executing the vote campaign).
2. Interface with proxy tabulator during solicitation period.
3. Delete closed accounts for special meeting (if necessary).
4. Act as or support inspector of election, it being understood that Sandler O’Neill will not act as inspector of election in the case of a contested election.

 

IV. Subscription Processing Services
1. Produce list of depositors by state (Blue Sky report).
2. Production of subscription rights and research books.
3. Assist in the design and preparation of a stock order form and offering marketing materials.
4. Stock order form processing.
5. Acknowledgment letter to confirm receipt of stock order.
6. Daily reports and analysis.
7. Proration calculation and share allocation in the event of an oversubscription.
8. Produce charter shareholder list.
9. Interface with transfer agent for ownership statement/welcome stockholder letter.
10. Refund and interest calculations.
11. Notification of full/partial rejection of orders.
12. Production of 1099 Debit tape.

 

 

 

Exhibit 2

 

RHINEBECK BANK

RHINEBECK BANCORP, MHC

 

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MINORITY STOCK ISSUANCE

 

     

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
1. Introduction 1
2. Definitions 2
3. The Reorganization 8
4. Conditions to Implementation of the Reorganization and Stock Offering 9
5. Special Meeting of Depositors 10
6. Liquidation Account and Liquidation Rights 11
7. Conversion of MHC to Stock Form 11
8. Timing of the Reorganization and Sale of Capital Stock 12
9. Number of Shares to be Offered 12
10. Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares 12
11. Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock 13
12. Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock 17
13. Payment for Common Stock 19
14. Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms 20
15. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment 21
16. Completion of the Stock Offering 22
17. Market for Common Stock 22
18. Stock Purchases by Management Persons After the Stock Offering 22
19. Resales of Stock by Directors and Officers 22
20. Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases 22
21. Stock Benefit Plans 23
22. Post-Reorganization Filing and Market Making 23
23. Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock 23
24. Contribution to the Foundation 24
25. Reorganization and Stock Offering Expenses 24
26. Employment and Other Severance Agreements 24
27. Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States 25
28. Interpretation 25
29. Amendment or Termination of the Plan 25

 

Exhibits  
   
Exhibit A Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company

 

     

 

 

1. Introduction

 

The Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2004 pursuant to the regulations of the Department, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC (the “2004 Reorganization”). As part of the 2004 Reorganization, the Bank organized the MHC, which currently owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank. The Board of Directors of the Bank and the Board of Trustees of the MHC have determined that the Bank needs to continue to grow to remain competitive and support new services, larger loan relationships, improvements in technology and regulatory compliance costs, and that the Bank requires additional capital to fund such growth. Accordingly, the primary purpose of this Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance is to increase the capital of the Bank. This Plan provides for the reorganization of the MHC and the Bank into a “two-tier” mutual holding company structure by forming the Holding Company as the stock holding company subsidiary of the MHC and sole stockholder of the Bank. Formation of the Holding Company as a mid-tier holding company subsidiary of the MHC will facilitate the sale of Common Stock and provide the Bank and Holding Company with the operating flexibility necessary to compete with other financial services holding companies. The Holding Company will be established as a Maryland - chartered corporation and will be a majority-owned subsidiary of the MHC so long as the MHC remains in existence. Concurrently with the Reorganization, the Holding Company intends to offer for sale up to 49.0% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering, which will be made on a priority basis to Depositors and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, with any remaining shares offered for sale to the public in a Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering, or a Firm Commitment Offering, or a combination thereof. The Reorganization and the Stock Offering will be conducted in accordance with applicable New York laws and regulations of the Department, regulations of the Federal Reserve, the Securities Act and the regulations of the SEC thereunder, and other applicable regulatory requirements.

 

The Holding Company will not offer all its Common Stock for sale to Depositors and the public in the Stock Offering. However, the Holding Company will have flexibility to raise additional capital as needed and as market conditions permit, since a majority of the Holding Company’s common stock (the common stock held by the MHC) will remain available for sale in the future. Formation of the Holding Company as a subsidiary of the MHC will also provide the Bank with greater flexibility to structure and finance the expansion of its operations, including the potential acquisition of other financial institutions. Although the Reorganization and Stock Offering will create the Holding Company, the MHC will remain the Holding Company’s majority stockholder and, therefore, the mutual holding company structure will preserve the Bank’s mutual form of ownership and its ability to remain an independent community bank.

 

In furtherance of the Bank’s commitment to its community, this Plan provides for a contribution of Common Stock and/or cash, subject to regulatory limitations, to the Foundation. The funding of the Foundation is intended to enhance the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the Bank’s local communities to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Bank over the long term.

 

     

 

 

This Plan has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and Board of Trustees of the MHC. This Plan also must be approved by Voting Depositors at a Special Meeting of Depositors to be called for that purpose. Contribution of Holding Company Common Stock to the Foundation in connection with the Stock Offering also must be approved by a separate vote of Voting Depositors at the Special Meeting. Each Voting Depositor will be entitled to cast one vote for each $100 of deposits in the Bank on the Voting Record Date. No Voting Depositor may cast more than 1,000 votes at the Special Meeting. The Department must approve this Plan and the transactions contemplated hereby before it is presented to Voting Depositors for their approval. In addition, the Holding Company will make any and all filings in a timely manner with the Federal Reserve and the SEC to obtain any requisite regulatory approvals or non-objections to complete the Reorganization.

 

2. Definitions

 

As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:

 

Account Holder: Any Person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank.

 

Acting in Concert: The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A Person or company which acts in concert with another Person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any Person or company who is also Acting in Concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan will not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with its trustee or a Person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated. The determination of whether a Person is Acting in Concert with another Person shall be made solely by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company or Officers delegated by such Board of Directors and may be based on any evidence upon which such Board or such delegate chooses to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such Persons share a common address (whether or not related by blood or marriage) or have filed joint Schedules 13D or Schedules 13G with the SEC with respect to other companies. Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank, and trustees of the MHC shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert solely as a result of their membership on any of the boards of such entitities.

 

Affiliate: Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

 

Associate: The term “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank, the Holding Company, the MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any thereof) of which such Person is a senior officer or partner, or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization; (ii) any trust or other estate, if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate, except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Stock Offering and the sale of Common Stock following the Reorganization, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an associate of such plan, and except that for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers, Trustees and Directors, the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan; and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and who (A) lives in the same home as such Person or (B) is a director or Officer of the Bank, the Holding Company, the MHC or a subsidiary of the Bank, the Holding Company or the MHC.

 

  2  

 

  

BHCA: The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

 

Bank: Rhinebeck Bank, a New York-chartered stock savings bank.

 

Bank Regulators: The Department, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies responsible for reviewing and approving the Reorganization and Stock Offering, including all steps necessary to complete the Reorganization and Stock Offering.

 

Capital Stock: Any and all authorized capital stock of the Bank or the Holding Company.

 

Common Stock: The common stock issuable by the Holding Company in connection with the Stock Offering, including securities convertible into Common Stock, pursuant to its articles of incorporation.

 

Community: Columbia, Duchess, Orange, and Ulster Counties in New York.

 

Community Offering: The offering to certain members of the general public of any shares of Common Stock unsubscribed for in the Subscription Offering. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and/or any Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Control: (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in Section 143-b of the New York Banking Law.

 

Conversion Transaction: The conversion of the MHC from the mutual to stock form of organization, as described more specifically in Section 7 of this Plan.

 

Department: The New York State Department of Financial Services.

 

Deposit Account(s): Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW account, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

 

Depositor: Any Person that has a Deposit Account with the Bank.

 

Effective Date: The date on which, after all necessary approvals to complete the Reorganization and the Stock Offering will have been obtained, the Reorganization and the Stock Offering is completed.

 

Eligible Account Holder: Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights.

 

  3  

 

  

Eligibility Record Date: December 31, 2016, the date for determining the Depositors that qualify as Eligible Account Holders.

 

Employee Plans: The Tax-Qualified and Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plans of the Bank and/or the Company.

 

ESOP: The Bank’s employee stock ownership plan.

 

Estimated Valuation Range: The range of the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Holding Company, as determined by the Independent Appraiser before the commencement of the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.

 

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Federal Reserve: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

FDIC: The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Firm Commitment Offering: The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering.

 

Foundation: Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation, a new charitable foundation intended to qualify as an exempt organization under Code Section 501(c)(3) that will receive Common Stock and/or cash in connection with the Stock Offering.

 

Foundation Shares: Shares of the Common Stock issued to the Foundation in connection with the Stock Offering.

 

Holding Company: The Maryland - chartered corporation that will be majority-owned by the MHC upon completion of the Reorganization and Stock Offering, and will own all the outstanding common stock of the Bank.

 

Holding Company Application: The Holding Company Application, on such form as may be prescribed by the Federal Reserve, which will be filed with the Federal Reserve in connection with the Reorganization.

 

Independent Appraiser: The independent appraiser retained by the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Bank and the Holding Company.

 

Liquidation Account: The liquidation account that was established in the MHC as part of the 2004 Reorganization.

 

  4  

 

  

Management Person: Any Officer or director of the Bank or the Holding Company, or any Officer or trustee of the MHC, or any Affiliate of the Bank, the Holding Company or MHC, and any Person Acting in Concert with any such Officer, director or trustee.

 

Market Maker: A dealer ( i.e. , any person who engages directly or indirectly as agent, broker, or principal in the business of offering, buying, selling or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another person) who, with respect to a particular security, (i) regularly publishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request, and (ii) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at the dealer’s quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

 

MHC: Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, the mutual holding company of the Bank that was formed in 2004. MHC will become the mutual holding company of the Holding Company and the Bank upon completion of the Reorganization.

 

Minority Ownership Interest: The shares of Common Stock owned by Persons, other than the MHC, expressed as a percentage of the total shares of Common Stock outstanding.

 

Minority Stock Offering: One or more offering(s) of Common Stock to Persons other than the MHC, provided that upon completion of each Minority Stock Offering, no more than 49.0% of the outstanding Common Stock, in the aggregate, is owned by Persons other than the MHC.

 

Minority Stockholder: An owner of the Common Stock of the Holding Company, other than the MHC.

 

Offering Range: The aggregate purchase price of the Common Stock to be sold in the Stock Offering based on the Independent Valuation expressed as a range, which may vary within 15% above or 15% below the midpoint of such range, with a possible adjustment by up to 15% above the maximum of such range. The Offering Range will be based on the Estimated Valuation Range, but will represent a Minority Ownership Interest equal to no more than 49.0% of the outstanding Common Stock.

 

Officer: An executive officer of the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank, including the Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents in charge of principal business functions, Secretary, Treasurer and any other person performing similar policy making functions.

 

Order Form: Any form (together with any attached cover letter and/or certifications or acknowledgements), sent by the Bank to any Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under the Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding purchases of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.

 

Person: An individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

 

  5  

 

  

Plan: This Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance.

 

Qualifying Deposit: The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $100, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $100.

 

Regulations: The rules and regulations of the Bank Regulators, including the Department’s rules and regulations regarding mutual holding companies and any applicable rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve.

 

Reorganization: The reorganization of the Bank and the MHC into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure pursuant to this Plan by establishing the Holding Company (i) as a subsidiary of the MHC, and (ii) as a bank holding company and sole stockholder of the Bank.

 

Resident: The terms “resident,” “residence,” “reside,” “resided” or “residing,” when used in this Plan with respect to any Person, means any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has an intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that the nature of such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory. If a Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters must be in the Community. If the Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary will apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, the circumstances of the trustee will be examined for purposes of this definition. The Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to determine whether a Person is a Resident. In all cases, however, such a determination will be in the sole discretion of the Bank.

 

SEC: The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Special Meeting: The Special Meeting of Depositors called to vote on this Plan.

 

Stock Offering: The offering of Common Stock for sale to Persons, other than the MHC, pursuant to this Plan in the Subscription Offering and, to the extent shares remain available for sale, in the Community Offering, the Syndicated Community Offering and/or the Firm Commitment Offering, as the case may be.

 

Subscription Offering: The offering of Common Stock for subscription and purchase pursuant to Section 11 of this Plan.

 

Subsidiary: A company that is controlled by another company, either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

 

Superintendent: The Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services.

 

  6  

 

  

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder: A Person holding a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder, a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or an Officer, director or trustee of the Bank or MHC, respectively.

 

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date: The date for determining the Depositors that qualify as Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the Department’s approval of the Reorganization.

 

Syndicated Community Offering: The offering of Common Stock through a syndicate of broker-dealers, which may occur either following or contemporaneously with the Community Offering.

 

Tax-Qualified Employee Plan: Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including any employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, or other plan) of the Bank, the Holding Company, the MHC or any of their Affiliates, which, with its related trusts, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. The term “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan” means any stock benefit plan that is not so qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Voting Depositor: A Depositor as of the close of business on the Voting Record Date. Only Voting Depositors are entitled to vote at the Special Meeting.

 

Voting Record Date: The date established by the Bank for determining the Depositors entitled to vote on the Plan.

 

Voting Stock:

 

(1) Voting Stock means common stock or preferred stock, or similar interests if the shares by statute, charter or in any manner, entitle the holder:

 

(i) To vote for or to select directors of the Bank or the Holding Company; and

 

(ii) To vote on or to direct the conduct of the operations or other significant policies of the Bank or the Holding Company.

 

(2) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (1) above, preferred stock is not “Voting Stock” if:

 

(i) Voting rights associated with the preferred stock are limited solely to the type customarily provided by statute with regard to matters that would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the preferred stock, such as the issuance of additional amounts or classes of senior securities, the modification of the terms of the preferred stock, the dissolution of the Bank, or the payment of dividends by the Bank when preferred dividends are in arrears;

 

  7  

 

  

(ii) The preferred stock represents an essentially passive investment or financing device and does not otherwise provide the holder with Control over the issuer; and

 

(iii) The preferred stock does not at the time entitle the holder, by statute, charter, or otherwise, to select or to vote for the selection of directors of the Bank or the Holding Company.

 

(3) Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (1) and (2) above, “Voting Stock” will be deemed to include preferred stock and other securities that, upon transfer or otherwise, are convertible into Voting Stock or exercisable to acquire Voting Stock where the holder of the stock, convertible security or right to acquire Voting Stock has the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock. Securities immediately convertible into Voting Stock at the option of the holder without payment of additional consideration will be deemed to constitute the Voting Stock into which they are convertible; other convertible securities and rights to acquire Voting Stock will not be deemed to vest the holder with the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock if the holder has paid less than 50% of the consideration required to directly acquire the Voting Stock and has no other economic interest in the underlying Voting Stock.

 

3. The Reorganization

 

A. Organization of the Holding Company

 

As part of the Reorganization, the MHC will establish the Holding Company as a subsidiary corporation, which will own all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank. The organization certificates and bylaws of the MHC and the Bank will be unaffected by the Reorganization and Stock Offering. The members of the Board of Directors of the Bank and, except as otherwise provided in subsection 3.D. of the Plan, the members of the Board of Trustees of the MHC also will be unaffected by the Reorganization. The Reorganization will be effected as follows or in any other manner approved by the Bank Regulators that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations:

 

(i) the MHC will organize the Holding Company as a wholly owned subsidiary whereupon the MHC will initially own 100% of the Common Stock; and

 

(ii) the MHC will contribute the common stock of the Bank to the Holding Company, whereupon the Holding Company will own 100% of the common stock of the Bank;

 

Contemporaneously with the Reorganization, the Holding Company will offer for sale in the Stock Offering shares of Common Stock representing up to 49.0% of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Bank.

 

  8  

 

   

B. Effect on Deposit Accounts and Borrowings

 

Each Deposit Account in the Bank on the Effective Date will remain a Deposit Account in the Bank in the same amount and upon the same terms and conditions, and will continue to be federally insured up to the legal maximum by the FDIC in the same manner as the Deposit Account existed in the Bank immediately before the Reorganization. Upon consummation of the Reorganization, all loans and other borrowings from the Bank will retain the same status with the Bank after the Reorganization as they had with the Bank immediately before the Reorganization.

 

C. The Holding Company

 

The Holding Company will be authorized to exercise any and all powers, rights and privileges, and will be subject to all limitations applicable to bank holding companies and mutual holding companies under applicable law and regulations. The initial members of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company will be the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank serving immediately before the consummation of the Reorganization. Thereafter, the voting stockholders of the Holding Company will elect approximately one-third of the Holding Company’s directors annually. A copy of the proposed articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Holding Company is attached as Exhibit A and are made part of this Plan.

 

The Holding Company will have the power to issue shares of Capital Stock to persons other than the MHC. However, so long as the MHC is in existence, the MHC will be required to own at least 51% of the Voting Stock of the Holding Company. The Holding Company will be authorized to undertake one or more Minority Stock Offerings, provided that upon completion of each Minority Stock Offering, no more than 49.0% of the outstanding Common Stock, in the aggregate, is owned by Persons other than the MHC. The Holding Company intends to offer for sale up to 49.0% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering.

 

D. The MHC

 

As a mutual corporation, the MHC has no stockholders. The trustees of the MHC will continue to have exclusive voting authority as to all matters relating to the MHC other than any conversion of the MHC to stock form. The rights and powers of the MHC, including any rights of Depositors exercisable through the MHC, are defined by the MHC’s organization certificate and bylaws and by the statutory and regulatory provisions applicable to bank holding companies and mutual holding companies.

 

The New York Banking Law requires that the Board of Directors of a subsidiary savings bank of a mutual holding company include at least one director who is not an officer, employee or trustee of the mutual holding company or an officer or employee of the stock subsidiary bank, who will represent the interests of minority stockholders of the subsidiary bank. Accordingly, the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company will consist of at least one person who is not a member of the Board of Trustees of the MHC.

 

4. Conditions to Implementation of the Reorganization and Stock Offering

 

Completion of the Reorganization and Stock Offering is subject to the following conditions:

 

A. Approval of the Plan by a majority of the (i) Board of Trustees of the MHC and (ii) Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

  9  

 

  

B. The filing of an application, including the Plan, with the Superintendent, and written approval of the Plan by the Superintendent.

 

C. The filing of a Holding Company Application with the Federal Reserve pursuant to the BHCA for the Holding Company to become a bank holding company by acquiring 100% of the common stock of the Bank, and the approval of such Holding Company Application by the Federal Reserve.

 

D. The filing of the Plan with the Federal Reserve, and the approval of or non-objection to the Plan by the Federal Reserve.

 

E. Submission of the Plan to the Depositors for approval pursuant to a proxy statement and form of proxy cleared in advance by the Bank Regulators, and such Plan is approved by 75% of the votes cast by Voting Depositors represented at the Special Meeting either in person or by valid proxy and entitled to vote at the Special Meeting.

 

F. Receipt by the Bank of an opinion of the Bank’s counsel as to the federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization to the MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank.

 

G. Receipt by the Bank of an opinion of the Bank’s counsel or independent public accountant as to the New York income tax consequences of the Reorganization to the MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank.

 

5. Special Meeting of Depositors

 

After the approval of the Plan by the Bank Regulators, the Bank will schedule the Special Meeting. Promptly after receipt of regulatory approval of the Plan and at least 20 days, but not more than 45 days, before the Special Meeting, the Bank or the MHC will distribute proxy solicitation materials to all Voting Depositors. The proxy solicitation materials will include a proxy statement and other documents authorized for use by the Bank Regulators. The Bank will make available a copy of the Plan to Voting Depositors upon request. The affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes cast by the Voting Depositors represented at the Special Meeting either in person or by valid proxy and entitled vote is required for approval of the Plan. Voting may be in person or by proxy. Proxy voting may be via telephone and/or Internet. Each Voting Depositor will be entitled to cast one vote for each $100 of deposits in the Bank on the Voting Record Date. No Voting Depositor may cast more than 1,000 votes at the Special Meeting. The Bank will notify the Bank Regulators promptly of the actions of the Voting Depositors and will certify to the Superintendent the result of the vote taken at the Special Meeting.

 

  10  

 

  

6. Liquidation Account and Liquidation Rights

 

As part of the 2004 Reorganization, the MHC established a Liquidation Account, set forth in Article Ninth of the MHC’s Organization Certificate, equal to the entire net worth of the MHC at the time of the 2004 Reorganization for the benefit of Depositors. The Liquidation Account is not a fixed amount and can increase or decrease depending on changes in the net worth of the MHC. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the MHC, the net worth of the MHC, after satisfaction of all claims of creditors, would be distributed pro rata among Depositors as of the date of liquidation. The designation of the MHC’s net worth as the Liquidation Account does not operate to restrict the MHC’s net worth account. No new liquidation account will be established in connection with the Reorganization and Stock Offering. In the event the MHC converts to stock form, the net worth of the MHC will no longer be designated as the Liquidation Account. Instead, the Bank shall at the time of the mutual-to-stock conversion establish a liquidation account that shall equal the MHC’s Liquidation Account as of its last periodic report of condition immediately preceding its conversion to a stock holding company. The liquidation account to be established by the Bank upon conversion of the MHC to stock form will comply the applicable provisions of the New York Banking Law and federal laws.

 

7. Conversion of MHC to Stock Form

 

Following the completion of the Reorganization and Stock Offering, the MHC may elect to undertake a Conversion Transaction in accordance with applicable laws. The Board of Trustees of the MHC has no current intention to conduct a Conversion Transaction, and there can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion Transaction would occur.

 

In a Conversion Transaction, it is expected that the MHC would merge with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, followed by the merger of the Holding Company with and into a new stock holding company, with the new stock holding company as the resulting entity. Depositors of the Bank would receive the right to subscribe for shares of common stock of the new stock holding company, which shares would represent the ownership interest of the MHC in the Holding Company immediately before the Conversion Transaction. The additional shares of common stock of the new stock holding company issued in a Conversion Transaction would be sold at their aggregate pro forma market value as determined by an independent appraisal.

 

Any Conversion Transaction must be fair and equitable to Minority Stockholders. In any Conversion Transaction, the Minority Stockholders will be entitled, without additional consideration, to maintain the same percentage ownership interest in the new stock holding company after the Conversion Transaction as their percentage ownership interest in the Holding Company immediately before the Conversion Transaction ( i.e. , the “Minority Ownership Interest”), subject to adjustment, if any, required by the Bank Regulators to reflect assets of the MHC or any dividends waived by the MHC.

 

At the sole discretion of the Boards of Directors of the MHC and the Holding Company, a Conversion Transaction may be effected in any other manner necessary to qualify the Conversion Transaction as a tax-free reorganization under applicable federal and state tax laws, provided such Conversion Transaction does not diminish the rights and ownership interest of Minority Stockholders other than as set forth in this Plan. If a Conversion Transaction does not occur, the MHC will always own a majority of the Voting Stock of the Holding Company.

 

A Conversion Transaction would require the prior approval of the Department and the Federal Reserve, and would also require the approval of Depositors and the stockholders of the Holding Company, including the MHC. Federal regulations require that in any Conversion Transaction the Depositors will be accorded the same stock purchase priorities as if the MHC were a mutual savings bank converting to stock form.

 

  11  

 

  

8. Timing of the Reorganization and Sale of Capital Stock

 

The Bank intends to consummate the Reorganization and Stock Offering as soon as feasible following the receipt of all approvals referred to in Section 4 of this Plan. Subject to the approval of the Bank Regulators, the Holding Company intends to commence the Stock Offering concurrently with the proxy solicitation of Depositors. The Holding Company may close the Stock Offering before the Special Meeting, provided that the offer and sale of the Common Stock will be conditioned upon approval of the Plan by the Voting Depositors at the Special Meeting. Subject to Bank Regulator approval, the Bank’s proxy solicitation materials may permit certain Depositors to return to the Bank, by a reasonable date certain, a postage paid card or other written communication requesting receipt of the prospectus if the prospectus is not mailed concurrently with the proxy solicitation materials. The Stock Offering will be conducted in compliance with the Regulations and the securities offering regulations of the SEC.

 

9. Number of Shares to be Offered

 

The total number of shares (or range thereof) of Common Stock to be issued and offered for sale pursuant to the Plan will be determined initially by the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company in conjunction with the determination of the Independent Appraiser. The number of shares to be issued and offered may be adjusted before the completion of the Stock Offering. The total number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to persons other than the MHC at the close of the Stock Offering may not exceed 49% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

10. Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares

 

All shares of Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering will be sold at a uniform purchase price per share determined prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering. The purchase price per share and number of shares to be outstanding will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company based on the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Bank as determined for such purposes by the Independent Appraiser. The aggregate purchase price for the Common Stock will be consistent with the pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Bank.

 

The Holding Company intends to offer for sale and issue up to 49.0% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering, and the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company will fix the percentage of shares to be offered for sale prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued and the ownership interest of the MHC may be increased or decreased by the Holding Company, taking into consideration any change in the independent valuation and other factors, at the discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company.

 

  12  

 

 

Before the commencement of the Stock Offering, an Estimated Valuation Range will be established, which range may vary within 15% above to 15% below the midpoint of such range, and up to 15% greater than the maximum of such range, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company at the time of the Stock Offering and consistent with applicable requirements set forth in the Regulations. In the event the aggregate purchase price of the Common Stock is below the minimum of the Estimated Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Estimated Value Range, a resolicitation of subscribers may be required, provided that up to 15% increase above the maximum of the Estimated Value Range will be deemed not material and thus will not require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation will be effected in such manner and within such time as the Bank and Holding Company establish, provided that all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sale of Common Stock may be consummated unless, before such consummation, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Holding Company, the Bank and to the Bank Regulators that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred that, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate value of the Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company and the Bank. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Stock Offering, extend the Stock Offering and establish a new price range and/or estimated price range, extend, reopen or hold a new Stock Offering or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

 

The estimated market value of the Holding Company and the Bank will be determined by an Independent Appraiser based on such appropriate factors consistent with the applicable Regulations. The Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

If there is a Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Offering of shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, the price per share at which the Common Stock is sold in such Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Offering will be equal to the purchase price per share at which the Common Stock is sold to persons in the Subscription Offering. Shares sold in the Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Offering will be subject to the same limitations as shares sold in the Subscription Offering.

 

11. Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock

 

In descending order of priority, the opportunity to purchase Common Stock in the Subscription Offering will be given to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans; and (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Any shares of Common Stock that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may at the discretion of the Bank and the Holding Company be offered for sale in the Community Offering, the Syndicated Community Offering or the Firm Commitment Offering. The minimum purchase by any Person will be 25 shares. The Holding Company will determine in its sole discretion whether each prospective purchaser is a Resident, Associate, or Acting in Concert as defined in the Plan, and will interpret all other provisions of the Plan in its sole discretion. All such determinations are in the sole discretion of the Holding Company, and may be based on whatever evidence the Holding Company chooses to use in making any such determination.

 

  13  

 

  

In addition to the priorities set forth below, the Board of Directors of the Bank may establish other priorities for the purchase of Common Stock, subject to the approval of the Bank Regulators. The priorities for the purchase of shares in the Stock Offering are as follows:

 

A. Subscription Offering

 

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each Eligible Account Holder will receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $150,000, one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 12; provided, that the Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering and contributed to the Foundation, or decrease such maximum purchase limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 12. If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated to Eligible Account Holders to permit each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated pro rata to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess will be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated. To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his subscription Order Form all accounts in which he had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date. Officers and directors/trustees of the Bank and MHC, respectively, and their Associates, may qualify as Eligible Account Holders. However, if an officer or director/trustee of the Bank or MHC, or his or her Associate, receives subscription rights based on increased deposits at the Bank in the year before the Eligibility Record Date, subscription rights based upon these increased deposits are subordinate to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders.

 

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. The Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will be given the opportunity to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering. In the event of an oversubscription in the Stock Offering, subscriptions for shares by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may be satisfied, in whole or in part, out of authorized but unissued shares of the Holding Company subject to the maximum purchase limitations applicable to such plans as set forth herein, or may be satisfied, in whole or in part, through open market purchases by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans after the closing of the Stock Offering. If the final valuation exceeds the maximum of the Offering Range, up to 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering may be sold to the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans notwithstanding any oversubscription by Eligible Account Holders.

 

  14  

 

  

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $150,000, one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 12; provided that the Bank may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 5% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering and contributed to the Foundation, or decrease such maximum purchase limitation to 0.1% of the maximum number of shares offered in the Stock Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 12. If Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, exceeds the total shares offered in the Stock Offering, the subscriptions of Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the same proportion that such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposits on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess will be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated. Trustees and Officers do not qualify as Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.

 

  15  

 

  

B. Community Offering

 

Any shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in the Community Offering. This will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a preference to those natural persons residing in the Community. The Community Offering, if any, will be for a period of not more than 45 days, unless extended by the Holding Company and the Bank, and will begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering. The Holding Company and the Bank may use one or more investment banking firms on a best efforts basis to sell the unsubscribed shares in the Subscription and Community Offering. The Holding Company and the Bank may pay a commission or other fee to such investment banking firm(s) for shares sold by such firm(s) in the Subscription and Community Offerings and may reimburse such firm(s) for expenses incurred in connection with the sale. No Person may purchase more than $150,000 of Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 12. If orders for shares of Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, then shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first, to cover orders of natural persons residing in the Community, and, then, to the extent any shares remain available, to cover orders of other members of the general public on a basis that will promote a widespread distribution of the Common Stock. If orders for shares of Common Stock in each of these categories exceed the number of shares available for sale within such category, then orders will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the Stock Offering, and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.

 

The Bank and the Holding Company, in their sole discretion, may reject orders, in whole or in part, received from any Person in the Community Offering.

 

C. Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Offering

 

If feasible, any shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public by a selling group of broker-dealers in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to terms, conditions and procedures, including the timing of the offering, as may be determined by the Bank and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. It is expected that the Syndicated Community Offering would begin as soon as practicable after termination of the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, if any. The Syndicated Community Offering will be completed within 45 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. No Person may purchase more than $150,000 of Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 12.

 

Alternatively, if feasible, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank may determine to offer any shares of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Bank and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Offering. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Offering at any time. Any Firm Commitment Offering will be completed within 45 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. No Person may purchase more than $150,000 of Common Stock in the Firm Commitment Offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations set forth in Section 12.

 

If, for any reason, a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Offering for the shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected and any shares remain unsold after the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, if any, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank will seek to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other arrangements will be subject to the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators.

 

  16  

 

  

12. Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock

 

Purchases of Common Stock in the Stock Offering will be subject to the following purchase limitations:

 

A. The aggregate amount of outstanding Common Stock of the Holding Company owned or controlled by persons other than MHC at the close of the Stock Offering may not exceed 49% of the Holding Company’s total outstanding Common Stock.

 

B. The maximum purchase of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering by a Person or group of Persons through a single Deposit Account is $150,000. No Person by himself, with his or her Associates or group of Persons Acting in Concert, may purchase more than $250,000 of the Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering except that: (i) the Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, increase such maximum purchase limitation to 9.9% of the number of shares sold in the Stock Offering and contributed to the Foundation, provided that the total number of shares purchased by Persons, their Associates and those Persons with whom they are Acting in Concert, to the extent such purchases exceed 5% of the shares sold in the Stock Offering and contributed to the Foundation, may not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% (or such higher percentage as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank with the approval of the Bank Regulators) of the total number of the shares sold in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation; (ii) the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase, in the aggregate, up to 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering; and (iii) for purposes of this subsection 12.B, shares to be held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan and attributable to a Person will not be aggregated with other shares purchased directly by or otherwise attributable to such Person.

 

C. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, may not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company or 4.9% of the stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

 

D. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans and any one or more Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, may not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company or 4.9% of the stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering; provided, however, if the Holding Company tangible capital ratio equals at least 10% at the time of implementation of the plans, the Tax-Qualified and Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plans may purchase in the aggregate up to 5.88% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

 

  17  

 

  

E. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by any one or more restricted stock plans, exclusive of any shares of Common Stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, may not exceed 1.47% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock or 1.47% of the Holding Company’s stockholders’ equity at the conclusion of the Stock Offering; provided, however, if the Holding Company tangible capital ratio equals at least 10% at the time of implementation of the plans, any restricted stock plans may purchase in the aggregate up to 1.96% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

 

F. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by one or more stock option plans, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, may not exceed 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock or stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

 

G. The aggregate amount of Common Stock acquired in the Stock Offering, plus all prior issuances by the Holding Company, by all stock option plans and restricted stock plans or acquired by all Management Persons and their Associates, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by such plans or Management Persons and their Associates in the secondary market, may not exceed 25% (or such higher percentage as may be set by the Board of Directors with the approval of the Bank Regulators) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or 25% of the stockholders’ equity of the Holding Company held by persons other than the MHC at the conclusion of the Stock Offering. In calculating the number of shares held by Management Persons and their Associates under this paragraph, shares held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan that are attributable to such persons will not be counted.

 

H. The amount of common stock that may be encompassed under all stock option plans and restricted stock plans of the Holding Company may not exceed, in the aggregate, 25% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company held by persons other than the MHC at the conclusion of the Stock Offering.

 

I. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no Person will be entitled to purchase any Common Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. The Holding Company and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.

 

  18  

 

  

J. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a Person whose representations the Board of Directors of the Holding Company believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or Acting in Concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

K. A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Stock Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however, that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement will be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share will not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

 

Subscription rights afforded by this Plan and by Bank Regulator requirements are non-transferable. No Person may transfer, offer to transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer, the legal or beneficial ownership of any subscription rights under this Plan. No Person may transfer, offer to transfer or enter into an agreement or understanding to transfer legal or beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock except pursuant to this Plan.

 

Each Person purchasing Common Stock in the Stock Offering will be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations in the Plan. All questions concerning whether any Persons are Associates or a group Acting in Concert or whether any purchase conflicts with the purchase limitations in this Plan or otherwise violates any provisions of this Plan shall be determined by the Bank in its sole discretion. Such determination shall be conclusive, final and binding on all Persons, and the Bank may take any remedial action including, without limitation, rejecting the purchase or referring the matter to the Bank Regulators for action, as the Bank may in its sole discretion consider appropriate.

 

13. Payment for Common Stock

 

All payments for Common Stock subscribed for or ordered in the Stock Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or an agent of the Bank, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, or purchase order in the case of the Syndicated Community Offering, on or before the expiration date specified on the Order Form or purchase order, as the case may be, unless such date is extended by the Bank; provided, that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares of Common Stock during the Subscription Offering, such plans may pay for such shares upon consummation of the Stock Offering. The Holding Company or the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to the ESOP provided such contributions from the Bank, if any, do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements.

 

  19  

 

 

Payment for Common Stock must be made by either a personal check, a bank draft or a money order or, if a purchaser has a Deposit Account, the purchaser’s authorization of withdrawal from the purchaser’s Deposit Account in an amount equal to the purchase price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal, whether from a savings passbook or certificate account, will be without any premature withdrawal penalty. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the Bank’s passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the purchaser until the Common Stock has been sold or the 45-day period (or such longer period as may be approved by the Bank Regulators) following the Stock Offering has expired, whichever occurs first. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the purchase price per share set forth in the Order Form. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect.

 

Subscription funds received before the completion of the Stock Offering will be held in a segregated deposit account at the Bank or, in the Bank’s discretion, at another federally insured depository institution. The Bank will pay interest on subscription funds made by personal check, bank draft or money order at a rate no less than the Bank’s passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Stock Offering. If, for any reason, the Stock Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Stock Offering will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, such amounts will be refunded by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.

 

14. Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Order Forms

 

As soon as practicable after the prospectus prepared by the Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC, and the Bank Regulators have approved the Reorganization and Stock Offering, copies of the prospectus and Order Forms will be distributed to all Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank to subscribe for shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering, and will be made available for use by those other persons to whom a prospectus is delivered.

 

Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by the prospectus describing the Holding Company, the Bank, the Common Stock and the Subscription and Community Offerings. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

 

A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Bank, which date will be not less than 20, nor more than 45, days following the date on which the Order Forms are mailed by the Bank, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering;

 

B. The purchase price per share for shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings;

 

  20  

 

  

C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights or otherwise purchased in the Community Offering;

 

D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form must indicate thereon the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

 

E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the prospectus before the execution of the Order Form;

 

F. A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the Order Form, including a statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Bank within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with a personal check, bank draft or money order in the full amount of the purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank);

 

G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Bank, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Bank; and

 

H. Certain legends stating that subscription rights may not be transferred and the shares of the Common Stock are not deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the federal government, and a certification stating that the subscriber is purchasing the shares for his or her own account.

 

The Bank and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled Order Forms.

 

15. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment

 

If an Order Form (a) is not delivered and is returned to the Bank by the United States Postal Service or the Bank is unable to locate the addressee, (b) is not received back by the Bank or is received by the Bank after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) is defectively completed or executed, (d) is not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) is not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, then, in each case, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, that the Bank may, but is not required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of a corrected Order Form or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Bank may specify. The interpretation by the Bank of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

  21  

 

  

16. Completion of the Stock Offering

 

The Stock Offering will terminate if not completed within 90 days from the date on which the Department and Federal Reserve approve the Plan, unless the Department or Federal Reserve approves an extension.

 

17. Market for Common Stock

 

Upon completion of the Stock Offering, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to:

 

(i) encourage and assist a Market Maker to establish and maintain a market for that class of stock; and

 

(ii) list that class of stock on a national or regional securities exchange, or on the Nasdaq quotation system.

 

18. Stock Purchases by Management Persons After the Stock Offering

 

For a period of three years after the consummation of the Stock Offering, no Management Person or his or her Associates may purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any Common Stock of the Holding Company, except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. The foregoing will not apply to purchases of stock made by and held by any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plan even if such stock is attributable to Management Persons or their Associates.

 

19. Resales of Stock by Directors and Officers

 

Common Stock purchased by Management Persons and their Associates in the Stock Offering may not be resold for a period of at least one year following the date of purchase, except in the case of death or judicial declaration of incompetency of a Management Person or an Associate. Each certificate will bear a legend giving appropriate notice of this restriction. Appropriate instructions will be issued to the Holding Company’s transfer agent with respect to applicable restrictions on transfers of such stock. Any shares of stock issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock, will be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.

 

20. Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases

 

The Holding Company and the Bank will not loan funds to any Person to purchase Common Stock in the Stock Offering, and will not knowingly offer or sell any of the Common Stock to any Person whose purchase would be financed by funds loaned to the Person by the Holding Company, the Bank or any Affiliate.

 

  22  

 

  

21. Stock Benefit Plans

 

A.           The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to implement Tax-Qualified Employee Plans in connection with the Reorganization and Stock Offering, and this Plan authorizes one or more existing as well as new Tax-Qualified Employee Plans including, without limitation, the ESOP, to purchase a number of shares equal to up to 4.9% of the Holding Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock upon completion of the Stock Offering. Such purchases may be made in the Stock Offering or purchased by the Holding Company thereafter in the open market.

 

B.           The Holding Company and the Bank also are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock plans, and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans no sooner than six months after the completion of the Reorganization and Stock Offering, and the Holding Company intends to implement such plans for the benefit of employees, officers and directors of the Bank or Holding Company after the completion of the Reorganization and Stock Offering, subject to any necessary stockholder approvals. This Plan specifically authorizes the grant and issuance by the Holding Company, no earlier than six months after the completion of the Stock Offering, of (i) awards of Common Stock pursuant to one or more stock recognition and award plans (“Recognition Plans”) in an amount equal to up to 1.96% of the number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Stock Offering (and in a greater amount if the Recognition Plans are adopted more than one year after the completion of the Stock Offering), and (ii) options to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock in an amount equal to up to 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company upon completion of the Stock Offering.

 

22. Post-Reorganization Filing and Market Making

 

There may be a limited market for the Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering, and purchasers must be prepared to hold the Common Stock indefinitely. Upon completion of the Stock Offering, the Holding Company will register the Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, and will undertake not to deregister the Common Stock for a period of three years thereafter.

 

23. Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock

 

The Holding Company may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its Common Stock if the effect thereof would reduce the regulatory capital of the Holding Company to a level below any applicable regulatory capital requirement. Otherwise, the Holding Company may declare dividends or make other capital distributions subject to compliance with any applicable Regulations. Following completion of the Stock Offering, the Holding Company may repurchase its Common Stock so long as such repurchases do not reduce the regulatory capital of the Holding Company to a level below any applicable regulatory capital requirement. The Holding Company will comply with any applicable laws and regulations in connection with the repurchase of any shares of its Common Stock following completion of the Stock Offering. The MHC may from time to time purchase Common Stock of the Holding Company, subject to compliance with any applicable Regulations. Subject to any notice or approval requirements of the Federal Reserve, the MHC may waive its right to receive dividends declared by the Holding Company.

 

  23  

 

  

24. Contribution to the Foundation

 

As part of the Reorganization, the Holding Company and the Bank intend to donate shares of Common Stock and cash to the Foundation, in such amounts, subject to regulatory limits, as approved by the Boards of Directors of the Bank and Holding Company. This contribution to the Foundation is intended to enhance the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities, and to share with the communities in which the Bank conducts its business a part of the Bank’s financial success as a community oriented financial services institution. The contribution of Common Stock to the Foundation may further this goal as it may enable the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Bank over the long term.

 

The Foundation is dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair market value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and to maintain its qualification under Code Section 501(c)(3), the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a portion of the Foundation Shares.

 

For a period of five years following the Reorganization, except for temporary periods resulting from death, resignation, removal or disqualification, (i) at least one director of the Foundation will be an independent director who is unaffiliated with the Holding Company and the Bank, who is from the Bank’s local community and who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making, and (ii) at least one director must be a person who is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank. The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation, including a conflicts of interest policy, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation.

 

The contribution to the Foundation as part of the Reorganization must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Depositors. The decision to proceed with the formation and/or grant of Common Stock and/or cash to the Foundation will be at the sole discretion of the Boards of Directors of the Bank and Holding Company.

 

25. Reorganization and Stock Offering Expenses

 

In accordance with the regulations of the FDIC and the Department, the expenses incurred by the Bank and the Holding Company in effecting the Reorganization and the Stock Offering will be reasonable.

 

26. Employment and Other Severance Agreements

 

Prior to, concurrently with or following the completion of the Stock Offering, the Bank and/or the Holding Company may enter into, or amend existing, employment and/or severance arrangements with one or more executive officers of the Bank and/or the Holding Company. The Bank and/or the Holding Company also may enter into severance arrangements with one or more executive officers, which provide for the payment of severance compensation in the event of a change in control of the Bank and/or the Holding Company. The material terms of such employment and severance arrangements, if implemented, would be described in the prospectus circulated in connection with the Stock Offering and would be subject to and comply with all applicable Regulations of the Bank Regulators.

 

  24  

 

  

27. Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States

 

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country or resides in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

28. Interpretation

 

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

29. Amendment or Termination of the Plan

 

If necessary or desirable, the terms of the Plan may be substantially amended by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Board of Trustees of the MHC at the discretion of such Boards or as a result of comments received from the Bank Regulators, at any time before the solicitation of proxies and submission of the Plan and proxy materials to a vote of the Depositors. At any time after the solicitation of proxies and submission of the Plan and proxy materials to a vote of the Depositors, the terms of the Plan that relate to the Reorganization may be amended by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Bank only with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. The terms of the Plan relating to the Stock Offering, including, without limitation, Sections 8 through 28, may be amended by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Bank as a result of comments received from the Bank Regulators, or for any other reason, at any time before the approval of the Plan by the Bank Regulators, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. The Plan may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees of the MHC and Board of Directors of the Bank at any time before the earlier of the approval of the Plan by the Bank Regulators and the date of the Special Meeting, and may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees of the MHC and a majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Bank at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. In its discretion, the Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of the Bank may modify or terminate the Plan upon the order of the Bank Regulators without a resolicitation of proxies or another meeting of the Depositors; however, any material amendment of the terms of the Plan which occur after the Special Meeting will require a resolicitation of Depositors. Failure of the Voting Depositors to approve the Plan will terminate the Plan. This Plan will terminate if the Reorganization and Stock Offering are not completed within 24 months from the date upon which the Superintendent approves the Plan.

 

  25  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company

 

     

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

Rhinebeck B ANCORP, INC.

 

The undersigned, Michael J. Quinn, whose address is Two Jefferson Plaza, Poughkeepsie, New York 12601, being at least eighteen (18) years of age, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

 

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (herein, the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The street address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock

 

A.           Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is thirty million (30,000,000) shares, consisting of:

 

1.           Five million (5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

2.           Twenty five million (25,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.

 

   

 

 

B.           Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of the Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided for in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; and (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

C.           Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

 

D.           Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

 

1.           Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of ten percent (10%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable to any mutual holding company parent of the Corporation. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 also shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors before the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

 

  2  

 

 

2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5:

 

(a) An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

(b) “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on the filing date of these Articles; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

(1) that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

(2) that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

  3  

 

 

(3) that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

(c) A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

(d) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

 

3.           The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

 

  4  

 

 

4.           Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

 

5.           If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

E.           Majority Vote for Certain Actions. With respect to those actions as to which any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) requires stockholder authorization by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, any such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

 

F.           Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

 

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

 

A.           Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

  5  

 

 

B.            Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.           Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors’ management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

 

B.           Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be eight (8), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three (3) classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

  6  

 

 

The names of the individuals who will serve as the initial directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

 

Term to Expire in 2019:

Freddimir Garcia

Suzanne Rhulen-Loughlin

Louis Tumolo, Jr.

 

Term to Expire in 2020 :

William C. Irwin

Michael J. Quinn

 

Term to Expire in 2021 :

Frederick L. Battenfeld

Christopher W. Chestney

Shannon Martin LaFrance

 

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

 

C.           Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

D.           Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

 

E.           Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 

  7  

 

 

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any anti-trust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

  8  

 

 

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed to acquire, hold or dispose of securities.

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.           Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.           Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his or her good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination before the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

 

  9  

 

 

C.           Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.           Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.           Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.           Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 by the stockholders of the Corporation or the Board of Directors shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the personal liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

  10  

 

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds (2/3) of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.

 

  11  

 

 

ARTICLE 13. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

 

Michael J. Quinn

Two Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  12  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed these Articles of Incorporation and acknowledge the same to be my act, this 30 th day of August, 2018.

 

  /s/ Michael J. Quinn
  Michael J. Quinn
  Incorporator

 

  13  

 

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF
Rhinebeck bancorp, inc.


ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment.

 

Not less than ten (10) nor more than ninety (90) days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meeting or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

 

 

 

 

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time and without further notice to a date not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the original record date. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101(m) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4. Quorum.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of the Corporation or in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

 

(a)   At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.

 

  2  

 

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation by not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day before the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding year’s annual meeting and not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day before the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, that if (A) less than ninety (90) days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and (B) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days before or delayed more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, such written notice shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of Rhinebeck Bank, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day before the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

 

  3  

 

 

(b)   Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation by not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day before the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding year’s annual meeting and not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day before the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, that if (A) less than ninety (90) days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and (B) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days before or delayed more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, such written notice shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of Rhinebeck Bank, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day before the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

  4  

 

 

(c)   For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued through a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation or its wholly-owned subsidiary, Rhinebeck Bank. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

 

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than eleven (11) months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

  5  

 

 

Section 8. Conduct of Voting

 

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one (1) or more inspectors are not so elected, the Chairperson of the Board shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by, the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings.

 

  6  

 

 

 

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three (3) classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

 

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3. Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4. Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or the Chairperson of the Board and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than twenty four (24) hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

  7  

 

 

Section 5. Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7. Conduct of Business.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent that sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Powers.

 

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Articles of the Corporation. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

(i)          To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

(ii)         To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(iii)        To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(iv)        To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(v)         To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

  8  

 

 

(vi)        To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(vii)       To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

(viii)      To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.

 

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. Resignation.

 

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent.

 

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his or her dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his or her written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his or her written dissent within twenty four (24) hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his or her dissent known at the meeting.

 

  9  

 

 

Section 12. Director Qualifications.

 

(a)   No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; or (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person is: (i) at the same time, a director, trustee, officer, employee or ten percent (10%) or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than an affiliate of the Corporation, that engages in business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its affiliates; (ii) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy; (iii) does not confirm in writing that he or she is not a party to any agreement, understanding or commitment with respect to how he or she would act or vote on any issue or question before the Board of Directors or that would otherwise impact his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties as a director; (iv) is the representative or agent of, or a member of a group acting in concert that includes, a person who is ineligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12; or (v) is the nominee or representative, as that term is defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n) or any successor provision, of a company of which any of the directors, partners, trustees, or ten percent (10%) stockholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12. For purposes of this Section 12, a person shall be deemed to be acting in concert with another person if such person knowingly acts toward a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the corporation in parallel with such other person and there are overt actions by, or communications between, such persons reasonably suggesting that they are coordinating their efforts toward such common goal or if such persons are acting in concert within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. §303.81 or any successor provision.

 

(b)  The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited to determinations as to whether a person is a nominee or representative of a person, a company or a group, whether a person or company is included in a group, and whether a person is the representative, agent or nominee of a group acting in concert.

 

Section 13. Age Limitation.

 

No person who is 65 years of age or more shall be eligible for initial election as a director and no director shall continue to serve as a director beyond December 31 of the year in which such director reaches age 75.

 

Section 14. Attendance at Board Meetings.

 

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the Board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three (3) consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors or (ii) five (5) regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

  10  

 

 

ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

(a)   General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating/Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

 

(b)   Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one (1) or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

(c)   Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third (1/3) of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one (1) or two (2) members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent that sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

 

  11  

 

 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Generally.

 

(a)   The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

 

(b)  The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

 

(c)   All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or that are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3. Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in a general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 4. President.

 

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to his or her office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 5. Vice President.

 

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

  12  

 

 

Section 6. Secretary.

 

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, keep the minutes of meetings, have charge of the seal and the corporate books, perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7. Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Other Officers.

 

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 9. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

 

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by any of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

 

  13  

 

 

ARTICLE V
STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

 

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates that represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class that the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement that provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

 

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period to make any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be before the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than ninety (90) days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than twenty (20) days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten (10) days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

  14  

 

 

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one that is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5. Stock Ledger.

 

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger that contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class that the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form that can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Regulations.

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

  15  

 

 

Section 3. Books and Records.

 

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 5. Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

Section 6. Time Periods.

 

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days before an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days before an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc.

 

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Mail.

 

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9. Contracts and Agreements.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

 

  16  

 

 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

 

  17  

 

Exhibit 4

 

No.
RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.
Shares
 
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

CUSIP:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that is the owner of

 

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced by this certificate is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By     By  
  Karen Morgan D’Amelio     Michael J. Quinn
  Corporate Secretary     President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Seal]

 

 

 

 

The Board of Directors of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

 

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM - as  tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - _________ Custodian __________
      (Cust) (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties    
      Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right    
    of survivorship and not as    
    tenants in common   (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

 

For value received,                                 hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER IN BOX BELOW

 

 

 

 

 

 
(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
 
 

______________________________________________________________________________________________ Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:        
   
In the presence of Signature:
     

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

 

 

Exhibit 5

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

 

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

 

September 10, 2018

 

Board of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

2 Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

 

Re: Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

 

Members of the Board:

 

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with (1) the offer and sale of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), and (2) the shares of Common Stock of the Company contributed to Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation, Inc. (the “Charitable Foundation”).  We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), the Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance of Rhinebeck Bank and Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC (the “Plan”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock.  The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).

 

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when issued and sold, and, in the case of the Charitable Foundation, contributed in accordance with the Plan, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Luse Gorman, PC 
  Luse Gorman, PC

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

FORM OF FEDERAL TAX OPINION

 

______________, 2018

 

Boards of Directors,

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees,

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

2 Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, NY 12601

 

Re: Federal Tax Consequences of Reorganizing Into a “Two-Tier” Mutual Holding Company Structure and Minority Stock Offering

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

As counsel to Rhinebeck Bank, a New York-chartered stock savings bank (the “ Bank ”), Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, a New York-chartered mutual holding company (the “ Mutual Holding Company ”), and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Stock Holding Company ”) that has been formed to become a subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company and sole stockholder of the Bank to effect the proposed reorganization of the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure (the “ Reorganization ”) pursuant to that certain Plan of Reorganization and Minority Issuance Plan of the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company, dated June 12, 2018 (the “ Plan of Reorganization ”). Concurrently with the Reorganization, the Stock Holding Company will offer for sale 43% of its Common Stock on a priority basis to depositors and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans in a subscription and community offering (collectively, the “ Offering ”), contribute 2% of its Common Stock to a charitable foundation to be established by the Bank in connection with the Offering, and issue 55% of its common stock to the Mutual Holding Company. Unless otherwise defined, all terms used herein have the meanings given to them in the Plan of Reorganization.

 

Source of Facts . In preparing this letter, we relied on the attached, duly authorized and executed representations regarding the Reorganization. If any of the facts are incorrect or incomplete, our discussion and conclusion may be different than those set forth below. We are under no obligation to advise the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company or the Stock Holding Company if we learn that the facts are not as they have been represented to us. We have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of our opinions. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. In connection therewith, we have examined the Plan of Reorganization and certain other documents of or relating to the Reorganization, some of which are described or referred to in the Plan of Reorganization and which we considered necessary to examine in order to issue the opinions set forth below. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined.

 

In issuing our opinions, we have assumed that the Plan of Reorganization has been duly and validly authorized and has been approved by the board of directors of the Bank and the board of trustees of the Mutual Holding Company at a meeting duly called and held, that the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company will comply with the terms and conditions of the Plan of Reorganization, and that the various representations and warranties made to us are accurate, complete, true and correct. Accordingly, we express no opinion concerning the effect, if any, of variations from the foregoing. We specifically express no opinion concerning tax matters relating to the Plan of Reorganization under state and local tax laws and under federal income tax laws except on the basis of the documents and assumptions described above.

 

 

 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

_________________, 2018

Page 2

 

Source of Law . In issuing the opinions set forth below, we have referred solely to existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations (“ Treasury Regulations ”) thereunder, and upon current Internal Revenue Service (the “ Service ”) administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions. Such laws, regulations, administrative rulings, notices and procedures and court decisions are subject to change at any time. Any such change could affect the continuing validity of the opinions set forth below. These opinions are as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

 

In rendering our opinions, we have assumed that the persons and entities identified in the Plan of Reorganization will at all times comply with the requirements of Code Section 351, the other applicable state and federal laws and the representations of the Bank. In addition, we have assumed that the activities of the persons and entities identified in the Plan of Reorganization will be conducted strictly in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization. Any variations may affect the opinions we are rendering.

 

We emphasize that the outcome of any litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and, although we have attempted in good faith to opine as to the probable outcome of the merits of each tax issue with respect to which an opinion has been requested, there can be no assurance that our conclusions are correct or that they would be adopted by the Service or a court.

 

The Bank’s board of directors and the Mutual Holding Company’s board of trustees approved the Plan of Reorganization for the valid business purposes set forth therein, whereby the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company will reorganize into the so-called “two-tier” mutual holding company structure pursuant to applicable law. The following steps are proposed to effect the Reorganization:

 

(i) The Mutual Holding Company will organize the Stock Holding Company, as a wholly-owned subsidiary;

 

 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

_________________, 2018

Page 3

  

(ii) The Mutual Holding Company will transfer cash, all of the common stock of the Bank and all of the common stock of RSB Capital Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, to the Stock Holding Company in exchange for 100 shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company (the “ 351 Transaction ”); and

 

(iii) Contemporaneously with the Reorganization of the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure, the Stock Holding Company will offer for sale 43% of its outstanding Common Stock in the Offering, contribute 2% of its outstanding Common Stock to the charitable foundation, and issue additional shares of Common Stock to the Mutual Holding Company such that the Mutual Holding Company will own 55% of the Stock Holding Company’s outstanding Common Stock at the completion of the Reorganization and Offering.

 

Following the Reorganization, the Stock Holding Company will have the power to issue shares of capital stock (including common and preferred stock) to persons other than the Mutual Holding Company. So long as the Mutual Holding Company is in existence, however, it must own at least 51.0% of the voting stock of the Stock Holding Company. The Stock Holding Company may issue any amount of non-voting stock to persons other than Mutual Holding Company. No such non-voting stock will be issued as of the date of the Reorganization.

 

LAW AND ANALYSIS

 

Code Section 351(a) provides that no gain or loss will be recognized if property is transferred to a corporation by one or more persons solely in exchange for stock in such corporation and immediately after the exchange such person or persons are in control (as defined in Code Section 368(c)) of the corporation.

 

Code Section 368(c) provides that “control” means the ownership of stock possessing at least 80 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and at least 80 percent of the total number of shares of all other classes of stock of the corporation.

 

Code Section 351 requires a transfer of property in exchange for stock. The “transfer” requirement is satisfied so long as the transferor transfers to the transferee all substantial rights associated with the transferred property.

 

 

 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

_________________, 2018

Page 4

 

In Revenue Ruling 2003-48, a mutual bank established a mutual holding company as a wholly-owned stock subsidiary and the mutual holding company established two wholly-owned subsidiaries, one of which was a stock holding company. The mutual bank converted to stock form in a transaction under Code Section 368(a)(1)(F), pursuant to which its members constructively received shares of its common stock. The mutual holding company then cancelled its shares of common stock and exchanged its charter for a mutual holding company charter. The members then transferred the shares of stock bank stock constructively received to the mutual holding company in exchange for membership interests in the mutual holding company. Thereafter, the mutual holding company contributed the stock of the stock bank to the stock holding company in exchange for additional shares and the stock holding company issued more than 20% but less than 50% of its common stock to the public in a stock offering. The Service ruled that this transaction, i.e., the contribution of the common stock of the stock bank to the mutual holding company’s stock holding company subsidiary in exchange for the voting stock of the stock holding company and contemporaneous sale of additional shares of stock holding company to members of the public through an underwriting transaction constituted a tax-free transfer under Code Section 351. The Service found that the subsequent stock offering by the stock holding company did not prevent the transaction from qualifying as a transfer described in Code Section 351 because the persons to whom the stock was issued pursuant to the stock offering, together with the mutual holding company were both considered transferors to the stock holding company under Code Section 351.

 

Treasury Regulations Section 1.351-1(a)(3) provides that for purposes of Code Section 351, if a person acquires stock of a corporation for cash in a qualified underwriting transaction, the person who acquires stock from the underwriter is treated as transferring cash directly to the corporation in exchange for stock of the corporation and the underwriter is disregarded.

 

Code Section 1032(a) provides that a corporation will recognize no gain or loss on the receipt of money or other property in exchange for its stock.

 

Code Section 1223(1) provides that, in determining the period for which a taxpayer has held property received in an exchange, there shall be included the period for which he held the property exchanged, if for purposes of determining gain or loss from a sale or exchange, the property has the same basis in whole or in part in his hands as the property exchanged and the property was a capital asset on the date of the exchange.

 

 

 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

_________________, 2018

Page 5

 

Code Section 1223(2) provides that in determining the period for with the taxpayer has held property, however acquired, there shall be included the period for which such property was held by any other person, if such property has, for the purpose of determining gain or loss from a sale or exchange, the same basis in whole or in part in his hands as it would have in the hands of such other person.

 

Application of the Law to the Facts in the 351 Transaction .

 

The 351 Transaction with respect to the Reorganization is identical to the second Code Section 351 transaction in Revenue Ruling 2003-48 described above (i.e., where the mutual holding company contributed the stock of the stock bank to the stock holding company in exchange for additional shares of stock of the stock holding company, which occurred contemporaneously with the stock holding company’s public stock offering), which qualified as a tax-free transfer under Code Section 351. The Service also concluded in Revenue Ruling 2003-48 that the participation by members of the public in the stock holding company’s stock offering did not prevent the transaction from qualifying as a transfer under Code Section 351 because the purchasing public stockholders and the mutual holding company were aggregated and treated as transferors in a transfer qualifying under Code Section 351. Accordingly, the control requirement of Code Section 368(c) was satisfied because following the consummation of the transaction the mutual holding company and the purchasing public stockholders owned, in the aggregate, at least 80 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the stock holding company and at least 80 percent of the number of shares of classes of stock of the stock holding company.

 

SUMMARY OF OPINIONS

 

Based on the facts, representations and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.       The Mutual Holding Company and the persons who purchased Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company in the Offering (“Minority Stockholders” ) will recognize no gain or loss upon the transfer of Bank stock and cash, respectively, to the Stock Holding Company in exchange for stock in the Stock Holding Company (Code Section 351(a) and Rev. Rul. 2003-48; 2003-19 I.R.B 863).

 

2.       The Stock Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss on its receipt of Bank common stock, RSB Capital Trust I common stock and cash in exchange for Stock Holding Company Common Stock (Code Section 1032(a)).

 

 

 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

_________________, 2018

Page 6

 

3.       The Mutual Holding Company’s basis in the Stock Holding Company Common Stock received in the 351 Transaction will be the same as its basis in the Bank stock transferred (Code Section 358(a)(1)).

 

4.       The Mutual Holding Company’s holding period in the Stock Holding Company Common Stock received will include the period during which it held the Bank common stock, provided that the property was a capital asset on the date of the exchange (Code Section 1223(1)).

 

5.       The Stock Holding Company’s basis in the Bank stock received from the Mutual Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such property in the hands of the Mutual Holding Company (Code Section 362(a)).

 

6.       The Stock Holding Company’s holding period for the Bank stock received from the Mutual Holding Company will include the period during which the property was held by the Mutual Holding Company (Code Section 1223(2)).

 

7.       It is more likely than not that the basis of the Stock Holding Company Common Stock to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. (Code Section 1012). The holding period of the Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights shall commence on the date on which the right to acquire the stock was exercised (Code Section 1223(6)).

 

8.       It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the subscription rights to purchase Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company. Gain realized, if any, by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders on the distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Common Stock will be recognized but only to the extent of the fair market value of such subscription rights. (Code Section 356(a)). Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182).

 

9.       No gain or loss will be recognized by the Stock Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering.

 

The opinions set forth above represent our conclusions as to the application of existing Federal income tax law to the facts of the instant transaction, and we can give no assurance that changes in such law, or in the interpretation thereof, will not affect the opinions expressed by us. Moreover, there can be no assurance that contrary positions may not be taken by the IRS, or that a court considering the issues would not hold contrary to such opinions.

 

 

 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

_________________, 2018

Page 7

 

Our opinion under paragraph 8 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. With respect to our opinion under paragraphs 7 and 8, we note that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering. We also note that RP Financial, L.C. has issued a letter to the Boards of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank and the Board of Trustees of the Mutual Holding Company, dated August 3, 2018, that the subscription rights will have no ascertainable fair market value. Finally, we note that the Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value.

 

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have a fair market value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised), and the Stock Holding Company or the Bank may be subject to tax on the distribution of the subscription rights.

 

We do not express any opinion as to the availability of any equitable or specific remedy upon any breach of any of the covenants, warranties or other provisions contained in any agreement. We have not examined, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability of, or liability under, any Federal, state or local law, ordinance, or regulation other than as expressed above.

 

It is expressly understood that the opinions set forth above represent our conclusions based upon the documents reviewed by us and the facts presented to us. Any material amendments to such documents or changes in any significant fact would affect the opinions expressed herein.

 

We have not been asked to, and we do not, render any opinion with respect to, any matters other than those expressly set forth above.

 

 

 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

Attorneys at Law

 

Boards of Directors

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

_________________, 2018

Page 8

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Bank’s Application for Reorganization and Formation of a Mid-Tier Stock Holding Company, as filed with the New York State Department of Financial Services, as an exhibit to the Stock Holding Company’s Application on Form FRY-3, as filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and as an exhibit to the Stock Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in such filings under the captions “The Reorganization and Offering - Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters,” and to the summary of our opinion in such Prospectus.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  LUSE GORMAN, PC

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.2

 

__________, 2018

 

Board of Directors

Rhinebeck Bank

Board of Trustees,

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

2 Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

 

NEW YORK STATE TAX OPINION

 

Members of the Board of Directors and Board of Trustees:

 

Rhinebeck Bank, a New York-chartered stock savings bank (the “ Bank ”), Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, a New York-chartered mutual holding company (the “ Mutual Holding Company ”), and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., a to-be-formed Maryland-chartered subsidiary holding company with the power to issue capital stock (the “ Stock Holding Company ”), have requested Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP (“ Baker Tilly ”) to express an opinion concerning the material New York State Corporate Franchise Tax and New York State Personal Income Tax consequences relating to the proposed reorganization transaction:

 

· Reorganization of the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure (all steps in such reorganization are collectively referred to herein as the “Reorganization”) pursuant to that certain Rhinebeck Bank, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC Plan of Reorganization and Minority Issuance Plan (the “Plan of Reorganization”);

 

· Concurrently with the Reorganization, the Stock Holding Company will offer for sale of up to 49% of its Common Stock on a priority basis to depositors and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, with any remaining shares offered to the public in a Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Offering, or a combination thereof.

 

In rendering our opinion, we have relied on the facts, assumptions, and federal income tax conclusions set forth in the XX XX, 2018 federal tax opinion issued by Luse Gorman, PC (the “Law Firm”) that is to be included in the regulatory filings pertaining to the Plan of Reorganization (the “Federal Tax Opinion”). If any of the facts, assumptions, or federal income tax conclusions in the Law Firm’s Federal Tax Opinion are inaccurate or incorrect, the opinion we express herein may require modification. Any terms used in this opinion letter but not defined herein will have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan of Reorganization or in the Federal Tax Opinion described above.

 

We have not considered any non-income tax consequences, or state, local or foreign income tax consequences, other than the New York State Corporate Franchise Tax measured by business income and under the fixed dollar minimum tax formula, and New York State Personal Income Tax matters directly addressed in our opinion, and therefore, do not express any opinion regarding the treatment that would be given the transaction by the applicable authorities on any other federal, state, local or foreign tax issues. We also express no opinion on nontax issues such as corporate law or securities law matters. Neither this opinion nor any prior statements are intended to imply or to be an opinion on any other matters.

 

In arriving at our opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise, of the Plan of Reorganization and other documents that we deemed necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion. We have assumed the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also relied upon the assumptions that (i) all signatures are genuine and all documents submitted to us, both originals and copies, are authentic, (ii) each document examined by us has been or will be fully executed and delivered in substantially the same form, is or will be in full force and effect, and has not been or will not be amended or modified in any respect, (iii) all parties to the documents at all times had and will have full corporate power, authority, and capacity to enter into, execute, and perform all obligations under those documents, and to observe and perform the terms and conditions thereof, and (iv) the factual matters, statements, and recitations contained in the documents are accurate, true, and complete.

 

 

 

 

The management of the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company have represented to us that we have been provided all of the facts necessary to render our opinion pertaining to New York State Corporate Franchise Tax and New York State Personal Income Tax consequences.

 

The opinion expressed herein is based solely upon our interpretation of New York State Tax Law as interpreted by court decisions, rulings and procedures issued by the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance (the “Department”) as of the date of this letter. Our opinion is not binding on the Department and there can be no assurance that the Department will not take a position contrary to any of the opinion expressed herein.

 

The opinion expressed herein reflects our assessment of the probable outcome of litigation and other adversarial proceedings based solely on an analysis of the existing New York State tax authorities relating to the issues. It is important to note that negotiation and practical solutions are frequently considered in arriving at the final outcome of potential litigation or other adversarial proceedings.

 

Should it finally be determined that the facts or the federal income tax consequences are not as described in the Federal Tax Opinion, the New York State Corporate Franchise Tax consequences, the New York State Personal Income Tax consequences and our New York State tax opinion may differ from what is contained herein. If any fact contained in this opinion letter or the Federal Tax Opinion changes to alter the federal income tax treatment, it is imperative that we are notified in order to determine the effect, if any, on the New York State tax consequences. We have no responsibility to update this opinion for events, transactions, circumstances, or changes in any of the facts, assumptions or representations occurring after the date of this letter. This opinion is given solely for the benefit of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, and the Stock Holding Company, and may not be relied upon by any other party without our express written consent.

 

Nothing contained in this communication was intended or written to be used by any taxpayer for avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer by the Internal Revenue Service or the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer for such purpose. No one, without our express prior written permission, may use or refer to any tax advice in this communication in promoting, marketing, or recommending a partnership or other entity, investment plan or arrangement to any other party.

 

PROPOSED TRANSACTION

 

The Federal Tax Opinion provides that on June 12, 2018, the board of directors of the Bank and the board of trustees of the Mutual Holding Company adopted the Plan of Reorganization. For what are represented to be valid business purposes, the Bank’s board of directors and the Mutual Holding Company’s board of trustees have decided to convert to a “two-tier” mutual holding company structure pursuant to applicable law. The following steps are proposed:

 

(i) The Mutual Holding Company will organize the Stock Holding Company, as a wholly-owned subsidiary;

 

(ii) The Mutual Holding Company will transfer cash, all of the common stock of RSB Capital Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, and all of the common stock of the Bank to the Stock Holding Company in exchange for 100 shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company (the “ 351 Transaction ”).

 

(iii) Contemporaneously with the reorganization of the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company into the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure, the Stock Holding Company will offer up to 49.0% of its Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and, if applicable, the Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering, or a Firm Commitment Offering, or a combination thereof.

 

 

 

 

Collectively, the above steps (i) through (iii) are referred to as the “ Reorganization .” Following the Reorganization, the Stock Holding Company will have the power to issue shares of capital stock (including common and preferred stock) to persons other than the Mutual Holding Company. So long as the Mutual Holding Company is in existence, however, it must own at least 51.0% of the voting stock of the Stock Holding Company. The Stock Holding Company may issue any amount of non-voting stock to persons other than Mutual Holding Company. No such non-voting stock will be issued as of the date of the Reorganization.

 

NEW YORK STATE CORPORATE FRANCHISE TAX ANALYSIS

 

For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2015, the New York franchise tax on banking corporations under Tax Law Article 32 was repealed. 1 Banking corporations are now subject to the Corporate Franchise Tax under Tax Law Article 9-A. 2

 

The Corporate Franchise Tax is imposed on a corporation ”For the privilege of exercising its corporate franchise, or of doing business, or of employing capital, or of owning or leasing property in this state [New York] in a corporate or organized capacity, or of maintaining an office . . . or of deriving receipts from activity in this state [New York].” 3

 

The term “corporation” includes:

 

(a) an association within the meaning of paragraph three of subsection (a) of section seventy-seven hundred one of the internal revenue code (including a limited liability company), (b) a joint-stock company or association, (c) a publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation for purposes of the internal revenue code pursuant to section seventy-seven hundred four thereof and (d) any business conducted by a trustee or trustees wherein interest or ownership is evidenced by certificate or other written instrument. 4

 

A corporation’s New York tax liability is computed as the highest of three alternative bases: (1) corporate net business income, (2) capital and (3) a fixed dollar minimum tax. 5 The first and second alternative bases calculations are subject to New York’s tax law as it relates to apportionment and allocation of business and non-business income. The scope of this opinion is limited to the consequences of the Plan of Reorganization on the computation of the business income and the fixed dollar minimum tax bases of the Corporate Franchise Tax.

 

a. Corporate Franchise Tax Determined on the Business Income

 

In general, the tax on business income is calculated by reference to federal taxable income reported to the United States Treasury (entire net income), reduced by investment income and other exempt income, multiplied by the applicable tax rate. 6

 

The “entire net income” is the starting-point for calculating business income. The term “entire net income” is defined as “total net income from all sources which shall be presumably the same as the entire taxable income, which, except as hereinafter provided in this subdivision, (i) the taxpayer is required to report to the United States treasury department.” 7 New York regulations further provide that “[f]ederal income is the starting point in computing entire net income” and federal taxable income means “taxable income defined in section 63 of the Internal Revenue Code.” 8

 

 

1 N.Y. Tax Law § 1450-et. al.
2 N.Y. Tax Law § 209(1)(a)
3 N.Y. Tax Law § 209(1)(a).
4 N.Y. Tax Law § 208(1).
5 N.Y. Tax Law § 210(1).
6 N.Y. Tax Law §§ 208(8), 210(1)(a).

7 N.Y. Tax Law § 208(9)(i).

8 20 NYCRR 3-2.2(b).

 

 

 

 

N.Y. Tax Law § 208(9)(a) and (b) provide modifications and adjustments required in computing entire net income. There are no modifications or adjustments to entire net income relating to the IRC sections cited in the Federal Tax Opinion.

 

Investment income is defined as “income, including capital gains in excess of capital losses, from investment capital, to the extent included in computing entire net income” less interest deductions at the discretion of commissioner that are directly or indirectly related to the investment capital. 9 Other exempt income means the sum of exempt controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) income and exempt unitary corporation dividends under N.Y. Tax Law § 208(6-a)(a) and (b). In determining investment income, exempt CFC income and exempt unitary corporation dividends, there are no modifications or adjustments to investment income relating to the IRC sections cited in the Federal Tax Opinion.

 

New York has recognized its conformity to transactions structured under IRC Section 351 in an advisory opinion. 10

 

Accordingly, with regard to the Corporate Franchise Tax determined on business income, it is more likely than not that the Plan of Reorganization should be treated in the same manner as it is treated for federal income tax purposes.

 

b. Corporate Franchise Calculated as a Fixed Dollar Minimum Tax

 

New York’s fixed dollar minimum tax is calculated by reference to receipts assigned to the state according to the sales apportionment factor determined under N.Y. Tax Law § 210-A(1) for the taxable year. 11 The apportionment factor is “a fraction, determined by including only those receipts, net income, net gains, and other items . . . that are included in the computation of the taxpayer’s business income . . . for the taxable year.” 12

 

Since the fixed dollar minimum tax is based on amounts used in the calculation of the taxpayer’s business income and it is more likely than not that the Plan of Reorganization will not affect the computation of business income, it is also more likely than not that the Plan of Reorganization will not affect the Corporate Franchise Tax calculated on the fixed minimum tax basis.

 

NEW YORK STATE PERSONAL INCOME TAX ANALYSIS

 

New York State Personal Income Tax is imposed on New York taxable income of resident individuals. 13 “The New York taxable income of a resident individual shall be his New York adjusted gross income less his New York deduction and New York exemptions.” 14

 

New York adjusted income is determined by reference to the federal adjusted gross income reported for the taxable year with certain modifications. 15 No modifications or adjustments are applicable to transactions relating to the IRC sections cited in the Federal Tax Opinion. Therefore, it is more likely than not that the receipt of subscription rights and/or liquidation interests under the Plan of Reorganization should be treated the same as for federal income tax purposes.

 

 

9 N.Y. Tax Law § 208(6)(a)(i).
10 New York Advisory Opinion TSB-A-04(1)C, 02/26/2004.
11 N.Y. Tax Law § 210(1)(d)(1)(E).
12 N.Y. Tax Law § 210-A(1).
13 N.Y. Tax Law § 601.
14 N.Y. Tax Law § 611(a).
15 N.Y. Tax Law § 612.

 

 

 

 

OPINION

 

We have received from you a copy of the Federal Tax Opinion regarding the Plan of Reorganization, in which Luse Gorman, PC has opined on the Federal tax treatment of the proposed transactions undertaken as part of the Plan of Reorganization.

 

Our opinion concerning the New York State Corporate Franchise and Personal Income Tax effects of the Plan of Reorganization relies on the facts, representations, assumptions, and conclusions set out in the Federal Tax Opinion. Further, it incorporates the terms contained in the Federal Tax Opinion. Our opinion presumes that the final federal income tax consequences of the Plan of Reorganization will be as described in the Federal Tax Opinion.

 

Based on this information, we furnish you with the opinion below as to the New York Corporate Franchise Tax and Personal Income Tax effects of the Plan of Reorganization:

 

1. It is more likely than not that the federal income tax treatment of the Plan of Reorganization will be respected for purposes of the Corporate Franchise Tax calculated on the basis of business income (entire net income).

 

2. It is more likely than not that the Plan of Reorganization will have no effect on the Corporate Franchise Tax calculated on a fixed minimum tax basis.

  

3. It is more likely than not that the federal income tax treatment of the receipt of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of stock of the Stock Holding Company will be respected for purposes of the Personal Income Tax of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who are otherwise subject to the New York Personal Income Tax.

  

CONSENT

 

We consent to the inclusion of this New York State Tax Opinion as an exhibit to the Bank’s Application for Reorganization and Formation of a Mid-Tier Stock Holding Company, as filed with the New York State Department of Financial Services, as an exhibit to the Stock Holding Company’s Application on Form FRY-3, as filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and as an exhibit to the Stock Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in such filings under the captions “The Reorganization and Offering - Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters,” and to the summarization of our opinion in such Prospectus.

 

Very truly yours,

 

BAKER TILLY VIRCHOW KRAUSE, LLP

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

RHINEBECK BANK

 

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

(adopted effective January 1, 2019)

 

 

 

 

RHINEBECK BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

This Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) has been executed on August 28, 2018, by Rhinebeck Bank, which shall become effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2019.

 

WITNESSETH THAT

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the following Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.

 

ATTEST:   RHINEBECK BANK
       
/s/ Karen Morgan D’Amelio    By: /s/ Michael J. Quinn
Secretary     President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

    Page No.
     
Section 1. Plan Identity. 1
     
1.1 Name 1
1.2 Purpose 1
1.3 Effective Date 1
1.4 Fiscal Period 1
1.5 Single Plan for All Employers 1
1.6 Interpretation of Provisions 1
     
Section 2. Definitions. 1
     
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation. 11
     
3.1 Initial Eligibility 11
3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year 11
3.3 Terminated Employees 11
3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible 11
3.5 Participation and Reparticipation 12
3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee 12
3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee 12
     
Section 4. Contributions and Credits. 12
     
4.1 Discretionary Contributions 12
4.2 Contributions for Exempt Loans 13
4.3 Conditions as to Contributions 13
4.4 Rollover Contributions 14
     
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations. 14
     
5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions 14
5.2 Effect of Limitations 16
5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants 16
5.4 Erroneous Allocations 16
     
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment. 17
     
6.1 Creation of Trust Fund 17
6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund 17
6.3 Acquisition of Stock 17
6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify 18
     
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock. 19
     
7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock 19
7.2 Application of Dividends 20
     
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts. 21
     
8.1 ESOP Allocations 21
8.2 Charges to Accounts 22
8.3 Stock Fund Account 22
8.4 Investment Fund Account 23

 

 

 

 

8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund 23
8.6 Participant Statements 23
     
Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests. 23
     
9.1 Vesting in Accounts 23
9.2 Computation of Vesting Years 23
9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events 24
9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination 25
9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral 26
9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures 26
9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability 27
     
Section 10. Payment of Benefits. 27
     
10.1 Benefits for Participants 27
10.2 Time for Distribution 28
10.3 Marital Status 29
10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination 29
10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments 29
10.6 Options to Receive Stock 29
10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock 31
10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights 31
10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution 31
10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution 32
     
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals 32
     
11.1 Claim for Benefits 32
11.2 Notification by Committee 32
11.3 Claims Review Procedure 33
     
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions. 33
     
12.1 Authority of Committee 33
12.2 Identity of Committee 33
12.3 Duties of Committee 33
12.4 Valuation of Stock 34
12.5 Compliance with ERISA 34
12.6 Action by Committee 34
12.7 Execution of Documents 34
12.8 Adoption of Rules 34
12.9 Responsibilities to Participants 34
12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity 35
12.11 Indemnification by Employers 35
12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member 35
     
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan. 35
     
13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers 35
13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification 35
13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate 36
     
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions. 36
     
14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights 36
14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits 36

 

ii

 

 

14.3 Limit of Employer Liability 36
14.4 Treatment of Expenses 37
14.5 Number and Gender 37
14.6 Nondiversion of Assets 37
14.7 Separability of Provisions 37
14.8 Service of Process 37
14.9 Governing State Law 37
14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility 37
14.11 Unclaimed Accounts 38
14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order 38
14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections 39
14.14 Acquisition of Securities 39
14.15 Additional Benefits under Code Section 401(a)(37) 39
     
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions. 39
     
15.1 Top-Heavy Plan 39
15.2 Definitions 39
15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application 40
15.4 Minimum Contributions 42
15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan 42

 

iii

 

 

RHINEBECK BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

Section 1.             Plan Identity .

 

1.1          Name . The name of this Plan is “Rhinebeck Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”

 

1.2          Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

 

1.3          Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2019.

 

1.4          Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.

 

1.5          Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.

 

1.6          Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan. The Plan is not subject to the diversification requirements of Code Section 401(a)(35).

 

Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.

 

Section 2.             Definitions .

 

The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

“Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his or her Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.

 

“Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) the Participant is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) the Participant is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) the Participant’s Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, or Normal Retirement.

 

 

 

 

“Bank” means Rhinebeck Bank and any entity which succeeds to the business of Rhinebeck Bank and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.

 

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his or her surviving Spouse, if any, or his or her estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.

 

“Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his or her normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his or her Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service. Hours of Service shall be credited only in the year in which the absence from work begins, if a Participant would be prevented from incurring a one-year Break in Service in such year solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service, or in any other case, in the immediately following year.

 

Closing Date ” means the closing date of the initial minority public stock offering of the Company in connection the formation of a mid-tier holding company of the Bank.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.

 

“Company” means Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., the mid-tier stock holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.

 

“Compensation” shall mean:

 

(a)          415 Compensation.

 

2

 

 

(b)          If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable compensation limit set forth under Section 5.1-2 multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of the fraction is 12.

 

(c)          A Participant’s Compensation shall exclude any portion of the Plan Year in which the Participant had not yet entered the Plan (e.g., the period before the Participant’s Entry Date).

 

“Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 6 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.

 

“Eligible Employee ” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2 and who has attained age 21.

 

“Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).

 

“Employer” means the Bank, any subsidiary of the Bank and any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and also any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.

 

“Entry Date” means the Effective Date and each July 1 and January 1 of each Plan Year after such date.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).

 

3

 

 

“Exempt Loan” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:

 

(i)           to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-12;

 

(ii)          to repay such Exempt Loan; or

 

(iii)         to repay a prior exempt loan.

 

“415 Compensation” shall mean:

 

(a)          Wages (including overtime pay, bonuses and commissions), as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source.

 

(b)          Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation) (Cafeteria Plan), Code Section 457, 132(f)(4) or because such amount was deferred in accordance with an Employer-provided deferred compensation plan, shall also be included in the definition of 415 Compensation.

 

(c)          415 Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.

 

(i)          Regular Pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

 

(ii)         Leave Cashouts. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his or her employment had continued.

 

4

 

 

(d)          415 Compensation includes differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

 

(e)          415 Compensation in excess of $275,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $275,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $275,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.

 

“Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $120,000 (as adjusted). The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a “determination year” and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.

 

“Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:

 

(a)          Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.

 

(b)          Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.

 

(c)          Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.

 

5

 

 

(d)          Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.

 

(e)          If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 90 Hours of Service for each bi-weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his or her normal working hours during a paid absence.

 

(f)          Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Committee may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.

 

(g)          In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.

 

“Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Exempt Loan, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.

 

“Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

 

“Normal Retirement Date” means the Participant’s 65 th birthday.

 

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his or her Account.

 

“Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.

 

“Plan Year” means the twelve-month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.

 

6

 

 

Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(5) for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(22), 401(a)(28)(C) and 409(h)(1)(B) and 409(1), which means: (i) the security is traded on a national securities exchange that is registered under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) the security is traded on a national securities exchange that is officially recognized, sanctioned or supervised by governmental authority and the security is deemed by the Securities and Exchange Commission as having a “ready market” under SEC Rule 15c3-1.”

 

“Recognized Absence” means a period for which --

 

(a)          an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or

 

(b)          an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or

 

(c)          an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his or her employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).

 

“Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”

 

(a)          “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:

 

(1)         in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;

 

(2)         prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);

 

(3)         is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or

 

(4)         for a Participant is

 

7

 

 

(A)         required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;

 

(B)         required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;

 

(C)         required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or

 

(D)         the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.

 

(b)          The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:

 

(1)         If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,

 

(A)         not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or

 

(B)         as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.

 

(2)         In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.

 

(3)         In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.

 

8

 

 

(4)         In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)         a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;

 

(2)         any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;

 

(3)         a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or

 

(4)         a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.

 

“Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

9

 

 

“Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code. "The term “Spouse” includes an individual married to a person of the same sex if the individuals are lawfully married under state law, and the term “marriage” includes such a marriage between individuals of the same sex."

 

“Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market. In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then “Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.

 

“Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock. The Stock Fund is merely a recordkeeping mechanism used by the Trustee to track the Stock held by the Plan. The Stock Fund is neither a mutual fund nor a diversified or managed investment option.

 

“Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.

 

“Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

 

“Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.

 

“Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Exempt Loans and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.

 

“Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.

 

“Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Valuation Date for any transaction between the Plan and a disqualified person shall be the date of the transaction pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(5).

 

10

 

 

“Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.

 

“Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his or her vested interest in his or her Account.

 

Section 3.             Eligibility for Participation .

 

3.1          Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the last day of the Eligible Employee’s first Eligibility Year and attainment of age 21. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is an Eligible Employee on or prior to the Closing Date shall enter the Plan, retroactively, on the Effective Date.

 

3.2          Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:

 

(i)           an Eligible Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, including any years before the Effective Date of the Plan, and

 

(ii)         his or her subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on each January 1 after that first day of Service.

 

3.3          Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.

 

3.4          Certain Employees Ineligible .

 

3.4-1.          No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his or her Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.

 

3.4-2.          Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.4-3.          Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

 

3.4-4.          An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Committee no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective, and such election must be irrevocable. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.

 

11

 

 

3.5          Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his or her Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his or her termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his or her return to Service with an Employer.

 

3.6          Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his or her Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

 

3.7          Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.

 

Section 4.             Contributions and Credits .

 

4.1          Discretionary Contributions .

 

4.1-1.          The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.

 

4.1-2.          Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.

 

12

 

 

4.2          Contributions for Exempt Loans . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Exempt Loan upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Exempt Loan. If there is more than one Exempt Loan, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Exempt Loan related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.

 

In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under an Exempt Loan, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Exempt Loan which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Exempt Loan in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Exempt Loan.

 

At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under an Exempt Loan may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Exempt Loan, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.

 

4.3          Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.

 

13

 

 

4.4          Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.

 

Section 5.             Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .

 

5.1          Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:

 

5.1-1       If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees, and such allocation would cause any Highly Compensated Employee to exceed the limitations under Code Section 415(c) or the Employer to exceed the deduction limits under Code Section 404, then no more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.

 

5.1-2       After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $55,000 (for 2018, or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions. The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after severance from employment (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2016-51 or any subsequent guidance.

 

14

 

 

5.1-3       For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “annual additions” shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.

 

In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.

 

5.1-4       Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:

 

(i)          forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or

 

(ii)         Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.

 

5.1-5       If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.

 

5.1-6       A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.

 

15

 

 

5.2          Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan.

 

5.3          Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.

 

This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.

 

Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.

 

This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.

 

5.4          Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his or her Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7 and any revenue procedure or other notice published by the Internal Revenue Service regarding permissible correction methods, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

 

16

 

 

Section 6.             Trust Fund and Its Investment .

 

6.1          Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.

 

6.2          Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. As a directed Trustee, the Trustee shall have such responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund as set forth pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

 

6.3          Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called an “Exempt Loan.” The term “Exempt Loan” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An Exempt Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of an Exempt Loan in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Exempt Loan or the making of another Exempt Loan. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that is primarily for the benefit of the Plan participants and their beneficiaries and that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Exempt Loan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

 

6.3-1      All Exempt Loans incurred by the Plan must be primarily for the benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, and an Exempt Loan shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Exempt Loan will not cause the Plan’s assets to be inappropriately impaired in violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).

 

17

 

 

6.3-2      An Exempt Loan may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Exempt Loan, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Exempt Loan which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for an Exempt Loan, and no creditor under an Exempt Loan shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.

 

6.3-3      Any pledge of Stock to secure an Exempt Loan must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Exempt Loans in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.

 

6.3-4      Repayments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. The payment on the Exempt Loan during the Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during such year or prior to such year, less such payments in prior years. Such contributions and earnings must be accounted for separately in the books and accounts of the Plan until the Exempt Loan is fully repaid.

 

6.3-5      In the event of default of an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, an Exempt Loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Exempt Loan. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.

 

6.4          Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his or her Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25 percent of the number of shares allocated to his or her Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his or her Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his or her Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:

 

18

 

 

6.4-1      The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.

 

6.4-2      The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

 

6.4-3      The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

 

Section 7.             Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .

 

7.1          Voting and Tendering of Stock .

 

7.1-1      The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee.  However, if any Employer has a registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any Exempt Loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.

 

Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.

 

19

 

 

7.1-2      In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

7.2          Application of Dividends .

 

7.2-1       Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.

 

7.2-2       Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.

 

(i)           On Stock in Participants’ Accounts .

 

(A)          Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (I) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(iii) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (II) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (III) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (IV) be used to make payments on the Exempt Loan. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Exempt Loan, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.

 

(B)          Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.

 

20

 

 

(ii)          On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Exempt Loan used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each such person that was earned during that portion of the Plan Year that such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation of each Active Participant for such year, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Exempt Loan unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.

 

Section 8.             Adjustments to Accounts .

 

8.1          ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Exempt Loan payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Exempt Loan through the sale or other disposition of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.

 

8.1-1      Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:

 

21

 

 

(i)          first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Exempt Loan, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,

 

(ii)         second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and

 

(iii)        finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 8.1-2.

 

8.1-2       Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, amounts forfeited, and, to the extent applicable, shares of Stock released in accordance with Section 8.1-1(iii)) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant during the period of the Plan Year in which such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants.

 

8.1-3      Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.

 

8.2          Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.

 

8.3          Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.

 

If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Exempt Loan exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Exempt Loans, and following such repayment, there remains Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.

 

22

 

 

8.4          Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (i) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under an Exempt Loan; (ii) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (iii) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Exempt Loan; and (iv) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.

 

8.5          Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.

 

8.6          Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Committee shall provide or shall cause to be provided to each Participant a statement of his or her Account balances, and the vested percentage thereof, as of the last day of the Plan Year.

 

Section 9.             Vesting of Participants’ Interests .

 

9.1          Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account shall be based on his or her Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:

 

Vesting   Percentage of  
Years   Interest Vested  
Fewer than 1     0 %
1     20 %
2     40 %
3     60 %
4     80 %
5 or more     100 %

 

9.2          Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee who was employed with the Bank shall receive credit for vesting purposes for each calendar year of continuous employment with the Bank, prior to the effective date of the Plan, in which such Eligible Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as “Vesting Years”). However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:

 

23

 

 

9.2-1      A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.

 

9.2-2      To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his or her interest in his or her Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his or her post-Break in Service vested percentage.

 

9.2-3      To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:

 

(i)          such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of severance from employment, or

 

(ii)         upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.

 

9.2-4      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

9.2-5      To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his or her vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.

 

9.3          Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .

 

9.3-1      Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his or her Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his or her Service is terminated by Disability or by death. For purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall fully vest in accordance with Section 414(u)(9) of the Code.

 

24

 

 

9.3-2      The Participant’s interest in his or her Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes “Change in Control” means a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of the Directors on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs or is effected; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company is distributed, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more business organizations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either: (i) upon the conversion of the Bank to stock form (as a stand-alone stock bank or as the subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company); or (ii) following the conversion of the Bank to a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, upon the subsequent conversion of any mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.

 

9.4          Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his or her Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his or her Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated. A partial termination of the Plan shall be determined by the Internal Revenue Service Commissioner based on the facts and circumstances of the particular case in accordance with Code Section 411(d)(3) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

 

25

 

 

9.5          Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his or her interest in his or her Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited after five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his or her Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his or her vested interest immediately upon his or her termination of Service.

 

If a Participant receives a distribution of his or her vested Account balance, the nonvested portion of his or her Account will be forfeited. If such a Participant returns to Service prior to incurring five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service and repays the amount distributed to the Plan, the nonvested portion of his or her vested Account balance shall be restored. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his or her Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his or her Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his or her Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his or her Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his or her vested interest in the Plan (because the Participant was not vested in any portion of his Account at the time of separation from employment) shall have his or her Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his or her return.

 

For purposes of this Section and Section 5.1 of the Plan, if a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated from an Exempt Loan will be forfeited only after other assets. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.

 

9.6          Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a separate sub-account shall be established within the Participant’s Account in the event the Participant “receives” or “has” a benefit under the Plan that is less than fully vested. For purposes of computing the balance of such separate sub-account with respect to which the vesting percentage can increase and from which distributions are made, at any relevant time, the Participant’s vested portion of such separate sub-account shall not be less than an amount (“X”) determined by the formula: X = P(AB + D) – D in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.411(a)-7(d)(5)(iii)(B), where “P” is the vesting percentage at the relevant time; “AB” is the account balance at the relevant time; “D” is the amount of the distribution; and the relevant time is the time at which, under the Plan, the vesting percentage of the amount cannot increase.

 

26

 

 

9.7          Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his or her Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.

 

Section 10.           Payment of Benefits .

 

10.1        Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his or her Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Prior to any such distribution, any Participant entitled to a distribution will receive a form upon which the Participant can elect the manner of such distribution (e.g., whether to receive the distribution directly or transfer such distribution to an individual retirement account or other tax-qualified plan), a special tax notice regarding the consequences of such distribution, and, if applicable, that the Participant has the right not to consent to a distribution at such time.

 

If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his or her benefits are to be paid to his or her Beneficiary. Notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his or her vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed, without regard to whether the Participant consents, in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his or her benefits shall not be paid prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. The Committee shall provide the Participant with written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11), and shall provide the Participant with a general description of the material features of the optional forms of benefits under the Plan and the right to defer receipt of any distribution under the Plan. Such notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the date a distribution under the Plan commences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his or her Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant elects to receive a distribution, the Committee shall transfer accounts of $1,000 or more, but not exceeding $5,000, in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Committee in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.

 

27

 

 

10.2        Time for Distribution .

 

10.2-1    If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following the Participant’s termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant severs employment by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death, or which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise severs employment, except that this clause shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin.

 

10.2-2    Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -

 

(i)          the Participant attains the age of 65;

 

(ii)          occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

 

(iii)        the Participant terminates his or her Service with the Employer.

 

10.2-3    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of the Participant’s Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

 

10.2-4    Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his or her death shall comply with the following requirements:

 

(i)          If a Participant dies before his or her distributions have commenced, distribution of his or her Account to his or her Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his or her surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70½. In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.

 

(ii)         If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his or her entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his or her death.

 

28

 

 

(iii)        If a married Participant dies before his or her benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his or her Account to be paid to his or her Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his or her surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (A) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (B) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (C) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.

 

10.2-5    If a Participant or any other distributee’s distribution is rolled over to another eligible retirement plan following the Participant’s required beginning date (as determined in accordance with Section 10.2-3), only the amount that exceeds the required minimum distribution amount for the Plan Year (as determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)) in which the rollover is completed is treated as an eligible rollover distribution for purposes of Section 10.9.

 

10.2-6    All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

10.3        Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his or her Employer as to his or her marital status.

 

10.4        Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.

 

10.5        Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.

 

10.6        Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his or her Account in the form of Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his or her vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash. If Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class of Stock, the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class.

 

29

 

 

Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a Bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash."

 

The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Exempt Loan, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through an Exempt Loan shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).

 

30

 

 

10.7        Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

 

10.8        Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

 

10.9        Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover. However, a distributee who is a designated beneficiary of the Participant but who is not the surviving Spouse of the Participant may only elect to have any portion of the eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan that is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract) in accordance with Section 402(c)(11).

 

10.9-1    An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an “eligible rollover” shall include a distribution that is made to a “distributee” as defined under Section 10.9-4.

 

10.9-2    An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.

 

31

 

 

10.9-3    A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

10.9-4    The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), and shall include non-Spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).

 

10.9-5     The Committee shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.

 

10.10      Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 402(f) and 411(a)(11) of the Code apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.402(f)-1 or 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

 

(i)           the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution (and, if applicable, a particular form of distribution), and

 

(ii)          the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution.

 

Section 11.            Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .

 

11.1        Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his or her benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.

 

11.2        Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

 

(i)           each specific reason for the denial;

 

(ii)          specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

32

 

 

(iii)         a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his or her claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

 

(iv)         an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.

 

11.3        Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his or her claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his or her reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination.  In connection with his or her appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his or her representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his or her representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his or her representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his or her claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

 

Section 12.           The Committee and its Functions .

 

12.1        Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

 

12.2        Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of two or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.

 

12.3        Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.

 

33

 

 

Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Exempt Loans. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

 

12.4        Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code.

 

12.5        Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his or her duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.

 

12.6        Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.

 

12.7        Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.

 

12.8        Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.

 

12.9        Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his or her Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent such decision is consistent with applicable law and made in a non-discriminatory manner and in the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

34

 

 

12.10      Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his or her parents, his or her legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his or her spouse, or his or her legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

 

12.11      Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his or her being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

 

12.12      Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his or her own participation or benefits, unless his or her abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

 

Section 13.          Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .

 

13.1        Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.

 

13.2        Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a). In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact.

 

35

 

 

13.3        Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.

 

Section 14.          Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

14.1        Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.

 

14.2        Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.

 

14.3        Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.

 

36

 

 

14.4        Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.

 

14.5        Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.

 

14.6        Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

 

14.7        Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

 

14.8        Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.

 

14.9        Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.

 

14.10      Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact. The maximum amount that may be returned to the Employer in the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction is the excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant, (2) (A) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have been contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

37

 

 

14.11      Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his or her last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his or her benefits or make his or her whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:

 

(i)           If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.

 

(ii)          If the whereabouts of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.

 

Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.

 

14.12      Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

 

In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:

 

(i)           The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and

 

(ii)          Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.

 

During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.

 

38

 

 

14.13      Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.

 

14.14      Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).

 

14.15      Additional Benefits under Code Section 401(a)(37) . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(37), in the case of a Participant who dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death. The Plan currently does not provide any such additional benefits, but if the Plan were to provide such additional benefits, then such survivors would be entitled to receive such benefits.

 

Section 15.           Top-Heavy Provisions .

 

15.1        Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

 

(i)           If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;

 

(ii)          If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or

 

(iii)         If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).

 

15.2        Definitions . In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:

 

15.2-1    The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.

 

39

 

 

15.2-2    A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $175,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

 

15.2-3    A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.

 

15.2-4    A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.

 

15.2-5    A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

 

15.3        Top-Heavy Rules of Application . For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:

 

15.3-1    The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.

 

40

 

 

15.3-2    For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.

 

15.3-3    The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.

 

15.3-4    Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.

 

15.3-5    When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

 

15.3-6    The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”

 

15.3-7    Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

 

15.3-8    The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.

 

41

 

 

15.4        Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his or her Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:

 

(i)           three percent of his or her 415 Compensation for that year, or

 

(ii)          the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year.  For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his or her Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his or her Account.

 

If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided to the other plan or plans rather than to this Plan.

 

15.5        Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

 

42

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into, effective as of September 6, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Rhinebeck Bank, a New York-chartered savings bank with its principal place of business in Rhinebeck, New York (the “ Bank ”) and Michael J. Quinn (“ Executive ”). Any reference to the “ Company ” shall mean any newly-formed the stock holding company of the Bank, or any successor thereto.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to continue to employ the Executive in an executive capacity in the conduct of its businesses, and the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms contained herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

 

(a)           Employment . During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and the Company or any successor executive position with the Bank and the Company that is agreed to and consented by Executive (the “ Executive Position ”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with Executive Position as are appropriate for a person in the position of the Executive Position, as well as those as shall be assigned by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Board ”). During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer or director of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

 

(b)           Responsibilities . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be employed on a full-time basis and shall devote Executive’s full business time and best efforts, business judgment, skill and knowledge to the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities related to the Executive Position. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1(c), Executive shall not engage in any other business activity during the term of this Agreement except as may be approved by the Board.

 

(c)           Service on Other Boards and Committees . The Bank encourages participation by Executive on community boards and committees and in activities generally considered to be in the public interest, but the Board shall have the right to approve or disapprove, in its sole discretion, Executive’s participation on such boards and committees.

 

 

 

  

2.           TERM.

 

(a)           Term and Annual Renewal . The initial term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue through December 31, 2020 (the “ Term ”). Commencing on January 1, 2019 and continuing on each January 1 st thereafter (the “ Renewal Date ”), the Term will extend automatically for one additional year, so that the Term will be three years from such Renewal Date, unless either the Bank or Executive by written notice to the other given at least ninety (90) days prior to such Renewal Date notifies the other of its intent not to extend the same. In the event that notice not to extend is given by either the Bank or the Executive, this Agreement shall terminate as of the last day of the then current Term.

 

(b)           Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction that would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, the Term of this Agreement will be extended automatically so that it is scheduled to expire no less than two (2) years beyond the effective date of the Change in Control, subject to extensions as set forth above.

 

(c)           Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term . Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

 

3.           COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

 

(a)           Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, Executive shall receive an annual base salary of $418,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Bank. During the term of this Agreement, the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board) may increase, but not decrease, Executive’s Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)           Bonus . Executive will be eligible to participate in any bonus plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company (including the Rhinebeck Bank Executive Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “ STIP ”) and any other short-term and long-term incentive program) in which senior management is eligible to participate. As of the Effective Date, Executive’s target bonus under the STIP is 25% of Base Salary, which may be increased or decreased at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement. The terms of the Bank’s or the Company’s short-term and long-term incentive plans or programs shall determine the bonuses payable thereunder, if any, to Executive.

 

  2  

 

 

(c)           Benefit Plans . Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Bank, on the same terms and conditions as such plans are available to other employees and officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements as applicable to other management employees.

 

(d)           Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

 

(e)           Expense Reimbursements . The Bank will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Furthermore, the Bank will pay or reimburse Executive for the full cost of the use of an automobile that is mutually agreeable to the Bank and Executive. Executive will comply with the reasonable reporting and expense limitations on the use of such automobile as the Bank may establish from time to time. All reimbursements shall be made as soon as practicable upon substantiation of such expenses by Executive in accordance with the applicable policies and procedures of the Bank.

 

4.           TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

 

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate under the following circumstances:

 

(a)           Death . This Agreement shall terminate upon Executive’s death, in which event the Bank’s sole obligation shall be to pay Executive’s estate or beneficiary any “Accrued Obligations.”

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” means the sum of : (i) any Base Salary earned through the Executive’s date of termination, (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 3(e) of this Agreement), (iii) unused vacation that accrued through the Termination Date, (iv) any earned but unpaid short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the year immediately preceding the year of termination and (v) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Bank through the date of termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans. Unless otherwise provided by the applicable employee benefit plan, the Accrued Obligations, if any, will be paid to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiary) within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination.

 

  3  

 

  

(b)           Disability . This Agreement will terminate in the event of Executive becomes “Totally Disabled.” For purposes of this Agreement, “ Totally Disabled ” means any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months and that renders Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, provided, however, that the aforementioned definition shall comply with the definition of “disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Executive’s receipt of disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan, if any, or receipt of Social Security disability benefits may be deemed conclusive evidence of Total Disability for purpose of this Agreement; provided, however, that in the absence of Executive’s receipt of such long-term disability benefits or Social Security benefits, the Board may, in its reasonable discretion but based upon appropriate medical evidence, determine that Executive is Totally Disabled.

 

In the event Executive is Totally Disabled, Executive will receive: (1) any Accrued Obligations; and (2) continued payments of Base Salary for a period of 36 months following the date Executive is determined to be Totally Disabled, reduced by the amount of disability insurance benefits payable to Executive during such period under the Bank’s disability insurance plan or program. With respect to subparagraph (2), such payments will commence within 30 days after Executive is determined to be Totally Disabled and be payable at the same time and manner as Executive’s Base Salary would have been paid if Executive remained actively employed with the Bank during such period.

 

(c)          Termination for Cause . The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for “Cause.” In the event Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, the Bank’s sole obligation will be to pay or provide to Executive any Accrued Obligations. Termination for “ Cause ” means termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

 

(i)          material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

(ii)         willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

 

(iii)        breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

(iv)        intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

(v)         willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction (except for a conviction related to a traffic violation or a DUI or DWI conviction under applicable law), any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference; or

  4  

 

 

(vi)        material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Any determination of Cause under this Agreement will be made by resolution adopted by at least two-thirds vote of the disinterested members of the Board at a meeting called and held for that purpose. Executive will be provided with reasonable notice of such meeting and Executive will be given an opportunity to be heard before such vote is taken by the disinterested members of the Board.

 

(d)           Resignation by Executive without Good Reason . Executive may resign from employment during the term of this Agreement without Good Reason upon at least 30 days prior written notice to the Board, provided, however, that the Bank may accelerate the date of termination upon receipt of written notice of Executive’s resignation. In the event Executive resigns without Good Reason, the Bank’s sole obligation will be to pay or provide to Executive any Accrued Obligations.

 

(e)           Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

(i) The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “ Without Cause ”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within 90 days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “ With Good Reason ”); provided, however, that the Bank will have 30 days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) during the Term and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(iii), the Bank will pay or provide Executive with the following:

 

(A)         any Accrued Obligations;

 

(B)         the sum of Executive’s annual Base Salary and average annual cash incentive compensation awarded under the STIP, which would include any percentage of the award that is tax-deferred and payable pursuant to the Rhinebeck Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “ LTIP ”) (or any other comparable cash incentive plan) for three most recent annual performance periods immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination, divided by 12 (the “ Severance Payment ”). The Severance Payment will be payable to Executive each month during a 36-month period (the “ Benefit Period ”), with the first payment to be made on the first day of the second month immediately following Executive’s date of termination;

 

  5  

 

 

(C)         non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (A) the completion of the Benefit Period; (B) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank; or (C) Executive’s death (provided that benefits payable to Executive’s spouse and designated beneficiaries will continue until the end of the Benefit Period. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code will run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein; and

 

(D)       the reimbursement for the reasonable cost of outplacement services, up to a maximum amount of $5,000.

 

(ii) Good Reason ” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

(A)        a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary and/or aggregate incentive compensation opportunities under the Bank’s annual and long-term incentive plans or programs, as applicable;

 

(B)        a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

(C)        a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 35 miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

(D)        a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4(e)(i), Executive will not receive any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive executes a release of claims (the “ Release ”) against the Bank and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement. The Release must be executed and become irrevocable by the 60 th day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment, provided that if the 60-day period spans two (2) calendar years, then, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, the payments and benefits described in this Section 4(e) will be paid, or commence, in the second calendar year.

 

  6  

 

 

(f)           Effect on Status as a Director . In the event of Executive’s termination of employment under this Agreement for any reason, such termination will also constitute Executive’s resignation as a director of the Bank or the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, to the extent Executive is acting as a director of any of the aforementioned entities.

 

5.           CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

(a)           Change in Control Defined . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Change in Control ” means: (i) a change in the ownership of the Corporation; (ii) a change in the effective control of the Corporation; or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation as defined in accordance with Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Section 5(a), the term “ Corporation ” is defined to include the Bank, the Company or any of their successors, as applicable.

 

(i) A change in the ownership of a Corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such Corporation.

 

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Corporation occurs on the date that either (A) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Corporation possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Corporation, or (B) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection “(B)” is inapplicable where a majority stockholder of the Corporation is another corporation.

 

  7  

 

 

(iii) A change in a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (A) all of the assets of the Corporation, or (B) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either: (i) upon the conversion of the Bank to stock form (as a stand-alone stock bank or as the subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company); or (ii) following the conversion of the Bank to a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, upon the subsequent conversion of any mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.

 

(b)           Change in Control Benefits . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment by the Bank (or any successor) Without Cause or by Executive With Good Reason on or within two (2) years after the effective time of a Change in Control during the Term, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay or provide Executive with the Accrued Obligations. In addition, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay Executive, as severance pay an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of Executive’s: (i) Base Salary (or Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher); and (ii) average annual cash incentive compensation awarded under the STIP, which would include any percentage of the award that is tax-deferred and payable pursuant to the LTIP (or any other comparable cash incentive plan) for three most recent annual performance periods immediately prior to the Change in Control. Such payment will be made in a lump sum within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination. The Bank (or any successor) will also continue to provide Executive with non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his date of termination at no cost to Executive. Such continued coverage will cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is three (3) years from Executive’s date of termination; (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank or (iii) Executive’s death (provided that benefits payable to Executive’s spouse and designated beneficiaries will continue until the end of such benefit period). The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code shall not run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) will be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

 

6.           COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

 

(a)           Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete . Executive hereby covenants and agrees that during the “Restricted Period”, Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

  8  

 

 

(i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment with the Bank and/or accept employment with another employer; or

 

(ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates within the New York State counties of Columbia, Duchess, Orange, Putnam or Ulster or in any other county where the Bank has one or more offices or branches; or

 

(iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

 

The restrictions contained in this Section 6(a) shall not apply in the event of Executive’s termination of employment on or after the effective time of a Change in Control.

 

For purposes of this Section 6(a), the “ Restricted Period ” will be: (i) at all times during Executive’s period of employment with the Bank; and (ii) during the period beginning on Executive’s date of termination and ending on the later of: (A) the one-year anniversary of the date of termination; or (B) the last date on which Executive receives the Severance Payment pursuant to Section 4(e)(i)(B).

 

(b)           Confidentiality . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of Executive’s employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

  9  

 

 

(c)           Information/Cooperation . Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Bank or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(d)           Reliance . Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 6, to the extent applicable. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 6, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

7.           SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

 

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank).

 

8.           EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive under another plan, program or agreement (other than an employment agreement) between the Bank and Executive.

 

9.           NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

 

(a)          Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

(b)          The Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be binding on any and all successors or assigns, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

  10  

 

  

10.         MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

 

(a)          This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

(b)          No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

11.         Applicable law.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)          The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits under this Agreement for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause, other than the Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)          In no event shall the Bank (nor any affiliate) be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement that is prohibited by Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (codified at 12 U.S.C. sec. 1828(k)), 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or any other applicable law.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that a payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits will be payable only upon the Executive’s “Separation from Service.” For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” will have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than 50 percent of the average level of bona fide services in the 36 months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

 

(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “ Specified Employee ” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service, then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

 

  11  

 

 

(e)          If the Bank cannot provide Executive or Executive’s dependents any continued health insurance or other welfare benefits as required by this Agreement because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within 30 days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such cash payment would violate the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j), the Executive’s cash payment in lieu of the continued health insurance or welfare benefits as required by this Agreement shall be payable at the same time the related premium payments would have been paid by the Bank and will be payable for the duration of the applicable coverage period.

 

(f)          To the extent not specifically provided in this Agreement, any compensation or reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

(g)          Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

(h)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive understands that nothing contained in this Agreement limits Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (“ Government Agencies ”) about a possible securities law violation without approval of the Bank (or any affiliate). Executive further understands that this Agreement does not limit Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Bank (or any affiliate) related to the possible securities law violation. This Agreement does not limit Executive’s right to receive any resulting monetary award for information provided to any Government Agency.

 

12.         SEVERABILITY.

 

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

13.         GOVERNING LAW.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

  12  

 

 

14.         JURISDICTION AND VENUE.

 

The parties hereto hereby agree that all demands, claims, actions, causes of action, suits, proceedings, and litigation between or among the parties relating to this Agreement, will be filed, tried, and litigated only in a court located in Dutchess County in the State of New York, unless another venue is required by applicable law. In connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and venue of such court and expressly waive any claims or defenses of lack of jurisdiction of or proper venue by such court.

 

15.         PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

 

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than 60 days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

16.         INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The Bank shall provide Executive (including Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) in accordance with the charter and bylaws of the Bank and to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of Executive having been a director or officer of the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank.

 

17.         Notice.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank

Rhinebeck Bank

Two Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

To Executive: Most recent address on file with the Bank

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

  13  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

By signing below, the Bank and Executive acknowledge and agree that: (1) this Agreement shall supersede and replace the employment agreement between the Bank and Executive dated March 22, 2005, and as amended as of December 21, 2012 (the “ Prior Agreement ”) as of the Effective Date; and (2) the Prior Agreement shall be terminated as of the Effective Date.

 

  RHINEBECK BANK
   
  By: /s/ Louis Tumolo, Jr.      
  Name: Louis Tumolo, Jr.
  Title: Chairman of the Board
     
  EXECUTIVE
   
  /s/ Michael J. Quinn
  Michael J. Quinn

 

  14  

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into, effective as of September 6, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Rhinebeck Bank, a New York-chartered savings bank with its principal place of business in Rhinebeck, New York (the “ Bank ”) and Jamie Bloom (“ Executive ”). Any reference to the “ Company ” shall mean any newly-formed the stock holding company of the Bank, or any successor thereto.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to continue to employ the Executive in an executive capacity in the conduct of its businesses, and the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms contained herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

 

(a)           Employment . During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as Chief Operating Officer of the Bank and the Company or any successor executive position with the Bank and the Company that is agreed to and consented by Executive (the “ Executive Position ”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with Executive Position as are appropriate for a person in the position of the Executive Position, as well as those as shall be assigned by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Board ”). During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer or director of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

 

(b)           Responsibilities . During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive shall be employed on a full-time basis and shall devote Executive’s full business time and best efforts, business judgment, skill and knowledge to the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities related to the Executive Position. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1(c), Executive shall not engage in any other business activity during the term of this Agreement except as may be approved by the Board.

 

(c)           Service on Other Boards and Committees . The Bank encourages participation by Executive on community boards and committees and in activities generally considered to be in the public interest, but the Board shall have the right to approve or disapprove, in its sole discretion, Executive’s participation on such boards and committees.

 

 

 

 

2.           TERM.

 

(a)           Term and Annual Renewal . The initial term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue through December 31, 2020 (the “ Term ”). Commencing on January 1, 2019 and continuing on each January 1 st thereafter (the “ Renewal Date ”), the Term will extend automatically for one additional year, so that the Term will be three years from such Renewal Date, unless either the Bank or Executive by written notice to the other given at least ninety (90) days prior to such Renewal Date notifies the other of its intent not to extend the same. In the event that notice not to extend is given by either the Bank or the Executive, this Agreement shall terminate as of the last day of the then current Term.

 

(b)           Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction that would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, the Term of this Agreement will be extended automatically so that it is scheduled to expire no less than two (2) years beyond the effective date of the Change in Control, subject to extensions as set forth above.

 

(c)           Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term . Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

 

3.           COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

 

(a)           Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, Executive shall receive an annual base salary of $245,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Bank. During the term of this Agreement, the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board) may increase, but not decrease, Executive’s Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)           Bonus . Executive will be eligible to participate in any bonus plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company (including the Management Incentive Plan and any other short-term and long-term incentive program) in which senior management is eligible to participate. As of the Effective Date, Executive’s target bonus under the Rhinebeck Bank Executive Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (“ STIP ”) is 20% of Base Salary, which may be increased or decreased at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement. The terms of the Bank’s or the Company’s short-term and long-term incentive plans or programs shall determine the bonuses payable thereunder, if any, to Executive.

 

  2  

 

 

(c)           Benefit Plans . Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Bank, on the same terms and conditions as such plans are available to other employees and officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements as applicable to other management employees.

 

(d)           Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

 

(e)           Expense Reimbursements . The Bank will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Furthermore, the Bank will pay or reimburse Executive for use of an automobile in an amount that is mutually agreeable to the Bank and Executive. Executive will comply with the reasonable reporting and expense limitations on the use of such automobile as the Bank may establish from time to time. All reimbursements shall be made as soon as practicable upon substantiation of such expenses by Executive in accordance with the applicable policies and procedures of the Bank.

 

4.           TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

 

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate under the following circumstances:

 

(a)           Death . This Agreement shall terminate upon Executive’s death, in which event the Bank’s sole obligation shall be to pay Executive’s estate or beneficiary any “Accrued Obligations.”

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” means the sum of : (i) any Base Salary earned through the Executive’s date of termination, (ii) unpaid expense reimbursements (subject to, and in accordance with, Section 3(e) of this Agreement), (iii) unused vacation that accrued through the Termination Date, (iv) any earned but unpaid short-term and long-term incentive compensation for the year immediately preceding the year of termination and (v) any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Bank through the date of termination, which vested benefits shall be paid and/or provided in accordance with the terms of such employee benefit plans. Unless otherwise provided by the applicable employee benefit plan, the Accrued Obligations, if any, will be paid to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiary) within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination.

 

  3  

 

 

(b)           Disability . This Agreement will terminate in the event of Executive becomes “Totally Disabled.” For purposes of this Agreement, “ Totally Disabled ” means any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months and that renders Executive unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, provided, however, that the aforementioned definition shall comply with the definition of “disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Executive’s receipt of disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan, if any, or receipt of Social Security disability benefits may be deemed conclusive evidence of Total Disability for purpose of this Agreement; provided, however, that in the absence of Executive’s receipt of such long-term disability benefits or Social Security benefits, the Board may, in its reasonable discretion but based upon appropriate medical evidence, determine that Executive is Totally Disabled.

 

In the event Executive is Totally Disabled, Executive will receive: (1) any Accrued Obligations; and (2) continued payments of Base Salary for a period of 24 months following the date Executive is determined to be Totally Disabled, reduced by the amount of disability insurance benefits payable to Executive during such period under the Bank’s disability insurance plan or program. With respect to subparagraph (2), such payments will commence within 30 days after Executive is determined to be Totally Disabled and be payable at the same time and manner as Executive’s Base Salary would have been paid if Executive remained actively employed with the Bank during such period.

 

(c)           Termination for Cause . The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for “Cause.” In the event Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, the Bank’s sole obligation will be to pay or provide to Executive any Accrued Obligations. Termination for “ Cause ” means termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

 

(i)          material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

(ii)         willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

 

(iii)        breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

(iv)        intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

(v)         willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction (except for a conviction related to a traffic violation or a DUI or DWI conviction under applicable law), any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference; or

 

  4  

 

 

(vi)        material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Any determination of Cause under this Agreement will be made by resolution adopted by at least two-thirds vote of the disinterested members of the Board at a meeting called and held for that purpose. Executive will be provided with reasonable notice of such meeting and Executive will be given an opportunity to be heard before such vote is taken by the disinterested members of the Board.

 

(d)           Resignation by Executive without Good Reason . Executive may resign from employment during the term of this Agreement without Good Reason upon at least 30 days prior written notice to the Board, provided, however, that the Bank may accelerate the date of termination upon receipt of written notice of Executive’s resignation. In the event Executive resigns without Good Reason, the Bank’s sole obligation will be to pay or provide to Executive any Accrued Obligations.

 

(e)           Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

(i)          The Board may immediately terminate Executive’s employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “ Without Cause ”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within 90 days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “ With Good Reason ”); provided, however, that the Bank will have 30 days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) during the Term and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(iii), the Bank will pay or provide Executive with the following:

 

(A)        any Accrued Obligations;

 

(B)         the sum of Executive’s annual Base Salary and average annual cash incentive compensation awarded under the STIP, which would include any percentage of the award that is tax-deferred and payable pursuant to the Rhinebeck Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “ LTIP ”) (or any other comparable cash incentive plan) for three most recent annual performance periods immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination, divided by 12 (the “ Severance Payment ”). The Severance Payment will be payable to Executive each month during a 24-month period (the “ Benefit Period ”), with the first payment to be made on the first day of the second month immediately following Executive’s date of termination;

 

  5  

 

 

(C)         non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (A) the completion of the Benefit Period; (B) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank; or (C) Executive’s death (provided that benefits payable to Executive’s spouse and designated beneficiaries will continue until the end of the Benefit Period. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code will run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein; and

 

(D)         the reimbursement for the reasonable cost of outplacement services, up to a maximum amount of $5,000.

 

(ii)         “ Good Reason ” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

(A)         a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary and/or aggregate incentive compensation opportunities under the Bank’s annual and long-term incentive plans or programs, as applicable;

 

(B)         a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

(C)         a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 35 miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

(D)         a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

(iii)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4(e)(i), Executive will not receive any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive executes a release of claims (the “ Release ”) against the Bank and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement. The Release must be executed and become irrevocable by the 60 th day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment, provided that if the 60-day period spans two (2) calendar years, then, to the extent necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, the payments and benefits described in this Section 4(e) will be paid, or commence, in the second calendar year.

 

  6  

 

 

(f)           Effect on Status as a Director . In the event of Executive’s termination of employment under this Agreement for any reason, such termination will also constitute Executive’s resignation as a director of the Bank or the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, to the extent Executive is acting as a director of any of the aforementioned entities.

 

5.           CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

(a)           Change in Control Defined . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Change in Control ” means: (i) a change in the ownership of the Corporation; (ii) a change in the effective control of the Corporation; or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation as defined in accordance with Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Section 5(a), the term “ Corporation ” is defined to include the Bank, the Company or any of their successors, as applicable.

 

(i) A change in the ownership of a Corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such Corporation.

 

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Corporation occurs on the date that either (A) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Corporation possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Corporation, or (B) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection “(B)” is inapplicable where a majority stockholder of the Corporation is another corporation.

 

(iii) A change in a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (A) all of the assets of the Corporation, or (B) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.

 

  7  

 

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either: (i) upon the conversion of the Bank to stock form (as a stand-alone stock bank or as the subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company); or (ii) following the conversion of the Bank to a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, upon the subsequent conversion of any mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.

 

(b)           Change in Control Benefits . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment by the Bank (or any successor) Without Cause or by Executive With Good Reason on or within two (2) years after the effective time of a Change in Control during the Term, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay or provide Executive with the Accrued Obligations. In addition, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay Executive, as severance pay an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of Executive’s: (i) Base Salary (or Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher); and (ii) average annual cash incentive compensation awarded under the STIP, which would include any percentage of the award that is tax-deferred and payable pursuant to the LTIP (or any other comparable cash incentive plan) for three most recent annual performance periods immediately prior to the Change in Control. Such payment will be made in a lump sum within 30 days following Executive’s date of termination. The Bank (or any successor) will also continue to provide Executive with non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his date of termination at no cost to Executive. Such continued coverage will cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is two (2) years from Executive’s date of termination; (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank or (iii) Executive’s death (provided that benefits payable to Executive’s spouse and designated beneficiaries will continue until the end of such benefit period). The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code shall not run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) will be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

 

6.            COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

 

(a)           Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete . Executive hereby covenants and agrees that during the “Restricted Period”, Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

(i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment with the Bank and/or accept employment with another employer; or

 

  8  

 

 

(ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates within the New York State counties of Columbia, Duchess, Orange, Putnam or Ulster or in any other county where the Bank has one or more offices or branches; or

 

(iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

 

The restrictions contained in this Section 6(a) shall not apply in the event of Executive’s termination of employment on or after the effective time of a Change in Control.

 

For purposes of this Section 6(a), the “ Restricted Period ” will be: (i) at all times during Executive’s period of employment with the Bank; and (ii) during the period beginning on Executive’s date of termination and ending on the later of: (A) the one-year anniversary of the date of termination; or (B) the last date on which Executive receives the Severance Payment pursuant to Section 4(e)(i)(B).

 

(b)           Confidentiality . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of Executive’s employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

  9  

 

 

(c)           Information/Cooperation . Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Bank or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(d)           Reliance . Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 6, to the extent applicable. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 6, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

7.           SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

 

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank).

 

8.            EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive under another plan, program or agreement (other than an employment agreement) between the Bank and Executive.

 

9.            NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

 

(a)          Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

(b)          The Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be binding on any and all successors or assigns, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

  10  

 

 

10.         MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

 

(a)          This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

(b)          No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

11.         Applicable law.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)          The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits under this Agreement for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause, other than the Accrued Obligations.

 

(b)          In no event shall the Bank (nor any affiliate) be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement that is prohibited by Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (codified at 12 U.S.C. sec. 1828(k)), 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or any other applicable law.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that a payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits will be payable only upon the Executive’s “Separation from Service.” For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” will have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than 50 percent of the average level of bona fide services in the 36 months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

 

(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “ Specified Employee ” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service, then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

 

  11  

 

 

(e)          If the Bank cannot provide Executive or Executive’s dependents any continued health insurance or other welfare benefits as required by this Agreement because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within 30 days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such cash payment would violate the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j), the Executive’s cash payment in lieu of the continued health insurance or welfare benefits as required by this Agreement shall be payable at the same time the related premium payments would have been paid by the Bank and will be payable for the duration of the applicable coverage period.

 

(f)          To the extent not specifically provided in this Agreement, any compensation or reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

 

(g)          Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

(h)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive understands that nothing contained in this Agreement limits Executive’s ability to file a charge or complaint with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (“ Government Agencies ”) about a possible securities law violation without approval of the Bank (or any affiliate). Executive further understands that this Agreement does not limit Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government Agency or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Bank (or any affiliate) related to the possible securities law violation. This Agreement does not limit Executive’s right to receive any resulting monetary award for information provided to any Government Agency.

 

12.         SEVERABILITY.

 

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

13.         GOVERNING LAW.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

  12  

 

  

14.         JURISDICATION AND VENUE.

 

The parties hereto hereby agree that all demands, claims, actions, causes of action, suits, proceedings, and litigation between or among the parties relating to this Agreement, will be filed, tried, and litigated only in a court located in Dutchess County in the State of New York, unless another venue is required by applicable law. In connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and venue of such court and expressly waive any claims or defenses of lack of jurisdiction of or proper venue by such court.

 

15.         PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

 

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than 60 days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

16.         INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The Bank shall provide Executive (including Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators) in accordance with the charter and bylaws of the Bank and to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of Executive having been a director or officer of the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank.

 

17.         Notice.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank Rhinebeck Bank
  Two Jefferson Plaza
  Poughkeepsie, New York 12601
  Attention: Corporate Secretary
   
To Executive: Most recent address on file with the Bank
   

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

  13  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  RHINEBECK BANK
   
  By: /s/ Michael J. Quinn
  Name:  Michael J. Quinn
  Title:  President & CEO
   
  EXECUTIVE
   
  /s/ Jamie Bloom
  Jamie Bloom

 

  14  

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

This Change in Control Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of August 28, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Rhinebeck Bank, a New York-chartered savings bank with its principal place of business in Rhinebeck, New York (the “ Bank ”) and James McCardle (“ Executive ”). Any reference to the “ Company ” shall mean any newly-formed the stock holding company of the Bank, or any successor thereto.

 

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of the Executive as Chief Lending Officer of the Bank or any successor executive position with the Bank that is agreed to and consented by Executive (the “ Executive Position ”) for the period provided in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Executive to continue employment with the Bank and to provide further incentive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the benefits which shall be due to the Executive in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below).

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Term of this Agreement .

 

(a)           Term and Annual Renewal . The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter through December 31, 2019 (the “ Term ”). Commencing on January 1, 2019, and on each January 1 thereafter (each, a “ Renewal Date ”), the Term shall extend automatically for one additional year, so that the Term will be [two years] from such Renewal Date, unless either the Bank or the Executive by written notice to the other given at least ninety (90) days prior to such Renewal Date notifies the other of its intent not to extend the same. In the event that notice not to extend is given by either the Bank or the Executive, this Agreement shall terminate as of the last day of then current Term.

 

(b)           Change in Control . In the event a Change in Control (as defined below) occurs during the initial Term or the extended Term, the Term shall be extended automatically so that it is scheduled to expire no less than two (2) years beyond the effective date of the Change in Control, subject to extension as set forth above.

 

2.            Definitions . The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(a)           Base Salary . The Executive’s “ Base Salary ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the annual rate of base salary paid to the Executive by the Bank.

 

(b)           Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Change in Control ” means: (i) a change in the ownership of the Corporation; (ii) a change in the effective control of the Corporation; or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation as defined in accordance with Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Section 2(b), the term “ Corporation ” is defined to include the Bank, the Company or any of their successors, as applicable.

 

 

 

 

(i)          A change in the ownership of a Corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such Corporation.

 

(ii)         A change in the effective control of the Corporation occurs on the date that either (A) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Corporation possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Corporation, or (B) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection “(B)” is inapplicable where a majority stockholder of the Corporation is another corporation.

 

(iii)        A change in a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (A) all of the assets of the Corporation, or (B) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either: (i) upon the conversion of the Bank to stock form (as a stand-alone stock bank or as the subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company); or (ii) following the conversion of the Bank to a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, upon the subsequent conversion of any mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.

 

(c)           Termination for Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Termination for Good Reason ” means a termination by the Executive if any of the following occurs without the Executive’s express written consent:

 

(i)          a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary and/or aggregate incentive compensation opportunities under the Bank’s annual and long-term incentive plans or programs, as applicable;

 

(ii)         a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position or any successor executive position with the Bank that is agreed to and consented by Executive;

 

  2  

 

  

(iii)        a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 35 miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iv)        a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, Executive must first provide written notice to the Board of Directors of the Bank within 90 days following the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within 30 days of the date the Board received the written notice from Executive, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. If the Bank remedies the condition within such 30-day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such 30-day cure period, then Executive may deliver a notice of termination for Good Reason at any time within 60 days following the expiration of such cure period.

 

(d)           Termination for Cause . “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, the Executive’s:

 

(i)          material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

 

(ii)         willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

 

(iii)        breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

 

(iv)        intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

 

(v)         willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction (except for a conviction related to a traffic violation or a DUI or DWI conviction under applicable law), any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference; or

 

(vii)       material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Any determination of Cause under this Agreement will be made by resolution adopted by at least two-thirds vote of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors at the Bank at a meeting called and held for that purpose. Executive will be provided with reasonable notice of such meeting and Executive will be given an opportunity to be heard before such vote is taken by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 

  3  

 

 

3.           Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control .

 

(a)          In the event of the Executive’s involuntary termination of employment by the Bank for reasons other than termination for Cause, or a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive that constitutes a Termination for Good Reason occurring on or after a Change in Control during the term, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay the Executive, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to two (2) times the sum of Executive’s (i) current Base Salary (or Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher); and (ii) average annual cash incentive compensation awarded under the Rhinebeck Bank Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan, which would include any percentage of the award that is tax-deferred and payable pursuant to the Rhinebeck Bank Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (or any other comparable cash incentive plan) for three most recent annual performance periods immediately prior to the Change in Control. Such payment shall be payable within 30 days following the Executive’s date of termination.

 

(b)          In the event of the Executive’s termination of employment for reasons that would entitle the Executive to a severance payment under Section 3(a) hereof, Executive and Executive’s family will be entitled to elect continuing medical and dental coverage under Internal Revenue Code (“ Code ”) Section 4980B (“ COBRA ”) and the Bank shall pay the cost of the Executive’s (and, to the extent eligible under the terms of the applicable plans, the Executive’s family members’) continuing medical and dental coverage, as in effect on the Executive’s date of termination, and as amended from time to time thereafter, for a period of eighteen (18) months following such date of termination (the “ COBRA Period ”), to the extent that Executive and Executive’s family members elect COBRA continuation coverage for such period. In the event that paying the cost of such coverage on a non-taxable basis would result in penalties or excise taxes to the Bank or the Bank is unable to provide such coverage on a non-taxable basis, then the cost of such COBRA coverage that is funded by the Bank shall be includable in the taxable income of the Executive.

 

4.           280G Cutback . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to the Executive under this Agreement, either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of, the Executive (collectively referred to as the “ Change in Control Benefits ”) constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, the Executive’s benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary so that the Change in Control Benefits that are payable to the Executive are not subject to taxes or penalties under Code Sections 280G and 4999.

 

5.           Source of Payments . All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor to the Bank).

 

6.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein. All prior agreements between the Bank and the Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein are hereby superseded and shall have no force or effect, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to the Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that the Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to the Executive without reference to this Agreement.

 

  4  

 

 

7.            No Attachment . Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

 

8.            Binding on Successors . The Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be binding on any and all successors or assigns, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

9.            Modification and Waiver .

 

(a)          This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

(b)          No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

10.          Applicable Law .

 

(a)          The Board may terminate the Executive’s employment or the Executive may voluntarily terminate employment at any time prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, and upon such termination, the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Executive hereunder. Any termination by the Board other than Termination for Cause on or after the occurrence of a Change in Control, shall not prejudice the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. The Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after the Executive’s Termination for Cause or if the Executive terminates employment due to death. In the event of Executive’s Disability (as defined in accordance with Code Section 409A) on or after the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive shall not be entitled to any benefits hereunder.

 

(b)          In no event shall the Bank (nor any affiliate) be obligated to make any payment pursuant to this Agreement that is prohibited by Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (codified at 12 U.S.C. sec. 1828(k)), 12 C.F.R. Part 359, or any other applicable law.

 

  5  

 

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that a payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “Separation from Service.” For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Separation from Service ” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than 50 percent of the average level of bona fide services in the 36 months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

 

(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “ Specified Employee ” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service, then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

 

(e)          Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

11.          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

12.          Jurisdiction and Venue .     The parties hereto hereby agree that all demands, claims, actions, causes of action, suits, proceedings, and litigation between or among the parties relating to this Agreement, will be filed, tried, and litigated only in a court located in Dutchess County in the State of New York, unless another venue is required by applicable law. In connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction and venue of such court and expressly waive any claims or defenses of lack of jurisdiction of or proper venue by such court.

 

13.          Notice .    For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank

Rhinebeck Bank

Two Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

Attention: Corporate Secretary

   
To the Executive: Most recent address on file with the Bank

 

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

  6  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is entered into as of the day and date first above written.

 

  RHINEBECK BANK
     
  By: /s/ Michael J. Quinn
  Name:  Michael J. Quinn
  Title:   President & CEO
   
  EXECUTIVE
   
  /s/ James McCardle
  James McCardle

 

  7  

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

This Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is adopted this 1st day of January, 2008, by and between Rhinebeck Savings Bank, a state savings bank located in Poughkeepsie, New York (the “Bank”), and Michael J. Quinn (the “Executive”).

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Bank. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), as amended from time to time.

 

Article I

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 " Beneficiary " means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to any benefits upon the death of the Executive pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 " Beneficiary Designation Form " means the form established. from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Bank as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 " Change in Control " means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and guidance thereunder, including such regulations and guidance as may be promulgated after the Effective Date.

 

1.6 " Disability " means the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Bank. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of disability insurance covering employees or directors of the Bank provided that the definition of "disability" applied under such insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration's or the provider's determination.

 

 

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

1.7 " Early Termination " means the Executive's Separation from Service before attainment of Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs within twenty four (24) months following a Change in Control or due to death, Disability or Termination for Cause.

 

1.8 " Effective Date " means January 1, 2008.

 

1.9 " Normal Retirement Age " means age sixty-five (65).

 

1.10 " Plan Administrator " means the Board or such committee or person as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.11 " Plan Year " means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.12 " Schedule A " means the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.13 " Separation from Service " means termination of the Executive's employment with the Bank for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Bank if the Executive has been providing services to the Bank less than thirty-six (36) months).

 

1.14 " Specified Employee " means an employee who at the time of Separation from Service is a key employee of the Bank, if any stock of the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code Section 4l6(i)(l)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the "identification period"). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.

 

  2  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

1.15 " Termination for Cause " means Separation from Service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank;
(b) Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive's employment with the Bank; or
(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.

 

Article 2

Distributions During Lifetime

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is One Hundred Eight Thousand Dollars ($108,000).

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the last day of the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for twenty (20) years.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . If Early Termination occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the last day of the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for twenty (20) years.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Executive experiences a Disability followed by Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

  3  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the last day of the month following Normal Retirement Age. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for twenty (20) years.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control followed within twenty-four (24) months by Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the last day of_ the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Executive for twenty (20) years.

 

2.5 Restriction on Commencement of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall govern all distributions hereunder. If benefit distributions which would otherwise be made to the Executive due to Separation from Service are limited because the Executive is a Specified Employee, then such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Separation from Service. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Taxation of Amounts Deferred . If, pursuant to Code Section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other state, local or foreign tax, the Executive becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Bank may make a limited distribution to the Executive in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Code section 409A. Any such distribution will decrease the Executive's benefits distributable under this Agreement.

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Executive and the Bank may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend this Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

  4  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;
(c) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
(d) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

Article 3

Distribution at Death

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies prior to Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of any benefit under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is Two Million One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($2,160,000).

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in a lump sum on the first day of the fourth month following the Executive’s death. The Beneficiary shall be required to provide to the Bank the Executive's death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement but dies prior to the date that commencement of said benefit distributions are scheduled to be made under this Agreement, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to death, except that the benefit distributions shall be paid in the manner specified in Section 3.1.2 and shall commence on the first day of the fourth month following the Executive's death.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 In General . The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Bank in which the Executive participates.

 

  5  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

4.2 Designation . The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Executive names someone other than the Executive's spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Executive's spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator's rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive's death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive's spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, any benefit shall be paid to the Executive's estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person's property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall completely discharge the Bank from any liability under this Agreement.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive's employment with the Bank is terminated by the Bank due to a Termination for Cause, as determined by the Bank in its sole discretion.

 

  6  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefit shall be distributed if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the Effective Date, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Bank denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

5.3 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final, removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

5.4 Regulatory Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828 and FDIC Regulation 12 CFR Part 359, Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

5.5 Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Solicitation; Consulting . The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, following Separation from Service as an Executive, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, become an officer, employee, director, trustee or ten percent (10%) or greater stockholder of any savings bank, savings and loan association; savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution, or any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of any such. entity, that entails the Executive working within Dutchess, Columbia or Ulster counties or any other county in which the Bank maintains a full-service banking branch office as of the date of Separation from Service.

 

The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following Separation from Service, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly, solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution or other institution engage in the business of accepting deposits, making loans or doing business within the counties specified above.

 

5.6 Right to Terminate Benefits . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Bank in its sole discretion determines that the Executive has breached any of the covenants set forth in Section 5.5, the Bank shall have the right to terminate the benefits payable under this Agreement at any time.

 

  7  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

Article 6

Administration of Agreement

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with this Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Code Section 409A.

 

6.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as the Plan Administrator sees fit, including acting through a duly appointed representative, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . Any decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation or application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator.

 

6.5 Bank Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Executive’s death, Disability or Separation from Service, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

Article 7

Claims And Review Procedures

 

7.1 Claims Procedure . An Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

  8  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

7.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

7.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based; .
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of this Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial as follows:

 

7.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

7.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable Labor Dept. regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

 

  9  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

7.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

7.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;             .
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 8

Amendments and Termination

 

8.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Executive. The benefit shall be the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder as of the date this Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

  10  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

  

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Bank terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

  

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank as described in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank's arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of such termination;
(b) Within twelve (12) months of the Bank's dissolution either (x) in a dissolution taxable under Code Section 331 or (y) with the approval of a bankruptcy court, provided that the amounts deferred under this Agreement are included in the Executive's gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which this Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
(c) Upon the Bank's termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with· this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section l.409A-l(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements ("Similar Arrangements"), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to ·a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

the Bank may distribute the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

Article 9

Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Bank nor interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Executive. It does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

 

  11  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Code Section 409A from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Bank's sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Bank shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Code Section 409A.

 

9.5 Applicable Law . This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to distribute. such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Bank to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such an event, the term "Bank" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor entity.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Bank or the Plan Administrator to perfo1m any act required by this Agreement due to regulatory or other constraints, the Bank or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Bank, provided that such alternative act does not violate Code Section 409A.

 

  12  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision herein.

 

9.12 Validity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

 

9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Bank or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the address below:

 

Plan Administrator - Rhinebeck Savings Bank  
  2 Jefferson Plaza  
  Poughkeepsie, NY 12601  

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Executive.

 

9.14 Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Bank reasonably anticipates that the Bank's deduction with respect to any distribution under this Agreement would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Bank to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Agreement is deductible, the Bank may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Agreement. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Executive (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Executive's death) at the earliest date the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).

 

9.15 Arbitration. Any dispute, controversy or claim with respect to any party's performance under this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the laws of the State of New York by a single arbitrator who shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association in Dutchess County, New York. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Dutchess County in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Punitive damages shall not be awarded. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

9.16 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code Section 409A.

 

  13  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have signed this Agreement.

 

EXECUTIVE   BANK
       
/s/ Michael J. Quinn   By: /s/ Carol L. Gordon
MICHAEL J. QUINN   Title: EVP and COO

 

  14  

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

Split Dollar Insurance Plan

 

Pursuant to due authorization by its Board of Directors, the undersigned, Rhinebeck Savings Bank, a state savings bank located in Poughkeepsie, New York (the "Bank"), did constitute, establish and adopt the following SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE PLAN (the "Plan"), effective January 1, 2008.

 

The purpose of this Plan is to attract, retain, and reward Employees, by dividing the death proceeds of certain life insurance policies which are owned by the Rhinebeck Savings Bank Employer's Insurance Trust (the "Trust") on the lives of the participating Employees with the designated beneficiary of each insured participating Employee. The Bank will pay the life insurance premiums due under this Plan from its general assets.

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 " Bank’s Interest " means the benefit set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.2 " Base Salary " the most recent base full-time annual salary exclusive of bonuses, options, or incentives of any kind.

 

1.3 " Beneficiary " means each designated person, or the estate of a deceased Participant, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of a Participant.

 

1.4 " Beneficiary Designation Form " means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.5 " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Bank as from time to time constituted.

 

1.6 " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.7 " Compensation Committee " means the executive committee of the Bank's Board, if one has been constituted, or if no such committee has been constituted, a majority of the Bank's Board, either of which shall hereinafter be referred to as the Compensation Committee.

 

1.8 " Election Form " means the form required by the Plan Administrator of an eligible Employee to indicate acceptance of participation in this Plan.

 

1.9 " Employee " means an active employee of the Bank.

 

 

 

1.10 " Insured " means the individual Participant whose life is insured.

 

1.11 " Insurer " means the insurance company issuing the Policy on the life of the Insured.

 

1.12 " Net Death Proceeds " means the total death proceeds of the Participant's Policy or Policies minus the greater of (i) cash surrender value or (ii) the aggregate premiums paid.

 

1.13 " Other Group Term Coverage " means group term life insurance maintained on a Participant's life owned by the Bank other than the Policies (as such term is hereinafter defined) covered under this Plan.

 

1.14 " Participant " means an Employee (i) who is selected to participate in the Plan, (ii) who satisfies all enrollment requirements, and (iii) whose Participation in the Plan has not terminated.

 

1.15 " Participant' s Interest " means the benefit set forth in Section 3.2.

 

1.16 " Plan Administrator " means the plan administrator described in Article 12.

 

1.17 " Policy " or " Policies " means the individual life insurance policy or policies adopted by the Plan Administrator for purposes of insuring a Participant's life under this Plan.

 

1.18 " Separation from Service " means that the Participant ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason whatsoever other than by reason of a leave of absence that is approved by the Bank. For purposes of this Plan, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Participant or the date of the Participant's Separation from Service, the Bank shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute.

 

Article 2

Participation

 

2.1 Selection by Plan Administrator. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to those Employees of the Bank selected by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, to participate in the Plan.

 

2.2 Enrollment Requirements . As a condition to participation, each selected Employee shall complete, execute and return to the Plan Administrator (i) an Election Form, and (ii) a Beneficiary Designation Form. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary.

 

2.3 Eligibility; Commencement of Participation. Provided an Employee selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, and provided that the Policy or Policies on a such Employee have been issued by the Insurer(s), that Employee will become a Participant, be covered by the Plan and will be eligible to receive benefits at the time and in the manner provided hereunder, subject to the provisions of the Plan. A Participant's participation is limited to only issued Policies where the Participant is the Insured.

 

  2  

 

 

2.4 Termination of Participation . A Participant's rights under this Plan shall automatically cease and his or her participation in this Plan shall automatically terminate if the Plan at the earlier of (i) the Participant's Separation from Service; (ii) the termination of the Participant's rights under Article 11; or (iii) the termination of the Plan under Article 11. In the event that the Bank decides to maintain the Policy after the Participant's termination of participation in the Plan, the Bank shall be the direct beneficiary of the entire death proceeds of the Policy.

 

Article 3

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

3.1 Bank's Interest . The Trust shall own the Policies and the Bank shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership and may terminate a Policy without the consent of the Insured. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policies after the Participant's Interest is determined according to Section 3.2.

 

3.2 Participant' s Interest . The Participant, or the Participant's assignee, shall have the right to designate the Beneficiary of an amount of death proceeds as specified in Section 3.2.1. The Participant shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options with respect to the Participant's Interest by providing written notice to the Bank and the Insurer.

 

3.2.1 Death Prior to Separation from Service . If the Participant dies prior to Separation from Service, the Beneficiary shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the lesser of (i) two (2) times Base Salary less the amount from the Other Group Term Coverage or (ii) the Net Death Proceeds.

 

3.2.2 Death After Separation from Service . If the Participants dies after a Separation from Service, the Beneficiary shall not be entitled to a benefit under this Plan.

 

Article 4

Premiums And Imputed Income

 

4.1 Premium Payment . The Bank shall pay all premiums due on all Policies.

 

4.2 Economic Benefit . The Plan Administrator shall determine the economic benefit attributable to any Participant based on the life insurance premium factor for the Participant's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary. The "life insurance premium factor" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under IRS Reg. §1.61-22(d)(3)(ii) or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

  3  

 

 

4.3 Imputed Income . The Bank shall impute the economic benefit to the Participant on an annual basis, by adding the economic benefit to the Participant's W-2, or if applicable, Form 1099.

 

Article 5

Comparable Coverage

 

5.1 Insurance Policies . The Bank may provide such benefit through the Policies purchased at the commencement of this Plan, or, if later, the Participant's commencement of participation in the Plan, or may provide comparable insurance coverage to the Participant through whatever means the Bank deems appropriate. If the Participant waives or forfeits his or her right to the insurance benefit, the Bank shall choose to cancel the Policy or Policies on the Participant, or may continue such coverage and become the direct beneficiary of the entire death proceeds.

 

5.2 Offer to Purchase . If the Bank discontinues a Policy on a Participant who is employed by the Bank at the date of discontinuance, the Bank shall give the Participant at least thirty (30) days to purchase such Policy. The purchase price shall be the fair market value of the Policy, as determined under Treasury Reg. §l.6 l-22(g)(2) or any subsequent applicable authority. Such notification shall be in writing.

 

Article 6

General Limitations

 

6.1 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Participant’s rights in the Plan shall terminate if the Participant is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

6.2 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefits shall be payable if the Participant commits suicide within two years after the date of this Plan, or if the insurance company denies coverage (1) for material misstatements of fact made by the Participant on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank, or (ii) for any other reason; provided, however that the Bank shall evaluate the reason for the denial, and upon advice of legal counsel and in its sole discretion, consider judicially challenging any denial.

 

Article 7

Beneficiaries

 

7.1 Beneficiary . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Bank in which the Participant participates.

 

  4  

 

 

7.2 Designation . The Participant shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Participant names someone other than the Participant's spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Participant's spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Participant's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or if the Participant names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator's rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Participant's death.

 

7.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

7.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Participant dies without a valid designation of beneficiary, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then the Participant's surviving spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made payable to the personal representative of the Participant's estate.

 

7.5 Facility of Payment . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person's property, the Plan Administrator may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant's Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.

 

Article 8

Assignment

 

Any Participant may assign without consideration all of such Participant's Interest in this Plan to any person, entity or trust. In the event a Participant shall transfer all of such Participant's Interest, then all of that Participant's Interest in this Plan shall be vested in his or her transferee, subject to such transferee executing agreements binding them to the provisions of this Plan, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and that Participant shall have no further

interest in this Plan.

 

  5  

 

 

Article 9

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of its given Policy. The Insurer shall not be bound by or deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Plan. The Insurer shall have the right to rely on the Plan Administrator's representations with regard to any definitions, interpretations or Policy interests as specified under this Plan.

 

Article 10

Claims And Review Procedure

 

10.1 Claims Procedure . A Participant or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

10.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

10.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

10.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of the Plan's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

  6  

 

 

(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

10.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial, as follows:

 

10.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

10.2.2 Additional - Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

 

10.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

10.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator' s Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

10.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits; and

(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

  7  

 

 

Article 11

Amendments And Termination

 

The Bank may amend or terminate the Plan at any time, or may amend or terminate a Participant's rights under the Plan at any time prior to a Participant's death, by providing written notice of such to the Participant. In the event that the Bank decides to maintain the Policy after the Participant's termination of participation in the Plan, the Bank shall be the direct beneficiary of the entire death proceeds of the Policy.

 

Article 12

Administration

 

12.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Plan shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board or such committee or persons as the Board may choose. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.

 

12.2 Agents . In the administration of this Plan, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

 

12.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

 

12.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

12.5 Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the its Participants, the date and circumstances of the retirement or Separation from Service of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

  8  

 

 

Article 13

Miscellaneous

 

13.1 Binding Effect. This Plan shall bind each Participant and the Bank, their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees and any Beneficiary.

 

13.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Plan is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give a Participant the right to remain an Employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank's right to discharge a Participant. It also does not require a Participant to remain an Employee nor interfere with a Participant's right to terminate employment at any time.

 

13.3 Applicable Law. The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

13.4 Reorganization. The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank under this Plan. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Bank” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

13.5 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Plan Administrator under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

Plan Administrator
Rhinebeck Savings Bank
2 Jefferson Plaza
Poughkeepsie, NY 12601

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark or the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

 

13.6 Entire Agreement . This Plan, along with a Participant's Election Form, Beneficiary Designation Form, constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Participant as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Participant under this Plan other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

  9  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and Trust executes this Plan as of the date indicated above.

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

 

By /s/ Carol L. Gordon, EVP and COO  

 

Rhinebeck Saving Bank Employer’s Insurance Trust

 

By /s/ Kristine K. Gullo, Vice President  
  BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware  
  not in its individual capacity,  
  but solely as Trustee  

 

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

Split Dollar Insurance Plan
Election Form

 

I, Jamie Bloom, an Employee designated as set for the in Article 2 of the Rhinebeck Savings Bank Split Dollar Insurance Plan (the "Plan") dated January 1, 2008, hereby elect to become a Participant of this Plan according to Article 2 of the Plan.

 

Additionally, I acknowledge that I have read the Plan document and understand that commencement of participation is contingent on issuance of an insurance policy or policies applied for by the Bank on my life which names the Bank as beneficiary. I further agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

 

Executed the 28 th day of September, 2011.

 

/s/ Jamie Bloom  
Jamie Bloom  

 

Acknowledged by the Plan Administrator the 30 th day of September, 2011:

 

By /s/ Carol L. Gordon  
     
Title EVP and COO  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

RHINEBECK BANK

EXECUTIVE SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE AND RETENTION PLAN

 

ARTICLE I

Establishment, Purpose and Duration

 

1.1         Establishment . This Executive Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “ Plan ”) is adopted by Rhinebeck Bank (the “Bank”), effective as of January 1, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1.2            Purpose . The objectives of the Plan are to optimize the profitability and growth of the Bank (including its affiliates) through incentives consistent with the Bank’s goals in order to link and align the personal interests of the Participants with the incentive for individual and overall Bank performance. This Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants who make significant contributions to the Bank’s success and to allow Participants to share in the success of the Bank.

 

1.3            Duration of this Plan . This Plan shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall remain in effect until terminated, modified or amended in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE II

Definitions

 

For the purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

2.1            Base Salary ” means the Participant’s annual rate of base salary paid during each calendar year, excluding bonuses and other forms of variable income, fringe benefits, reimbursements, etc.

 

2.2            Bonus Award ” means an annual bonus paid as a cash lump sum under the Plan.

 

2.3            Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or Company, as applicable.

 

2.4            Deferred Bonus ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Plan.

 

2.5            Eligible Employee ” means executives of the Bank who are selected by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to participate in this Plan. Being selected to participate in this Plan for one Plan Year does not guarantee selection for participation in the Plan for any other Plan Year.

 

2.6            LTIP ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Plan.

 

2.7            Plan Year ” means the Bank’s fiscal year, which is the calendar year.

 

2.8            Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who has been notified by the Committee in writing that he or she has been selected to participate in this Plan for the current Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

Annual Cash Bonuses

 

3.1            Bonus Award .

 

(a)          No later than 90 days after the commencement of each Plan Year, the Committee shall set performance objectives pursuant to Section 3.2 for each Participant in writing in an Award Agreement, which shall be provided to each Participant and included as an exhibit to the Plan. If the performance objectives for the Participant are accomplished, the Participant shall receive a Bonus Award under the Plan equal to a designated percentage of the Participant’s Base Salary, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement.

 

(b)          In addition to the attainment of the performance objectives set forth by the Committee for the Participant in the Award Agreement, payment of the Bonus Award is also contingent on the Participant’s overall performance level being “at expectation” as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have the final authority to determine whether any Participant has satisfied these requirements.

 

(c)          If an Eligible Employee may only become a Participant with respect to the Plan Year during which he or she is hired if the Participant’s date of hire occurs prior to July 1 of the Plan Year.

 

3.2            Performance Objectives .

 

(a)          Payment of Bonus Awards in any Plan Year is contingent upon the performance objectives specified by the Committee for any Participant being met by the Bank and/or Participant. The specific performance objectives are determined annually by the Committee, with input from the President and Chief Executive Officer, and are subject to change by the Committee, but generally include objective performance targets focused on financial performance, growth, asset quality, and risk management, including, but not limited to, return on average assets, net income margin, return on equity, loan production, asset quality and subjective, discretionary performance targets, such as particular qualitative factors for each Participant, based on his or her duties for the Bank.

 

(b)          Each performance objective shall specify levels of achievement of goals ranging as follows:

 

(i)          Minimum Level: The level for minimum performance deemed worthy of a Bonus Award.

 

(ii)         Target Level: The level for typical, expected performance.

 

(iii)        Maximum Level. The level for outstanding performance.

 

(c)          Each objective will be weighted based on priority as a percentage of the total Bonus Award payable to the Participant. The weight of each performance objective attributable to a Participant will be set forth in his or her Award Agreement.

 

3.3            Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant who is not employed as of the payout date for his or her Bonus Award shall forfeit the Bonus Award.

 

  2  

 

 

3.4            Time of Payout . Except as provided in Article IV, no later than two and one half (2 ½) months after the close of the Plan Year (i.e., by the March 15 that immediately follows the end of the Plan Year for which the performance is measured), the Bonus Award will be paid to the Participant in a cash lump sum, through regular payroll practices, including all applicable withholdings. Bonus Awards under the Plan are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code under the “short term deferral rule” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

 

ARTICLE IV

Deferral of a Bonus Award

 

4.1            Deferred Bonus . The Committee may grant a Bonus Award under the Plan that provides for the deferral of compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A. Such election to defer all or a portion of the Bonus Award (the “Deferred Bonus”) shall be made by the Committee prior to the applicable Plan Year associated with the Bonus Award, provided, however, that if the Bonus Award is considered “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, the Committee may elect to pay a Deferred Bonus by the earlier of: (1) June 30 th of the Plan Year; or (2) the date on which the Deferred Bonus payable to the Participant has become readily ascertainable, as determined pursuant to Code Section 409A. To the extent that a Deferred Bonus is payable pursuant to this Article III, the Deferred Bonus will be credited to an Incentive Benefit Account established for the Participant under the Rhinebeck Bank Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “ LTIP ”), and the time and manner of the payment of the Deferred Bonus to the Participant shall be determined pursuant to the LTIP. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with this Section 4.1, 40% of the Participant’s Bonus Award shall be credited to the Participant’s Incentive Benefit Account and shall be payable pursuant to the LTIP.

 

ARTICLE V

Amendments and Termination

 

5.1            Right to Amend or Terminate . The Committee may amend or terminate this Plan at any time without the consent of any Participants, provided, however, that the Committee may not reduce the amount of the Bonus Award already earned by any Participant in any Plan Year without the Participant’s consent.

 

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

 

6.1            No Guarantee of Employment . This Plan is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give any Participant the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Participant. It also does not interfere with the Participant’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

6.2            Non-Transferability . Bonus Awards under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

 

6.3            Applicable Law . The Plan and all rights hereunder will be governed by the laws of the State of New York, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

6.4            Entire Agreement . This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and each Participant as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Participant by virtue of this Plan other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

  3  

 

 

6.5            Administration . The Committee shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Plan, including but not limited to:

 

(a)          Interpreting the provisions of the Plan;

 

(b)          Determine the persons eligible to participate in the Plan;

 

(c)          Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d)          Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Plan.

 

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

  4  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank has executed this Plan on the date set forth below.

 

      RHINEBECK BANK
       
       
August 28, 2018   By: /s/ Michael J. Quinn
Date      

 

  5  

 

 

RHINEBECK BANK

EXECUTIVE SHORT-TERIM INCENTIVE AND RETENTION PLAN

 

AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Name: _______________________________________________________________________

 

Plan Year: ___________________________________________________________________

 

Plan Year Base Salary: _________________________________________________________

 

          Award as a % Base Salary  
Performance
Objective
  Weight    

Below
Minimum

    Minimum     Target     Maximum &
Above
 
          0 %                  
              0 %                        
              0 %                        
              0 %                        
              0 %                        
              0 %                        
              0 %                        
Totals     100 %     0 %                        

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8 

 

RHINEBECK BANK

EXECUTIVE LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AND RETENTION PLAN

 

ARTICLE I

Establishment, Purpose and Duration

 

1.1            Establishment . The Executive Long-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “ Plan ”) is adopted by Rhinebeck Bank (the “ Bank ”), originally effective as of January 1, 2003 and as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

1.2            Purpose . The Plan formalizes the understanding by and among Rhinebeck Bank (the “Bank”) and certain officers of the Bank who received a Deferred Bonus, payable pursuant to the Rhinebeck Bank Executive Short-Term Incentive and Retention Plan (the “ STIP ”). This Plan is intended to constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan which, in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), is unfunded and established primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. It is intended that all benefits payable under this Plan will be subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code ”), and this Plan shall be administered in good faith compliance with applicable requirements of Code Section 409A. The Plan is an account balance plan within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c).

 

1.3            Duration of Plan . This Plan shall commence as of the Effective Date, and shall remain in effect until terminated, amended or modified in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE II

Definitions

 

For the purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

2.1            Bank ” means Rhinebeck Bank or any successor to the business thereof, and any other affiliated or subsidiary corporation designated by the Board.

 

2.2            Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan. If no Beneficiary is so designated, then the Participant’s spouse, if living, will be deemed the Beneficiary. If the Participant’s spouse is not living, then the children of the Participant will be deemed the Beneficiaries and will take on a per stirpes basis. If there are no living children, then the estate of the Participant will be deemed the Beneficiary.

 

2.3            Cause ” has the same meaning set forth in any written employment, change in control or severance agreement or arrangement between the Bank and the Participant that provides for a definition of termination for “Cause.” In the absence of such definition, “Cause” shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board pursuant to the policies and procedures of the Bank that are applicable to the Participant.

 

2.4            Change in Control ” means” (except as otherwise provided in the last paragraph of hereof): (a) a change in the ownership of the Corporation; (b) a change in the effective control of the Corporation; or (c) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation as defined in accordance with Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Section 2.4 the term “ Corporation ” shall be defined to include the Bank, the Company or any of their successors, as applicable.

 

  1  

 

 

(a)          A change in the ownership of a Corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such Corporation.

 

(b)          A change in the effective control of the Corporation occurs on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Corporation possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Corporation, or (ii) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection “(ii)” is inapplicable where a majority stockholder of the Corporation is another corporation.

 

(c)          A change in a substantial portion of the Corporation’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Corporation that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (i) all of the assets of the Corporation, or (ii) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred either: (1) upon the conversion of the Bank to stock form (as a stand-alone stock bank or as the subsidiary of a mutual or stock holding company); or (2) following the conversion of the Bank to a subsidiary of a mutual holding company, upon the subsequent conversion of any mutual holding company to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.

 

2.5            Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or Company, as applicable.

 

2.6            Company ” means Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

  2  

 

 

2.7            Deferred Bonus ” shall have the same meaning set forth in the STIP.

 

2.8            Disability ” means the Participant’s suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Participant, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Participant totally and permanently disabled. The Participant must submit proof to the Bank of the carrier’s or Social Security Administration’s determination upon the request of the Bank.

 

2.9            Early Retirement Date ” means the date on which the Participant has attained age 55 and completed 15 years of service with the Bank. The Participant’s “years of service” for purpose of this Section 2.9 is determined as of the Participant’s date of hire with the Bank.

 

2.10          Eligible Employee ” means each executive of the Bank who is participating in the STIP.

 

2.11          Incentive Benefit Account ” means the account maintained on the books of the Bank for each Participant pursuant to Article IV. A Participant’s Deferred Benefit Account shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to this Plan. A Participant’s Incentive Benefit Account shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind.

 

2.12          Incentive Benefit Account Balance ” means the balance of any Incentive Benefit Account as of the applicable distribution date.

 

2.13          Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean age 65, unless otherwise set forth in any participation agreement between the Participant and the Bank.

 

2.14          Participant means an Eligible Employee or any person who has an Incentive Benefit Account.

 

2.15          Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing January 1 st and ending the following December 31 st .

 

2.16          Separation from Service ” means the Participant’s retirement or other termination of employment with the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 409A. No Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, so long as the Participant’s right to reemployment is provided by law or contract. If the leave exceeds six (6) months and the Participant’s right to reemployment is not provided by law or by contract, then the Executive shall have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six (6)-month period.

 

Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to an amount less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36 months (or such lesser period of time in which the Executive performed services for the Bank). The determination of whether the Participant has had a Separation from Service shall be made by applying the presumptions set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

  3  

 

 

2.17          Specified Employee ” means, in the event the Bank or the Company is or becomes a publicly traded company, a key employee within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.

 

ARTICLE III

Incentive Benefit Account

 

3.1         Incentive Benefit Account . The Bank shall maintain for each Participant an Incentive Benefit Account to which it shall credit all amounts allocated thereto in accordance with Article IV of the Plan. Each Participant’s Incentive Benefit Account shall be adjusted no less often than annually to reflect the credits made to the Incentive Benefit Account and the earnings thereon pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan. Such adjustments shall be made as long as any amount remains credited to the Participant’s Incentive Benefit Account. The amounts allocated and adjustments made will comprise of the Incentive Benefit Account at any time.

 

3.2            Unsecured Creditor . The Participant’s interest in his or her Incentive Benefit Account is limited to the right to receive payments under the Plan, and the Participant’s position is that of a general unsecured creditor of the Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to establish a fund containing assets equal to the amounts credited to the Participant’s Incentive Benefit Account, and may elect in its discretion to designate a trustee and/or custodian to hold the fund in trust, provided, however that the fund shall remain a general asset of the Bank, subject to the rights of creditors of the Bank.

 

ARTICLE IV

Contributions

 

4.1            Contributions . The Participant’s Deferred Bonus will be credited to his or her Incentive Benefit Account as of the date on which the Participant’s Bonus Award (as defined in the STIP), if any, is paid pursuant to the STIP.

 

4.2            Earnings . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Bank will credit to each Participant’s Incentive Benefit Account interest on the Incentive Benefit Account Balance equal to the Company’s return on equity (on a consolidated basis) for the fiscal year of the Company immediately preceding the applicable Plan Year.

 

4.3            Vesting . A Participant will become vested in each Deferred Bonus (and any related earnings) 20% per year for each year of service with the Bank, commencing on January 1 st of the year immediately following the Plan Year for which the Deferred Bonus was earned, provided, however, that the Participant will become 100% in his or her entire Incentive Benefit Account Balance upon the earlier of: (1) the Participant’s death, Disability or involuntary termination of employment by the Bank without Cause; (2) the Participant’s attainment of the Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Date; or (3) upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

ARTICLE V

Distribution of Benefits

 

5.1            Separation from Service . If the Participant has a Separation from Service for any reason (including, but not limited to, due to death or Disability or following a Change in Control) other than for Cause, the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) would be entitled to a lump sum cash payment equal to the vested portion of the Participant’s Incentive Benefit Account Balance as of the date of Separation from Service, with such payment to be made within 30 days following the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

  4  

 

 

5.2            Termination for Cause . If the Participant has a Separation from Service due to Cause, the Participant’s entire Incentive Benefit Account Balance (even if vested) would be forfeited, and the Participant’s participation in this Plan will immediately become null and void.

 

5.3            Delayed Distributions for Specified Employees . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a Specified Employee and payment of his or her Incentive Benefit Account Balance is triggered due to Separation from Service (other than due to Disability or death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, no payment will be made during the first six (6) months following the Participant’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to the Participant during such period will be accumulated and paid to the Participant in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service.

 

ARTICLE VI
Administration

 

6.1            Committee; Duties . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the sole authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. A majority vote of the Committee members shall control any decision.

 

6.2            Agents . The Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

 

6.3            Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules of regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

 

6.4            Indemnity of Committee . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

ARTICLE VII

Claims Procedures

 

7.1            Claim . Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under the Plan, or requesting information under the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing within 30 days.

 

7.2            Denial of Claim . If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:

 

  5  

 

 

(a)          The reasons for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based.

 

(b)          A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary.

 

(c)          An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

 

7.3            Review of Claim . Any person whose claim or request is denied or who has not received a response within 30 days may request review by notice given in writing to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee who may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.

 

7.4            Final Decision . The decision on review will normally be made within 60 days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be 120 days. The decision will be in writing and state the reasons and the relevant Plan provisions.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Amendment and Termination of Plan

 

8.1            Amendmen t. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Board reserves the exclusive right to freeze or to amend the Plan at any time, provided that no amendment to the Plan shall be effective to decrease or to restrict the amount accrued to the Participant as of the date of such amendment.

 

8.2            Complete Termination . The Board may elect to terminate the Plan at any time, provided that the termination of the Plan shall not decrease or restrict the amount accrued to the Participant as of the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in event the Bank desires to pay out to the Participant his or her entire Incentive Benefit Account Balance in connection with the termination of the Plan, the Bank must do so in accordance with the following circumstances and conditions to comply with Code Section 409A:

 

(a)          The Board may terminate the Plan within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of: (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)          The Board may terminate the Plan by irrevocable action within the 30 days preceding, or 12 months following, a Change in Control, provided that the Plan shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Participant and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the irrevocable termination of the arrangements. For these purposes, “Change in Control” shall be defined in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

  6  

 

 

(c)          The Board may terminate the Plan provided that: (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank; (ii) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Participant covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated; (iii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement; (iv) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (v) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Participant participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.

 

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

 

9.1            Non-assignability . Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

 

9.2            Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Bank and the Participant, and the Participant (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Bank except as may otherwise be specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Bank or to interfere with the right of the Bank to discipline or discharge him or her at any time.

 

9.3            Payment to Participant, Legal Representative or Beneficiary . Any payment to any Participant or the legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Bank, which may require the Participant, legal representative, Beneficiary, guardian or committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the Bank.

 

9.4            Governing Laws . The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of New York, unless preempted by federal law. The Participant agrees that all demands, claims, actions, causes or action, suits, proceedings and litigation between and among the Bank and any other party related to this Plan will be filed, tried and litigated only in a court located in Dutchess County in the State of New York, unless another venue is required by applicable law.

 

9.5            Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

 

  7  

 

 

9.6         Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to any member of the Committee or the Secretary of the Bank. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

9.7            Successors . The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns. The term “successors” as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Bank, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

 

9.8            12 U.S.C. § 1828(k ) . Any payments made to the Participant pursuant to this Plan or otherwise are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) and 12 C.F.R. Part 359 Golden Parachute and Indemnification Payments or any other rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

9.9            Entire Agreement . This Plan and the STIP sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to any Deferred Bonus to be provided by the Bank, and any previous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof are superseded by this Plan.

 

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

  8  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank has caused this Plan to be executed on the day and date written below.

 

    RHINEBECK BANK
       
Date: August 28, 2018   By: /s/ Michael J. Quinn

 

  9  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

RHINEBECK BANK

EXECUTIVE LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AND RETENTION PLAN

 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM

 

Print Name:  

 

I hereby designate the following Beneficiary(ies) to receive my Incentive Benefit Account Balance under the Plan, following my death:

 

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:

 

Name:   % of Benefit:  
       
Name:   % of Benefit:  
       
Name:   % of Benefit:  

 

SECONDARY BENEFICIARY (if all Primary Beneficiaries pre-decease the Participant):

 

Name:   % of Benefit:  
       
Name:   % of Benefit:  
       
Name:   % of Benefit:  

 

This Beneficiary Designation hereby revokes any prior Beneficiary Designation which may have been in effect. This Beneficiary Designation is revocable.

 

     
Date   Participant
     
     
Date   Witness

 

  10  

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan

Agreement

 

This New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement (this Agreement ”) is adopted this 1 st day of January, 2008 , by and between Rhinebeck Savings Bank, a state savings bank located in Poughkeepsie, New York (the “Bank”), and Joseph A. Bahnatka, Jr. (the “Director”).

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Director who contributes materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Bank. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used m this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 " Beneficiary " means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to any benefits upon the death of the Director pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 " Beneficiary Designation Form " means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, sign and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Bank as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 " Change in Control " means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and guidance thereunder, including such regulations and guidance as may be promulgated after the Effective Date.

 

1.6 " Disability " means the Director: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Bank. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of disability insurance covering employees or directors of the Bank provided that the definition of "disability" applied under such insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration's or the provider's determination.

 

 
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

1.7 " Early Termination " means the Director's Separation from Service before attainment of Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs following a Change in Control or due to death, Disability or Termination for Cause.

 

1.8 " Effective Date " means January 1, 2008.

 

1.9 " Normal Retirement Age " means age seventy (70).

 

1.10 " Plan Administrator " means the Board or such committee or person as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.11 " Plan Year " means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.12 " Schedule A " means the schedule attached·to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.13 " Separation from Service " means termination of the Director's service with the Bank for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Director reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Director would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Bank if the Director has been providing services to the Bank less than thirty-six (36) months).

 

1.14 " Specified Employee " means an employee who at the time of Separation from Service is a key employee of the Bank, if any stock of the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, a person is a key employee if the person meets the requirements of Code Section 416 (i)(l)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the "identification period"). If the person is a key employee during an identification period, the person is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.

 

  2  
 

  

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

1.15 " Termination for Cause " means Separation from Service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank;
(b) Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director's service with the Bank; or
(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.

 

Article 2

Distributions During Lifetime

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon the Director's Separation from Service after attaining Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Thirteen Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy Seven Dollars ($13,777).

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for the greater of (i) fifteen (15) years or (ii) the life of the Director.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . If Early Termination occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section ·2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director experiences a Disability followed by Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

  3  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control followed by Separation from Service occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.5 Restriction on Commencement of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Director is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall govern all distributions hereunder. If benefit distributions which would otherwise be made to the Director due to Separation from Service are limited because the Director is a Specified Employee, then such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Separation from Service. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Director during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Director in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Taxation of Amounts Deferred . If, pursuant to Code Section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other state, local or foreign tax, the Director becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Bank may make a limited distribution to the Director in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Code section 409A. Any such distribution will decrease the Director's benefits distributable under this Agreement.

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Director and the Bank may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend this Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
  (c) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

  4  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Article 3

Distribution at Death

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies prior to Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of any benefit under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is Two Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Five Hundred Forty Dollars ($275,540).

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in a lump sum on the first day of the fourth month following the Director's death. The Beneficiary shall be required to provide to the Bank the Director's death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been distributed to the Director had the Director survived; provided, however, for benefits payable under Section 2.1, if the Director has received less than one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments, the Beneficiary shall continue to receive the same amounts at the same times until the sum of the installments to the Beneficiary and Director total one hundred eighty (180).

 

3.3 Death Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Director is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement but dies prior to the date that commencement of said benefit distributions are scheduled to be made under this Agreement, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Director was entitled prior to death, except that the benefit distributions shall be paid in the manner specified in Section 3.1.2 and shall commence on the first day of the fourth month following the Director's death for a total of one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 In General. The Director shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Director. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Bank in which the Director participates. ·

 

  5  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

4.2 Designation . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Director names someone other than the Director’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Director's spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator's rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Director and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Director' s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director's spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, any benefit shall be paid to the Director's estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . ·If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person's property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Director and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall completely discharge any liability under this Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Director's service with the Bank is terminated by the Bank due to a Termination for Cause, as determined by the Bank in its sole discretion.

 

  6  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefit shall be distributed if the Director commits suicide within two (2) years after the Effective Date, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Director and owned by the Bank denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Director on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

5.3 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Director is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

5.4 Regulatory Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Director pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828 and FDIC Regulation 12 CFR Part 359, Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

5.5 Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Solicitation; Consulting . The Director hereby covenants and agrees that, following Separation from Service as a Director, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, become an officer, employee, Director, trustee or ten percent (10%) or greater stockholder of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution, or any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of any such entity, that entails the Director working within Dutchess, Columbia or Ulster counties or any other county in which the Bank maintains a full-service banking branch office as of the date of Separation from Service.

 

The Director hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following Separation from Service, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly, solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution or other institution engage in the business of accepting deposits, making loans or doing business within the counties specified above.

 

5.6 Right to Terminate Benefits . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Bank in its sole discretion determines that the Director has breached any of the covenants set forth in Section 5.5, the Bank shall have the right to terminate the benefits payable under this Agreement at any time.

  

  7  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Article 6

Administration of Agreement

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with this Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Code Section 409A.

 

6.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as the Plan Administrator sees fit, including acting through a duly appointed representative, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . Any decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation or application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator.

 

6.5 Bank Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Director's death, Disability or Separation from Service, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Director, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

Article 7

Claims And Review Procedures

 

7.1 Claims Procedure . A Director or Beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
  8  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

7.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

7.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of this Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial as follows:

 

7.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

7.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable Labor Dept. regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

 

  9  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

7.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

7.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 8

Amendments and Termination

 

8.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Director. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Director. The benefit shall be the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder as of the date this Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

  10  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Bank terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank as described in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank's arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Director and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of such termination;
(b) Within twelve (12) months of the Bank's dissolution either (x) in a dissolution taxable under Code Section 331 or (y) with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under this Agreement are included in the Director's gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which this Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
(c) Upon the Bank's termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Director participated in such arrangements ("Similar Arrangements"), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

the Bank may distribute the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Director in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

Article 9

Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

  11  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for service. It does not give the Director the right to remain a member of the Board, nor interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Director. It does not require the Director to remain a Director nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Code Section 409A from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Director acknowledges that the Bank' s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Bank shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Code Section 409A.

 

9.5 Applicable Law . This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Bank to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such an event, the term "Bank" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor entity.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Bank or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement due to regulatory or other constraints, the Bank or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Bank, provided that such alternative act does not violate Code Section 409A.

 

  12  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision herein.

 

9.12 Validity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

 

9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Bank or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the address below:

 

Plan Administrator - Rhinebeck Savings Bank
2 Jefferson Plaza
Poughkeepsie, NY 12601

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Director under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Director.

 

9.14 Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Bank reasonably anticipates that the Bank's deduction with respect to any distribution under this Agreement would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Bank to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Agreement is deductible, the Bank may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Agreement. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Director (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Director's death) at the earliest date the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).

 

9.15 Arbitration . Any dispute, controversy or claim with respect to any party's performance under this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the laws of the State of New York by a single arbitrator who shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association in Dutchess County, New York. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Dutchess County in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Punitive damages shall not be awarded. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

  13  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

  

9.16 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code Section 409A.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR   BANK
       
By:  
       
    Title: EVP and COO

 

  14  
 

   

Plan Year Reporting

Director Fee Continuation Plan

Schedule A

 

 

Jo seph A Bahnatka., Jr .

  

Birth Date: 1/25/1942
Plan Anniversary Date: 1/1/2009
  Early Termination
Annual Benefit   2
    Disability
Annual Benefit 2
    Change in Control
Annual Benefit 2
    Pre-retire.
Death
Benefit
 

Normal Retirement: 1/25/2012, Age 70

Normal Retirement Payment: Monthly for Life 

  Amount Payable at
Separation  from Service
    Amount Payable at
Separation  from Service
    Amount Payable at  
Separation  from Service
    Lump Sum
Benefits
 

Values

as of

  Discount
Rate
    Benefit
Level
    Account
Value
   

Vesting

   

Based On

Account Value

    Vesting    

Based On

Account Value

    Vesting     Based On
Account Value
   

Based On

Dollar Amt

 
    (1)     (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)     (7)     (8)     (9)     (10)  
                                                             
Jan 2008 1         13,777               100 %     ·0       100 %     0       100 %     0       275,540  
Dec 2008     6.00 %     13,777       30,463       100 %     3,069       100 %     3,069       100 %     3,069       275,540  
Dec 2009     6.00 %     13,777       62,804       100 %     6,328       100 %     6,328       100 %     6,328       275,540  
Dec 2010     6.00 %     .13,777       97,141       100 %     9,788       100 %     9,788       100 %     9,788       275,540  
Dec 2011     6.00 %     13,777       133,595       100 %     13,461       100 %     13,461       100 %     13,461       275,540  
Jan 2012     6.00 %     13,777       136,732       100 %     13,777       100 %     13,777       100 %     13,777       275,540  

 

1 The first line reflects just the initial values as of January 1, 2008.

 

2 The annual benefit amount will be distributed in 12 equal monthly payments for a total of 180 monthly payments.

 

*IF THERE IS A CONFLICT IN ANY TERMS OR PROVISIONS BETWEEN THIS SCHEDULE A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL PREVAIL. IF A TRIGGERING EVENT OCCURS, REFER TO THE AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL BENEFIT AMOUNT BASED ON THE DATE OF THE EVENT.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan

Agreement

 

This New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is adopted this 1 st day of January, 2008, by and between Rhinebeck Savings Bank, a state savings bank located in Poughkeepsie, New York (the “Bank”), and Frederick Battenfeld (the “Director”).

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Director who contributes materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Bank. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used m this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 " Beneficiary " means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to any benefits upon the death of the Director pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 " Beneficiary Designation Form " means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, sign and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Bank as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 " Change in Control " means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and guidance thereunder, including such regulations and guidance as may be promulgated after the Effective Date.

 

1.6 " Disability " means the Director: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Bank. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of disability insurance covering employees or directors of the Bank provided that the definition of "disability" applied under such insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration's or the provider's determination.

 

 
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

1.7 " Early Termination " means the Director's Separation from Service before attainment of Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs following a Change in Control or due to death, Disability or Termination for Cause.

 

1.8 " Effective Date " means January 1, 2008.

 

1.9 " Normal Retirement Age " means age seventy (70).

 

1.10 " Plan Administrator " means the Board or such committee or person as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.11 " Plan Year " means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.12 " Schedule A " means the schedule attached·to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.13 " Separation from Service " means termination of the Director's service with the Bank for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Director reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Director would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Bank if the Director has been providing services to the Bank less than thirty-six (36) months).

 

1.14 " Specified Employee " means an employee who at the time of Separation from Service is a key employee of the Bank, if any stock of the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, a person is a key employee if the person meets the requirements of Code Section 416 (i)(l)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the "identification period"). If the person is a key employee during an identification period, the person is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.

 

  2  
 

  

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

1.15 " Termination for Cause " means Separation from Service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank;
(b) Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director's service with the Bank; or
(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.

 

Article 2

Distributions During Lifetime

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon the Director's Separation from Service after attaining Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Seventeen Thousand Nine Hundred Forty One Dollars ($17,941).

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for the greater of (i) fifteen (15) years or (ii) the life of the Director.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . If Early Termination occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section ·2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director experiences a Disability followed by Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

  3  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control followed by Separation from Service occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.5 Restriction on Commencement of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Director is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall govern all distributions hereunder. If benefit distributions which would otherwise be made to the Director due to Separation from Service are limited because the Director is a Specified Employee, then such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Separation from Service. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Director during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Director in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Taxation of Amounts Deferred . If, pursuant to Code Section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other state, local or foreign tax, the Director becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Bank may make a limited distribution to the Director in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Code section 409A. Any such distribution will decrease the Director's benefits distributable under this Agreement.

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Director and the Bank may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend this Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
  (c) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

 

  4  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Article 3

Distribution at Death

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies prior to Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of any benefit under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is Three Hundred Fifty Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty Dollars ($358,820).

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in a lump sum on the first day of the fourth month following the Director's death. The Beneficiary shall be required to provide to the Bank the Director's death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been distributed to the Director had the Director survived; provided, however, for benefits payable under Section 2.1, if the Director has received less than one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments, the Beneficiary shall continue to receive the same amounts at the same times until the sum of the installments to the Beneficiary and Director total one hundred eighty (180).

 

3.3 Death Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Director is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement but dies prior to the date that commencement of said benefit distributions are scheduled to be made under this Agreement, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Director was entitled prior to death, except that the benefit distributions shall be paid in the manner specified in Section 3.1.2 and shall commence on the first day of the fourth month following the Director's death for a total of one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 In General. The Director shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Director. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Bank in which the Director participates. ·

 

  5  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

4.2 Designation . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Director names someone other than the Director’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Director's spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator's rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Director and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Director' s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director's spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, any benefit shall be paid to the Director's estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . ·If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person's property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Director and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall completely discharge any liability under this Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Director's service with the Bank is terminated by the Bank due to a Termination for Cause, as determined by the Bank in its sole discretion.

 

  6  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefit shall be distributed if the Director commits suicide within two (2) years after the Effective Date, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Director and owned by the Bank denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Director on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

5.3 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Director is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

5.4 Regulatory Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Director pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828 and FDIC Regulation 12 CFR Part 359, Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

5.5 Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Solicitation; Consulting . The Director hereby covenants and agrees that, following Separation from Service as a Director, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, become an officer, employee, Director, trustee or ten percent (10%) or greater stockholder of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution, or any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of any such entity, that entails the Director working within Dutchess, Columbia or Ulster counties or any other county in which the Bank maintains a full-service banking branch office as of the date of Separation from Service.

 

The Director hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following Separation from Service, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly, solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution or other institution engage in the business of accepting deposits, making loans or doing business within the counties specified above.

 

5.6 Right to Terminate Benefits . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Bank in its sole discretion determines that the Director has breached any of the covenants set forth in Section 5.5, the Bank shall have the right to terminate the benefits payable under this Agreement at any time.

  

  7  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Article 6

Administration of Agreement

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with this Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Code Section 409A.

 

6.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as the Plan Administrator sees fit, including acting through a duly appointed representative, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . Any decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation or application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator.

 

6.5 Bank Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Director's death, Disability or Separation from Service, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Director, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

Article 7

Claims And Review Procedures

 

7.1 Claims Procedure . A Director or Beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
  8  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

7.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

7.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of this Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial as follows:

 

7.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

7.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable Labor Dept. regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

 

  9  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

7.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

7.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 8

Amendments and Termination

 

8.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Director. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Director. The benefit shall be the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder as of the date this Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

  10  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Bank terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank as described in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank's arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Director and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of such termination;
(b) Within twelve (12) months of the Bank's dissolution either (x) in a dissolution taxable under Code Section 331 or (y) with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under this Agreement are included in the Director's gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which this Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
(c) Upon the Bank's termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Director participated in such arrangements ("Similar Arrangements"), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

the Bank may distribute the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Director in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

Article 9

Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

  11  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for service. It does not give the Director the right to remain a member of the Board, nor interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Director. It does not require the Director to remain a Director nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Code Section 409A from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Director acknowledges that the Bank' s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Bank shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Code Section 409A.

 

9.5 Applicable Law . This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Bank to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such an event, the term "Bank" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor entity.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Bank or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement due to regulatory or other constraints, the Bank or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Bank, provided that such alternative act does not violate Code Section 409A.

 

  12  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision herein.

 

9.12 Validity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

 

9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Bank or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the address below:

 

Plan Administrator - Rhinebeck Savings Bank
2 Jefferson Plaza
Poughkeepsie, NY 12601

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Director under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Director.

 

9.14 Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Bank reasonably anticipates that the Bank's deduction with respect to any distribution under this Agreement would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Bank to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Agreement is deductible, the Bank may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Agreement. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Director (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Director's death) at the earliest date the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).

 

9.15 Arbitration . Any dispute, controversy or claim with respect to any party's performance under this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the laws of the State of New York by a single arbitrator who shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association in Dutchess County, New York. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Dutchess County in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Punitive damages shall not be awarded. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

  13  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

  

9.16 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code Section 409A.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR   BANK
       
By:  
       
    Title: EVP and COO

 

  14  
 

   

Plan Year Reporting

Director Fee Continuation Plan

Schedule A

 

 

Frederick Battenfeld

  

Birth Date: 1/1/1948
Plan Anniversary Date: 1/1/2009
  Early Termination
Annual Benefit   2
    Disability
Annual Benefit 2
    Change in Control
Annual Benefit 2
    Pre-retire.
Death
Benefit
 

Normal Retirement: 1/1/2018, Age 70

Normal Retirement Payment: Monthly for Life 

  Amount Payable at
Separation  from Service
    Amount Payable at
Separation  from Service
    Amount Payable at  
Separation  from Service
    Lump Sum
Benefit
 

Values

as of

  Discount
Rate
    Benefit
Level
    Account
Value
   

 Vesting

   

Based On

Account Value

    Vesting    

Based On

Account Value

    Vesting     Based On
Account Value
   

Based On

Dollar Amt

 
    (1)     (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)     (7)     (8)     (9)     (10)  
                                                             
Jan 2008 1         17,941               100 %     0       100 %     0       100 %     0       358,820  
Dec 2008     6.00 %     17,941       13,256       100 %     1,336       100 %     1,336       100 %     1,336       358,820  
Dec 2009     6.00 %     17,941       27,329       100 %     2,754       100 %     2,754       100 %     2,754       358,820  
Dec 2010     6.00 %     17,941       42,270       100 %     4,259       100 %     4,259       100 %     4,259       358,820  
Dec 2011     6.00 %     17,941       58,133       100 %     5,857       100 %     5,857       100 %     5,857       358,820  
Dec 2012     6.00 %     17,941       74,974       100 %     7,554       100 %     7,554       100 %     7,554       358,820  
Dec 2013     6.00 %     17,941       92,854       100 %     9,356       100 %     9,356       100 %     9,356       358,820  
Dec 2014     6.00 %     17,941       111,837       100 %     11,269       100 %     11,269       100 %     11,269       358,820  
Dec 2015     6.00 %     17,941       131,991       100 %     13,299       100 %     13,299       100 %     13,299       358,820  
Dec 2016     6.00 %     17,941       153,387       100 %     15,455       100 %     15,455       100 %     15,455       358,820  
Dec 2017     6.00 %     17,941       176,103       100 %     17,744       100 %     17,744       100 %     17,744       358,820  
Jan 2018     6.00 %     17,941       178,058       100 %     I 7,941       100 %     17,941       100 %     17,941       358,820  

 

1 The first line reflects just the initial values as of January 1, 2008.

 

2 The annual benefit amount will be distributed in 12 equal monthly payments for a total of 180 monthly payments.

 

*IF THERE IS A CONFLICT IN ANY TERMS OR PROVISIONS BETWEEN THIS SCHEDULE A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL PREVAIL. IF A TRIGGERING EVENT OCCURS, REFER TO THE AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL BENEFIT AMOUNT BASED ON THE DATE OF THE EVENT.

 

  1  

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan

Agreement

 

This New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is adopted this 1 st day of January, 2008, by and between Rhinebeck Savings Bank, a state savings bank located in Poughkeepsie, New York (the “Bank”), and William C. Irwin (the “Director”).

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Director who contributes materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Bank. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used m this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 Beneficiary ” means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to any benefits upon the death of the Director pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, sign and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Bank as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and guidance thereunder, including such regulations and guidance as may be promulgated after the Effective Date.

 

1.6 Disability ” means the Director: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Bank. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of disability insurance covering employees or directors of the Bank provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration's or the provider's determination.

 

 

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

1.7 Early Termination ” means the Director's Separation from Service before attainment of Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs following a Change in Control or due to death, Disability or Termination for Cause.

 

1.8 Effective Date ” means January 1, 2008.

 

1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means age seventy (70).

 

1.10 Plan Administrator ” means the Board or such committee or person as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.11 Plan Year ” means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.12 Schedule A ” means the schedule attached·to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.13 Separation from Service ” means termination of the Director's service with the Bank for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Director reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Director would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Bank if the Director has been providing services to the Bank less than thirty-six (36) months).

 

1.14 Specified Employee ” means an employee who at the time of Separation from Service is a key employee of the Bank, if any stock of the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, a person is a key employee if the person meets the requirements of Code Section 416 (i)(l)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the person is a key employee during an identification period, the person is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.

 

  2  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

1.15 Termination for Cause ” means Separation from Service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank;
(b) Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director's service with the Bank; or
(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.

 

Article 2

Distributions During Lifetime

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon the Director's Separation from Service after attaining Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Twenty Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty One Dollars ($27,861).

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for the greater of (i) fifteen (15) years or (ii) the life of the Director.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . If Early Termination occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section ·2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director experiences a Disability followed by Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

  3  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control followed by Separation from Service occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.5 Restriction on Commencement of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Director is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall govern all distributions hereunder. If benefit distributions which would otherwise be made to the Director due to Separation from Service are limited because the Director is a Specified Employee, then such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Separation from Service. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Director during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Director in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Taxation of Amounts Deferred . If, pursuant to Code Section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other state, local or foreign tax, the Director becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Bank may make a limited distribution to the Director in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Code section 409A. Any such distribution will decrease the Director's benefits distributable under this Agreement.

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Director and the Bank may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend this Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
  (c) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

  

  4  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

Article 3

Distribution at Death

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies prior to Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of any benefit under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is Five Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Two Hundred Twenty Dollars ($557,220).

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in a lump sum on the first day of the fourth month following the Director's death. The Beneficiary shall be required to provide to the Bank the Director's death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been distributed to the Director had the Director survived; provided, however, for benefits payable under Section 2.1, if the Director has received less than one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments, the Beneficiary shall continue to receive the same amounts at the same times until the sum of the installments to the Beneficiary and Director total one hundred eighty (180).

 

3.3 Death Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Director is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement but dies prior to the date that commencement of said benefit distributions are scheduled to be made under this Agreement, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Director was entitled prior to death, except that the benefit distributions shall be paid in the manner specified in Section 3.1.2 and shall commence on the first day of the fourth month following the Director's death for a total of one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 In General . The Director shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Director. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Bank in which the Director participates. ·

 

  5  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

4.2 Designation . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Director names someone other than the Director’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Director's spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator's rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Director and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Director' s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director's spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, any benefit shall be paid to the Director's estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . ·If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person's property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Director and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall completely discharge any liability under this Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Director's service with the Bank is terminated by the Bank due to a Termination for Cause, as determined by the Bank in its sole discretion.

 

  6  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefit shall be distributed if the Director commits suicide within two (2) years after the Effective Date, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Director and owned by the Bank denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Director on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

5.3 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Director is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

5.4 Regulatory Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Director pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828 and FDIC Regulation 12 CFR Part 359, Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

5.5 Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Solicitation; Consulting . The Director hereby covenants and agrees that, following Separation from Service as a Director, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, become an officer, employee, Director, trustee or ten percent (10%) or greater stockholder of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution, or any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of any such entity, that entails the Director working within Dutchess, Columbia or Ulster counties or any other county in which the Bank maintains a full-service banking branch office as of the date of Separation from Service.

 

The Director hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following Separation from Service, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly, solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution or other institution engage in the business of accepting deposits, making loans or doing business within the counties specified above.

 

5.6 Right to Terminate Benefits . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Bank in its sole discretion determines that the Director has breached any of the covenants set forth in Section 5.5, the Bank shall have the right to terminate the benefits payable under this Agreement at any time.

 

  7  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

Article 6
Administration of Agreement

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with this Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Code Section 409A.

 

6.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as the Plan Administrator sees fit, including acting through a duly appointed representative, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . Any decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation or application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator.

 

6.5 Bank Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Director's death, Disability or Separation from Service, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Director, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

Article 7

Claims And Review Procedures

 

7.1 Claims Procedure . A Director or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

  8  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

7.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

7.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of this Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial as follows:

 

7.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

7.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable Labor Dept. regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

 

  9  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

7.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

7.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 8

Amendments and Termination

 

8.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Director. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Director. The benefit shall be the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder as of the date this Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

  10  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Bank terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank as described in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank's arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Director and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of such termination;
(b) Within twelve (12) months of the Bank's dissolution either (x) in a dissolution taxable under Code Section 331 or (y) with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under this Agreement are included in the Director's gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which this Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
(c) Upon the Bank's termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Director participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

the Bank may distribute the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Director in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

Article 9

Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

  11  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for service. It does not give the Director the right to remain a member of the Board, nor interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Director. It does not require the Director to remain a Director nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Code Section 409A from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Director acknowledges that the Bank' s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Bank shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Code Section 409A.

 

9.5 Applicable Law . This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Bank to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such an event, the term “Bank” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor entity.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Bank or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement due to regulatory or other constraints, the Bank or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Bank, provided that such alternative act does not violate Code Section 409A.

 

  12  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision herein.

 

9.12 Validity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

 

9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Bank or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the address below:

 

  Plan Administrator - Rhinebeck Savings Bank  
  2 Jefferson Plaza  
  Poughkeepsie, NY 12601  

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Director under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Director.

 

9.14 Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Bank reasonably anticipates that the Bank's deduction with respect to any distribution under this Agreement would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Bank to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Agreement is deductible, the Bank may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Agreement. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Director (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Director's death) at the earliest date the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).

 

9.15 Arbitration . Any dispute, controversy or claim with respect to any party's performance under this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the laws of the State of New York by a single arbitrator who shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association in Dutchess County, New York. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Dutchess County in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Punitive damages shall not be awarded. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

  13  

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank
New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

9.16 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code Section 409A.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR   BANK
         
By:   By:
  William C. Irwin   Title: EVP and COO

 

  14  

 

 

Plan Year Reporting

 

Director Fee Continuation Plan

Schedule A

 

William C. Irwin

 

Birth Date: 11/2/1958
Plan Anniversary Date: 1/1/2009
Normal Retirement: 11/2/2028, Age 70
Normal Retirement Payment: Monthly for Life
  Early Termination
Annual Benefit 2
Amount Payable at
Separation from Service
    Disability
Annual Benefit 2
Amount Payable at
Separation from Service
    Change in Control
Annual Benefit 2
Amount Payable at
Separation from Service
    Pre-retire.
Death
Benefit
Lump Sum
Benefit
 
    Discount
Rate
    Benefit
Level
    Account
Value
    Vesting     Based On
Account Value
    Vesting     Based On
Account Value
    Vesting     Based On
Account Value
    Based On
Dollar Amt
 
Values as of   (1)     (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)     (7)     (8)     (9)     (10)  
Jan 2008   1             27,861               100 %     0       100 %     0       100 %     0       557,220  
Dec 2008     6.00 %     27,861       6,830       100 %     688       100 %     688       100 %     688       557,220  
Dec 2009     6.00 %     27,861       14,082       100 %     1,419       100 %     1,419       100 %     1 ,419       557,220  
Dec 2010     6.00 %     27,861       21,781       100 %     2,195       100 %     2,195       100 %     2,195       557,220  
Dec 2011     6.00 %     27,861       29,955       100 %     3,018       100 %     3,018       100 %     3,018       557,220  
Dec 2012     6.00 %     27,861       38,633       100 %     3,893       100 %     3,893       100 %     3,893       557,220  
Dec 2013     6.00 %     27,861       47,846       100 %     4,821       100 %     4,821       100 %     4,821       557,220  
Dec 2014     6.00 %     27,861       57,627       100 %     5,806       100 %     5,806       100 %     5,806       557,220  
Dec 2015     6.00 %     27,861       68,012       100 %     6,853       100 %     6,853       100 %     6,853       557,220  
Dec 2016     6.00 %     27,861       79,037       100 %     7,964       100 %     7,964       100 %     7,964       557,220  
Dec 2017     6.00 %     27,861       90,742       100 %     9,143       100 %     9,143       100 %     9,143       557,220  
Dec 2018     6.00 %     27,861       I03,169       100 %     10,395       100 %     10,395       100 %     10,395       557,220  
Dec 2019     6.00 %     27,861       116,363       100 %     11,725       100 %     11,725       100 %     11,725       557,220  
Dec 2020     6.00 %     27,861       130,370       100 %     13,136       100 %     13,136       100 %     13,136       557,220  
Dec 2021     6.00 %     27,861       145,241       100 %     14,634       100 %     14,634       100 %     14,634       557,220  
Dec 2022     6.00 %     27,861       161,030       100 %     16,225       100 %     16,225       100 %     16,225       557,220  
Dec 2023     6.00 %     27,861       177,792       100 %     17,914       100 %     17,914       100 %     17,914       557,220  
Dec 2024     6.00 %     27,861       195,588       100 %     19,707       100 %     19,707       100 %     19,707       557,220  
Dec 2025     6.00 %     27,861       214,482       100 %     21,611       100 %     21,611       100 %     21,611       557,220  
Dec 2026     6.00 %     27,861       234,541       100 %     23,632       100 %     23,632 ·     100 %     23,632       557,220  
Dec 2027     6.00 %     27,861       255,838       100 %     25,778       100 %     25,778       100 %     25,778       557,220  
Nov 2028     6.00 %     27,861       276,511       100 %     27,861       100 %     27,861       100 %     27,861       557,220  

 

1 The first line reflects just the initial values as of January 1, 2008.
2 The annual benefit amount will be distributed in 12 equal monthly payments for a total of 180 monthly payments.

 

*IF THERE IS A CONFLICT IN ANY TERMS OR PROVISIONS BETWEEN THIS SCHEDULE A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL PREVAIL. IF A TRIGGERING EVENT OCCURS, REFER TO THE AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL BENEFIT AMOUNT BASED ON THE DATE OF THE EVENT.

 

  15  

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan

Agreement

 

This New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is adopted this 1 st day of January, 2008, by and between Rhinebeck Savings Bank, a state savings bank located in Poughkeepsie, New York (the “Bank”), and Louis Tumolo, Jr. (the “Director”).

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Director who contributes materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Bank. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used m this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 " Beneficiary " means each designated person or entity, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to any benefits upon the death of the Director pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 " Beneficiary Designation Form " means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, sign and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Bank as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 " Change in Control " means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all regulations and guidance thereunder, including such regulations and guidance as may be promulgated after the Effective Date.

 

1.6 " Disability " means the Director: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Bank. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of disability insurance covering employees or directors of the Bank provided that the definition of "disability" applied under such insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration's or the provider's determination.

 

 
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

1.7 " Early Termination " means the Director's Separation from Service before attainment of Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs following a Change in Control or due to death, Disability or Termination for Cause.

 

1.8 " Effective Date " means January 1, 2008.

 

1.9 " Normal Retirement Age " means age seventy (70).

 

1.10 " Plan Administrator " means the Board or such committee or person as the Board shall appoint.

 

1.11 " Plan Year " means each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

1.12 " Schedule A " means the schedule attached·to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.13 " Separation from Service " means termination of the Director's service with the Bank for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and Director reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Director would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the Bank if the Director has been providing services to the Bank less than thirty-six (36) months).

 

1.14 " Specified Employee " means an employee who at the time of Separation from Service is a key employee of the Bank, if any stock of the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, a person is a key employee if the person meets the requirements of Code Section 416 (i)(l)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31 (the "identification period"). If the person is a key employee during an identification period, the person is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.

 

  2  
 

  

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

1.15 " Termination for Cause " means Separation from Service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank;
(b) Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director's service with the Bank; or
(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Director's service and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.

 

Article 2

Distributions During Lifetime

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon the Director's Separation from Service after attaining Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Fifteen Thousand Forty Four Dollars ($15,044).

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for the greater of (i) fifteen (15) years or (ii) the life of the Director.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . If Early Termination occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section ·2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director experiences a Disability followed by Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

  3  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control followed by Separation from Service occurs, the Bank shall distribute to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is the amount set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year immediately prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the annual benefit to the Director in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service. The annual benefit shall be distributed to the Director for fifteen (15) years.

 

2.5 Restriction on Commencement of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Director is considered a Specified Employee, the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall govern all distributions hereunder. If benefit distributions which would otherwise be made to the Director due to Separation from Service are limited because the Director is a Specified Employee, then such distributions shall not be made during the first six (6) months following Separation from Service. Rather, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Director during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Director in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Taxation of Amounts Deferred . If, pursuant to Code Section 409A, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or other state, local or foreign tax, the Director becomes subject to tax on the amounts deferred hereunder, then the Bank may make a limited distribution to the Director in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Code section 409A. Any such distribution will decrease the Director's benefits distributable under this Agreement.

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Director and the Bank may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend this Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
  (c) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

  4  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Article 3

Distribution at Death

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies prior to Separation from Service, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of any benefit under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is Three Hundred Thousand Eight Hundred Eighty Dollars ($300,880).

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Bank shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in a lump sum on the first day of the fourth month following the Director's death. The Beneficiary shall be required to provide to the Bank the Director's death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been distributed to the Director had the Director survived; provided, however, for benefits payable under Section 2.1, if the Director has received less than one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments, the Beneficiary shall continue to receive the same amounts at the same times until the sum of the installments to the Beneficiary and Director total one hundred eighty (180).

 

3.3 Death Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Director is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement but dies prior to the date that commencement of said benefit distributions are scheduled to be made under this Agreement, the Bank shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Director was entitled prior to death, except that the benefit distributions shall be paid in the manner specified in Section 3.1.2 and shall commence on the first day of the fourth month following the Director's death for a total of one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 In General. The Director shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Director. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designated under any other plan of the Bank in which the Director participates. ·

 

  5  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

4.2 Designation . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. If the Director names someone other than the Director’s spouse as a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Plan Administrator, executed by the Director's spouse and returned to the Plan Administrator. The Director's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator's rules and procedures. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Director and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Director' s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director's spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, any benefit shall be paid to the Director's estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . ·If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person's property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Director and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall completely discharge any liability under this Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Director's service with the Bank is terminated by the Bank due to a Termination for Cause, as determined by the Bank in its sole discretion.

 

  6  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefit shall be distributed if the Director commits suicide within two (2) years after the Effective Date, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Director and owned by the Bank denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Director on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

5.3 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Director is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

5.4 Regulatory Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Director pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828 and FDIC Regulation 12 CFR Part 359, Golden Parachute Indemnification Payments and any other regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

5.5 Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Solicitation; Consulting . The Director hereby covenants and agrees that, following Separation from Service as a Director, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, become an officer, employee, Director, trustee or ten percent (10%) or greater stockholder of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution, or any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of any such entity, that entails the Director working within Dutchess, Columbia or Ulster counties or any other county in which the Bank maintains a full-service banking branch office as of the date of Separation from Service.

 

The Director hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following Separation from Service, he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly, solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, credit union or similar type financial institution or other institution engage in the business of accepting deposits, making loans or doing business within the counties specified above.

 

5.6 Right to Terminate Benefits . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Bank in its sole discretion determines that the Director has breached any of the covenants set forth in Section 5.5, the Bank shall have the right to terminate the benefits payable under this Agreement at any time.

  

  7  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

Article 6

Administration of Agreement

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties . The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with this Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Code Section 409A.

 

6.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as the Plan Administrator sees fit, including acting through a duly appointed representative, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . Any decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation or application of this Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator.

 

6.5 Bank Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Bank shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Director's death, Disability or Separation from Service, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Director, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

Article 7

Claims And Review Procedures

 

7.1 Claims Procedure . A Director or Beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be distributed shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
  8  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

7.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.

 

7.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of this Agreement's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or the entire claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial as follows:

 

7.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within sixty (60) days after receiving the Plan Administrator's notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

 

7.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable Labor Dept. regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

 

  9  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

7.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

7.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day period, which an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

 

7.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 8

Amendments and Termination

 

8.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Director. However, the Bank may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Bank from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Code Section 409A.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Bank and the Director. The benefit shall be the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder as of the date this Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

  10  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Bank terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank as described in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v), provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of this Agreement and further provided that all the Bank's arrangements which are substantially similar to this Agreement are terminated so the Director and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of such termination;
(b) Within twelve (12) months of the Bank's dissolution either (x) in a dissolution taxable under Code Section 331 or (y) with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under this Agreement are included in the Director's gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which this Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
(c) Upon the Bank's termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Director participated in such arrangements ("Similar Arrangements"), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Bank does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

the Bank may distribute the amount the Bank has accrued with respect to its obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of this Agreement, to the Director in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

Article 9

Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

  11  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for service. It does not give the Director the right to remain a member of the Board, nor interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Director. It does not require the Director to remain a Director nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Code Section 409A from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Director acknowledges that the Bank' s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. The Bank shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Code Section 409A.

 

9.5 Applicable Law . This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director's life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Bank to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such an event, the term "Bank" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor entity.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Bank or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement due to regulatory or other constraints, the Bank or Plan Administrator may perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Bank, provided that such alternative act does not violate Code Section 409A.

 

  12  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

 

9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision herein.

 

9.12 Validity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

 

9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Bank or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by registered or certified mail to the address below:

 

Plan Administrator - Rhinebeck Savings Bank
2 Jefferson Plaza
Poughkeepsie, NY 12601

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Director under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered or sent by mail to the last known address of the Director.

 

9.14 Deduction Limitation on Benefit Payments . If the Bank reasonably anticipates that the Bank's deduction with respect to any distribution under this Agreement would be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Bank to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution from this Agreement is deductible, the Bank may delay payment of any amount that would otherwise be distributed under this Agreement. The delayed amounts shall be distributed to the Director (or the Beneficiary in the event of the Director's death) at the earliest date the Bank reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment of the amount will not be limited or eliminated by application of Code Section 162(m).

 

9.15 Arbitration . Any dispute, controversy or claim with respect to any party's performance under this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the laws of the State of New York by a single arbitrator who shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association in Dutchess County, New York. Such arbitration shall be conducted in Dutchess County in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Punitive damages shall not be awarded. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

  13  
 

 

Rhinebeck Savings Bank

New Director Fee Continuation Plan Agreement

 

  

9.16 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code Section 409A.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized representative of the Bank have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR   BANK
         
By:

/s/ Louis Tumolo, Jr.

By:  
   Louis Tumolo, Jr.      
      Title: EVP and COO

 

  14  
 

   

Plan Year Reporting

Director Fee Continuation Plan

Schedule A

 

Louis Tumolo, Jr., DVM

  

Birth Date: 6/22/1944
Plan Anniversary Date: 1/1/2009
  Early Termination
Annual Benefit   2
    Disability
Annual Benefit 2
    Change in Control
Annual Benefit 2
    Pre-retire.
Death
Benefit
 

Normal Retirement: 6/22/2014, Age 70

Normal Retirement Payment: Monthly for Life 

  Amount Payable at
Separation  from Service
    Amount Payable at
Separation  from Service
    Amount Payable at  
Separation  from Service
    Lump Sum
Benefit
 

Values

as of

  Discount
Rate
    Benefit
Level
    Account
Value
   

Vesting

   

Based On

Account Value

    Vesting    

Based On

Account Value

    Vesting     Based On
Account Value
   

Based On

Dollar Amt

 
    (1)     (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)     (7)     (8)     (9)     (10)  
                                                             
Jan 2008         15,044               100 %     ·0       100 %     ·0       100 %     ·0       300,880  
Dec 2008     6.00 %     15,044       19,365       100 %     1,951       100 %     1,951       100 %     1,951       300,880  
Dec 2009     6.00 %     15,044       39,924       100 %     4,023       100 %     4,023       100 %     4,023       300,880  
Dec 2010     6.00 %     15,044       61,752       100 %     6,222       100 %     6,222       100 %     6,222       300,880  
Dec 2011     6.00 %     15,044       84,925       100 %     8,557       100 %     8,557       100 %     8,557       300,880  
Dec 2012     6.00 %     15,044       109,528       100 %     11,036       100 %     11,036       100 %     11,036       300,880  
Dec 2013     6.00 %     15,044       135,648       100 %     13,668       100 %     13,668       100 %     13,668       300,880  
Jan 2014     6.00 %     15,044       149,307       100 %     15,044       100 %     15,044       100 %     15,044       300,880  

 

1 The first line reflects just the initial values as of January 1, 2008.

 

2 The annual benefit amount will be distributed in 12 equal monthly payments for a total of 180 monthly payments.

 

*IF THERE IS A CONFLICT IN ANY TERMS OR PROVISIONS BETWEEN THIS SCHEDULE A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL PREVAIL. IF A TRIGGERING EVENT OCCURS, REFER TO THE AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL BENEFIT AMOUNT BASED ON THE DATE OF THE EVENT.

 

  1  

Exhibit 21

 

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name Percent Ownership State of Incorporation
     
Rhinebeck Bank 100% New York
     
Pleasant View Subdivision, LLC* 100% New York
     
Dutchess Golf Club, LLC* 100% New York
     
New Horizons Asset Management Group, LLC* 100% New York

 

 

* Subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bank

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

 

 

September 10, 2018

 

Board of Trustees
Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC
Board of Directors
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Rhinebeck Bank
2 Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

 

Members of the Boards of Trustees and Directors:

 

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Application to Become a Bank Holding Company on Form FR Y-3, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, in the Application for Reorganization and Formation of a Mid-Tier Stock Holding Company, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the New York State Department of Financial Services, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

  Sincerely,
  RP® FINANCIAL, LC.    
   
 

  

 

 

Washington Headquarters  
4250 North Fairfax Drive Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
Suite 600 Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA  22203 Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.3

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Prospectus, constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (proposed holding company of Rhinebeck Bank), of our report dated September 10, 2018 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years then ended. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

 

New York, New York
September 10, 2018

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

 

June 26, 2018

Mr. Michael J. Quinn

President and Chief Executive Officer

Rhinebeck Bank

Two Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

 

Dear Mr. Quinn:

 

This letter sets forth the agreement between Rhinebeck Bank, Poughkeepsie, New York (the “Bank”), the wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC, and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), whereby RP Financial will provide the independent appraisal services in conjunction with the minority stock offering concurrent with the formation of a mid-tier holding company (the “Company”). The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below.

 

These appraisal services will be directed by the undersigned, with the assistance of a Director, and as many as two Associates.

 

Description of Appraisal Services

 

RP Financial will conduct financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors impacting the Bank and its subsidiaries. This review will be considered in determining the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines. RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices, taking into consideration the intended minority stock offering. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Bank’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the key risks and operating strategy. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Bank’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

 

We will review pertinent sections of the prospectus and conduct discussions with the Bank and the Bank’s representatives to obtain key information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy and related regulatory requirements, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, stock plans characteristics (such as employee stock ownership plan and stock grant plan), and, if applicable, a charitable foundation contribution.

 

 

 

Ronald S. Riggins Main: (703) 528-1700
President & Managing Director Direct: (703) 647-6543
RP ® Financial, LC. Cell: (703) 989-4665
rriggins@rpfinancial.com www.rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

 

Mr. Michael J. Quinn

June 26, 2018
Page 2

 

The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report will provide the valuation basis for the Board to determine the size of the minority stock offering. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the reorganization process, and, in accordance with the applicable regulations, there will be at least one updated appraisal prepared at the closing of the minority stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued. In the event of a syndicated community offering, it may be necessary to file an update in conjunction with the close of the subscription offering and prior to the pricing phase in the syndicated community offering. In the event of a syndicated community offering phase, RP Financial will participate in the various all hands calls regarding the offering results, pricing discussions and timing. At certain times, it is appropriate to update the valuation prior to the prospectus being declared effective due to changes in market conditions and/or updated financial results for the Bank and the peer group.

 

RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Bank at the above address, in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory applications and amendments thereto. With prior approval by the Bank, subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the original appraisal report and subsequent updates. RP Financial will also prepare the pro forma presentations for inclusion in the prospectus, reflecting the original appraisal and subsequent updates, as appropriate.

 

RP Financial expects to formally present the original appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review prior to the filing with the regulatory application. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal review may be presented either in person or telephonically depending upon timing and other circumstances.

 

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

 

The Bank agrees to pay RP Financial the following fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

· $15,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

· $50,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and

 

· $10,000 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report required in conjunction with the regulatory application and stock offering. It is anticipated that there will be at least one appraisal update report, specifically the update to be prepared in conjunction with the completion of the stock offering.

 

The Bank will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, communications, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services, and will not exceed $7,500 in the aggregate, without the Bank’s authorization to exceed this level.

 

 

 

 

Mr. Michael J. Quinn

June 26, 2018
Page 3

 

In the event the Bank shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report or subsequent updates and payment of the corresponding fees, the Bank agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for Associates to $450 per hour for Managing Directors.

 

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Bank and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the applicable regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to such appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

 

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

 

The Bank and RP Financial agree to the following:

 

1.       The Bank agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include, but not be limited to: annual audited and unaudited internal financial statements and management reports, business plan and budget, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, and other corporate books and records. All information provided by the Bank to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the reorganization and minority stock offering is not consummated, or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Bank the original and any copies of such information.

 

2.       RP Financial represents that it will comply with any and all federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances governing or relating to the privacy, security, confidentiality or integrity of personal information, data, and confidential information (“Privacy Laws”). RP Financial shall implement such physical, administrative and technical safeguards as shall be necessary to ensure the security and confidentiality of any personal information, data, and confidential information it receives, including maintaining written policies and procedures detailing its compliance with any applicable Privacy Laws. Such written policies and procedures shall be made available to the Bank for review upon request. The Bank represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Bank’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

 

 

 

Mr. Michael J. Quinn

June 26, 2018
Page 4

 

3. (a) The Bank agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Bank to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Bank to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Bank, or the Bank’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Bank will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Bank at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, RP Financial shall notify the Bank immediately via telephone, to be followed up in writing, of any actual, suspected or threatened security breach incident involving confidential information, and shall cooperate fully in investigating and responding to each successful or attempted security breach. RP Financial will defend, indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from and against all third party claims, losses, damages and liabilities arising out of a security breach and shall pay for all costs associated with responding to such breach, including without limitation, all legal, forensic, public relations, consultancy and other expert fees incurred by the Bank, the costs of any and all notifications that the Bank sends to individuals whose information was affected by any incident, and the cost of an annual credit monitoring services subscription for all such individuals.

 

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Bank of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Bank elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Bank shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Bank hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Bank or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Bank does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Bank’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Bank of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

 

 

 

 

Mr. Michael J. Quinn

June 26, 2018
Page 5

 

(c) Subject to the Bank’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Bank shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Bank: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

 

(d) In the event the Bank does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

 

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Bank and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the State of New York. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

 

The Bank and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Bank nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Bank.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

 

 

 

Mr. Michael J. Quinn

June 26, 2018
Page 6

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the engagement fee of $15,000.

 

  Sincerely,
 
  Ronald S. Riggins
  President and Managing Director

 

Agreed to and Accepted by:   Michael J. Quinn /s/ Michael J. Quinn
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors for:   Rhinebeck Bank
    Poughkeepsie, New York

 

Date Executed: 6/27/18  

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

 

 

September 10, 2018

 

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC
Board of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Rhinebeck Bank
2 Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

 

Re: Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance
  Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC
  Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
  Rhinebeck Bank

 

Members of the Board of Directors:

 

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the plan of reorganization and minority stock Issuance (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Trustees of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) and the Board of Directors of Rhinebeck Bank. Pursuant to the Plan, when the stock offering is completed purchasers in the stock offering will own 43.0% of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding shares of common stock, the MHC will own 55.0% of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding shares of common stock and Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation will own 2.0% of Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s outstanding shares of common stock.

 

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans, including Rhinebeck Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) and 401(k) plan; and (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community, syndicated or firm commitment offerings but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

(1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

(2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

 

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 

  Sincerely,
 
  RP Financial, LC.

  

 

 

Washington Headquarters  
4250 North Fairfax Drive Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
Suite 600 Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA  22203 Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.3   

 

 

 

 

  

 

August 3, 2018

 

Board of Trustees

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC

Board of Directors

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Rhinebeck Bank

2 Jefferson Plaza

Poughkeepsie, New York 12601

 

Members of the Boards of Trustees and Directors:

 

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal ("Appraisal") of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the stock issuance transaction described below.

 

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” (the “Valuation Guidelines”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “Department”), and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

 

Description of Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance

 

On June 12, 2018, the Board of Trustees of Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) and the Board of Directors of Rhinebeck Bank adopted the Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, Rhinebeck Bank will reorganize into the “two-tier” mutual holding company form of organization. In connection with the Plan, Rhinebeck Bank has organized a new Maryland stock holding company named Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (“Rhinebeck Bancorp” or the “Company”), which will issue a majority of its common stock to the MHC and sell a minority of its common stock to the public. When the reorganization and minority stock offering are completed, all of the outstanding capital stock of Rhinebeck Bank will be owned by Rhinebeck Bancorp. The MHC will own a controlling interest in the Company of 55% and the Company will a subsidiary of the MHC. For purposes of this document, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC as it currently exists prior to the reorganization will hereinafter be referred to as “Rhinebeck Bancorp” or the “Company”.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans including Rhinebeck Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) and 401(k) plan, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable regulatory guidelines governing stock offerings by mutual  institutions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and a syndicated or firm commitment offering. It is anticipated that 60% of the net proceeds from the stock offering will be invested in Rhinebeck Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.

 

Washington Headquarters  
4250 North Fairfax Drive Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
Suite 600 Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA  22203 Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

 

Board of Trustees

Board of Directors
August 3, 2018
Page 2

 

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, holding $5.2 million of subordinated debt, funding a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Rhinebeck Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

 

The Plan provides for the establishment of a new charitable foundation, Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation’s contribution will be funded with 2.0% of the number of shares of common stock issued in the stock issuance and $200,000 of cash funded by the net proceeds retained by the Company. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which Rhinebeck Bank operates and to enable those communities to share in the Company’s long-term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes.

 

RP ® Financial, LC.

 

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for the Appraisal, we are independent of the Company, Rhinebeck Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by Rhinebeck Bank, the Company or the MHC to assist in the minority stock offering process.

 

Valuation Methodology

 

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, the FDIC, the Department and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company, Rhinebeck Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for the years ended 2013 through 2017, unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2018, a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through June 30, 2018, and due diligence related discussions with the Company’s management; Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, the Company’s independent auditor; Luse Goreman, PC, the Company’s counsel for the stock issuance and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., the Company’s marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

 

 

 

 

Board of Trustees

Board of Directors
August 3, 2018
Page 3

 

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Rhinebeck Bancorp operates and have assessed Rhinebeck Bancorp’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on Rhinebeck Bancorp and the industry as a whole. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock offering on Rhinebeck Bancorp’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Rhinebeck Bancorp. We have reviewed the economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area. We have compared Rhinebeck Bancorp’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues and initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

 

The Appraisal is based on Rhinebeck Bancorp’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by Rhinebeck Bancorp and its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by Rhinebeck Bancorp, or its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Rhinebeck Bancorp. The valuation considers Rhinebeck Bancorp only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s liquidation value.

 

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for Rhinebeck Bancorp and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s stock alone. It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of Rhinebeck Bancorp following completion of the stock offering. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

 

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which Rhinebeck Bancorp’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

 

 

 

 

Board of Trustees

Board of Directors
August 3, 2018
Page 4

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of August 3, 2018, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the minority stock offering, both shares issued publicly as well as to the MHC, equaled $89,285,710 at the midpoint, equal to 8,928,571 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $75,892,850 and a maximum value of $102,678,570. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 7,589,285 at the minimum and 10,267,857 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a super maximum value of $118,080,360 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the super maximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 11,808,036. The Board of Directors has established a public offering range such that the public ownership of the Company will constitute a 43.0% ownership interest prior to the issuance of shares to the Foundation. Accordingly, the offering to the public of the minority stock will equal $32,633,930 at the minimum, $38,392,860 at the midpoint, $44,151,790 at the maximum and $50,774,560 at the super maximum of the valuation range. Based on the public offering range and inclusive of the shares issued to the Foundation, equal to 2.0% of the shares issued in the stock issuance, the public ownership of shares will represent 45.0% of the shares issued throughout the valuation range.

 

Limiting Factors and Considerations

 

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Rhinebeck Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the stock offering.

 

RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition and operations of Rhinebeck Bancorp as of June 30, 2018, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.

 

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.

 

 

 

 

Board of Trustees

Board of Directors
August 3, 2018
Page 5

 

This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Rhinebeck Bancorp, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s stock offering.

 

  Respectfully submitted,
   
  RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
   
 
  Ronald S. Riggins
  Managing Director
   
 
  Gregory E. Dunn
  Director

 

 

 

 

RP ® Financial, LC. TABLE OF CONTENTS
  i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.

RHINEBECK BANK
Poughkeepsie, New York

 

    PAGE
DESCRIPTION   NUMBER
     
CHAPTER ONE        OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS    
     
Introduction   I.1
Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance   I.1
Strategic Overview   I.2
Balance Sheet Trends   I.5
Income and Expense Trends   I.8
Interest Rate Risk Management   I.12
Lending Activities and Strategy   I.13
Asset Quality   I.15
Funding Composition and Strategy   I.16
Subsidiary Activities   1.17
Legal Proceedings   I.18
     
CHAPTER TWO        MARKET AREA    
     
Introduction   II.1
National Economic Factors   II.1
Market Area Demographics   II.4
Regional Economy   II.6
Unemployment Trends   II.8
Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition   II.8
     
CHAPTER THREE        PEER GROUP ANALYSIS    
     
Peer Group Selection   III.1
Financial Condition   III.5
Income and Expense Components   III.8
Loan Composition   III.11
Interest Rate Risk   III.13
Credit Risk   III.13
Summary   III.16

 

 

 

RP ® Financial, LC. TABLE OF CONTENTS
  ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.
RHINEBECK BANK
Poughkeepsie, New York

(continued)

 

    PAGE
DESCRIPTION   NUMBER
     
CHAPTER FOUR         VALUATION ANALYSIS    
     
Introduction   IV.1
Appraisal Guidelines   IV.1
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation   IV.1
Valuation Analysis   IV.2
  1. Financial Condition   IV.3
  2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings   IV.4
  3. Asset Growth   IV.6
  4. Primary Market Area   IV.6
  5. Dividends   IV.8
  6. Liquidity of the Shares   IV.9
  7. Marketing of the Issue   IV.9

    A. The Public Market   IV.10
    B. The New Issue Market   IV.13
    C. The Acquisition Market   IV.15

  8. Management   IV.16
  9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform   IV.16
Summary of Adjustments   IV.16
Valuation Approaches:  Fully-Converted Basis   IV.17
Basis of Valuation- Fully-Converted Pricing Ratios   IV.18
  1. Price-to-Earnings ("P/E")   IV.18
  2. Price-to-Book ("P/B")   IV.22
  3. Price-to-Assets ("P/A")   IV.23
Comparison to Publicly-Traded MHCs   IV.23
Comparison to Recent MHC Offerings   IV.27
Valuation Conclusion   IV.28

 

 

 

 

RP ® Financial, LC. LIST OF TABLES
  iii

 

LIST OF TABLES
RHINEBECK BANCORP, INC.
RHINEBECK BANK
Poughkeepsie, New York

 

TABLE        
Number   DESCRIPTION   page
         
1.1   Historical Balance Sheet Data   I.6
1.2   Historical Income Statements   I.9
         
2.1   Summary Demographic/Economic Data   II.5
2.2   Primary Market Area Employment Sectors   II.7
2.3   Market Area Largest Employers   II.7
2.4   Unemployment Trends   II.8
2.5   Deposit Summary   II.9
2.6   Market Area Deposit Competitors   II.10
         
3.1   Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts   III.3
3.2   Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates   III.6
3.3   Income as a Pct. of Avg. Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads   III.9
3.4   Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information   III.12
3.5   Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility   III.14
3.6   Credit Risk Measures and Related Information   III.15
         
4.1   Market Area Unemployment Rates   IV.7
4.2   Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends   IV.14
4.3   Fully-Converted Market Pricing Versus Peer Group   IV.20
4.4   MHC Market Pricing Versus Peer Group   IV.21
4.5   Calculation of Implied Per Share Data- Incorporating MHC Second Step Conversion   IV.25
4.6   MHC Institutions Implied Pricing Ratios, Full Conversion Basis   IV.26

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 1

  

I. Overview and Financial Analysis

 

Introduction

 

Rhinebeck Bank, established in 1860, is a New York-chartered savings bank headquartered in Poughkeepsie, New York. Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) was formed in October 2004 as a New York mutual holding company in connection with the reorganization of Rhinebeck Bank’s mutual saving bank predecessor into the mutual holding company form of organization. To date, the MHC has not engaged in any business activity other than ownership of all the common stock of Rhinebeck Bank. Rhinebeck Bank serves the Hudson Valley region or the New York metropolitan area through 11 full-service banking offices and an administrative office. A map of Rhinebeck Bank’s office locations is provided in Exhibit I-1. Rhinebeck Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and its deposits are insured up to the maximum allowable amount by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). As of June 30, 2018, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC had total assets of $789.9 million, total deposits of $666.1 million and total equity of $55.6 million equal to 7.03% of total assets. The MHC’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.

 

Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance

 

On June 12, 2018, the Board of Trustees of the MHC and the Board of Directors of Rhinebeck Bank adopted the Plan of Reorganization and Minority Stock Issuance (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the Plan, Rhinebeck Bank will reorganize into the “two-tier” mutual holding company form of organization. In connection with the Plan, Rhinebeck Bank has organized a new Maryland stock holding company named Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. (“Rhinebeck Bancorp” or the “Company”), which will issue a majority of its common stock to the MHC and sell a minority of its common stock to the public. When the reorganization and minority stock offering are completed, all of the outstanding capital stock of Rhinebeck Bank will be owned by Rhinebeck Bancorp. The MHC will own a controlling interest in the Company of 55% and the Company will a subsidiary of the MHC. For purposes of this document, Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC as it currently exists prior to the reorganization will hereinafter be referred to as “Rhinebeck Bancorp” or the “Company”.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 2

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans including Rhinebeck Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”) and 401(k) plan, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable regulatory guidelines governing stock offerings by mutual institutions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and a syndicated or firm commitment offering. It is anticipated that 60% of the net proceeds from the stock offering will be invested in Rhinebeck Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.

 

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, holding $5.2 million of subordinated debt, funding a loan to the newly-formed ESOP and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Rhinebeck Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

 

The Plan provides for the establishment of a new charitable foundation, Rhinebeck Bank Community Foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation’s contribution will be funded with 2.0% of the number of shares of common stock issued in the stock issuance and $200,000 of cash funded by the net proceeds retained by the Company. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which Rhinebeck Bank operates and to enable those communities to share in the Company’s long-term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes.

 

Strategic Overview

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp maintains a local community banking emphasis, with a primary strategic objective of meeting the borrowing and deposit needs of its local customer base. Rhinebeck Bancorp’s strategic emphasis has shifted from that of a traditional thrift to that of a full service community bank. The Company is pursuing a strategy of strengthening its community bank franchise dedicated to meeting the banking needs of its business and retail customers in the communities that are served by the Company. In recent years, growth strategies have emphasized increased lending diversification that targets growth of commercial real estate and commercial business loans. Additionally, automobile lending has been a significant area of lending diversification for the Company, whereby the Company originates loans through an active network of approximately 112 dealers. In connection with the implementation of a full service community banking strategy, the Company has invested in infrastructure and personnel to manage and facilitate growth strategies and will seek to continue to add commercial lenders to accelerate commercial loan growth. In March 2018, the Company hired a team of lenders in Albany, New York that focuses on indirect automobile lending. The Bank’s objective is to fund asset growth primarily through deposit growth, emphasizing growth of lower cost core deposits. Core deposit growth is expected to be in part facilitated by growth of commercial lending relationships, pursuant to which the Company is seeking to establish a full service banking relationship with its commercial loan customers through offering a full range of commercial loan products that can be packaged with lower cost commercial deposit products. As a complement to the Company’s deposit products and services, the Company also offers wealth management services which is an additional source of fee income. At June 30, 2018, the Company’s wealth management division had approximately $125 million in assets under management.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 3

 

Investments serve as a supplement to the Company’s lending activities and the investment portfolio is considered to be indicative of a low risk investment philosophy. Mortgage-backed securities constitute the largest portion of the Company’s investment portfolio, with other investments consisting of U.S. government and agency securities,, U.S. Treasury securities and municipal bonds.

 

Deposits have consistently served as the primary funding source for the Company, with supplemental funding provided by utilization of borrowings as an alternative funding source for purposes of managing funding costs and interest rate risk. Core deposits, consisting of transaction and savings account deposits constitute the largest portion of the Company’s deposit base. Borrowings currently held by the Company consist primarily of FHLB advances and also includes subordinated debt.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp’s earnings base is largely dependent upon net interest income and operating expense levels. The Company’s net interest margin has trended higher in recent years, which is somewhat counter to industrywide trends. The improvement in the Company’s net interest margin has been facilitated by loan growth, particularly with respect to growth of higher yielding types of loans which has translated into an upward trend in the overall yield earned on interest-assets. The Company has also experienced a recent increase in funding costs, following several years of maintaining a relatively stable cost of funds. Operating expense ratios have declined in recent years, which has been facilitated by a reduction in other real estate owned (“OREO”) expense and leveraging of operating expenses through asset growth. Non-interest operating income has been a less significant contributor to the Company’s earnings in recent years, which has primarily been attributable to the sale of the Company’s insurance subsidiary and a decrease in OREO income.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 4

 

The post-offering business plan of the Company is expected to continue to focus on implementing strategic initiatives to develop and grow a full service community banking franchise. Accordingly, Rhinebeck Bancorp will continue to be an independent full service community bank, with a commitment to meeting the retail and commercial banking needs of individuals and businesses in the Hudson Valley region of New York.

 

The MHC’s Board of Trustees and Rhinebeck Bank’s Board of Directors have elected to complete a public stock offering to sustain growth strategies and facilitate implementation of its strategic plan. The capital realized from the stock offering will increase the Company’s operating flexibility and allow for additional growth of the balance sheet. The additional funds realized from the stock offering will provide an alternative funding source to deposits and borrowings in meeting the Company’s future funding needs, which may facilitate a reduction in Rhinebeck Bancorp’s funding costs. Additionally, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s higher equity-to-assets ratio will enable the Company to pursue expansion opportunities. Such expansion would most likely occur through the establishment of additional banking offices to increase the Company’s market presence in Orange County, New York. The Company will also be in a better position to pursue growth through acquisition of other financial service providers following the stock offering, given its strengthened capital position. The projected uses of proceeds are highlighted below.

 

· The Company. The Company is expected to retain 40% of the net offering proceeds. At present, funds at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be primarily invested initially into liquid funds held as a deposit at Rhinebeck Bank. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into Rhinebeck Bank, repurchases of common stock and the payment of cash dividends.

 

· Rhinebeck Bank. Approximately 60% of the net conversion proceeds will be infused into Rhinebeck Bank. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into Rhinebeck Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds and are expected to be primarily utilized to fund loan growth over time.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 5

 

Overall, it is the Company’s objective to pursue controlled growth that will serve to increase returns, while continuing to emphasize management of the overall risk associated with Rhinebeck Bancorp’s operations.

 

Balance Sheet Trends

 

Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five and one-half years. From yearend 2013 through June 30, 2018, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s assets increased at a 5.80% annual rate. Asset growth was largely driven by loan growth, which was primarily funded by deposit growth. A summary of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s key operating ratios for the past five and one-half years is presented in Exhibit I-3.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp’s loans receivable portfolio increased at a 6.45% annual rate from yearend 2013 through June 30, 2018. After declining in 2015, the balance of loans receivable has trended higher over the past two and one-half years. The most significant loan growth was realized during the six month period ended June 30, 2018, which was primarily attributable to growth of the indirect automobile loan portfolio. The Company’s higher loan growth rate compared to its asset growth rate served to increase the loans-to-assets ratio from 76.52% at yearend 2013 to 78.65% at June 30, 2018.

 

Growth of the Company’s loan portfolio over the since yearend 2013 has been primarily driven by growth of indirect auto loans, commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans, while the overall composition the loan portfolio has been relatively stable over the past five and one-half years. Trends in the Company’s loan portfolio composition since yearend 2013 show that the concentration of indirect automobile loans increased from 39.34% of total loans at yearend 2013 to 40.32% of total loans at June 30, 2018. Comparatively, from yearend 2013 through June 30, 2018, commercial real estate loans (non-residential and multi-family loans) decreased from 36.07% of total loans to 34.16% of total loans and commercial business loans increased from 10.11% of total loans to 12.18% of total loans. Over the same time period, the relative concentrations of 1-4 family loans increased from 6.90% of total loans to 7.05% of total loans and home equity loans and lines of credit decreased from 5.30% of total loans to 3.24% of total loans. The Company also holds relatively small balances of construction loans and other consumer loans, which equaled 1.41% and 1.64% of total loans, respectively, at June 30, 2018.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 6

 

Table 1.1

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Balance Sheet Data

 

                                                                            12/31/13-  
                                                                            06/30/18  
    At December 31,     At June 30,     Annual.  
    2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     Growth Rate  
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Pct  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     (%)  
                                                                               
Total Amount of:                                                                                                        
Assets   $ 612,826       100.00 %   $ 650,495       100.00 %   $ 668,151       100.00 %   $ 722,557       100.00 %   $ 742,103       100.00 %   $ 789,853       100.00 %     5.80 %
Cash and cash equivalents     17,433       2.84 %     30,573       4.70 %     28,319       4.24 %     12,976       1.80 %     10,460       1.41 %     12,408       1.57 %     -7.28 %
Investment securities     64,006       10.44 %     75,218       11.56 %     115,431       17.28 %     141,902       19.64 %     115,216       15.53 %     104,908       13.28 %     11.61 %
Loans receivable, net     468,933       76.52 %     485,588       74.65 %     470,382       70.40 %     512,594       70.94 %     566,178       76.29 %     621,227       78.65 %     6.45 %
FHLB stock     934       0.15 %     758       0.12 %     430       0.06 %     897       0.12 %     1,108       0.15 %     2,396       0.30 %     23.29 %
Bank-owned life insurance     15,797       2.58 %     16,329       2.51 %     16,860       2.52 %     17,076       2.36 %     17,578       2.37 %     17,776       2.25 %     2.66 %
Other real estate owned     6,804       1.11 %     4,928       0.76 %     2,996       0.45 %     2,683       0.37 %     2,233       0.30 %     1,792       0.23 %     -25.66 %
Goodwill/Other intangibles     5,518       0.90 %     5,345       0.82 %     3,891       0.58 %     3,507       0.49 %     1,831       0.25 %     1,715       0.22 %     -22.87 %
                                                                                                         
Deposits   $ 535,021       87.30 %   $ 573,100       88.10 %   $ 597,527       89.43 %   $ 639,675       88.53 %   $ 650,105       87.60 %   $ 666,098       84.33 %     4.99 %
FHLB advances and other borrowings     12,655       2.07 %     12,655       1.95 %     5,155       0.77 %     14,655       2.03 %     20,055       2.70 %     48,155       6.10 %     34.58 %
                                                                                                         
Equity   $ 51,593       8.42 %   $ 50,500       7.76 %   $ 50,928       7.62 %   $ 52,517       7.27 %   $ 54,977       7.41 %   $ 55,561       7.03 %     1.66 %
Tangible equity     46,075       7.52 %     45,155       6.94 %     47,037       7.04 %     49,010       6.78 %     53,146       7.16 %     53,846       6.81 %     3.52 %
                                                                                                         
Loans/Deposits             87.65 %             84.73 %             78.72 %             80.13 %             87.09 %             93.26 %        
                                                                                                         
Number of offices     15               15               14               15               13               13                  

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

 

Sources: Rhinebeck Bancorp's prospectus, audited and unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 7

 

The intent of the Company’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting Rhinebeck Bancorp’s overall credit and interest rate risk objectives. It is anticipated that proceeds retained at the holding company level will be invested into liquid funds held as a deposit at Rhinebeck Bank. Since yearend 2013, the Company’s level of cash and investment securities (inclusive of FHLB stock) ranged from a low of 13.43% of assets at yearend 2013 to a high of 21.56% of assets at yearend 2016. As of June 30, 2018, the balance of cash and investments equaled 15.15% of total assets. Mortgage-backed securities totaling $82.5 million comprised the most significant component of the Company’s investment portfolio at June 30, 2018. Other investments held by the Company at June 30, 2018 consisted of U.S. government and agency securities ($16.3 million), U.S. Treasury securities ($2.9 million), and municipal bonds ($3.1 million). As of June 30, 2018, investments maintained as held to maturity totaled $1.7 million and investments maintained as available for sale totaled $103.3 million. Investments maintained as available-at June 30, 2018 had a net unrealized loss of $4.5 million. Exhibit I-4 provides historical detail of the Company’s investment portfolio. As of June 30, 2018, the Company also held $12.4 million of cash and cash equivalents and $2.4 million of FHLB stock.

 

The Company also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies, which cover the lives of certain officers and Trustees of the Company. The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds. As of June 30, 2018, the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI equaled $17.8 million.

 

Since yearend 2013, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s funding needs have been addressed through a combination of deposits, borrowings and internal cash flows. From yearend 2013 through June 30, 2018, the Company’s deposits increased at a 4.99% annual rate. Deposits as a percent of assets decreased from 87.30% at yearend 2013 to 84.33% at June 30, 2018. Deposits growth was sustained throughout the period covered in Table 1.1. Deposit growth trends in recent years reflect that deposit growth has primarily consisted of core deposits and, to a lesser extent, growth certificates of deposit (“CDs”). Core deposits comprised 77.15% of total deposits at June 30, 2018, versus 72.97% of total deposits at December 31, 2015.

 

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to address funding needs for growth and to support management of deposit costs and interest rate risk. Additionally, the Company issued subordinated debt, in which most of the funds were down streamed into Rhinebeck Bank for purposes of increasing regulatory capital. From yearend 2013 through June 30, 2018, borrowings increased from $12.7 million or 2.07% of assets to $48.2 million or 6.10% of assets. Borrowings currently held by the Company consist of FHLB advances and subordinated debt.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 8

 

The Company’s equity increased at a 1.66% annual rate from yearend 2013 through June 30, 2018, which was largely related to retention of earnings. A stronger rate of asset growth relative to equity growth since yearend 2013 provided for a decrease in the Company’s equity-to-assets ratio from 8.42% at yearend 2013 to 7.03% at June 30, 2018. Similarly, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio decreased from 7.52% at yearend 2013 to 6.81% at June 30, 2018. Goodwill and other intangibles totaled $1.7 million or 0.22% of assets at June 30, 2018. Rhinebeck Bank maintained capital surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at June 30, 2018. The addition of stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Company’s capital position, as well as support growth opportunities. At the same time, the increase in Rhinebeck Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will initially depress its ROE.

 

Income and Expense Trends

 

Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the past five years and for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. The Company’s reported earnings ranged from $857,000 or 0.13% of average assets during 2015 to a high of $3.0 million or 0.42% of average assets during 2017. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Company reported net income of $2.6 million or 0.35% of average assets. Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Company’s recurring earnings, while non-operating income has become a less significant contributor to the Company’s earnings with sale of the Company’s insurance subsidiary in 2017 and the sale of the golf course which was being held as OREO in 2016. Loan loss provisions have had a varied impact on the Company’s earnings over the past five and one-half years. Non-operating gains and losses generally have not been a significant factor in the Company’s earnings over the past five and one-half years, with the exception of a $1.4 million net non-operating loss recorded in 2014 and a $1.4 million net non-operating gain recorded in 2017.

 

During the period covered in Table 1.2, the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio ranged from a low of 3.18% during 2015 to a high of 3.66% during 2013. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio equaled 3.47%. The upward trend in the Company’s net interest income ratio since 2015 has been primarily due to an increase in the interest income ratio. Notably, a shift in the Company’s interest-earning asset composition towards a higher concentration of comparatively higher yielding loans relative to lower yielding investments served to increase the overall yield on interest-earning assets, while the Company has maintained a relatively stable cost of funds over the same time period. Overall, during the past five and one-half years, the Company’s interest rate spread ranged from a low of 3.39% during 2015 to a high of 4.07% during 2013 and equaled 3.59% during the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to 3.51% during the six months ended June 30, 2017. The Company’s net interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past five and one-half years are set forth in Exhibit I-3 and Exhibit I-5.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 9

 

Table 1.2

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Income Statements

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the 12 Months  
    2013     2014     2015     2016     2017     Ended 06/30/18  
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  
                                                                         
Interest income   $ 25,133       4.15 %   $ 25,676       4.07 %   $ 24,163       3.65 %   $ 25,566       3.69 %   $ 27,887       3.81 %   $ 29,669       3.99 %
Interest expense     (2,953 )     -0.49 %     (3,358 )     -0.53 %     (3,077 )     -0.46 %     (3,050 )     -0.44 %     (3,300 )     -0.45 %     (3,865 )     -0.52 %
Net interest income   $ 22,180       3.66 %   $ 22,318       3.53 %   $ 21,086       3.18 %   $ 22,516       3.25 %   $ 24,587       3.36 %   $ 25,804       3.47 %
Provision for loan losses     (3,000 )     -0.50 %     (2,400 )     -0.38 %     (150 )     -0.02 %     (1,200 )     -0.17 %     (900 )     -0.12 %     (1,500 )     -0.20 %
Net interest income after provisions   $ 19,180       3.17 %   $ 19,918       3.15 %   $ 20,936       3.16 %   $ 21,316       3.08 %   $ 23,687       3.24 %   $ 24,304       3.27 %
                                                                                                 
Gain on sale of loans   $ 1,774       0.29 %   $ 439       0.07 %   $ 447       0.07 %   $ 589       0.09 %   $ 571       0.08 %   $ 571       0.08 %
Other non-intereset operating income     8,304       1.37 %     9,330       1.48 %     8,334       1.26 %     6,482       0.94 %     6,090       0.83 %     4,921       0.66 %
Operating expense     (27,479 )     -4.54 %     (27,162 )     -4.30 %     (27,506 )     -4.15 %     (24,344 )     -3.52 %     (25,144 )     -3.43 %     (25,071 )     -3.37 %
Net operating income   $ 1,779       0.29 %   $ 2,525       0.40 %   $ 2,211       0.33 %   $ 4,043       0.58 %   $ 5,204       0.71 %   $ 4,725       0.63 %
                                                                                                 
Non-Operating Income/(Losses)                                                                                                
Net gain (loss) on sales and calls of securities   $ (175 )     -0.03 %   $ 5       0.00 %   $ 7       0.00 %   $ 1       0.00 %   $ (27 )     0.00 %   $ (16 )     0.00 %
Net gain (loss) on sale of OREO     49       0.01 %     90       0.01 %     (272 )     -0.04 %     (45 )     -0.01 %     1       0.00 %     1       0.00 %
(Loss) gain on sale of premises and equipment     -       -       -       -       -       -       10       0.00 %     (106 )     -0.01 %     (106 )     -0.01 %
Gain on sale of subsidiary     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       1,834       0.25 %     1,834       0.25 %
Write-down of OREO     -       0.00 %     (1,500 )     -0.24 %     (97 )     -0.01 %     -       -       (306 )     -0.04 %     (693 )     -0.09 %
Net non-operating income(loss)   $ (126 )     -0.02 %   $ (1,405 )     -0.22 %   $ (362 )     -0.05 %   $ (34 )     0.00 %   $ 1,396       0.19 %   $ 1,020       0.14 %
                                                                                                 
Net income before tax   $ 1,653       0.27 %   $ 1,120       0.18 %   $ 1,849       0.28 %   $ 4,009       0.58 %   $ 6,600       0.90 %   $ 5,745       0.77 %
Income tax provision     (260 )     -0.04 %     (197 )     -0.03 %     (992 )     -0.15 %     (1,320 )     -0.19 %     (3,598 )     -0.49 %     (3,160 )     -0.42 %
Net income (loss)   $ 1,393       0.23 %   $ 923       0.15 %   $ 857       0.13 %   $ 2,689       0.39 %   $ 3,002       0.42 %   $ 2,585       0.35 %
                                                                                                 
Adjusted Earnings                                                                                                
Net income   $ 1,393       0.23 %   $ 923       0.15 %   $ 857       0.13 %   $ 2,689       0.39 %   $ 3,002       0.42 %   $ 2,585       0.35 %
Add(Deduct): Non-operating income     126       0.02 %     1,405       0.22 %     362       0.05 %     34       0.00 %     (1,396 )     -0.19 %     (1,020 )     -0.14 %
Tax effect (2)     (34 )     -0.01 %     (379 )     -0.06 %     (98 )     -0.01 %     (9 )     0.00 %     377       0.05 %     275       0.04 %
Adjusted earnings   $ 1,485       0.25 %   $ 1,949       0.31 %   $ 1,121       0.17 %   $ 2,714       0.39 %   $ 1,983       0.27 %   $ 1,840       0.25 %
                                                                                                 
Expense Coverage Ratio (3)     0.81 x             0.82 x             0.77 x             0.92 x             0.98 x             1.03 x        
Efficiency Ratio (4)     85.34 %             84.65 %             92.02 %             82.24 %             80.33 %             80.05 %        

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of average assets.

(2) Assumes a 27.0% effective tax rate.

(3) Expense coverage ratio calculated as net interest income before provisions for loan losses divided by operating expenses.

(4) Efficiency ratio calculated as operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income before provisions for loan losses plus non-interest operating income.

 

Sources: Rhinebeck Bancorp's prospectus, audited & unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 10

 

Non-interest operating income has become a less significant contributor to the Company’s earning following the sale of its insurance subsidiary in 2017 and the sale of a golf course being held as OREO in 2016. Throughout the period shown in Table 1.2, non-interest operating income, including gains on the sale of loans, ranged from a from a low of $5.5 million or 0.74% of average assets during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 to a high of $10.1 million or 1.66% of average assets during 2013. Prior to the sale of the insurance subsidiary and golf course, those sources of income were two of the Company’s largest source of non-interest operating income. Currently, service charges on deposit accounts is the largest contributor to non-interest operating income, while BOLI income, investment advisory income and net gains on the sale of loans are also noteworthy contributors to the Company’s non-interest operating revenues.

 

Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Company’s earnings, which have been maintained at a relatively high ratio as a percent of average assets. The Company’s relative high operating expense ratios have been largely related to its off-balance sheet activities, which includes wealth management services, mortgage banking operations and insurance products and services. OREO expense was also a fairly significant component of the Company’s operating expenses during 2013 through 2015, which was primarily related to a golf course acquired through foreclosure. In recent years, the Company’s operating expense ratio has trended lower, which has been facilitate by leveraging of operating expenses through asset growth as well as the reductions in operating expenses there were realized with the sale of the golf course and the insurance subsidiary. Overall, the Company’s operating expense to average assets ranged from a high of 4.54% during 2013 to a low of 3.37% during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 11

  

Overall, during the past five and one-half years, the Company’s expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses) ranged from a low of 0.77x during 2015 to a high of 1.03x during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. Similarly, the Company’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) reflected an improving trend in core earnings since 2015, based on efficiency ratios of 92.02% and 80.05% during 2015 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, respectively.

 

During the period covered in Table 1.2, the amount of loan loss provisions established ranged from low of $150,000 or 0.02% of average assets during 2015 to a high of $3.0 million or 0.50% of average assets during 2013. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Company reported loan loss provisions of $1.5 million or 0.20% of average assets. The increase in loss provisions established during the most recent twelve month period was related to such factors as an acceleration in loan growth during the six months ended June 30, 2018, an increase in net charge-offs recorded during 2017 and an increase in the balance of non-accruing loans since yearend 2016. As of June 30, 2018 the Company maintained loan loss allowances of $5.9 million, equal to 0.96% of total loans receivable and 59.51% of non-accruing loans. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity for the past five and one-half years.

 

Non-operating income and losses generally have not been a significant factor in the Company’s earnings over the past five and one-half years, with the exception of 2014 and 2017. In 2014, the Company recorded a net non-operating loss of $1.4 million or 0.22% of average assets, which included a $1.5 million write-down of OREO. In 2017, the Company recorded a net non-operating gain of $1.4 million, which included a $1.8 million gain on the sale of its insurance subsidiary. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Company reported a net non-operating gain of $1.0 million or 0.14% of average assets. The net non-operating gain reported during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 consisted of the $1.8 gain on the sale of the insurance subsidiary, a $16,000 net loss on sales of securities, a $106,000 loss on the sale of premises and equipment, a $693,000 write-down of OREO and a $1,000 net gain on the sale of OREO.

 

Over the past five and one-half years, the Company’s effective tax rate ranged from a low of 15.73% during 2013 to a high of 55.00% during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. The relatively high effective tax rates recorded for 2017 and the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 includes a reduction in the value of the Company’s deferred tax assets and a corresponding charge to income tax expense of $1.9 million, as the result of the reduction in the Company’s federal marginal tax rate from 34% to 21%. As set forth in the Company’s prospectus, the Company’s marginal effective tax rate (state and federal) is 27.0%.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 12

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

The Company’s balance sheet is slightly liability sensitive in the short-term (less than one year). While financial institutions in general have been experiencing some interest spread compression during recent periods, due to the average yield earned on interest-earning assets declining more relative to the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, the Company has been effective in increasing its interest rate spread through increasing the overall yield earned on interest-earning assets while also maintaining a relative stable cost of funds. The increase in yield has been primarily realized through increasing the concentration of interest-earning comprised of loans relative to lower yielding cash and investments. As of June 30, 2018, an analysis of the Company’s net portfolio value (“NPV”) indicated that in the event of an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in the yield curve NPV would decrease by 5%, which was within policy limits (see Exhibit I-7).

 

The Company pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Company manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through investing in investment securities with an average life of five years or less, maintaining most of the investment portfolio as available for sale, selling most originations of longer term 1-4 family fixed rate loans and significant lending diversification into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans which consist primarily of adjustable rate or shorter term fixed rate loans. As of December 31, 2017, of the Company’s total loans due after December 31, 2018, adjustable rate loans comprised 56.67% of total loans receivable (see Exhibit I-8). On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through emphasizing growth of lower costing and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings account deposits Transaction and savings account deposits comprised 77.15% of the Company’s total deposits at June 30, 2018.

 

The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 13

 

Lending Activities and Strategy

 

Pursuant to the Company’s strategic plan, the Company is pursuing a diversified lending strategy emphasizing commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans as the primary areas of targeted loan growth. Currently, the indirect automobile loan portfolio constitutes the largest concentration of the Company’s loan portfolio, followed by commercial real estate and multi-family loans. Other areas of lending for the Company include 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans, construction loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Exhibit I-9 provides historical detail of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s loan portfolio composition for the past five and one-half years and Exhibit I-10 provides the contractual maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio by loan type as of June 30, 2018.

 

Commercial Real Estate and Multi-Family Loans. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans consist largely of loans originated by the Company, which are generally collateralized by properties in the Company’s regional lending area. On a limited basis, the Company supplements originations of commercial real estate and multi-family loans with purchased loan participations from local banks. Loan participations are subject to the same underwriting criteria and loan approvals as applied to loans originated by the Company. Rhinebeck Bancorp generally originates commercial real estate and multi-family loans up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 75% and generally requires a minimum debt-coverage ratio of 1.25 times. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans are generally originated for terms of up to 25 years. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans are generally offered as adjustable rate loans, which are typically indexed to The Wall Street Journal prime rate or U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury Rates. Properties securing the commercial real estate and multi-family loan portfolio include office buildings, industrial/warehouse facilities, retail plazas, medical office buildings, and apartment buildings. At June 30, 2018, the Company’s largest commercial real estate loan had an outstanding balance of $5.2 million and was secured by a commercial property located in Hawthorne, New York. At June 30, 2018, this loan was performing in accordance with its original terms. At June 30, 2018, the Company’s largest multi-family loan had an outstanding balance of $3.2 million and was secured by a property in Pleasant Valley, New York. At June 30, 2018, this loan was performing in accordance with its original terms. As of June 30, 2017, the Company’s outstanding balance of commercial real estate and multi-family loans totaled $212.0 million equal to 34.16% of total loans outstanding.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 14

  

1-4 Family Residential Loans. Rhinebeck Bancorp offers both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans with terms of up to 30 years. Loans are generally underwritten to secondary market guidelines, so as to allow for the sale of such loans if such a strategy is warranted for purposes of interest rate risk management. The Company’s current practice is to generally sell conforming fixed rate loans, most of which are sold on a servicing released basis. ARM loans offered by the Company have initial repricing terms of up to ten years and then reprice annually for the balance of the loan term. ARM loans are typically indexed to U.S. Constant Maturity Rates. As of June 30, 2018, the Company’s outstanding balance of 1-4 family loans totaled $43.7 million (including $4.4 million of 1-4 family construction loans) equal to 7.05% of total loans outstanding.

 

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. The Company’s 1-4 family lending activities include home equity loans and advances. Home equity loans are offered as fixed rate loans with terms of up to 20 years. Home equity lines of credit are indexed to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal and are offered as interest-only revolving lines of credit with a draw period of up to 10 ten years followed by a 15 year repayment term. The Company will generally originate home equity loans and lines of credit up to a maximum LTV ratio of 80%, inclusive of other liens on the property. As of June 30, 2018, the Company’s outstanding balance of home equity loans and lines of credit totaled $20.1 million equal to 3.24% of total loans outstanding.

 

Construction and Land Development Loans. Construction loans originated by the Company consist of loans to finance the construction of 1-4 family residences, commercial real estate properties and multi-family properties. The Company also originates loans on unimproved land for purposes of development. Construction and land development loans are generally structured as two year interest-only balloon loans. Construction loans for 1-4 family properties are generally offered up to a maximum LTV ratio of 80% and construction loans for commercial properties are generally offered up to a maximum LTV ratio of 75% of the appraised value on a completed basis or the cost of completion, whichever is less. Land development loans on raw land are generally offered up to a maximum LTV ratio of 50% and up to a maximum LTV ratio of 65% on improved lots. As of June 30, 2018, the Company’s outstanding balance of commercial construction loans totaled $8.7 million equal to 1.41% of total loans outstanding.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 15

 

Commercial Business Loans. The commercial business loan portfolio is generated through extending loans to businesses operating in the local market area. Expansion of commercial business lending activities is a desired area of loan growth for the Company, pursuant to which the Company is seeking to become a full service community bank to its commercial loan customers through offering a full range of commercial loan products that can be packaged with lower cost commercial deposit products. The Company offers a variety of secured and unsecured commercial business loans that include term loans for equipment financing and business acquisitions, working capital loans, inventory financing and revolving lines of credit. Fixed rate loans are generally offered for terms of up to five years and are fully amortizing. Revolving lines of credit are generally extended as floating rate loans indexed to The Wall Street Journal prime rate. As of June 30, 2018, the Company’s outstanding balance of commercial business loans totaled $75.6 million equal to 12.18% of total loans outstanding.

 

Indirect Automobile Loans. The Company currently receives auto loans from approximately 78 automobile dealership relationships in the Hudson Valley and approximated 34 automobile dealerships in the area of Albany, New York, where it hired a team of lenders in March 2018 that focus on indirect automobile lending. The maximum term for automobile loans depends on the age of the vehicle. Approximately 38% of the aggregate balance of the indirect automobile loan portfolio was for new vehicles and the remaining 62% was for used vehicles. The weighted average original term to maturity of the indirect automobile loan portfolio at June 30, 2018 was approximately five years and three months. As of June 30, 2018, the Company’s outstanding balance of indirect automobile loans totaled $250.2 million equal to 40.32% of total loans outstanding.

 

Other Consumer Loans. Consumer lending other than indirect automobile loans and home equity loans and lines of credit has been a somewhat limited area of lending diversification for the Company, with such loans consisting of installment loans, personal loans and unsecured lines of credit. As of June 30, 2018, the Company’s outstanding balance of other consumer loans totaled $10.2 million equal to 1.64% of total loans outstanding.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 16

 

Asset Quality

 

Historically, the Company’s lending emphasis on lending in local and familiar markets generally supported maintenance of relatively favorable credit quality measures. However, with the onset of the national recession and resulting financial crisis, the Company experienced some deterioration in credit quality. In recent years, the Company has taken proactive measures to address credit quality deterioration and significantly reduced the balance of non-performing balance assets from peak levels. Over the past five and one-half years, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s balance of non-performing assets ranged from a high of $20.7 million or 3.37% of assets at yearend 2013 to a low of $9.1 million or 1.35% of assets at yearend 2015. As of June 30, 2018, non-performing assets totaled $11.9 million equal to 1.50% of assets. As shown in Exhibit I-11, non-performing assets at June 30, 2018 consisted of $10.0 million of non-accruing loans, $1.8 million of OREO and $98,000 of accruing troubled debt restructurings. Most of the reduction in the balance of non-performing assets since yearend 2013 was realized through a decline in the balance of OREO, which declined from $6.8 million at yearend 2013 to $1.8 million at June 30, 2018.

 

To track the Company’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, the Company has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Classified assets are reviewed monthly by senior management and the Board. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Company establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of June 30, 2018, the Company maintained loan loss allowances of $5.9 million, equal to 0.96% of total loans receivable and 59.51% of non-accruing loans.

 

Funding Composition and Strategy

 

Deposits have consistently served as the Company’s primary funding source and at June 30, 2018 deposits accounted for 93.25% of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s combined balance of deposits and borrowings. Exhibit I-12 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition for the past three and one-half years. Transaction and savings account deposits constituted 77.15% of total deposits at June 30, 2018, as compared to 72.97% of total deposits at yearend 2015. The increase in the concentration of core deposits comprising total deposits since yearend 2015 was realized through growth of core deposits and a decrease in the balance of CDs. Since yearend 2015, transaction account deposits (both interest bearing and non-interest bearing) have been the largest source of core deposit growth for the Company and transaction account deposits comprise the largest concentration of the Company’s core deposits. As of June 30, 2018, transaction account deposits totaled $265.5 million or 51.46% of core deposits.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 17

 

The balance of the Company’s deposits consists of CDs, which equaled 22.85% of total deposits at June 30, 2018 compared to 27.03% of total deposits at yearend 2015. Rhinebeck Bancorp’s current CD composition reflects a higher concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of less than year). The CD portfolio totaled $152.2 million at June 30, 2018 and $105.9 million or 65.60% of the CDs were scheduled to mature in less than one year. Exhibit I-13 sets forth the maturity schedule of the Company’s CDs as of June 30, 2018. As of June 30, 2018, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) amounted to $80.6 million or 52.96% of total CDs.

 

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk Additionally, the Company issued subordinated debt, in which most of the funds were down streamed into Rhinebeck Bank to increase regulatory capital. Borrowings totaled $48.2 million at June 30, 2018 and consisted of $43.0 million of FHLB advances and $5.2 million of subordinated debt. At June 30, 2018, the FHLB advances had a weighted average interest rate of 2.54% and the rate on the subordinated debt equaled 4.33% (3-month LIBOR plus 2.00%). The subordinated debentures mature on May 23, 2035. Exhibit I-14 provides further detail of the Company’s borrowings activities during the past three and one-half years.

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC currently has one wholly-owned subsidiary, RSB Capital Trust I (the “Trust”). In 2005, the Trust, a business trust, issued $5.0 million of trust preferred securities in a private placement and issued 515 shares of common stock at $1,000 par value to Rhinebeck, MHC. The Trust has no independent assets or operations and was formed to issue trust preferred securities and invest the proceeds in an equivalent amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC. All of the cash proceeds from the issuance of the junior subordinated debentures by Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC were contributed as capital to Rhinebeck Bank. All of the common stock of the Trust and the corresponding subordinated debentures are expected to be contributed to Rhinebeck Bancorp as part of the reorganization. At that point, the Trust will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp and the debt will become an obligation of Rhinebeck Bancorp.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I. 18

 

Upon completion of the offering, Rhinebeck Bank will be the sole and wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhinebeck Bancorp. Rhinebeck Bank has one active wholly-owned subsidiary, Pleasant View Subdivision, LLC, and two inactive wholly-owned subsidiaries: Dutchess Golf Club, LLC and New Horizons Asset Management Group, LLC. Pleasant View Subdivision, LLC, a New York limited liability corporation, was formed in 2006 to acquire a branch and subsequently to hold real estate acquired through foreclosure. At June 30, 2018, Pleasant View Subdivision, LLC had $719,000 in assets. Dutchess Golf Club, LLC, a New York limited liability corporation, was formed in 2012 to hold a golf course that was acquired through foreclosure. The majority of the assets held by Dutchess Golf Club, LLC have been sold and, at June 30, 2018, Dutchess Golf Club, LLC had no assets. New Horizons Asset Management Group, LLC was acquired in 2012. All of its business functions have been transferred to Rhinebeck Asset Management.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The Company is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that the Company’s management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 1

 

II. MARKET AREA

 

Introduction

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp is headquartered in Poughkeepsie, New York and currently serves the Hudson Valley region of the New York metropolitan area through 11 full-service banking offices and an administrative office. Nine of the branches are located in Dutchess County and the remining two locations are located in the counties of Ulster and Orange. Details regarding the Company’s office properties are set forth in Exhibit II-1.

 

With operations in a major metropolitan area, the Company’s competitive environment includes a significant number of thrifts, commercial banks and other financial services companies, some of which have a regional or national presence and are larger than the Company in terms of deposits, loans, scope of operations, and number of branches. These institutions also have greater resources at their disposal than the Company. The New York MSA has a highly developed economy, with a relatively high concentration of skilled workers.

 

Future growth opportunities for Rhinebeck Bancorp depend on the future growth and stability of the local and regional economy, demographic growth trends and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company, the relative economic health of the Company’s market area, and the resultant impact on value.

 

National Economic Factors

 

The future success of the Company’s operations is partially dependent upon various national and local economic trends. In assessing national economic trends over the past few quarters, manufacturing activity for January 2018 expanded at a slightly slower rate with an index reading of 59.1. Comparatively, January service sector activity hit a 10-year high with an index reading of 59.9. The U.S. economy added 200,000 jobs in January and the January unemployment rate held steady at a 17-year low of 4.1%. Housing data for January showed declines in new and existing home sales of 7.8% and 3.2%, respectively, while housing starts for January increased 9.7%. Pending home sales for January fell 4.7%, which was attributable to rising prices and lower inventory. Manufacturing activity for February accelerated with an index reading of 60.8%, while February service sector activity expanded at a slightly lower rate with an index reading of 59.5. Job growth strengthened in February as U.S. employers added 313,000 jobs in February and the February unemployment rate held steady at 4.1%. February retail sales were slightly weaker compared to the prior month with a decline of 0.1%. February housing data showed a pick-up in existing home sales of 3.0%, versus a 0.6% decline in new home sales and a 7.0% decline in housing starts. Both manufacturing and service sector activity expanded at lower rates in March, based on respective readings of 59.3 and 58.8. The U.S. economy added 103,000 jobs in March and the March unemployment rate remained unchanged at 4.1%. Following three straight months of declines, March retail sales rose 0.6% and durable-goods orders for March rose 2.6%. March housing data showed a pick-up in activity, as existing and new home sales rose 1.1% and 4.0%, respectively. Similarly, housing starts for March rose 1.9%. First quarter GDP slowed to a moderate 2.3% annual rate (subsequently revised down to 2.2%), which was better than expected.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 2

 

Manufacturing and service sector activity for April 2018 decelerated, based on respective readings of 57.3 and 56.8. The U.S. economy added 164,000 jobs in April, which came in below expectations. However, the April unemployment rate fell to 3.9%, which matched a level last seen in December 2000. Retail sales for April indicated that the U.S. economy was gaining momentum, as retail sales for April rose 0.3%. Housing data for April showed a slowdown in activity, as April housing starts and new home sales declined by 3.7% and 1.5%, respectively. Manufacturing and service sector activity accelerated in May, based on respective readings of 58.7 and 58.6. The U.S. economy added 223,000 jobs in May, while the May unemployment rate fell to a post-crisis low of 3.8%. Comparatively, durable-goods orders for May declined 0.6%. Housing starts jumped 5.0% in May and May new home sales rose 6.7%, while May existing home sales dropped 0.4%. Manufacturing and service sector activity continued to accelerate in June, based on respective readings of 60.2 and 59.1. The U.S. economy added 213,000 jobs in June, but the June unemployment rate increased to 4.0% due to an increase in the rate of labor force participation. Existing home sales dipped 0.6% in June, while new home sales for June fell 5.3%. The U.S. economy grew at a 4.1% annualized rate in the second quarter, which was the strongest growth recorded since 2014. The July unemployment rate fell to 3.9%, with the U.S. economy adding 157,000 jobs in July which was less than expected.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 3

 

In terms of interest rates trends over the past few quarters, long-term Treasury yields edged higher during the first half of January 2018, as the 10-year Treasury yield closed above 2.5% for the first time since March 2017 amid improving economic data and a rise in inflation expectations. The upward trend in long-term Treasury yields intensified during the second half of January, as a pick-up in global growth prompted investors to move out of safe haven types of investments and to move into stocks and other more risky investments. A strong jobs report for January showing an increase in wages raised expectations for higher inflation, which translated into further steepening of the yield curve in early-February. The 10-year Treasury yield edged above 2.9% in mid-February, as a larger than expected increase in January consumer prices bolstered the case for the Federal Reserve to raise interest rates for the first time in 2018 at its March policy meeting. After approaching 3% for the first time in three years, the 10-year Treasury stabilized in the second half of February and into the first half of March. In early-March, the Federal Reserve Chairman offered an upbeat assessment of the U.S. economy, opening the door to four quarter point interest rate increases in 2018. At its March meeting the Federal Reserve voted to raise its benchmark rate by a quarter point and signaled it could pick-up the pace of future rate increases. Treasury yields declined at the close of the first quarter, as investors moved to reduce risk by selling stocks and putting cash into Treasury bonds.

 

After stabilizing around 2.8% during the first half of April 2018, long-term Treasury yields trended higher in the second half of April with the 10-year Treasury yield eclipsing 3% in late-April. The Federal Reserve elected to hold rates steady at the conclusion of its early-May meeting, which translated into the 10-year Treasury yield stabilizing around 3% during the first half of May. Data showing the U.S. economy was gaining momentum pushed Treasury yields higher going into the second half of May, which was followed by the 10-year Treasury yield dipping below 2.8% at the end of May. In advance of the Federal Reserve’s mid-June meeting, the 10-year Treasury yield trended up to approach 3% in mid-June. As expected, the Federal Reserve concluded its mid-June meeting by a raising its target rate by a quarter point and signaled it could accelerate the pace of rate increases to keep the economy on an even keel. Following the mid-June rate hike, the 10-yield Treasury yield edged lower during the balance of June.

 

The 10-year Treasury yield stabilized around 2.85% during the first half of July 2018, with June consumer price data showing U.S. inflation hitting its highest rate in more than six years. In late-July, Treasury yields surged higher as investors dumped government bonds in favor of stocks amid strong second quarter earnings results and signs of U.S. economic growth accelerating. The Federal Reserve concluded its early-August policy meeting keeping its target interest rate unchanged as expected and gave an upbeat assessment of the economy, suggesting another rate increase was likely at its next meeting. The outcome of the Federal Reserve meeting and news of rising federal budget deficits helped to push the 10-year Treasury yield up to 3.0% following the Federal Reserve meeting. As of August 3, 2018, the bond equivalent yields for U.S. Treasury bonds with terms of one and ten years equaled 2.43% and 2.95%, respectively, versus comparable year ago yields of 1.22% and 2.24%. Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rate trends.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 4

 

Based on the consensus outlook of economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in July 2018, GDP growth was projected to come in at 3.0% in 2018 and then decrease to 2.4% in 2019. The unemployment rate was forecasted to equal 3.7% in December 2018 and decrease slightly to 3.6% in June 2019. An average of 170,000 jobs were projected to be added per month during 2018. The large majority of economists believed that the next interest rate hike by the Federal Reserve would occur in September 2018 and, on average, the economists forecasted that the 10-year Treasury yield would increase to 3.17% by the end of 2018 and increase to 3.39% by June 2019. The surveyed economists also forecasted home prices would rise 5.7% in 2018 and increase an additional 4.4% in 2019. Housing starts were forecasted to increase by 10% in 2018 and then increase another 3.0% in 2019.

 

The July 2018 mortgage finance forecast from the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) was for 2018 existing home sales to increase by 0.2% and for 2018 new home sales to increase by 6.5%. The MBA forecast showed a 2.5% increase in the median sales price for existing homes in 2018 and a 2.8% increase in the median sales price for new homes in 2018. Total mortgage production was forecasted to increase to $1.612 trillion in 2018, compared to $1.710 trillion in 2017. The forecasted decrease in 2018 originations was based on a 3.8% increase in purchase volume, which was more than offset by a 23.3% decrease in refinancing volume. Purchase mortgage originations were forecasted to total $1.152 trillion in 2018, versus refinancing volume totaling $460 billion. Housing starts for 2018 were projected to increase by 8.9% to total 1.315 million.

 

Market Area Demographics

 

Demographic and economic growth trends, measured by changes in population, number of households, age distribution and median household income, provide key insight into the health of the market area served by Rhinebeck Bancorp. Demographic data for Dutchess, Orange and Ulster Counties, as well as for New York, and the U.S., is provided in Table 2.1.

 

Population data indicates growth trends for the primary market area counties have been somewhat varied over the past six years. For the 2012 to 2018 period, Orange County recorded the strongest growth with an annual growth rate of 0.2%. Comparatively, Dutchess and Ulster Counties experienced declines in population over the six year period. Comparative population growth rates for the U.S. and New York equaled 0.7% and 0.3%, respectively.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 5

 

Table 2.1

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Summary Demographic/Economic Data

 

    Year     Growth Rate  
    2012     2018     2023     2012-2018     2018-2023  
                      (%)     (%)  
Population (000)                                        
USA     313,096       326,533       337,948       0.7 %     0.6 %
New York     19,473       19,788       20,047       0.3 %     0.2 %
Dutchess, NY     299       293       293       -0.3 %     0.0 %
Ulster, NY     183       178       177       -0.5 %     -0.1 %
Orange, NY     377       381       388       0.2 %     0.3 %
                                         
Households (000)                                        
USA     118,583       123,943       128,513       0.7 %     0.6 %
New York     7,387       7,533       7,656       0.3 %     0.3 %
Dutchess, NY     109       108       108       -0.1 %     0.1 %
Ulster, NY     72       70       70       -0.3 %     0.0 %
Orange, NY     127       129       131       0.2 %     0.3 %
                                         
Median Household Income ($)                                        
USA     49,581       61,045       66,452       3.5 %     1.4 %
New York     53,163       66,418       72,239       3.8 %     1.4 %
Dutchess, NY     65,866       76,689       81,039       2.6 %     0.9 %
Ulster, NY     53,709       62,839       66,577       2.7 %     1.0 %
Orange, NY     65,125       78,586       85,206       3.2 %     1.4 %
                                         
Per Capita Income ($)                                        
USA     26,165       33,583       37,060       4.2 %     1.7 %
New York     26,165       38,275       42,111       6.5 %     1.6 %
Dutchess, NY     26,165       38,810       41,434       6.8 %     1.1 %
Ulster, NY     26,165       34,668       37,300       4.8 %     1.2 %
Orange, NY     26,165       35,268       38,524       5.1 %     1.5 %

 

2018 Age Distribution (%)   0-14 Yrs.     15-34 Yrs.     35-54 Yrs.     55-69 Yrs.     70+ Yrs.  
USA     18.7       27.0       25.5       18.3       10.5  
New York     17.5       27.5       25.9       18.5       10.6  
Dutchess, NY     15.2       26.9       25.7       20.9       11.4  
Ulster, NY     14.4       25.3       25.4       22.5       12.4  
Orange, NY     20.5       27.1       25.5       17.8       9.1  

 

    Less Than     $25,000 to     $50,000 to        
2018 HH Income Dist. (%)   25,000     50,000     100,000     $100,000+  
USA     20.4       22.1       29.3       28.2  
New York     20.6       19.3       27.2       32.9  
Dutchess, NY     15.3       17.7       29.8       37.3  
Ulster, NY     19.5       21.7       29.9       28.9  
Orange, NY     15.1       17.7       28.5       38.7  

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 6

 

Household growth rates for the primary market area counties paralleled population growth trends, with Orange County displaying the highest household growth rate and Putnam and Dutchess Counties exhibiting declines in households during the 2012 to 2018 period. Over the next five years, population and household growth rates for the primary area counties are projected to improve relative to the growth trends recorded over the past six years.

 

Income measures show that the counties of Dutchess and Orange are relatively affluent markets, with household and per capita income measures that exceed the comparable U.S. measures. Household and per capita income measures for Ulster County were slightly above the comparable U.S. measures, but were below the comparable New York measures. Orange County is projected to sustain growth in income levels that are similar to the comparable projected growth rates for New York and the U.S, while projected income growth rates for the counties of Dutchess and Ulster were slightly below the comparable projected growth rates of New York and the U.S.

 

A comparison of household income distribution measures provides another indication of the relative affluence of Dutchess and Orange Counties, which maintained a higher percentage of households with incomes above $100,000 compared to the U.S. and New York. Comparatively, Ulster County maintained similar household income distribution percentages as the U.S., with a lower percentage of households with incomes above $100,000 compared to New York. Age distribution measures for the primary market area counties were fairly similar to the comparable U.S. and New York measures.

 

Regional Economy

 

Comparative employment data shown in Table 2.2 shows that employment in education/healthcare/social services followed by services were the largest and second largest employment sectors in all three of the primary market area counties, as well as New York. Wholesale/retail trade jobs were the third largest employment sector for all three of the primary area counties, as well as for New York. Other noteworthy employment sectors for the primary market area counties included manufacturing, construction and finance/insurance/real estate jobs. Overall, the distribution of employment exhibited in the primary market area is indicative of a diverse economic environment.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 7

 

Table 2.2

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

          Dutchess     Ulster     Orange  
Employment Sector   New York     County     County     County  
    (% of Total Employment)  
                         
Services     26.0 %     23.6 %     22.7 %     21.6 %
Education,Healthcare, Soc. Serv.     27.3 %     29.7 %     30.3 %     25.4 %
Government     4.6 %     4.9 %     5.0 %     6.5 %
Wholesale/Retail Trade     13.3 %     14.1 %     15.1 %     18.1 %
Finance/Insurance/Real Estate     8.1 %     5.3 %     4.8 %     6.0 %
Manufacturing     6.7 %     7.9 %     7.4 %     6.9 %
Construction     5.6 %     6.4 %     6.8 %     5.7 %
Information     2.9 %     2.5 %     2.4 %     2.4 %
Transportation/Utility     5.0 %     4.7 %     4.4 %     6.4 %
Agriculture     0.6 %     1.0 %     1.1 %     1.0 %
      100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

The market area served by the Company, characterized primarily as the Hudson Valley region of the New York metropolitan area, has a highly developed and diverse economy. Located halfway between New York City and Albany, the regional market area also has a large commuter population. Healthcare, high-tech and retail companies constitute major sources of employment in the Company’s regional market area. Education is also a prominent component of the regional economy, which includes the Culinary Institute of America’s main campus, Dutchess Community College, Marist College and Vassar College. Table 2.3 lists the major employers in the Hudson Valley region of the New York metropolitan area.

 

Table 2.3

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Market Area Largest Employers

 

Company/Institution   Industry
     
Crystal Run Healthcare   Health Care
Home Depot   Office Supplies
IBM Corp.   Technology
Nyack Hospital   Health Care
Orange Regional Medical Center   Health Care
Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc   Health Care
ShopRite Supermarkets   Retail
Stop & Shop Supermarkets   Retail
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.   Retail
Westchester Medical Center   Health Care

 

Source: New York Department of Labor Division of Research

and Statistics analysis of infoUSA ARC employer database

and publicly available information.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 8

 

 

Unemployment Trends

 

Comparative unemployment rates for Dutchess, Ulster and Orange Counties, as well as for the U.S. and New York, are shown in Table 2.4. June 2018 unemployment rates for primary market area counties ranged from a low of 3.9% for Dutchess County to a high of 4.1% for Orange County. Comparative unemployment rates for the U.S. and New York were both equal to 4.2%. Consistent with the national and state trends, Dutchess, Ulster and Orange Counties reported lower unemployment rates for June 2018 compared to a year ago.

 

Table 2.4

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Unemployment Trends

 

    June 2017     June 2018  
Region   Unemployment     Unemployment  
             
USA     4.5 %     4.2 %
New York     4.6 %     4.2 %
Dutchess, NY     4.4 %     3.9 %
Ulster, NY     4.5 %     4.0 %
Orange, NY     4.7 %     4.1 %

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition

 

The Company’s deposit base is closely tied to the economic fortunes of Dutchess, Ulster and Orange Counties and, in particular, the areas that are nearby to one of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s branches. Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2012 through June 30, 2017 for all commercial bank and savings institution branches located in the market area counties and the state of New York. Consistent with the state of New York, commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in all three counties. Overall, from June 30, 2012 to June 30, 2017, bank and thrift deposits increased in Dutchess and Orange Counties, but declined slightly in Ulster County.

 

The Company maintains its largest balance of deposits in Dutchess, where the Company maintains its largest branch presence. Based on June 30, 2017 deposit data, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s $610.6 million of deposits provided for a 9.8% market share of bank and thrift deposits in Duthcess County. The Company also held $49.6 million of deposits in Ulster County with a 1.6% market share and $3.1 million of deposits in Orange County which translated into a nominal deposit market share. During the five year period covered in Table 2.5, Rhinebeck Bancorp gained deposit market share in Ulster County and lost deposit market share in Dutchess County.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 9

 

Table 2.5

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Deposit Summary

 

    As of June 30,        
    2012     2017     Deposit  
          Market     No. of           Market     No. of     Growth Rate  
    Deposits     Share     Branches     Deposits     Share     Branches     2012-2017  
    (Dollars in Thousands)     (%)  
                                           
New York   $ 1,065,665,215       100.0 %     5,441     $ 1,683,281,581       100.0 %     5,033       9.6 %
Commercial Banks     991,634,167       93.1 %     4,492       1,610,804,814       95.7 %     4,267       10.2 %
Savings Institutions     74,031,048       6.9 %     949       72,476,767       4.3 %     766       -0.4 %
                                                         
Dutchess County   $ 3,954,253       100.0 %     94     $ 6,237,395       100.0 %     86       9.5 %
Commercial Banks     3,161,858       80.0 %     68       5,311,655       85.2 %     64       10.9 %
Savings Institutions     792,395       20.0 %     26       925,740       14.8 %     22       3.2 %
Rhinebeck Bank     467,575       11.8 %     10       610,604       9.8 %     9       5.5 %
                                                         
Ulster County   $ 3,179,831       100.0 %     62     $ 3,166,160       100.0 %     55       -0.1 %
Commercial Banks     2,092,371       65.8 %     37       1,872,605       59.1 %     31       -2.2 %
Savings Institutions     1,087,460       34.2 %     25       1,293,555       40.9 %     24       3.5 %
Rhinebeck Bank     31,389       1.0 %     1       49,583       1.6 %     1       9.6 %
                                                         
Orange County   $ 6,014,335       100.0 %     122     $ 7,408,466       100.0 %     106       4.3 %
Commercial Banks     4,700,165       78.1 %     90       6,675,068       90.1 %     86       7.3 %
Savings Institutions     1,314,170       21.9 %     32       733,398       9.9 %     20       -11.0 %
Rhinebeck Bank     0       0.0 %     0       3,116       0.0 %     1       N.M.  

 

Source: FDIC.

 

Competition among financial institutions in the Company’s market area is significant. Among the Company’s competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than maintained by Rhinebeck Bancorp. Financial institution competitors in the Company’s primary market area include other locally based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks. From a competitive standpoint, Rhinebeck Bancorp has sought to emphasize its community orientation in the markets served by its branches. Table 2.6 lists the Company’s largest competitors in the market area counties, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

MARKET AREA

II. 10

 

Table 2.6

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Market Area Deposit Competitors

 

Location   Name   Market Share     Rank
Dutchess County   Citizens Financial Group Inc. (RI)     24.00 %    
    JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NY)     12.32 %    
    M&T Bank Corp. (NY)     10.98 %    
    Rhinebeck Bancorp MHC (NY)     9.77 %   4 out of 17
    KeyCorp (OH)     8.32 %    
                 
Ulster County   Ulster SB (NY)     18.64 %    
    Bank of America Corp. (NC)     13.57 %    
    M&T Bank Corp. (NY)     11.13 %    
    KeyCorp (OH)     9.44 %    
    Rondout Savings Bank (NY)     9.30 %    
    Rhinebeck Bancorp MHC (NY)     1.57 %   14 out of 19
                 
Orange County   JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NY)     18.35 %    
    KeyCorp (OH)     17.40 %    
    Toronto-Dominion Bank     14.90 %    
    Orange County Bancorp Inc. (NY)     7.74 %    
    Sterling Bancorp (NY)     7.39 %    
    Rhinebeck Bancorp MHC (NY)     0.04 %   24 out of 24

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 1

   

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

 

This chapter presents an analysis of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the "Peer Group") selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Rhinebeck Bancorp is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

 

Peer Group Selection

 

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Institutions that are not listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks are typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

 

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of publicly-traded MHCs with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics as Rhinebeck Bancorp. However, there are currently only eleven publicly-traded MHCs in total. Accordingly, in deriving a Peer Group comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics as Rhinebeck Bancorp, the companies selected for Rhinebeck Bancorp’s Peer Group are all fully-converted companies. The valuation adjustments applied in the Chapter IV analysis will take into consideration differences between the Company’s MHC form of ownership relative to the fully-converted Peer Group companies. Also included in Chapter IV is a pricing analysis of the publicly-traded MHCs on a fully-converted basis.

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 2

 

From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten institutions with characteristics similar to those of Rhinebeck Bancorp. In the selection process, we applied two “screens” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

o Screen #1 Mid-Atlantic institutions with assets between $500 million and $2.0 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 7.00% and positive reported and core earnings. Seven companies met the criteria for Screen #1 and all seven were included in the Peer Group: Elmira Savings Bank of New York, ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, MSB Financial Corp. of New Jersey, PCSB Financial Corporation of New York; Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania, Severn Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland and Standard AVB Financial Corp. of Pennsylvania. Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded Mid-Atlantic thrifts.

 

o Screen #2 New England institutions with assets between $500 million and 2.0 billion, tangible equity-to-assets ratios of greater than 7.00% and positive reported and core earnings. Three companies met the criteria for Screen #2 and all three were included in the Peer Group: PB Bancorp, Inc. of Connecticut, SI Financial Group, Inc. of Connecticut and Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Exhibit III-3 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded New England thrifts.

 

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the ten Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-4 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc., we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date. Comparative data for all publicly-traded thrifts, and publicly-traded New York thrifts have been included in the Chapter III tables as well.

 

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Rhinebeck Bancorp’s characteristics is detailed below.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

Page III. 3

 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

As of June 30, 2018 or the Most Recent Date Available.

 

                                          As of  
                                          August 3, 2018  
                          Total           Fiscal   Stock     Market  
Ticker     Financial Institution   Exchange   Region   City   State   Assets     Offices     Mth End   Price     Value  
                          ($Mil)               ($)     ($Mil)  
                                                   
ESBK     Elmira Savings Bank   NASDAQ   MA   Elmira   NY   $ 563       12     Dec     20.54       72  
ESSA     ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Stroudsburg   PA     1,827       23     Sep     15.64       163  
MSBF     MSB Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   MA   Millington   NJ     601       4     Dec     21.15       108  
PBBI   (1) PB Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Putnam   CT     530       8     Jun     11.85       86  
PCSB     PCSB Financial Corporation   NASDAQ   MA   Yorktown Heights   NY     1,480       17     Jun     19.92       335  
PBIP     Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Philadelphia   PA     1,029       11     Sep     18.56       167  
SVBI     Severn Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Annapolis   MD     821       5     Dec     8.60       109  
SIFI     SI Financial Group, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Willimantic   CT     1,596       23     Dec     13.95       166  
STND     Standard AVB Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   MA   Monroeville   PA     983       20     Dec     30.36       140  
WEBK     Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Wellesley   MA     830       6     Dec     33.68       81  

 

(1) As of March 31, 2018 or the most recent date available.

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 4

 

o Elmira Savings Bank of New York. Comparable due to similar size of branch network, similar interest-earnings asset composition, similar interest-bearing funding composition, relatively high earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income and relatively high operating expenses as a percent of average assets.

 

o ESSA Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Comparable due to similar return on average assets and similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings.

 

o MSB Financial Corp. of New Jersey. Comparable due to similar interest-earning asset composition, similar impact of loan loss provisions on earnings and similar concentration of commercial real estate loans as a percent of assets.

 

o PB Bancorp, Inc. of Connecticut. Comparable due to similar credit quality measures.

 

o PCSB Financial Corporation of New York. Comparable due to similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar return on average assets and similar concentration of commercial real estate loans as a percent of assets.

 

o Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania. Comparable due to similar credit quality measures.

 

o Severn Bancorp, Inc. of Maryland. Comparable due to similar asset size, similar interest-earning asset composition, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar net interest income to average assets ratio, relatively high earnings contribution from sources of non-interest operating income, relatively high operating expenses as a percent of average assets and similar concentration of commercial real estate loans as a percent of assets.

 

o SI Financial Group, Inc. of Connecticut. Comparable due to similar interest-earning asset composition, similar interest-bearing funding composition, similar return on average assets, similar concentration of commercial real estate loans as a percent of assets and similar credit quality measures.

 

o Standard AVB Financial Corp. of Pennsylvania. Comparable due to similar interest-earning asset composition, similar concentration of commercial real estate loans as a percent of assets and similar credit quality measures.

 

o Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of Massachusetts. Comparable due to similar asset size and similar interest-earning asset composition.

 

In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a similar level of tangible equity as the industry average (11.34% of assets versus 11.47% for all public companies), generated slightly lower earnings as a percent of average assets (0.60% core ROAA versus 0.74% for all public companies), and earned a lower ROE (4.99% core ROE versus 6.32% for all public companies). Overall, the Peer Group's average P/TB ratio and average core P/E multiple were lower and higher compared to the respective averages for all publicly-traded thrifts.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 5

 

    All        
    Publicly-Traded     Peer Group  
             
Financial Characteristics (Averages)                
Assets ($Mil)   $ 4,066     $ 1,026  
Market capitalization ($Mil)   $ 638     $ 143  
Tangible equity/assets (%)     11.47 %     11.34 %
Core return on average assets (%)     0.74       0.60  
Core return on average equity (%)     6.32       4.99  
                 
Pricing Ratios (Averages)(1)                
Core price/earnings (x)     18.85 x     21.47 x
Price/tangible book (%)     153.28 %     133.04 %
Price/assets (%)     16.80       15.06  

 

(1) Based on market prices as of August 3, 2018.

 

Ideally, the Peer Group companies would be comparable to Rhinebeck Bancorp in terms of all of the selection criteria, but the universe of publicly-traded thrifts does not provide for an appropriate number of such companies. However, in general, the companies selected for the Peer Group were fairly comparable to Rhinebeck Bancorp, as will be highlighted in the following comparative analysis. Comparative data for all publicly-traded thrifts and publicly-traded New York thrifts have been included in the Chapter III tables as well.

 

Financial Condition

 

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Rhinebeck Bancorp and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above. The Company’s and the Peer Group's ratios reflect balances as of June 30, 2018, unless otherwise indicated for the Peer Group companies. Rhinebeck Bancorp’s equity-to-assets ratio of 7.03% was lower than the Peer Group's average net worth ratio of 12.25%. With the infusion of the net proceeds, the Company’s pro forma equity-to-assets ratio will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s equity-to-assets ratio. Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 6.81% and 11.34%, respectively. The increase in Rhinebeck Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Company’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity. Both Rhinebeck Bancorp’s and the Peer Group's capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

Page III. 6

 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of June 30, 2018 or the Most Recent Date Available.

 

          Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets     Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates     Regulatory Capital  
          Cash &     MBS &           Net           Borrowed     Sub.     Total     Goodwill     Tangible           MBS, Cash &                 Borrows.     Total     Tangible     Tier 1     Tier 1     Risk-Based  
          Equivalents     Invest     BOLI     Loans (1)     Deposits     Funds     Debt     Equity     & Intang     Equity     Assets     Investments     Loans     Deposits     &Sub debt     Equity     Equity     Leverage     Risk-Based     Capital  
                                                                                                                               
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.     NY     1.57 %     13.59 %     2.25 %     78.65 %     84.33 %     5.44 %     0.65 %     7.03 %     0.22 %     6.81 %     6.09 %     -16.72 %     13.52 %     2.73 %     111.19 %     3.82 %     6.44 %     7.93 %     9.15 %     10.04 %
June 30, 2018                                                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                                                       
All Thrifts                                                                                                                                                                      
Averages           4.96 %     12.78 %     1.64 %     75.60 %     74.12 %     11.96 %     0.45 %     12.62 %     0.81 %     11.47 %     7.91 %     4.20 %     10.71 %     8.72 %     8.70 %     12.57 %     13.33 %     11.82 %     17.57 %     18.97 %
Medians           3.63 %     10.05 %     1.68 %     78.78 %     75.02 %     10.73 %     0.00 %     11.71 %     0.31 %     11.14 %     4.71 %     -4.00 %     7.89 %     7.24 %     -1.44 %     2.83 %     3.17 %     11.11 %     15.56 %     17.50 %
                                                                                                                                                                       
All NY Thrifts                                                                                                                                                                      
Averages           7.03 %     12.32 %     1.18 %     76.17 %     75.61 %     11.18 %     0.64 %     11.41 %     1.19 %     10.22 %     2.47 %     43.57 %     1.44 %     3.95 %     -15.58 %     20.55 %     22.13 %     9.25 %     12.28 %     14.44 %
Medians           4.37 %     9.53 %     1.40 %     77.84 %     78.20 %     5.86 %     0.00 %     9.95 %     0.44 %     8.95 %     0.88 %     5.22 %     1.00 %     1.77 %     -21.43 %     2.01 %     3.17 %     9.25 %     12.28 %     14.44 %
                                                                                                                                                                       
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                      
Averages           3.50 %     16.74 %     1.74 %     74.36 %     74.81 %     11.60 %     0.42 %     12.25 %     0.91 %     11.34 %     6.56 %     7.93 %     9.30 %     7.70 %     70.91 %     23.02 %     22.63 %     11.23 %     16.18 %     17.14 %
Medians           3.72 %     12.30 %     2.12 %     76.77 %     75.17 %     13.12 %     0.00 %     11.43 %     0.74 %     11.23 %     3.76 %     -6.64 %     10.18 %     5.36 %     0.87 %     1.56 %     2.18 %     11.25 %     15.91 %     16.86 %
                                                                                                                                                                       
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                      
ESBK Elmira Savings Bank    NY     4.49 %     7.07 %     2.53 %     79.93 %     83.19 %     5.86 %     0.00 %     10.18 %     2.19 %     7.99 %     -1.99 %     -12.08 %     -0.50 %     1.77 %     -21.43 %     1.40 %     1.82 %     10.07 %     15.84 %     17.06 %
ESSA  ESSA Bancorp, Inc.    PA     2.10 %     21.22 %     2.10 %     71.23 %     69.50 %     19.22 %     0.00 %     9.79 %     0.84 %     8.95 %     3.60 %     -3.76 %     6.32 %     4.39 %     2.12 %     -0.78 %     -0.49 %     9.16 %     13.20 %     13.97 %
MSBF MSB Financial Corp.    NJ     2.71 %     8.15 %     0.00 %     84.77 %     74.60 %     13.67 %     0.00 %     11.39 %     0.00 %     11.39 %     18.57 %     0.33 %     19.54 %     14.98 %     352.50 %     -5.82 %     0.11 %     11.60 %     13.54 %     14.71 %
PBBI  PB Bancorp, Inc. (2) CT     1.79 %     26.87 %     2.42 %     65.83 %     69.93 %     13.47 %     0.00 %     15.83 %     1.30 %     14.53 %     3.75 %     -18.27 %     19.50 %     2.87 %     15.17 %     -0.91 %     -0.99 %     12.60 %     19.37 %     20.24 %
PCSB  PCSB Financial Corporation    NY     4.20 %     31.13 %     1.60 %     60.96 %     78.20 %     1.27 %     0.00 %     19.43 %     0.44 %     18.99 %     3.77 %     -10.09 %     11.45 %     6.34 %     -55.77 %     142.74 %     151.50 %     13.65 %     21.69 %     22.27 %
PBIP  Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA     3.66 %     31.92 %     2.77 %     58.56 %     69.50 %     15.96 %     0.00 %     12.78 %     0.65 %     12.13 %     18.16 %     14.76 %     10.66 %     16.30 %     51.89 %     0.99 %     2.04 %     12.74 %     19.67 %     20.50 %
SVBI Severn Bancorp, Inc.    MD     3.77 %     7.64 %     0.63 %     83.84 %     75.74 %     9.99 %     2.51 %     11.46 %     0.04 %     11.42 %     5.83 %     -39.33 %     9.71 %     7.24 %     -1.44 %     4.03 %     3.17 %     13.26 %     16.87 %     18.12 %
SIFI SI Financial Group, Inc.    CT     5.41 %     10.05 %     2.14 %     78.78 %     76.81 %     10.25 %     0.52 %     10.54 %     1.04 %     9.50 %     -0.04 %     -9.52 %     2.27 %     2.08 %     375.63 %     1.72 %     2.32 %     9.32 %     14.27 %     15.50 %
STND Standard AVB Financial Corp.    PA     2.86 %     14.55 %     2.27 %     74.76 %     73.12 %     12.77 %     0.00 %     13.69 %     2.63 %     11.06 %     0.56 %     131.72 %     0.09 %     0.84 %     -0.38 %     80.28 %     60.16 %     10.90 %     15.98 %     16.65 %
WEBK Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.    MA     4.04 %     8.82 %     0.92 %     84.93 %     77.47 %     13.57 %     1.18 %     7.40 %     0.00 %     7.40 %     13.36 %     25.52 %     13.97 %     20.17 %     -9.18 %     6.59 %     6.59 %     9.01 %     11.37 %     12.35 %

  

(1) Includes loans held for sale.

(2) As of March 31, 2018 or the latest date available.

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 7

 

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Company and the Peer Group were somewhat similar, with loans constituting the bulk of interest-earning assets for both Rhinebeck Bancorp and the Peer Group. The Company’s loans-to-assets ratio of 78.65% exceeded the comparable Peer Group ratio of 74.36%. Comparatively, the Company’s cash and investments-to-assets ratio of 15.16% was lower than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 20.24%. Overall, Rhinebeck Bancorp's interest-earning assets amounted to 93.81% of assets, which was slightly less than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 94.60%. The Peer Group’s non-interest earning assets included BOLI equal to 1.74% of assets and goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.91% of assets, while the Company maintained BOLI equal to 2.25% of assets and goodwill/intangibles equal to 0.22% of assets.

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that was somewhat similar to that of the Peer Group's funding composition. The Company’s deposits equaled 84.33% of assets, which was above the Peer Group’s ratio of 74.81%. Comparatively, the Company maintained a lower level of borrowings to fund assets, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 6.09% and 12.02% for Rhinebeck Bancorp and the Peer Group, respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Company and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 90.42% and 86.83%, respectively.

 

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its interest-earnings assets/interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio is lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 103.75% and 108.95%, respectively. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds should serve to provide Rhinebeck Bancorp with an IEA/IBL ratio that is more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio, as the increase in capital provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will serve to lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

 

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. Rhinebeck Bancorp’s growth rates are based on annualized growth for the eighteen months ended June 30, 2018, while the Peer Group’s growth rates are based on growth for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 or the most recent twelve month period available. Rhinebeck Bancorp recorded a 6.09% increase in assets, versus asset growth of 6.56% recorded by the Peer Group. Asset growth for Rhinebeck Bancorp was driven by a 13.52% increase in loans, which was in part funded by a 16.72% reduction in cash and investments. Comparatively, asset growth for the Peer Group was driven by a 9.30% increase in loans and was supplemented with a 7.93% increase in cash and investments.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 8

 

Asset growth for Rhinebeck Bancorp was funded by a 2.73% increase in deposits and a 111.19% increase in borrowings. Asset growth for the Peer Group was funded through deposit growth of 7.70% and a 70.91% increase in borrowings. The Company’s tangible capital growth rate equaled 6.44%, which was attributable to retention of earnings. Comparatively, the Peer Group’s tangible capital growth rate equaled 22.63%. The Peer Group’s comparatively higher tangible capital growth rate includes the increase in equity realized by PCSB Corporation from its standard conversion stock offering, which was completed in April 2017. The Company’s post-conversion capital growth rate will initially be constrained by maintenance of a higher pro forma capital position. Additionally, implementation of any stock repurchases and dividend payments, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines, could also slow the Company’s capital growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.

 

Income and Expense Components

 

Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Company and the Peer Group. The Company’s and the Peer Group’s ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 or the most recent twelve month period available for the Peer Group companies. Rhinebeck Bancorp and the Peer Group reported net income to average assets ratios of 0.35% and 0.59%, respectively. The Peer Group’s higher return was realized through lower ratios for loan loss provisions and operating expenses and loan loss provisions, which were partially offset by the Company’s higher ratios for net interest income, non-interest operating income and net gains.

 

The Company’s higher net interest income to average assets ratio was realized through both a higher interest income ratio and a lower interest expense ratio. The Company’s higher interest income ratio was supported by maintaining a higher overall yield earned on interest-earning assets (4.31% versus 3.63% for the Peer Group). Comparatively, the Company’s lower interest expense ratio was achieved despite maintaining a higher cost of funds (0.74% versus 0.66% for the Peer Group), as the Company maintains a relatively high concentration of non-interest-bearing deposits in its deposit base, which are not included in the calculation of the yield-cost spread. Overall, Rhinebeck Bancorp and the Peer Group reported net interest income to average assets ratios of 3.57% and 2.97%, respectively.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

Page III. 9

 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended June 30, 2018 or the Most Recent 12 Months Available

 

                Net Interest Income           Non-Interest Income           Non-Op. Items           Yields, Costs, and Spreads              
                                  Loss     NII     Gain     Other     Total                 Provision                       MEMO:     MEMO:  
          Net                       Provis.     After     on Sale of     Non-Int     Non-Int     Net Gains/     Extrao.     for     Yield     Cost     Yld-Cost     Assets/     Effective  
          Income     Income     Expense     NII     on IEA     Provis.     Loans     Income     Expense     Losses (1)     Items     Taxes     On IEA     Of IBL     Spread     FTE Emp.     Tax Rate  
          (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.      NY                                                                                                                                        
June 30, 2018           0.35 %     3.99 %     0.52 %     3.47 %     0.20 %     3.27 %     0.08 %     0.66 %     3.37 %     0.14 %     0.00 %     0.42 %     4.31 %     0.74 %     3.57 %   $ 5,031       55.00 %
                                                                                                                                               
All Thrifts                                                                                                                                              
Averages           0.74 %     3.76 %     0.72 %     3.04 %     0.09 %     2.95 %     0.52 %     0.54 %     2.75 %     0.05 %     0.00 %     0.44 %     3.81 %     0.57 %     3.23 %   $ 7,752       34.24 %
Medians           0.72 %     3.66 %     0.77 %     2.93 %     0.08 %     2.88 %     0.05 %     0.43 %     2.48 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.44 %     3.84 %     0.53 %     3.25 %   $ 6,025       38.56 %
                                                                                                                                               
All NY Thrifts                                                                                                                                              
Averages           0.73 %     3.53 %     0.77 %     2.76 %     0.06 %     2.69 %     0.19 %     0.39 %     2.47 %     0.26 %     0.00 %     0.27 %     3.68 %     0.44 %     3.24 %   $ 8,538       28.05 %
Medians           0.88 %     3.57 %     0.80 %     2.88 %     0.03 %     2.80 %     0.01 %     0.43 %     2.24 %     0.02 %     0.00 %     0.31 %     3.63 %     0.34 %     3.20 %   $ 5,962       35.99 %
                                                                                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                              
Averages           0.59 %     3.66 %     0.75 %     2.90 %     0.10 %     2.81 %     0.07 %     0.25 %     2.33 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.36 %     3.63 %     0.66 %     2.97 %   $ 6,346       37.72 %
Medians           0.57 %     3.60 %     0.76 %     2.92 %     0.10 %     2.84 %     0.00 %     0.16 %     2.26 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.35 %     3.72 %     0.68 %     3.10 %   $ 6,106       41.06 %
                                                                                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                              
ESBK Elmira Savings Bank    NY     0.89 %     3.66 %     0.73 %     2.93 %     0.14 %     2.80 %     0.40 %     0.51 %     2.82 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     -0.01 %     4.15 %     0.97 %     3.18 %   $ 4,365       -1.16 %
ESSA  ESSA Bancorp, Inc.    PA     0.30 %     3.49 %     0.84 %     2.65 %     0.23 %     2.42 %     0.00 %     0.45 %     2.23 %     -0.02 %     0.00 %     0.31 %     2.65 %     0.37 %     2.28 %   $ 6,503       50.93 %
MSBF MSB Financial Corp.    NJ     0.68 %     3.94 %     0.80 %     3.14 %     0.16 %     2.99 %     0.00 %     0.15 %     2.10 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.36 %     4.43 %     0.95 %     3.48 %   $ 5,382       34.68 %
PBBI      PB Bancorp, Inc. (2) CT     0.55 %     3.19 %     0.60 %     2.58 %     0.06 %     2.52 %     0.01 %     0.49 %     2.30 %     0.05 %     0.00 %     0.21 %     4.62 %     0.50 %     4.12 %   $ 9,074       27.61 %
PCSB     PCSB Financial Corporation    NY     0.46 %     3.35 %     0.44 %     2.91 %     0.03 %     2.88 %     0.00 %     0.16 %     2.24 %     0.02 %     0.00 %     0.35 %     3.76 %     0.74 %     3.02 %   $ 8,569       43.20 %
PBIP       Prudential Bancorp, Inc.    PA     0.72 %     3.54 %     0.90 %     2.64 %     0.12 %     2.52 %     0.00 %     0.02 %     1.63 %     -0.04 %     0.00 %     0.46 %     3.62 %     0.45 %     3.17 %   $ 4,147       38.93 %
SVBI      Severn Bancorp, Inc.    MD     0.59 %     4.31 %     0.96 %     3.35 %     0.00 %     3.35 %     0.24 %     0.62 %     2.97 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.66 %     4.63 %     1.06 %     3.57 %   $ 5,413       52.88 %
SIFI        SI Financial Group, Inc.    CT     0.38 %     3.47 %     0.72 %     2.76 %     0.08 %     2.67 %     0.01 %     0.10 %     2.48 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.49 %     3.43 %     0.62 %     2.81 %   $ 5,708       56.12 %
STND    Standard AVB Financial Corp.    PA     0.82 %     3.70 %     0.65 %     3.05 %     0.05 %     3.00 %     0.00 %     0.02 %     2.27 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.33 %     3.69 %     0.81 %     2.88 %   $ 7,601       28.90 %
WEBK   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.      MA     0.53 %     3.91 %     0.88 %     3.03 %     0.11 %     2.92 %     0.00 %     0.02 %     2.23 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.44 %     1.30 %     0.13 %     1.17 %   $ 6,695       45.06 %

 

(1) Net gains/losses includes gain/loss on sale of securities and nonrecurring income and expense.

(2) For the 12 months ended March 31, 2018 or the latest date available.

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 10

 

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Company maintained a higher level of operating expenses than the Peer Group. For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Company and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 3.37% and 2.33%, respectively. The Company’s higher operating expense ratio is indicative of its greater degree of diversification of products and services which generate sources of non-interest operating, including largely off-balance sheet activities related to its mortgage banking operation and investment advisory services. Consistent with the Company’s higher operating expense ratio, Rhinebeck Bancorp maintained a comparatively higher number of employees relative to its asset size. Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $5.0 million for the Company, versus a comparable measure of $6.3 million for the Peer Group. On a post-offering basis, the Company’s operating expenses can be expected to increase with the addition of stock benefit plans and certain expenses that result from being a publicly-traded company, with such expenses already impacting the Peer Group's operating expenses. At the same time, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s capacity to leverage operating expenses will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s leverage capacity following the increase in capital realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds.

 

When viewed together net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a thrift's earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Company’s earnings were less favorable than the Peer Group’s. Expense coverage ratios for Rhinebeck Bancorp and the Peer Group equaled 1.03x and 1.24x, respectively.

 

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a larger contribution to the Company’s earnings, with such income amounting to 0.74% and 0.32% of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively. Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Company’s and the Peer Group's earnings, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 80.05% was less favorable than the Peer Group's efficiency ratio of 72.36%.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 11

 

Loan loss provisions had a larger impact on the Company’s earnings, with loan loss provisions established by the Company equaling 0.20% of average assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group recorded loan loss provisions equal to 0.10% of average assets.

 

Net non-operating gains and losses equaled net gains of 0.14% of average assets for the Company and no impact on the Peer Group’s earnings. Typically, gains and losses generated from the sale of assets and other non-operating activities are viewed as earnings with a relatively high degree of volatility, particularly to the extent that such gains and losses result from the sale of investments or other assets that are not considered to be part of an institution’s core operations. Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Company’s or the Peer Group's earnings.

 

Taxes had a more significant impact on the Company’s earnings, as the Company and the Peer Group posted effective tax rates of 55.00% and 37.72%, respectively. As indicated in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is equal to 27.00%.

 

Loan Composition

 

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including the investment in mortgage-backed securities). The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a lower combined concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities in comparison to the Peer Group (15.39% of assets versus 45.47% for the Peer Group), as the Peer Group’s higher concentration of 1-4 family loans more than offset the Company’s slightly higher concentration of mortgage-backed securities. Loan servicing intangibles constituted a more significant balance sheet item for the Company ($2.3 million versus $377,000 for the Peer Group).

 

Overall, diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was more significant for the Company, which was primarily attributable to the Company’s indirect automobile loan portfolio and significantly higher concentration of consumer loans (32.97% of assets versus 1.67% for the Peer Group). Commercial real estate loans constituted the second most significant type of lending diversification for the Company (25.26% of assets versus 19.77% for the Peer Group). The Company also maintained a higher concentration of commercial business loans, while the Peer Group maintained higher concentrations of construction/land loans and multi-family loans. In total, construction/land, commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial business and consumer loans comprised 71.04% and 37.83% of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s assets, respectively. Overall, the Company’s asset composition provided for a higher weighted assets-to-assets ratio of 84.95%, versus a comparable Peer Group ratio of 71.76%.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

Page III. 12

  

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of June 30, 2018 or the Most Recent Date Available.

 

          Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets              
                1-4     Constr.     Multi-           Commerc.           RWA/     Servicing  
          MBS     Family     & Land     Family     Comm RE     Business     Consumer     Assets     Assets  
          (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)  
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.                                                            
June 30, 2018     NY     10.41 %     4.98 %     1.66 %     1.58 %     25.26 %     9.57 %     32.97 %     84.95 %   $ 2,257  
                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                              
Averages           9.31 %     36.16 %     5.75 %     4.49 %     19.77 %     6.15 %     1.67 %     71.76 %   $ 377  
Medians           7.96 %     34.28 %     3.09 %     3.92 %     20.00 %     4.26 %     0.13 %     71.60 %   $ 154  
                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                              
Elmira Savings Bank     NY     1.92 %     52.78 %     1.48 %     5.32 %     9.95 %     4.37 %     6.81 %     67.05 %   $ 1,346  
ESSA Bancorp, Inc.     PA     13.45 %     36.68 %     3.28 %     2.70 %     13.87 %     2.92 %     8.92 %     72.20 %   $ 210  
MSB Financial Corp.     NJ     4.26 %     30.04 %     5.23 %     10.38 %     26.52 %     13.44 %     0.10 %     86.64 %   $ 0  
PB Bancorp, Inc.     CT     18.39 %     46.01 %     2.10 %     2.20 %     13.59 %     2.01 %     0.16 %     66.63 %   $ 82  
PCSB Financial Corporation     NY     17.39 %     19.64 %     1.82 %     7.05 %     28.54 %     3.51 %     0.02 %     64.22 %   $ 0  
Prudential Bancorp, Inc.     PA     16.51 %     32.77 %     9.39 %     3.73 %     10.90 %     2.15 %     0.09 %     61.94 %   $ 0  
Severn Bancorp, Inc.     MD     3.37 %     35.80 %     15.38 %     0.80 %     28.36 %     4.15 %     0.23 %     80.77 %   $ 501  
SI Financial Group, Inc.     CT     5.05 %     28.31 %     2.35 %     6.49 %     26.17 %     14.00 %     0.08 %     70.99 %   $ 1,200  
Standard AVB Financial Corp. (1)   PA     10.87 %     32.03 %     2.89 %     2.16 %     26.13 %     7.95 %     0.23 %     73.15 %   $ 329  
Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.     MA     1.88 %     47.52 %     13.56 %     4.12 %     13.64 %     6.95 %     0.02 %     74.03 %   $ 97  

 

Note: Bank level data

 

(1) As of March March 31, 2018 or the latest date available.

 

Sources: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reilable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 13

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Table 3.5 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be less favorable than the comparable measures for the Peer Group. Most notably, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio and IEA/IBL ratio were lower than the comparable Peer Group ratios. Additionally, the Company maintained a slightly higher ratio of non-interest earning assets as a percent of assets. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to provide the Company with more comparable balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics as maintained by the Peer Group, as the result of the increases that will be realized in Company equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios following the infusion of stock proceeds.

 

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Rhinebeck Bancorp and the Peer Group. In general, the comparative fluctuations in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income ratios implied that a slightly greater degree of interest rate risk was associated with the Company’s net interest margin, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period covered in Table 3.5. The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as interest rate sensitive liabilities will be funding a lower portion of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s assets and the proceeds will be substantially deployed into interest-earning assets.

 

Credit Risk

 

Overall, based on a comparison of credit risk measures, the Company’s and the Peer Group’s implied credit risk exposure was viewed to be fairly similar. As shown in Table 3.6, the Company’s ratios for non-performing/assets and non-performing loans/loans equaled 1.50% and 1.62%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 1.23% and 1.56% for the Peer Group. It should be noted that the measures for non-performing assets and non-performing loans in Table 3.6 include accruing loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings. The Company’s and the Peer Group’s loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans equaled 58.93% and 113.74%, respectively. Loss reserves maintained as percent of loans receivable equaled 0.96% for the Company, versus 0.95% for the Peer Group. Net loan charge-offs were a larger factor for the Company, as net loan charge-offs for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 0.17% and 0.03% of loans, respectively.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

Page III. 14

 

Table 3.5

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of June 30, 2018 or the Most Recent Date Available.

 

          Balance Sheet Measures                                      
          Tangible           Non-Earn.     Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income  
          Equity/     IEA/     Assets/                                      
          Assets     IBL     Assets     3/31/2018     12/31/2017     9/30/2017     6/30/2017     3/31/2017     12/31/2016  
          (%)     (%)     (%)     (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)  
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.                                                                              
June 30, 2018           6.8 %     103.8 %     6.2 %     5       6       0       19       -3       11  
                                                                               
All NY Thrifts                                                                              
Average           10.2 %     109.3 %     4.5 %     -4       -1       2       -7       5       -1  
Median           9.0 %     109.1 %     8.3 %     -1       -2       6       -7       1       -3  
                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                              
Average           11.3 %     109.1 %     5.4 %     0       3       4       8       -4       4  
Median           11.2 %     107.8 %     5.5 %     0       3       4       8       2       -2  
                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                              
ESBK        Elmira Savings Bank   NY     8.0 %     102.7 %     8.5 %     5       14       -14       1       4       -3  
ESSA          ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   PA     9.0 %     106.6 %     5.4 %     1       3       3       -2       -6       -2  
MSBF        MSB Financial Corp.   NJ     11.4 %     108.3 %     4.4 %     -5       -6       3       6       11       13  
PBBI          PB Bancorp, Inc. (1) CT     14.5 %     113.3 %     5.5 %     2       7       7       14       3       6 6  
PCSB         PCSB Financial Corporation   NY     19.0 %     121.2 %     3.7 %     -1       11       13       -18       6       -1  
PBIP           Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   PA     12.1 %     110.2 %     5.9 %     -3       -9       -5       25       -3       -11  
SVBI          Severn Bancorp, Inc.   MD     11.4 %     107.9 %     4.7 %     13       13       17       20       -8       -3  
SIFI            SI Financial Group, Inc.   CT     9.5 %     107.6 %     5.8 %     1       1       5       2       -52       53  
STND         Standard AVB Financial Corp.   PA     11.1 %     107.3 %     7.8 %     -3       -7       18       24       5       1  
WEBK      Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   MA     7.4 %     106.0 %     2.2 %     -11       3       -4       9       1       -11  

 

NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.

(1) As of March 31, 2018 or the latest date available.

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

Page III. 15

 

Table 3.6

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis - Bank Level

As of June 30, 2018 or the Most Recent Date Available.

 

                NPAs &     Adj NPAs &                       Rsrves/              
          REO/     90+Del/     90+Del/     NPLs/     Rsrves/     Rsrves/     NPAs &     Net Loan     NLCs/  
          Assets     Assets (1)     Assets (2)     Loans (3)     Loans HFI     NPLs (3)     90+Del (1)     Chargeoffs (4)     Loans  
          (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.     NY                                                                        
June 30, 2018           0.23 %     1.50 %     1.49 %     1.62 %     0.96 %     58.93 %     50.03 %   $ 1,038       0.17 %
                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                              
Averages           0.05 %     1.23 %     0.80 %     1.56 %     0.95 %     113.74 %     110.13 %   $ 392       0.03 %
Medians           0.03 %     1.19 %     0.78 %     1.39 %     0.93 %     61.49 %     57.06 %   $ 186       0.03 %
                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                              
Elmira Savings Bank     NY     0.02 %     0.81 %     0.81 %     0.97 %     0.96 %     99.18 %     96.23 %   $ 681       0.15 %
ESSA Bancorp, Inc.     PA     0.08 %     1.07 %     0.74 %     1.38 %     0.85 %     61.36 %     57.06 %   $ 2,294       0.18 %
MSB Financial Corp.     NJ     0.00 %     2.14 %     0.57 %     2.36 %     1.09 %     46.10 %     43.59 %   $ 190       0.04 %
PB Bancorp, Inc.     CT     0.27 %     1.20 %     1.12 %     1.35 %     0.83 %     61.49 %     47.43 %   $ 68       0.02 %
PCSB Financial Corporation     NY     0.03 %     0.77 %     0.57 %     1.21 %     0.55 %     NM       NM     $ 672       0.08 %
Prudential Bancorp, Inc.     PA     0.01 %     1.46 %     1.39 %     2.45 %     0.83 %     33.81 %     33.62 %   $ 116       0.02 %
Severn Bancorp, Inc.     MD     0.04 %     2.32 %     0.97 %     2.69 %     1.20 %     43.97 %     43.29 %   $ -533     -0.08 %
SI Financial Group, Inc.     CT     0.04 %     1.17 %     0.53 %     1.40 %     1.04 %     74.40 %     71.54 %   $ 248       0.02 %
Standard AVB Financial Corp.   (5) PA     0.01 %     1.21 %     1.14 %     1.59 %     1.22 %     76.81 %     71.91 %   $ 182       0.06 %
Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.     MA     0.00 %     0.15 %     0.15 %     0.17 %     0.90 %     526.52 %     526.52 %   $ 0       0.00 %

 

(1) NPAs are defined as nonaccrual loans, performing TDRs, and OREO.

(2) Adjusted NPAs are defined as nonaccrual loans and OREO (performing TDRs are excluded).

(3) NPLs are defined as nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs.

(4) Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.

(5) As of or for the twelve months ended March 31, 2018 or the most recent date available.

 

Source:   S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obrained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III. 16

 

Summary

Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Company. Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

Introduction

 

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology prepared pursuant to the regulatory guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s minority stock offering.

 

Appraisal Guidelines

 

The federal regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the OCC, FRB, the FDIC and state banking agencies specify the pro forma market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered. Given the unique differences in the pricing characteristics of publicly-traded MHCs relative to fully-converted thrift stocks, we have also reviewed the pricing characteristics of publicly-traded MHCs on a fully-converted basis.

 

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

 

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes "fundamental analysis" techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a "technical analysis" of recently completed conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a stock on a given day.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 2

 

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the stock issuance process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in the Company’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor the Company’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings, both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur prior to the close of the offering, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

 

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Rhinebeck Bancorp’s value, the market value of the stocks of public MHC institutions, or Rhinebeck Bancorp’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into its analysis.

 

Valuation Analysis

 

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of Rhinebeck Bancorp coming to market at this time.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 3

 

1. Financial Condition

 

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group's financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

o Overall A/L Composition . Loans funded by retail deposits were the primary components of both Rhinebeck Bancorp’s and the Peer Group's balance sheets. In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s interest-earning asset composition exhibited a slightly higher concentration of loans and a greater degree of diversification into higher risk types of loans. Overall, the Company’s asset composition provided for a higher yield earned on interest-earning assets and a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratios. Rhinebeck Bancorp’s funding composition reflected a higher level of deposits and a lower level of borrowings in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratios, which provided the Company with a slightly higher cost of funds than maintained by the Peer Group. Overall, as a percent of assets, the Company maintained a slightly lower level of interest-earning assets and a higher level of interest-bearing liabilities relative to the comparable ratios for the Peer Group, which translated into a lower IEA/IBL ratio for the Company. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio will be more comparable to the Peer Group’s IEA/IBL ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

o Credit Quality. The Company’s ratios for non-performing assets as a percent of assets and non-performing loans as a percent of loans were slightly higher than the comparable ratios for the Peer Group. In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company maintained lower loss reserves as a percent of non-performing loans and a similar level of loss reserves as a percent of loans. Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were higher for the Company. The Company’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was somewhat higher than the Peer Group’s ratio. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

o Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Company maintained a lower level of cash and investment securities than the Peer Group (15.16% of assets versus 20.24% for the Peer Group). Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as a portion of the net proceeds will initially be held in short-term liquid funds. The Company’s future borrowing capacity was considered to be slightly greater than the Peer Group’s borrowing capacity, based on the lower level of borrowings that is currently funding the Company’s assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 4

 

o Funding Liabilities . The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a slightly higher concentration of deposits and a lower concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, which translated into a slightly higher cost of funds for the Company. The Company’s ratio of total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets was above the Peer Group’s ratio. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s capital position will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Company’s assets to a level that is more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratio of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

o Capital . The Peer Group currently operates with a higher equity-to-assets ratio than the Company. Following the stock offering, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s pro forma capital position will be more comparable to the Peer Group's equity-to-assets ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that capital strength was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

On balance, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s balance sheet strength was considered to be comparable to the Peer Group’s balance sheet strength and, thus, no adjustment was applied for the Company’s financial condition.

 

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

 

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution's earnings stream and prospects to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

o Reported Earnings . The Company’s reported earnings were lower than the Peer Group’s on a ROAA basis (0.35% of average assets versus 0.59% for the Peer Group). The Peer Group maintained more favorable ratios for loan loss provisions and operating expenses, which were partially offset by the Company’s more favorable ratios for net interest income, non-interest operating income and net gains. Reinvestment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets will serve to increase the Company’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by higher operating expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company and the implementation of stock benefit plans. Overall, the Company’s reported earnings were considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s reported earnings and, thus, RP Financial concluded that this was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 5

 

o Core Earnings . Net interest income, operating expenses, non-interest operating income and loan loss provisions were reviewed in assessing the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Company’s and the Peer Group’s core earnings. In these measures, the Company operated with a higher net interest income ratio, a higher operating expense ratio and a higher level of non-interest operating income. The Company’s higher net interest income and operating expense ratios translated into a lower expense coverage ratio in comparison to the Peer Group’s ratio (equal to 1.03x versus 1.24x for the Peer Group). Similarly, the Company’s efficiency ratio of 80.05% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 72.36%. Loan loss provisions had a larger impact on the Company’s earnings. Overall, these measures, as well as the expected earnings benefits the Company should realize from the redeployment of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets and leveraging of post-offering capital, which will be somewhat negated by expenses associated with the stock benefit plans and operating as a publicly-traded company, indicate that the Company’s pro forma core earnings will remain less favorable than the Peer Group’s core earnings. Therefore, RP Financial concluded that this was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

o Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group's net interest income to average assets ratios indicated that a slightly greater degree of volatility was associated with the Company’s net interest margin. Other measures of interest rate risk, such as capital levels, IEA/IBL ratios and levels of non-interest earning assets were more favorable for the Peer Group. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that are more comparable to the Peer Group’s ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Company’s net interest margin. Accordingly, on balance, interest rate risk was a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

o Credit Risk . Loan loss provisions were a larger factor in the Company’s earnings (0.20% of average assets versus 0.10% of average assets for the Peer Group). In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, the Company maintained a higher concentration of assets in loans and the Company’s loan composition reflected a greater degree of diversification into higher risk types of loans. The Company’s credit quality measures generally implied a slightly greater degree of credit risk exposure relative to the comparable credit quality measures indicated for the Peer Group. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

o Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the Company currently maintains a higher interest rate spread than the Peer Group, which would tend to facilitate a continuation of a higher net interest margin for the Company goring forward. Second, the infusion of stock proceeds will provide the Company with comparable growth potential through leverage as currently maintained by the Peer Group. Third, the Company’s higher ratios of non-interest operating income and operating expenses were viewed as a respective advantage and disadvantage to sustain earnings growth during periods when net interest margins come under pressure as the result of adverse changes in interest rates. Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a neutral factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

o Return on Equity . Currently, the Company’s core ROE is lower than the Peer Group’s core ROE. As the result of the increase in capital that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Company’s equity, the Company’s pro forma return equity on a core earnings basis will be lower than the Peer Group’s core ROE. Accordingly, this was a slightly negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 6

 

On balance, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a slight downward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

3. Asset Growth

 

Comparative asset growth rates for the Company and the Peer Group showed a 6.09% increase in the Company’s assets, versus a 6.56% increase in the Peer Group’s assets. Asset growth for the Company was sustained by a 13.52% increase in loans, which was partially funded with cash and investments. The Peer Group’s asset growth was primarily sustained by a 9.30% increase in loans and also included an increase in cash and investments. Overall, the Company’s recent asset growth trends would tend to be viewed as comparable to slightly more favorable relative to the Peer Group’s asset growth trends in terms of supporting future earnings growth. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will be more comparable to the Peer Group's tangible equity-to-assets ratio, providing the Company with similar leverage capacity as maintained by the Peer Group. On balance, no adjustment was applied for asset growth.

 

4. Primary Market Area

 

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. Rhinebeck Bancorp serves the Hudson Valley region of the New York metropolitan area through the headquarters office and 11 full service branches. Operating in markets with small and mid-sized population bases, which have experienced limited growth or in some cases shrinking populations somewhat limits growth opportunities and such growth must be achieved in a highly competitive market environment. The Company competes against significantly larger institutions that provide a larger array of services and have significantly larger branch networks than maintained by Rhinebeck Bancorp. The Company maintains a relatively high market share of deposits in Dutchess County, where its main office and the majority of its branches are located, and relatively low deposit market shares in Ulster County and Orange County.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 7

 

The Peer Group companies generally operate in markets with larger populations compared to Dutchess County. Population growth for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies reflected a range of growth rates, but, overall, population growth in the markets served by the Peer Group companies showed stronger growth compared to Dutchess County which has had a slight decline in population over the past five years. Dutchess County has a lower per capita income compared to the primary market area counties served by Peer Group companies, which is indicative of the more rural nature of the Company’s market area. On average, the Peer Group’s primary market area counties were more affluent markets within their respective states compared to Dutchess County’s per capita income as a percent of New York’s per capita income (107.5% for the Peer Group versus 101.4% for Dutchess County). The respective average and median deposit market shares maintained by the Peer Group companies were above and below the Company’s market share of deposits in Dutchess County. Overall, the degree of competition faced by the Peer Group companies was viewed to be comparable as faced by the Company in Dutchess County, while the growth potential in the markets served by the Peer Group companies was for the most part viewed to be more favorable relative to the Company’s primary market area. Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Company and the Peer Group companies is provided in Exhibit III-4. As shown in Table 4.1, the average unemployment rate for the primary market area counties served by the Peer Group companies was above the unemployment rate reflected for Dutchess County. On balance, we concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.

 

Table 4.1
Market Area Unemployment Rates
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and the Peer Group Companies (1)

 

        June 2018  
    County   Unemployment  
           
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. - NY   Dutchess     3.9 %
             
Peer Group Average         4.5  
             
The Peer Group            
             
Elmira Savings Bank – NY   Chemung     4.9  
ESSA Bancorp, Inc. - PA   Monroe     5.3  
MSB Financial Corp. – NJ   Morris     3.5  
PB Bancorp, Inc.– CT   Windham     4.9  
PCSB Financial Corporation – NY   Westchester     4.1  

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 8

 

Table 4.1 (continued)
Market Area Unemployment Rates
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc. and the Peer Group Companies (1)

 

        June 2018  
    County   Unemployment  
           
Prudential Bancorp, Inc. - PA   Philadelphia     5.7  
Severn Bancorp, Inc. – MD   Ann Arundel     3.9  
SI Financial Group, Inc. – CT   Windham     4.9  
Standard AVB Financial Corp. – PA   Allegheny     4.2  
Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. – MA   Norfolk     3.5  

 

(1) Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.

 

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

 

5. Dividends

 

At this time the Company has not established a dividend policy. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

 

Nine out of the ten Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.60% to 4.48%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 1.72% as of August 3, 2018. Comparatively, as of August 3, 2017, the average dividend yield on the stocks of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts equaled 1.92%.

 

Our valuation adjustment for dividends for Rhinebeck Bancorp also considered the regulatory policy with regard to payment of dividends to the MHC. Under current FRB policy, any dividends declared by the Company would be required to be paid to all shareholders. Accordingly, dividends paid by the Company would increase the amount of assets held by the MHC, after adjusting for applicable income taxes, and, thereby, increase the implied dilution incurred by the minority shareholders in a second-step conversion pursuant to the calculation to account for net assets held by the MHC in a second-step offering.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 9

 

Overall, while the Company has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to its stock offering, the Company’s capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield is viewed as not as strong based on the Company’s pro forma earnings and capitalization. Furthermore, dividend payments retained by the MHC would increase the implied dilution to minority shareholders in a second-step offering. On balance, we concluded that a slight downward adjustment was warranted for purposes of the Company’s dividend policy.

 

6. Liquidity of the Shares

 

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ system. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $71.9 million to $335.3 million as of August 3, 2018, with average and median market values of $143.1 million and $124.8 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding of the Peer Group companies ranged from 2.5 million to 16.8 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 8.3 million and 8.1 million, respectively. The Company’s stock offering is expected to have a pro forma public market value that will be less than the lower end of the Peer Group’s range of market values and will be in the lower end of the range of shares outstanding reported for the Peer Group companies. Like all of the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock will be quoted on the NASDAQ following the stock offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Bank’s public stock will have a less liquid trading market compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies and, therefore, concluded a slight downward adjustment was necessary for this factor.

 

7. Marketing of the Issue

 

Three separate markets exist for thrift stocks: (1) the after-market for public companies, both fully-converted stock companies and MHCs, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the thrift acquisition market. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 10

 

A. The Public Market

 

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays various stock price indices as of August 3, 2018.

 

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the overall stock market has trended higher in recent quarters. Signs of accelerating economic growth helped to sustain a broader stock market rally at the start of 2018, as the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) surged to close above 25000. Energy and bank shares led the stock market higher heading into mid-January, with higher oil prices and an improved earnings outlook contributing to the gains. The DJIA closed above 26000 for the first time heading into the second half of January 2018, in which the new 1,000 point milestone was achieved in just eight trading days after topping 25000. The upward surge in the U.S. stock indexes continued into late-January, as equities were lifted to fresh record highs by some strong fourth quarter earnings reports, data showing strong economic growth and a deal by Congress to end the federal government shutdown. Stocks reversed course at end of January, amid worries about rising bond yields, new competition in the healthcare sector and rising oil production. Stocks plunged in early-February 2018, as the January jobs report which showed a pick-up in wages raised expectations that rising inflation would accelerate the pace of the Federal Reserve increasing interest rates. In the second week of February, the DJIA and S&P 500 entered correction territory with declines of over 10%. Stocks rebounded sharply higher going into mid-February, as the major U.S. indexes posted their largest five-day percentage increases since December 2011. Volatility continued to prevail in the broader stock market during the second half of February, with the DJIA closing down for the month of February and, thereby, ending a 10-month winning streak. The downturn in the broader stock market sharpened at the start of March, as President Trump’s pledge to impose stiff tariffs on steel and aluminum sparked worries of a global trade war. An upbeat jobs report for February and diminished worries over a trade war fueled a stock market rally in the second week of March, while industrial and material stocks led the market lower going into mid-March on new signs that protectionist trade policies could spread. The DJIA swung higher in mid-March, which was in part attributable to bargain hunting. Technology shares led the stock market lower to close out the first quarter of 2018, based on concerns that technology companies could be facing an increase in regulatory oversight.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 11

 

Stock market volatility prevailed at start of the second quarter of 2018, as investor uncertainty over potential trade wars contributed to day-to-day swings in the broader stock market. Mixed first quarter earnings reports provided for a continuation of choppy stock market conditions through the end of April. Stocks retreated following the conclusion of the Federal Reserve meeting in early-May, as the Federal Reserve reiterated its plan to continue to raise interest rates gradually. However, stocks rebounded sharply higher with release of the April employment report, as weaker than expected wage growth calmed inflation fears. The upward trend in the broader stock market continued into mid-May, with higher oil prices serving to drive energy shares. Heightened inflation concerns sparked by strong economic data snapped an eight session winning streak in the DJIA in mid-May. Trade war and geopolitical tensions continued to provide for a volatile stock market during the second half of May. The DJIA hit is highest level in two months heading into the second half of May, as concerns about a possible trade war between the U.S. and China temporarily eased. Comparatively, stocks retreated at the end of May, amid political upheaval in Italy and the Trump administration raising the prospect of a global trade war by imposing tariffs on U.S. neighbors and allies. A favorable jobs report for May and some strong corporate earnings reports lifted stocks in early-June, which was followed by a downturn in the broader stock market in mid-June after the Federal Reserve said it would raise its target interest rate and penciled in a fourth rate increase for later in 2018. Stocks tumbled lower in the final trading sessions of the second quarter, which was largely attributed to rising trade friction between the U.S. and China.

 

Strong job growth reflected in June employment report and signs that U.S. trade tensions with Europe may be easing propelled the stock market higher at the start of the third quarter of 2018. Technology stocks led a broader stock market rally in mid-July, with the NASDAQ closing at a new record high. Some favorable second quarter earnings reports continued the upward trend in the broader stock market heading into the second half of July. Comparatively, technology stocks led the stock market lower at the end of July, as some technology companies posted disappointing second quarter earnings. Strong earnings growth by some of America’s biggest companies contributed to a rebound in the stock market in early-August. On August 3, 2018, the DJIA closed at 25462.58, an increase of 15.3% from one year ago and an increase of 3.0% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ Composite index closed at 7812.01, an increase of 23.0% from one year ago and an increase of 13.2% year-to-date. The S&P 500 Index closed at 2840.35 on August 3, 2018, an increase of 14.7% from one year ago and an increase of 6.2% year-to-date.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 12

 

The market for thrift stocks has not matched the performance of the broader stock market in recent quarters. A rise in long-term Treasury yields and a better-than-expected fourth quarter earnings report by J.P. Morgan contributed to financial shares trading higher during the first two weeks of 2018. Thrift shares participated in the broader stock market rally going in the second half of January 2018, as the banking sector was viewed to be one of the sectors to benefit most from the cut in the federal corporate income tax rate. Concerns of higher interest rates and inflation picking up contributed to thrift shares pulling back at the close of January. Thrift shares dropped sharply in early-February 2018 on the heels of the January jobs report, which showed a pick-up in wages that could potentially lead to higher inflation. Following the broad-based sell-off, thrift shares rebounded along with the broader stock market heading into mid-February. After settling into a narrow trading range during the second half of February, Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell’s upbeat assessment of the economy during Congressional testimony sent thrift shares tumbling lower at the end of February on fears that stronger economic growth could lead to higher inflation and faster rate increases by the Federal Reserve than previously forecasted. Thrift shares rebounded in the first two weeks of March, as some economic reports eased concerns of inflation heating up. After stabilizing in mid-March, thrift shares plunged going into the close of the first quarter as investors reacted to the Federal Reserve’s rate hike and the announcement by the Trump administration that the U.S. would impose $50 billion in tariffs on imports from China.

 

Thrift shares traded evenly through the first half April 2018, with first quarter earnings reports coming of the thrift sector generally meeting expectations. Merger activity contributed to gains in the thrift sector in late-April, which was followed by a slightly pullback at the end of April. Thrift shares continued slide into the first week of May, as the Federal Reserve concluded its early-May policy meeting leaving rates unchanged but reiterated plans to continue to raise rates gradually. Weaker than expected wage growth reflected in the April employment report helped to calm investor inflation fears, as thrift shares rebounded from the early-May downturn and then traded in a narrow range into mid-May. An increase in long-term Treasury yields provided for an uptick in thrift stocks heading into the second half of May, which was followed by a narrow trading range for the balance of May. The thrift sector participated in the broader stock market rally in early-June, which was prompted by solid jobs data for May and some strong corporate earnings reports. Thrift shares stabilized into late-June, which was followed by a pullback in thrift stocks at the close of the second quarter.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 13

 

The strong jobs report for June boosted thrift stocks at the start of the third quarter of 2018, which was followed by a slight decline in thrift shares ahead of third quarter earnings reports. After trading in a narrow through the release of second earnings reports, concerns of rising inflation pressured thrift shares lower in late-July and into early-August. On August 3, 2018, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 943.5, an increase of 4.6% from one year ago and an increase of 0.6% year-to-date.

 

B. The New Issue Market

 

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book ("P/B") ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio often reflects a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

 

As shown in Table 4.2, one standard conversion offering was completed during the past three months and no first-step offerings have been completed during the past three months. The most recent first-step offering was completed by Columbia Financial, Inc. of New Jersey, which was a significantly larger offering compared to Rhinebeck Bancorp’s first-step offering. Columbia Financial completed its first-step offering in April 2018 and raised gross proceeds of $498.3 million, which was the top of its offering range. Columbia Financial’s closing fully-converted P/TB equaled 80.5% and the stock closed 56.8% higher after the first week of trading. Comparatively, a smaller first-step offering was completed by SSB Bancorp in January 2018. SSB Bancorp raised gross proceeds of $10.1 million, which was at the top of its offering range. SSB Bancorp’s closing fully-converted P/TB equaled 72.9% and the stock closed 4.5% lower after the first week of trading.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 14

 

Table 4.2

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Conversions Completed in the Last Three Months

 

Institutional Information   Pre-Conversion Data     Offering Information     Contribution to   Insider Purchases           Pro Forma Data           Post-IPO Pricing Trends  
            Financial Info.     Asset Quality                             Char. Found.   % Off Incl. Fdn.+Merger Shares           Pricing Ratios(2)(5)     Financial Charac.           Closing Price:  
                                    Excluding Foundation         % of   Benefit Plans           Initial                                               First           After           After                    
    Conversion             Equity/     NPAs/     Res.     Gross     %     % of     Exp./         Public Off.         Recog.     Stk     Mgmt.&     Div.           Core           Core           Core     IPO     Trading     %     First     %     First     %     Thru     %  
Institution   Date   Ticker   Assets     Assets     Assets     Cov.     Proc.     Offer     Mid.     Proc.     Form   Inc. Fdn.   ESOP     Plans     Option     Dirs.     Yield     P/TB     P/E     P/A     ROA     TE/A     ROE     Price     Day     Chg     Week(3)     Chg     Month(4)     Chg     8/3/2018     Chg  
            ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil.)     (%)     (%)     (%)         (%)   (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)(1)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)  
                                                                                                                                                                                         
Standard Conversions                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
Sidney Federal Savings and Loan Association   7/27/18   SFSA-OTC Pink   $ 17       5.66 %     0.14 %     530 %   $ 1.3       100 %     132 %     38.3 %   N.A.   N.A.     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     NA       0.00 %     75.2 %     NM       7.6 %     -1.6 %     10.1 %     -15.7 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
    Averages - Standard Conversions:   $ 17       5.66 %     0.14 %     530 %   $ 1.3       100 %     132 %     38.3 %   N.A.   N.A.     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     NA       0.00 %     75.2 %     NM       7.6 %     -1.6 %     10.1 %     -15.7 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %
    Medians - Standard Conversions:   $ 17       5.66 %     0.14 %     530 %   $ 1.3       100 %     132 %     38.3 %   N.A.   N.A.     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     NA       0.00 %     75.2 %     NM       7.6 %     -1.6 %     10.1 %     -15.7 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
Second Step Conversions                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc., IN   7/12/18   MSVB-NASDAQ   $ 184       12.97 %     1.20 %     75 %   $ 25.6       72 %     132 %     4.9 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     0.8 %     0.00 %     77.5 %     37.0 x     17.3 %     0.5 %     22.3 %     2.1 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.45       24.5 %   $ 12.57       25.7 %   $ 12.34       23.4 %   $ 12.34       23.4 %
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
    Averages - Second Step Conversions:   $ 184       12.97 %     1.20 %     75 %   $ 25.6       72 %     132 %     4.9 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     0.8 %     0.00 %     77.5 %     37.0 x     17.3 %     0.5 %     22.3 %     2.1 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.45       24.5 %   $ 12.57       25.7 %   $ 12.34       23.4 %   $ 12.34       23.4 %
    Medians - Second Step Conversions:   $ 184       12.97 %     1.20 %     75 %   $ 25.6       72 %     132 %     4.9 %   N.A.   N.A.     8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     0.8 %     0.00 %     77.5 %     37.0 x     17.3 %     0.5 %     22.3 %     2.1 %   $ 10.00     $ 12.45       24.5 %   $ 12.57       25.7 %   $ 12.34       23.4 %   $ 12.34       23.4 %
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
Mutual Holding Companies                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
    Averages - All Conversions:   $ 100       9.32 %     0.67 %     303 %   $ 13.5       86 %     132 %     21.6 %   N.A.   N.A.     4.0 %     2.0 %     5.0 %     0.8 %     0.00 %     76.4 %     37.0 x     12.4 %     -0.6 %     16.2 %     -6.8 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.23       12.3 %   $ 11.29       12.9 %   $ 11.17       11.7 %   $ 11.17       11.7 %
    Medians - All Conversions:   $ 100       9.32 %     0.67 %     303 %   $ 13.5       86 %     132 %     21.6 %   N.A.   N.A.     4.0 %     2.0 %     5.0 %     0.8 %     0.00 %     76.4 %     37.0 x     12.4 %     -0.6 %     16.2 %     -6.8 %   $ 10.00     $ 11.23       12.3 %   $ 11.29       12.9 %   $ 11.17       11.7 %   $ 11.17       11.7 %

 

Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Financial assisted in the business plan preparation, "NT" - Not Traded; "NA" - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

 

(1) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.

(2) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.

(3) Latest price if offering is less than one week old.

(4) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.

(5) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.

(6) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.

(7) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.

(8) Former credit union.

 

8/3/2018

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 15

 

C. The Acquisition Market

 

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Rhinebeck Bancorp’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other savings institutions operating in New York. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were six New York thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2014 through year-to-date 2018 and there is currently one acquisition pending for a New York savings institution. To the extent that speculation of a re-mutualization may impact the Company’s valuation, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Company’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence the Company’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in the Company’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies. Furthermore, in comparison to the stocks of the fully-converted Peer Group companies, the degree of acquisition speculation in the Company’s stock is also viewed to be relatively more limited since there will be fewer potential acquirers for the Company’s stock as a re-mutualization transaction can only be completed by a mutual institution or an institution in the MHC form of ownership. Additionally, there tends to be less acquisition speculation in the stocks of publicly-traded MHCs in general, given the majority of the shares are held by the MHC rather than public shareholders which own 100% of the shares of the fully-converted Peer Group companies. Accordingly, the Peer Group companies are considered to be subject to a greater degree of acquisition speculation relative to the acquisition speculation that may influence the Company’s trading price.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for MHC shares and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 16

 

8. Management

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Company suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure. The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.

 

Similarly, the returns, capital positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

 

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

 

In summary, as a federally-insured savings institution operating in the MHC form of ownership, Rhinebeck Bancorp and Rhinebeck Bank will be operating in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. Accordingly, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

 

Summary of Adjustments

 

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 17

 

Key Valuation Parameters:   Valuation Adjustment
     
Financial Condition   No Adjustment
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings   Slight Downward
Asset Growth   No Adjustment
Primary Market Area   Slight Downward
Dividends   Slight Downward
Liquidity of the Shares   Slight Downward
Marketing of the Issue   No Adjustment
Management   No Adjustment
Effect of Government Regulations and Regulatory Reform   No Adjustment

 

Valuation Approaches: Fully-Converted Basis

 

In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the FDIC, the FRB and the Department, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings ("P/E"), price/book ("P/B"), and price/assets ("P/A") approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions, the Foundation and offering expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-9 and IV-10). The assumptions utilized in the pro forma analysis in calculating the Company’s full conversion value were consistent with the assumptions utilized for the minority stock offering, except expenses were assumed to equal 2.5% of gross proceeds (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).

 

In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group, recent conversions and publicly-traded MHCs on a fully-converted basis.

 

RP Financial's valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

· P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma fully-converted basis for the Company; and (2) the Peer Group on average has had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting net conversion proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 18

 

· P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

· P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community's willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

 

The Company will adopt “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

 

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above and the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, RP Financial concluded that as of August 3, 2018, the pro forma market value of Rhinebeck Bancorp’s full conversion offering equaled $89,285,710 at the midpoint, equal to 8,928,571 shares at $10.00 per share.

 

Basis of Valuation - Fully-Converted Pricing Ratios

 

1.        Price-to-Earnings ("P/E") . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple (fully-converted basis) to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. In deriving Rhinebeck Bancorp’s core earnings, the adjustments made to reported earnings were to eliminate the net loss on the sale of securities equal to $16,000, the net gain of the sale of OREO equal to $1,000, the loss on sale the sale of premises and equipment equal to $106,000, the loss on the write-down of OREO equal to $693,000 and the gain on the sale of the insurance subsidiary equal to $1.834 million. As shown below, on a tax effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 27.0% for the earnings adjustments, the Company’s core earnings were determined to equal $1.840 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 19

 

    Amount  
    ($000)  
Net income   $ 2,585  
Add: Net loss of sale of securities (1)     12  
Add: Loss on sale of premises and equipment (1)     77  
Add: Write-down of OREO (1)     506  
Deduct: Gain on sale of OREO (1)     (1 )
Deduct: Gain on sale of subsidiary (1)     (1,339 )
Core earnings estimate   $ 1,840  

 

(1) Tax effected at 27.0%.

 

Based on Rhinebeck Bancorp’s reported and core earnings and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples (fully-converted basis) at the $89.3 million midpoint value equaled 32.01 times and 43.68 times, respectively, which provided for premiums of 31.66% and 103.45% relative to the Peer Group's average reported and core P/E multiples of 24.33 times and 21.47 times, respectively (see Table 4.3). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples which equaled 24.95 times and 22.63 times, respectively, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples (fully-converted basis) at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 28.30% and 93.02%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma fully-converted P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 27.52x and 41.34x, respectively, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 37.70x and 55.92x, respectively.

 

On an MHC reported basis, the Company’s reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value of $89.3 million equaled 34.70 times and 48.84 times, respectively (see Table 4.4). The Company’s reported and core P/E multiples provided for premiums of 42.62% and 127.48% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples of 24.33 times and 21.47 times, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples which equaled 24.95 times and 22.63 times, respectively, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples (MHC basis) at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 39.08% and 115.82%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma MHC P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 29.53x and 45.77x, respectively, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 41.58x and 64.36x, respectively.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 20

 

Table 4.3

Fully-Converted Pricing Versus Peer Group

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

As of August 3, 2018

 

      Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                        
          Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)     Offering  
          Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core     Size  
          Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE     ($Mil)  
          ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)        
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.     NY                                                                                                                                                                        
Super Maximum         $ 10.00     $ 118.08     $ 0.16     $ 13.10       41.34 x     76.34 %     13.28 %     77.16 %     55.92 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 889       17.40 %     17.24 %     1.34 %     0.32 %     1.85 %     0.24 %     1.36 %   $ 115.72  
Maximum         $ 10.00     $ 102.68     $ 0.18     $ 13.81       36.40 x     72.41 %     11.72 %     73.31 %     49.47 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 876       16.18 %     16.02 %     1.35 %     0.32 %     1.99 %     0.24 %     1.46 %   $ 100.63  
Midpoint         $ 10.00     $ 89.29     $ 0.20     $ 14.62       32.01 x     68.40 %     10.32 %     69.35 %     43.68 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 865       15.09 %     14.92 %     1.37 %     0.32 %     2.14 %     0.24 %     1.57 %   $ 87.50  
Minimum         $ 10.00     $ 75.89     $ 0.23     $ 15.71       27.52 x     63.65 %     8.89 %     64.60 %     37.70 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 854       13.97 %     13.80 %     1.39 %     0.32 %     2.31 %     0.24 %     1.69 %   $ 74.38  
                                                                                                                                                                               
All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)                                                                                                                                                                            
Averages         $ 25.46     $ 638.07     $ 1.50     $ 17.32       25.85 x     138.45 %     16.80 %     153.28 %     18.85 x   $ 0.41       1.92 %     74.99 %   $ 4,066       12.62 %     11.55 %     0.98 %     0.74 %     6.38 %     0.74 %     6.32 %      
Median         $ 17.67     $ 217.70     $ 0.82     $ 15.06       19.67 x     126.33 %     17.07 %     135.95 %     16.73 x   $ 0.34       1.68 %     45.95 %   $ 1,342       11.71 %     11.15 %     0.83 %     0.72 %     6.16 %     0.71 %     6.57 %        
                                                                                                                                                                             
ALL NY Thrifts                                                                                                                                                                              
Averages         $ 14.20     $ 1,035.59     $ 0.65     $ 12.04       19.04 x     134.44 %     12.74 %     148.89 %     14.19 x   $ 0.42       2.92 %     42.56 %   $ 9,245       11.41 %     10.33 %     0.03 %     0.73 %     6.98 %     0.61 %     5.51 %        
Medians         $ 17.40     $ 335.31     $ 0.57     $ 15.83       13.72 x     125.57 %     11.10 %     136.66 %     14.45 x   $ 0.41       3.05 %     50.48 %   $ 1,480       9.95 %     9.06 %     0.03 %     0.88 %     8.13 %     0.72 %     5.83 %      
                                                                                                                                                                               
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                            
Averages         $ 19.43     $ 143.05     $ 0.98     $ 15.92       24.33 x     122.32 %     15.06 %     133.04 %     21.47 x   $ 0.33       1.72 %     47.13 %   $ 1,026       12.25 %     11.37 %     1.27 %     0.59 %     4.91 %     0.60 %     4.99 %        
Medians         $ 19.24     $ 124.75     $ 0.77     $ 14.88       24.95 x     121.85 %     14.82 %     131.36 %     22.63 x   $ 0.23       1.56 %     42.18 %   $ 907       11.43 %     11.05 %     1.19 %     0.57 %     5.07 %     0.58 %     5.07 %        
                                                                                                                                                                             
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                              
ESBK Elmira Savings Bank     NY   $ 20.54     $ 71.89     $ 1.72     $ 16.36       15.11 x     125.57 %     12.77 %     160.01 %     11.93 x   $ 0.92       4.48 %     67.65 %   $ 563       10.18 %     8.17 %     0.81 %     0.89 %     8.13 %     0.89 %     8.16 %      
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.     PA   $ 15.64     $ 162.64     $ 0.92     $ 15.17       30.67 x     103.13 %     10.09 %     112.75 %     16.98 x   $ 0.36       2.30 %     70.59 %   $ 1,827       9.79 %     9.03 %     1.07 %     0.30 %     3.01 %     0.35 %     3.44 %      
MSBF MSB Financial Corp.     NJ   $ 21.15     $ 107.58     $ 0.80     $ 12.43       31.10 x     170.21 %     19.39 %     170.21 %     26.29 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     127.94 %   $ 601       11.39 %     11.39 %     2.14 %     0.68 %     5.12 %     0.68 %     5.12 %      
PBBI   PB Bancorp, Inc. (7)   CT   $ 11.85     $ 85.53     $ 0.41     $ 10.99       29.63 x     107.80 %     17.07 %     117.46 %     29.21 x   $ 0.24       2.03 %     40.00 %   $ 530       15.83 %     14.72 %     1.20 %     0.55 %     3.44 %     0.51 %     3.20 %      
PCSB PCSB Financial Corporation     NY   $ 19.92     $ 335.31     $ 0.48     $ 15.83       NM       125.83 %     24.45 %     128.76 %     NM     $ 0.12       0.60 %     7.69 %   $ 1,480       19.43 %     19.07 %     0.98 %     0.46 %     2.33 %     0.56 %     2.85 %      
PBIP Prudential Bancorp, Inc.     PA   $ 18.56     $ 167.20     $ 0.74     $ 14.60       24.95 x     127.13 %     16.25 %     133.97 %     24.95 x   $ 0.20       1.08 %     44.35 %   $ 1,029       12.78 %     12.21 %     1.61 %     0.72 %     5.01 %     0.72 %     5.01 %      
SVBI Severn Bancorp, Inc.     MD   $ 8.60     $ 109.12     $ 0.38     $ 7.28       22.63 x     118.13 %     NA       119.61 %     22.63 x   $ 0.12       1.40 %     15.79 %   $ 821       11.46 %     11.32 %     2.36 %     0.59 %     5.43 %     0.59 %     5.43 %      
SIFI   SI Financial Group, Inc.     CT   $ 13.95     $ 166.41     $ 0.51     $ 13.98       27.35 x     99.79 %     10.52 %     110.70 %     27.35 x   $ 0.24       1.72 %     33.33 %   $ 1,596       10.54 %     9.60 %     1.17 %     0.38 %     3.56 %     0.38 %     3.56 %      
STND  Standard AVB Financial Corp.     PA   $ 30.36     $ 140.38     $ 1.70     $ 28.05       17.86 x     108.25 %     14.82 %     139.52 %     17.86 x   $ 0.88       2.91 %     52.00 %   $ 983       13.69 %     10.77 %     1.21 %     0.82 %     6.02 %     0.82 %     6.02 %        
WEBK Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.     MA   $ 33.68     $ 84.43     $ 2.10     $ 24.52       19.70 x     137.37 %     10.17 %     137.37 %     16.04 x   $ 0.22       0.65 %     11.99 %   $ 830       7.40 %     7.40 %     0.15 %     0.53 %     7.07 %     0.53 %     7.07 %        

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
(7) Financial Characteristics as of March 31, 2018 or the most recent available

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 21

 

Table 4.4

MHC Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

As of August 3, 2018

 

            Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                        
            Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)     Offering  
            Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core     Size  
            Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE     ($Mil)  
            ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)        
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.     NY                                                                                                                                                                        
Super Maximum         $ 10.00     $ 118.08     $ 0.16     $ 8.30       45.77 x     120.48 %     14.19 %     122.70 %     64.36 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 832       11.77 %     11.59 %     1.43 %     0.31 %     2.63 %     0.22 %     1.87 %   $ 50.77  
Maximum           $ 10.00     $ 102.68     $ 0.18     $ 8.98       39.86 x     111.36 %     12.42 %     113.38 %     56.07 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 827       11.16 %     10.98 %     1.44 %     0.31 %     2.79 %     0.22 %     1.99 %   $ 44.15  
Midpoint           $ 10.00     $ 89.29     $ 0.20     $ 9.77       34.70 x     102.35 %     10.87 %     104.38 %     48.84 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 822       10.62 %     10.43 %     1.44 %     0.31 %     2.95 %     0.22 %     2.10 %   $ 38.39  
Minimum           $ 10.00     $ 75.89     $ 0.24     $ 10.84       29.53 x     92.25 %     9.29 %     94.25 %     41.58 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 817       10.08 %     9.89 %     1.45 %     0.31 %     3.12 %     0.22 %     2.22 %   $ 32.63  
                                                                                                                                                                                 
All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)                                                                                                                                                                            
Averages           $ 25.46     $ 638.07     $ 1.50     $ 17.32       25.85 x     138.45 %     16.80 %     153.28 %     18.85 x   $ 0.41       1.92 %     74.99 %   $ 4,066       12.62 %     11.55 %     0.98 %     0.74 %     6.38 %     0.74 %     6.32 %        
Median           $ 17.67     $ 217.70     $ 0.82     $ 15.06       19.67 x     126.33 %     17.07 %     135.95 %     16.73 x   $ 0.34       1.68 %     45.95 %   $ 1,342       11.71 %     11.15 %     0.83 %     0.72 %     6.16 %     0.71 %     6.57 %        
                                                                                                                                                                                 
ALL NY Thrifts                                                                                                                                                                              
Averages           $ 14.20     $ 1,035.59     $ 0.65     $ 12.04       19.04 x     134.44 %     12.74 %     148.89 %     14.19 x   $ 0.42       2.92 %     42.56 %   $ 9,245       11.41 %     10.33 %     0.03 %     0.73 %     6.98 %     0.61 %     5.51 %        
Medians           $ 17.40     $ 335.31     $ 0.57     $ 15.83       13.72 x     125.57 %     11.10 %     136.66 %     14.45 x   $ 0.41       3.05 %     50.48 %   $ 1,480       9.95 %     9.06 %     0.03 %     0.88 %     8.13 %     0.72 %     5.83 %        
                                                                                                                                                                                 
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                              
Averages           $ 19.43     $ 143.05     $ 0.98     $ 15.92       24.33 x     122.32 %     15.06 %     133.04 %     21.47 x   $ 0.33       1.72 %     47.13 %   $ 1,026       12.25 %     11.37 %     1.27 %     0.59 %     4.91 %     0.60 %     4.99 %        
Medians           $ 19.24     $ 124.75     $ 0.77     $ 14.88       24.95 x     121.85 %     14.82 %     131.36 %     22.63 x   $ 0.23       1.56 %     42.18 %   $ 907       11.43 %     11.05 %     1.19 %     0.57 %     5.07 %     0.58 %     5.07 %        
                                                                                                                                                                                 
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                              
ESBK Elmira Savings Bank     NY   $ 20.54     $ 71.89     $ 1.72     $ 16.36       15.11 x     125.57 %     12.77 %     160.01 %     11.93 x   $ 0.92       4.48 %     67.65 %   $ 563       10.18 %     8.17 %     0.81 %     0.89 %     8.13 %     0.89 %     8.16 %      
ESSA ESSA Bancorp, Inc.     PA   $ 15.64     $ 162.64     $ 0.92     $ 15.17       30.67 x     103.13 %     10.09 %     112.75 %     16.98 x   $ 0.36       2.30 %     70.59 %   $ 1,827       9.79 %     9.03 %     1.07 %     0.30 %     3.01 %     0.35 %     3.44 %        
MSBF MSB Financial Corp.     NJ   $ 21.15     $ 107.58     $ 0.80     $ 12.43       31.10 x     170.21 %     19.39 %     170.21 %     26.29 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     127.94 %   $ 601       11.39 %     11.39 %     2.14 %     0.68 %     5.12 %     0.68 %     5.12 %        
PBBI PB Bancorp, Inc. (7)   CT   $ 11.85     $ 85.53     $ 0.41     $ 10.99       29.63 x     107.80 %     17.07 %     117.46 %     29.21 x   $ 0.24       2.03 %     40.00 %   $ 530       15.83 %     14.72 %     1.20 %     0.55 %     3.44 %     0.51 %     3.20 %        
PCSB PCSB Financial Corporation     NY   $ 19.92     $ 335.31     $ 0.48     $ 15.83       NM       125.83 %     24.45 %     128.76 %     NM     $ 0.12       0.60 %     7.69 %   $ 1,480       19.43 %     19.07 %     0.98 %     0.46 %     2.33 %     0.56 %     2.85 %        
PBIP Prudential Bancorp, Inc.     PA   $ 18.56     $ 167.20     $ 0.74     $ 14.60       24.95 x     127.13 %     16.25 %     133.97 %     24.95 x   $ 0.20       1.08 %     44.35 %   $ 1,029       12.78 %     12.21 %     1.61 %     0.72 %     5.01 %     0.72 %     5.01 %        
SVBI Severn Bancorp, Inc.     MD   $ 8.60     $ 109.12     $ 0.38     $ 7.28       22.63 x     118.13 %     NA       119.61 %     22.63 x   $ 0.12       1.40 %     15.79 %   $ 821       11.46 %     11.32 %     2.36 %     0.59 %     5.43 %     0.59 %     5.43 %        
SIFI SI Financial Group, Inc.     CT   $ 13.95     $ 166.41     $ 0.51     $ 13.98       27.35 x     99.79 %     10.52 %     110.70 %     27.35 x   $ 0.24       1.72 %     33.33 %   $ 1,596       10.54 %     9.60 %     1.17 %     0.38 %     3.56 %     0.38 %     3.56 %      
STND Standard AVB Financial Corp.     PA   $ 30.36     $ 140.38     $ 1.70     $ 28.05       17.86 x     108.25 %     14.82 %     139.52 %     17.86 x   $ 0.88       2.91 %     52.00 %   $ 983       13.69 %     10.77 %     1.21 %     0.82 %     6.02 %     0.82 %     6.02 %        
WEBK Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.     MA   $ 33.68     $ 84.43     $ 2.10     $ 24.52       19.70 x     137.37 %     10.17 %     137.37 %     16.04 x   $ 0.22       0.65 %     11.99 %   $ 830       7.40 %     7.40 %     0.15 %     0.53 %     7.07 %     0.53 %     7.07 %        

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
(7) Financial Characteristics as of March 31, 2018 or the most recent available

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 22

 

2.        Price-to-Book ("P/B") . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to Rhinebeck Bancorp’s pro forma book value (fully-converted basis). Based on the $89.3 million midpoint valuation, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios (fully-converted basis) equaled 68.40% and 69.35%, respectively. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 122.32% and 133.04%, respectively, the Company’s ratios reflected a discount of 44.08% on a P/B basis and a discount of 47.87% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 121.85% and 131.36%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios (fully-converted basis) at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 43.87% and 47.21%, respectively. At the top of the super range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios (fully-converted basis) equaled 76.34% and 77.16%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 37.59% and 42.00%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 37.35% and 41.26%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, given the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio which mathematically results in a ratio discounted to book value. The discounts reflected under the P/B approach were also supported by the premiums reflected in the Company’s P/E multiples.

 

On an MHC reported basis, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the $89.3 million midpoint value equaled 102.35% and 104.38%, respectively. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 122.32% and 133.04%, respectively, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s ratios were discounted by 16.33% on a P/B basis and 21.54% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 121.85% and 131.36%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios (MHC basis) at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 16.00% and 20.54%, respectively. At the top of the super range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios (MHC basis) equaled 120.48% and 122.70%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 1.50% and 7.77%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 1.12% and 6.59%, respectively.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 23

 

3.        Price-to-Assets ("P/A") . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio (fully-converted basis) to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. At the $89.3 million midpoint of the valuation range, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s pro forma P/A ratio (fully-converted basis) equaled 10.32% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 15.06%, which implies a discount of 31.47% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 14.82%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio (fully-converted basis) at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 30.36%.

 

On an MHC reported basis, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s pro forma P/A ratio at the $89.3 million midpoint value equaled 10.87%. In comparison to the Peer Group's average P/A ratio of 15.06%, Rhinebeck Bancorp’s P/A ratio (MHC basis) indicated a discount of 27.82%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 14.82%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio (MHC basis) at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 26.65%.

 

Comparison to Publicly-Traded MHCs

 

As indicated in Chapter III, we believe there are a number of characteristics of MHC shares that make them different from the shares of fully-converted companies. These factors include: (1) lower aftermarket liquidity in the MHC shares since less than 50% of the shares are available for trading; (2) no opportunity for public shareholders to exercise voting control; (3) the potential pro forma impact of second-step conversions on the pricing of MHC institutions; and (4) the regulatory policies regarding the accounting for net assets held by the MHC in a second-step conversion and, thereby, lessening the attractiveness of paying cash dividends. The above characteristics of MHC shares have provided MHC stocks with different trading characteristics versus fully-converted companies. To account for the unique trading characteristics of MHC shares, RP Financial has placed the financial data and pricing ratios of the publicly-traded MHCs on a fully-converted basis to make them comparable for valuation purposes. Using the per share and pricing information of the publicly-traded MHCs on a fully-converted basis accomplishes a number of objectives. First, such figures eliminate distortions that result when trying to compare institutions that have different public ownership interests outstanding. Secondly, such an analysis provides ratios that are comparable to the pricing information of fully-converted public companies and are directly applicable to determining the pro forma market value range of the 100% ownership interest in Rhinebeck Bancorp as an MHC. This technique is validated by the investment community's evaluation of MHC pricing, which also incorporates the pro forma impact of a second-step conversion based on the current market price.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 24

 

To calculate the fully-converted pricing information for MHCs, the reported financial information for the public MHCs incorporates the following assumptions: (1) all shares owned by the MHC are assumed to be sold at the current trading price in a second step-conversion; (2) the gross proceeds from such a sale are adjusted to reflect reasonable offering expenses and standard stock based benefit plan parameters that would be factored into a second-step conversion of an MHC institution; and (3) net proceeds are assumed to be reinvested at market rates on a tax effected basis. Book value per share and earnings per share figures for the public MHCs were adjusted by the impact of the assumed second step-conversion, resulting in an estimation of book value per share and earnings per share figures on a fully-converted basis. Table 4.5 shows the calculation of per share financial data (fully-converted basis) for each of the eleven publicly-traded MHC institutions.

 

The table below shows a comparative pricing analysis of the publicly-traded MHCs on a fully-converted basis versus the Company’s Peer Group. In comparison to the Peer Group’s P/TB ratio, the P/TB ratio of the publicly-traded MHCs reflected a discount of 30.40%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s core P/E multiple, the core P/E multiple of the publicly-traded MHCs reflected a premium of 103.25%. Detailed pricing characteristics of the fully-converted MHCs is shown in Table 4.6.

 

    Publicly-Traded        
    MHCs     Peer Group  
Pricing Ratios (Averages)(1)                
Price/earnings (x)     49.45 x     24.33 x
Price/tangible book (%)     92.60 %     133.04 %
Price/assets (%)     22.28       15.06  

 

(1) Based on market prices as of August 3, 2018.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 25

 

Table 4.5

Calculation of Implied Per Share Data - Incorporating MHC Second Step Conversion

Publicly Traded MHC Institutions

 

                                      Per Share                 Net     Net     Pro Forma  
                    Current Ownership     TTM NI     Tang.           Share     Gross     Capital     Income     Net Inc./     Bk Value/     Tang. Bk.     Assets/  
Ticker   Name   City   State   Exhange   Public     MHC Shares     Total Shares     Reported     Bk Value     Assets     Price     Proceeds(1)     Increase(2)     Increase(3)     Share     Share     Value/Share     Share  
                                                                                                     
CLBK   Columbia Financial, Inc. (MHC)   Fair Lawn   NJ   NASDAQ     53,309,020       62,580,155       115,889,175     $ 0.21     $ 8.07     $ 54.17     $ 16.64     $ 1,041,333,779     $ 895,547,050     $ 9,690,652     $ 0.30     $ 15.85     $ 15.80     $ 61.89  
CFBI   Community First Bancshares, Inc. (MHC)   Covington   GA   NASDAQ     3,467,595       4,070,655       7,538,250     $ ( 0.01 )   $ 10.04     $ 38.53     $ 11.62     $ 47,314,037     $ 40,690,072     $ 440,304     $ 0.05     $ 15.43     $ 15.43     $ 43.93  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc. (MHC)   Brookfield   WI   NASDAQ     2,469,579       3,636,875       6,106,454     $ 0.02     $ 9.70     $ 43.55     $ 11.25     $ 40,914,116     $ 35,186,140     $ 380,747     $ 0.08     $ 15.47     $ 15.46     $ 49.31  
GCBC   Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   Catskill   NY   NASDAQ     3,928,550       4,609,264       8,537,814     $ 1.69     $ 11.27     $ 134.87     $ 34.85     $ 160,632,850     $ 138,144,251     $ 1,494,849     $ 1.86     $ 27.45     $ 27.45     $ 151.05  
HONE   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   Brockton   MA   NASDAQ     15,341,661       17,281,034       32,622,695     $ 0.30     $ 10.26     $ 88.27     $ 18.03     $ 311,577,043     $ 267,956,257     $ 2,899,536     $ 0.39     $ 18.90     $ 18.48     $ 96.49  
KFFB   Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)   Frankfort   KY   NASDAQ     3,716,577       4,727,938       8,444,515     $ 0.18     $ 6.28     $ 37.06     $ 8.35     $ 39,478,282     $ 33,951,323     $ 367,385     $ 0.22     $ 12.02     $ 10.30     $ 41.08  
LSBK   Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   Dunkirk   NY   NASDAQ     2,422,839       3,636,875       6,059,714     $ 0.57     $ 12.96     $ 89.66     $ 17.30     $ 62,917,574     $ 54,109,113     $ 585,511     $ 0.67     $ 21.89     $ 21.89     $ 98.59  
MGYR   Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   New Brunswick   NJ   NASDAQ     2,617,387       3,200,450       5,817,837     $ 0.31     $ 8.69     $ 105.91     $ 12.80     $ 40,951,998     $ 35,218,718     $ 381,099     $ 0.38     $ 14.74     $ 14.74     $ 111.96  
OFED   Oconee Federal Financial Corp. (MHC)   Seneca   SC   NASDAQ     1,584,238       4,164,415       5,748,653     $ 0.64     $ 14.18     $ 83.93     $ 26.78     $ 111,503,461     $ 95,892,976     $ 1,037,651     $ 0.82     $ 31.39     $ 30.87     $ 100.61  
PDLB   PDL Community Bancorp (MHC)   Bronx   NY   NASDAQ     8,917,641       9,545,387       18,463,028     $ ( 0.22 )   $ 8.98     $ 51.43     $ 15.08     $ 143,944,436     $ 123,792,215     $ 1,339,547     $ (0.14 )   $ 15.68     $ 15.68     $ 58.14  
PVBC   Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   Amesbury   MA   NASDAQ     4,594,173       5,034,323       9,628,496     $ 0.93     $ 12.46     $ 96.11     $ 27.50     $ 138,443,883     $ 119,061,739     $ 1,288,359     $ 1.06     $ 24.83     $ 24.83     $ 108.48  

 

(1) Gross proceeds calculated as stock price multiplied by the number of shares owned by the MHC (i.e. non-public shares).
(2) Net increase in capital reflects gross proceeds less offering expenses, contra-equity account for leveraged ESOP and Restricted Stock Plan. For MHC's with assets at the MHC level, the net increase in capital also includes consolidation of MHC assets with the capital of the institution concurrent with hypothetical second step.

 

 Offering Expense Percent:     2.00 %
 ESOP Percent Purchase:     8.00 %
 RRP Percent Purchase:     4.00 %

 

(3) Net increase in earnings reflects after-tax reinvestment income (assumes ESOP and RRP do not generate reinvestment income), less after-tax ESOP amortization and RRP vesting.

 

 After-Tax Reinvestment Rate:     3.50 %
 ESOP Loan Term (Yrs.):     10  
 Recognition Plan Vesting (Yrs.):     5  
 Effective Tax Rate:     34.00 %

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP Financial, LC. calculations.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 26

 

Table 4.6

MHC Institutions Implied Pricing Ratios, Full Conversion Basis

Financial Data as of the Most Recent Quarter or Twelve Month Period Available

Prices as of August 3, 2018

 

                                                                                      Key Financial Data(2)  
                                Per Share Data     Pricing Ratios(2)     Dividends                 LTM  
                    Stock     Mkt     LTM     Tang.     P/E     Price/     Price/     Price/     Ann Div     Div.     Div Pay     Total     Tang.     Reported  
Ticker   Company Name   City   State   Exchange   Price(1)     Value     EPS     BV/Sh     LTM     Book     TBk     Assts     Rate     Yield     Ratio     Assets     E/A     ROAA     ROAE  
                    ($)     ($M)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     (%)     (%)  
                                                                                                           
Publicly Traded MHCs, Full Conversion Basis - Averages             18.20       356.1       0.52       19.17       49.45       91.17       92.60       22.28       0.00       0.00       0.00       1,503,130       24.57       0.50       2.27  
Publicly Traded MHCs, Full Conversion Basis - Medians             16.64       153.9       0.38       15.80       33.94       86.79       86.79       23.07       0.00       0.00       0.00       651,363       25.07       0.48       2.06  
                                                                                                                                         
Publicly Traded MHCs, Full Conversion Basis                                                                                                                                
CLBK   Columbia Financial, Inc. (MHC)   Fair Lawn   NJ   NASDAQ     16.64       1,928.4       0.30       15.80       55.85       104.98       105.31       26.88       0.00       0.00       0.0       7,172,950       25.53       0.48       1.88  
CFBI   Community First Bancshares, Inc. (MHC)   Covington   GA   NASDAQ     11.62       87.6       0.05       15.43       227.99       75.31       75.31       26.46       0.00       0.00       0.0       331,119       35.14       0.12       0.33  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc. (MHC)   Brookfield   WI   NASDAQ     11.25       68.7       0.08       15.46       143.49       72.70       72.78       22.82       0.00       0.00       0.0       301,097       31.35       0.16       0.51  
GCBC   Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   Catskill   NY   NASDAQ     34.85       297.5       1.86       27.45       18.71       126.97       126.97       23.07       0.00       0.00       0.0       1,289,622       18.17       1.23       6.79  
HONE   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   Brockton   MA   NASDAQ     18.03       588.2       0.39       18.48       46.37       95.40       97.57       18.69       0.00       0.00       0.0       3,147,670       19.15       0.40       2.06  
KFFB   Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)   Frankfort   KY   NASDAQ     8.35       70.5       0.22       10.30       37.22       69.50       81.09       20.33       0.00       0.00       0.0       346,897       25.07       0.55       1.87  
LSBK   Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   Dunkirk   NY   NASDAQ     17.30       104.8       0.67       21.89       25.90       79.04       79.04       17.55       0.00       0.00       0.0       597,428       22.20       0.68       3.05  
MGYR   Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   New Brunswick   NJ   NASDAQ     12.80       74.4       0.38       14.74       33.94       86.79       86.79       11.43       0.00       0.00       0.0       651,363       13.17       0.34       2.56  
OFED   Oconee Federal Financial Corp. (MHC)   Seneca   SC   NASDAQ     26.78       153.9       0.82       30.87       32.80       85.29       86.75       26.61       0.00       0.00       0.0       578,364       30.68       0.81       2.60  
PDLB   PDL Community Bancorp (MHC)   Bronx   NY   NASDAQ     15.08       278.4       -0.14       15.68       -104.30       96.17       96.17       25.94       0.00       0.00       0.0       1,073,415       26.97       -0.25       -0.92  
PVBC   Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   Amesbury   MA   NASDAQ     27.50       264.8       1.06       24.83       25.93       110.77       110.77       25.35       0.00       0.00       0.0       1,044,502       22.89       0.98       4.27  

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP Financial, LC. calculations.

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 27

 

In comparison to the publicly-traded MHCs, the Company’s pro forma P/TB ratio (fully-converted basis) of 69.35% at the midpoint of the valuation range reflected a discount of 25.11%. At the top of the super range, the Company’s P/TB ratio (fully-converted basis) of 77.16% reflected a discount of 16.67%. In comparison to the publicly-traded MHCs, the Company’s pro forma P/E multiple (fully-converted basis) of 32.01 times at the midpoint of the valuation range reflected a discount of 35.27%. At the top of the super range, the Company’s P/E multiple (fully-converted basis) of 41.34 times reflected a discount of 16.40%.

 

It should be noted that in a comparison of the publicly-traded MHCs to Rhinebeck Bancorp, the publicly-traded MHCs maintain certain inherit characteristics in support of increasing the attractiveness of their stocks relative to Rhinebeck Bancorp’s stock as an MHC that will just be completing an IPO: (1) the seasoned publicly-traded MHCs are viewed as potential candidates to complete a second-step offering; and (2) some of the publicly-traded MHCs have been grandfathered to waive dividend payments to the MHC pursuant to receiving an annual majority vote by the depositors to approve the waiver of dividends.

 

Comparison to Recent MHC Offerings

 

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). In comparison to Columbia Financial’s closing first-step offering pro forma P/TB ratio of 80.50%, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 69.35% at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 13.85%. At the top of the super maximum, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 77.16% reflects an implied discount of 4.15% relative to Columbia Financial’s closing pro forma P/TB ratio. In comparison to SSB Bancorp’s closing first-step offering pro forma P/TB ratio of 72.90%, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 69.35% at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 4.87%. At the top of the super maximum, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 77.16% reflects an implied premium of 5.84% relative to SSB Bancorp’s closing pro forma P/TB ratio.

 

 
RP ® Financial, LC. 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV. 28

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of August 3, 2018, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, both shares issued publicly as well as to the MHC, equaled $89,285,710 at the midpoint, equal to 8,928,571 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $75,892,850 and a maximum value of $102,678,570. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 7,589,285 at the minimum and 10,267,857 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a super maximum value of $118,080,360 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the super maximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 11,808,036. The Board of Directors has established a public offering range such that the public ownership of the Company will constitute a 43.0% ownership interest prior to the issuance of shares to the Foundation. Accordingly, the offering to the public of the minority stock will equal $32,633,930 at the minimum, $38,392,860 at the midpoint, $44,151,790 at the maximum and $50,774,560 at the super maximum of the valuation range. Based on the public offering range and inclusive of the shares issued to the Foundation, equal to 2.0% of the shares issued in the stock issuance, the public ownership of shares will represent 45.0% of the shares issued throughout the valuation range. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group (fully-converted basis) are shown in Table 4.3 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8; the pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group based on reported financials are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibits IV-9 and IV-10.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
I-1   Map of Office Locations
     
I-2   Audited Financial Statements
     
I-3   Key Operating Ratios
     
I-4   Investment Portfolio Composition
     
I-5   Yields and Costs
     
I-6   Loan Loss Allowance Activity
     
I-7   Interest Rate Risk Analysis
     
I-8   Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loans
     
I-9   Loan Portfolio Composition
     
I-10   Contractual Maturity by Loan Type
     
I-11   Non-Performing Assets
     
I-12   Deposit Composition
     
I-13   Maturity of Time Deposits
     
I-14   Borrowing Activity
     
II-1   Description of Office Properties
     
II-2   Historical Interest Rates

 

 

 

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS (continued)

 

Exhibit    
Number   Description
     
III-1   General Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Institutions
     
III-2   Public Market Pricing of Mid-Atlantic Thrift Institutions
     
III-3   Public Market Pricing of New England Thrift Institutions
     
III-4   Peer Group Market Area Comparative Analysis
     
IV-1   Stock Prices:  As of August 3, 2018
     
IV-2   Historical Stock Price Indices
     
IV-3   Stock Indices as of August 3, 2018
     
IV-4   New York Thrift Acquisitions 2014 - Present
     
IV-5   Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes
     
IV-6   Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios
     
IV-7   Pro Forma Analysis Sheet – Fully Converted Basis
     
IV-8   Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds – Fully Converted Basis
     
IV-9   Pro Forma Analysis Sheet – Minority Stock Offering
     
IV-10   Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds – Minority Stock Offering
     
V-1   Firm Qualifications Statement

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-1

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Map of Office Locations

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-1
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Map of Office Locations

 

  

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-2

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Audited Financial Statements

[Incorporated by Reference]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-3

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Key Operating Ratios

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-3
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Key Operating Ratios

 

    At or For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
                                           
Performance Ratios (1):                                                        
Return on average assets (2)     0.32 %     0.45 %     0.41 %     0.39 %     0.13 %     0.15 %     0.23 %
Return on average equity (3)     4.41 %     6.07 %     5.45 %     5.04 %     1.67 %     1.75 %     2.71 %
Interest rate spread (4)     3.59 %     3.51 %     3.54 %     3.41 %     3.39 %     3.79 %     4.07 %
Net interest margin (5)     3.78 %     3.66 %     3.69 %     3.56 %     3.53 %     3.93 %     4.19 %
Efficiency ratio (6)     82.99 %     81.15 %     76.10 %     81.15 %     91.78 %     87.04 %     83.78 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   130.69 %     129.89 %     131.69 %     131.57 %     127.39 %     122.82 %     123.34 %
Loans to deposits     93.17 %     82.63 %     87.12 %     80.32 %     78.83 %     84.74 %     87.66 %
Equity to assets (7)     7.23 %     7.46 %     7.60 %     7.71 %     7.76 %     8.27 %     8.59 %
                                                         
Capital Ratios:                                                        
Tier 1 capital (to total average assets)     8.33 %     8.27 %     8.57 %     8.08 %     8.20 %     8.04 %     8.45 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)     9.62 %     10.34 %     10.54 %     10.37 %     10.63 %     9.80 %     9.82 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)     10.50 %     11.30 %     11.45 %     11.43 %     11.69 %     10.90 %     10.96 %
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)     9.62 %     10.34 %     10.54 %     10.37 %     10.63 %     9.80 %     9.82 %
                                                         
Asset Quality Ratios:                                                        
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans     0.96 %     1.02 %     0.96 %     1.14 %     1.15 %     1.19 %     1.25 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of non-performing loans     59.51 %     69.32 %     58.28 %     75.01 %     90.80 %     50.69 %     55.69 %
Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period     0.10 %     0.16 %     0.24 %     0.15 %     0.11 %     0.50 %     0.41 %
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans     1.61 %     1.47 %     1.65 %     1.52 %     1.26 %     2.35 %     2.24 %
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets     1.49 %     1.44 %     1.56 %     1.46 %     1.34 %     2.51 %     2.82 %
                                                         
Other Data:                                                        
Number of offices (8)     14       15       13       15       14       15       15  
Number of full-time equivalent employees     157       154       153       152       142       140       153  

 

 

(1) Performance ratios for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 are annualized.
(2) Represents net income divided by average total assets.
(3) Represents net income divided by average equity.
(4) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield earned on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. Tax exempt income is reported on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state marginal tax rate of 27% for 2018 and 40% for the previous periods.
(5) Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets. Tax exempt income is reported on a tax equivalent basis using a combined federal and state marginal tax rate of 27% for 2018 and 40% for the previous periods.
(6) Represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(7) Represents average equity divided by average total assets.
(8) Includes a representative office opened in Montgomery, New York in March 2017 and a representative office opened in Albany, New York in April 2018.

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-4

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Investment Portfolio Composition

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-4
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Investment Portfolio Composition

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Securities held-to-maturity:                                                                
Municipal securities   $ 1,329     $ 1,330     $ 1,582     $ 1,596     $ 1,392     $ 1,395     $ 1,559     $ 1,592  
Other     323       323       332       332       243       243       1,222       1,222  
Total     1,652       1,653       1,914       1,928       1,635       1,638       2,781       2,814  
Securities available-for-sale:                                                                
U.S. government and agency obligations     16,927       16,275       16,935       16,526       20,205       19,715       10,029       9,993  
U.S. Treasury securities     3,042       2,946       3,048       3,001       12,132       12,056       8,055       8,027  
Mortgage-backed securities – residential     86,181       82,217       93,858       91,390       106,705       104,823       92,199       91,306  
Municipal securities     1,829       1,818       2,401       2,385       3,673       3,673       3,235       3,324  
Total   $ 107,979     $ 103,256     $ 116,242     $ 113,302     $ 142,715     $ 140,267     $ 113,518     $ 112,650  

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-5

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Yields and Costs

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-5
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Yields and Costs

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2018     2017  
    Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost     Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Assets:                                                
Cash and due from banks   $ 1,226     $ 9       1.48 %   $ 5,230     $ 22       0.85 %
Loans     589,300       14,147       4.84       528,773       12,272       4.68  
Marketable securities     111,609       1,198       2.16       125,823       1,310       2.10  
Total interest-earning assets     702,135       15,354       4.41       659,826       13,604       4.16  
                                                 
Non-interest-earning assets     53,828                       57,442                  
Total assets   $ 755,963                     $ 717,268                  
                                                 
Liabilities and equity:                                                
NOW accounts   $ 102,102       109       0.22     $ 88,724       77       0.18  
Money market accounts     126,267       449       0.72       128,455       412       0.65  
Savings accounts     125,028       137       0.22       124,206       81       0.13  
Certificates of deposit     146,470       1,076       1.48       147,875       892       1.22  
Total interest-bearing deposits     499,867       1,771       0.71       489,260       1,462       0.60  
                                                 
Escrow accounts     7,089       44       1.25       6,800       41       1.25  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     25,133       262       2.10       6,778       29       0.86  
Subordinated debt     5,155       100       3.91       5,155       79       3.09  
Total interest-bearing liabilities     537,244       2,177       0.82       507,993       1,611       0.64  
                                                 
Non-interest-bearing deposits     154,378                       146,876                  
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities     9,698                       8,872                  
Total liabilities     701,320                       663,741                  
                                                 
Total stockholder’s equity     54,643                       53,527                  
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity   $ 755,963                     $ 717,268                  
Net interest income           $ 13,177                     $ 11,993          
Interest rate spread                     3.59 %                     3.52 %
Net interest margin                     3.78 %                     3.67 %
Average interest-earning assets to average Interest-bearing liabilities     130.69 %                     129.89 %                

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-5 (continued)
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Yields and Costs

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
    Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost     Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost     Average
Balance
    Interest and
Dividends
    Yield/Cost  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Assets:                                                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 4,968     $ 50       1.01 %   $ 12,165     $ 62       0.51 %   $ 16,547     $ 42       0.25 %
Loans     540,506       25,385       4.70       488,060       22,929       4.70       483,653       23,379       4.64  
Marketable securities     122,836       2,541       2.07       135,882       2,693       1.98       102,415       1,879       1.83  
Total interest-earning assets     668,310       27,976       4.19       636,107       25,684       4.04       601,615       24,300       4.04  
                                                                         
Non-interest-earning assets     56,553                       56,366                       61,168                  
Total assets   $ 724,863                     $ 692,473                     $ 662,783                  
                                                                         
Liabilities and equity:                                                                        
NOW accounts   $ 90,629       159       0.18     $ 82,299       140       0.17     $ 73,443       111       0.15  
Money market accounts     127,126       822       0.65       112,071       660       0.59       103,230       582       0.56  
Savings accounts     125,685       198       0.16       120,059       136       0.11       110,855       120       0.11  
Certificates of deposit     144,674       1,786       1.23       155,613       1,884       1.21       173,090       2,051       1.18  
Total interest-bearing deposits     488,114       2,965       0.61     470,042       2,820       0.60       460,618       2,864       0.62  
                                                                         
Escrow accounts     7,415       92       1.24       6,764       81       1.20       5,934       72       1.21  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     6,817       77       1.13       1,495       9       0.60       540       20       3.70  
Subordinated debt     5,155       166       3.22       5,155       140       2.72       5,155       120       2.33  
Total interest-bearing liabilities     507,501       3,300       0.65       483,456       3,050       0.63       472,247       3,076       0.65  
                                                                         
Non-interest-bearing deposits     153,167                       147,465                       129,698                  
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities     9,084                       8,163                       9,423                  
Total liabilities     669,752                       639,084                       611,368                  
                                                                         
Total stockholder’s equity     55,111                       53,389                       51,415                  
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity   $ 724,863                     $ 692,473                     $ 662,783                  
Net interest income           $ 24,677                     $ 22,634                     $ 21,223          
Interest rate spread                     3.54 %                     3.41 %                     3.39 %
Net interest margin                     3.69 %                     3.56 %                     3.53 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities     131.69 %                     131.57 %                     127.39 %                

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-6

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Loan Loss Allowance Activity

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-6
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Loan Loss Allowance Activity

 

    Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period   $ 5,457     $ 5,876     $ 5,876     $ 5,410     $ 5,784     $ 5,842     $ 4,712  
Provision for loan losses     1,050       450       900       1,200       150       2,400       3,000  
Charge-offs:                                                        
Residential real estate loans           79       79             104       70       588  
Commercial real estate loans     302             16                   238       380  
Commercial loans     19             594       95       42       28       377  
Consumer loans     763       1,350       1,726       1,853       2,820       2,923       1,551  
Total charge-offs     1,084       1,429       2,415       1,948       2,966       3,259       2,896  
                                                         
Recoveries:                                                        
Residential real estate loans     3       2       9       5                    
Commercial real estate loans           93       92             1,428             33  
Commercial loans     113       2       2       243       10       9       326  
Consumer loans     400       484       993       966       1,004       792       667  
Total recoveries     516       581       1,095       1,214       2,441       801       1,026  
Net charge-offs     568       848       1,320       734       525       2,458       1,871  
                                                         
Allowance for loan losses at end of period   $ 5,939     $ 5,478     $ 5,457     $ 5,876     $ 5,410     $ 5,784     $ 5,842  
                                                         
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of period     59.51 %     69.31 %     58.28 %     75.01 %     90.80 %     50.68 %     55.70 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding at end of period     0.96 %     1.02 %     0.96 %     1.14 %     1.15 %     1.19 %     1.25 %
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding during period     0.10 %     0.16 %     0.25 %     0.15 %     0.11 %     0.51 %     0.42 %

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-7

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Interest Rate Risk Analysis

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-7
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Interest Rate Risk Analysis

 

    Net Portfolio Value     Net Portfolio Value as
Percent of Portfolio
Value of Assets
 
    (Dollars in thousands)              
Basis Point (“bp”) Change in Interest Rates   Dollar
Amount
    Dollar
Change
    Percent
Change
    NPV
Ratio
    Change  
                               
400   $ 26,155     $ (3,366 )     (11 )%     11.19 %     (11 )%
300     27,096       (2,425 )     (8 )%     11.59 %     (8 )%
200     28,022       (1,499 )     (5 )%     11.95 %     (5 )%
100     28,866       (655 )     (2 )%     12.34 %     (2 )%
0     29,521             %     12.56 %      
-100     28,618       (903 )     (3 )%     11.40 %     (9 )%

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-8

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loans

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-8
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Fixed and Adjustable Rate Loans

 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans at December 31, 2017 that are due after December 31, 2018 and have either fixed interest rates or floating or adjustable interest rates. The amounts shown below exclude unearned loan origination fees.

 

    Fixed Rates     Floating or
Adjustable Rates
    Total  
    (In thousands)  
                   
Residential real estate loans   $ 24,508     $ 15,809     $ 40,317  
Commercial real estate loans     23,125       178,805       198,930  
Commercial loans     26,812       11,978       38,790  
Consumer loans     220,770       18,294       239,064  
Total   $ 295,215     $ 221,886     $ 517,101  

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-9

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Loan Portfolio Composition

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-9
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Loan Portfolio Composition

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Residential Real Estate Loans (1) (2)   $ 43,736       7.05 %   $ 43,300       7.65 %   $ 40,382       7.86 %   $ 35,427       7.52 %   $ 34,937       7.19 %   $ 32,343       6.90 %
                                                                                                 
Commercial Real Estate Loans:                                                                                                
Non-residential     199,516       32.15 %     192,469       33.98 %     171,563       33.39 %     152,036       32.28 %     162,440       33.45 %     163,712       34.91 %
Multi-family     12,459       2.01 %     13,103       2.31 %     6,788       1.32 %     6,939       1.47 %     5,380       1.11 %     5,447       1.16 %
Construction (3)     8,722       1.41 %     5,621       0.99 %     13,420       2.61 %     7,442       1.58 %     4,253       0.88 %     3,738       0.80 %
Total     220,697       35.56 %     211,193       37.29 %     191,771       37.33       166,417       35.33 %     172,073       35.43 %     172,897       36.87 %
                                                                                                 
Commercial Loans:     75,612       12.18 %     67,650       11.94 %     56,871       11.07 %     50,305       10.68 %     46,082       9.49 %     47,428       10.11 %
                                                                                                 
Consumer Loans:                                                                                                
Indirect automobile     250,217       40.32 %     214,823       37.93 %     195,343       38.02 %     188,856       40.09 %     201,139       41.41 %     184,517       39.34 %
Home equity lines of credit     20,132       3.24 %     19,452       3.43 %     20,798       4.05 %     22,600       4.80 %     24,310       5.01 %     24,851       5.30 %
Other consumer     10,197       1.64 %     9,929       1.75 %     8,615       1.68 %     7,442       1.58 %     7,129       1.47 %     6,939       1.48 %
Total     280,456       45.20 %     244,204       43.11 %     224,756       43.75 %     218,898       46.47 %     232,578       47.89 %     216,307       46.12 %
                                                                                                 
Total loans receivable     620,591       100.00 %     566,347       100.00 %     513,780       100.00 %     471,047       100.00 %     485,670       100.00 %     468,975       100.00 %
                                                                                                 
Less:  net deferred loan origination fees     6,575       1.06 %     5,288       0.93 %     4,690       0.91 %     4,745       1.01 %     5,703       1.17 %     5,799       1.24 %
Less:  allowance for loan losses     (5,939 )     (0.96 )%     (5,457 )     (0.96 )%     (5,876 )     (1.14 )%     (5,410 )     (1.15 )%     (5,785 )     (1.19 )%     (5,842 )     (1.25 )%
Loans receivable, net   $ 621,227       100.00 %   $ 566,178       99.97 %   $ 512,594       99.77 %   $ 470,382       99.86 %   $ 485,588       99.98 %   $ 468,932       99.99 %

____________

(1) Includes in amounts disclosed for residential real estate loans the amount of residential construction loans totaling $4.4 million, $3.0 million, $5.1 million, $4.9 million, $3.2 million and $899,000 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The undrawn amounts of residential construction loans totaled $1.3 million, $2.0 million, $2.6 million, $1.7 million, $1.3 million and $421,000 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2) Includes loans held for sale totaling $1.1 million, $2.2 million, $482,000, $112,000, $628,000 and $967,000 at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(3) Represents the amounts distributed at the dates indicated. The undrawn amounts on the commercial construction loans totaled $9.8 million, $5.2 million, $3.5 million, $7.8 million, $1.3 million and $2.4 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-10

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Contractual Maturity by Loan Type

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-10
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Contractual Maturity by Loan Type

 

    At December 31, 2017  
    Residential
Real Estate
Loans
    Commercial Real
Estate Loans
    Commercial
Loans
    Consumer
Loans
    Total Loans  
    (In thousands)  
                               
Amounts due in:                                        
One year or less   $ 2,983     $ 12,263     $ 28,860     $ 5,140     $ 49,246  
More than one year through two years     13       1,396       4,946       15,670       22,025  
More than two years through three years     38       3,238       5,764       27,058       36,098  
More than three years through five years     88       7,568       16,561       103,627       127,844  
More than five years through ten years     4,256       37,496       9,837       75,058       126,647  
More than ten years through fifteen years     7,038       43,470       1,083       5,277       56,898  
More than fifteen years     24,884       105,762       599       12,374       147,619  
Total   $ 43,300     $ 211,193     $ 67,650     $ 244,204     $ 566,347  

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-11

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Non-Performing Assets

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-11
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Non-Performing Assets

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Non-accrual loans (1) :                                                
Residential real estate loans   $ 2,402     $ 2,100     $ 1,953     $ 2,024     $ 1,529     $ 2,423  
Commercial real estate loans     5,874       5,569       3,345       2,175       6,146       3,918  
Commercial loans     1,211       1,237       1,854       693       725       1,308  
Consumer loans     493       458       682       1,066       3,012       2,839  
Total     9,980       9,364       7,834       5,958       11,412       10,488  
                                                 
Real estate owned     1,792       2,233       2,683       2,996       4,928       6,804  
Total non-performing assets     11,772       11,597       10,517       8,954       16,340       17,292  
                                                 
Troubled debt restructurings (accruing):                                                
Residential real estate loans                             620       635  
Commercial real estate loans                             2,416       2,537  
Commercial loans                                    
Consumer loans     98       98       98       98       98       199  
Total troubled debt restructurings (accruing)     98       98       98       98       3,134       3,371  
                                                 
Total troubled debt restructurings (accruing) and total non-performing assets   $ 11,870     $ 11,695     $ 10,615     $ 9,052     $ 19,474     $ 20,663  
                                                 
Total non-performing loans to total loans     1.61 %     1.65 %     1.52 %     1.26 %     2.35 %     2.24 %
Total non-performing loans to total assets     1.26 %     1.26 %     1.08 %     0.89 %     1.75 %     1.71 %
Total non-performing assets to total assets     1.49 %     1.56 %     1.46 %     1.34 %     2.51 %     2.82 %
Total non-performing assets and troubled debt restructurings (accruing) to total assets     1.50 %     1.58 %     1.47 %     1.35 %     2.99 %     3.37 %

___________________

(1) Non-accrual loans include non-accruing troubled debt restructurings, which totaled $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $161,000, $_________, $_________ and $_________ at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-12

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Deposit Composition

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-12
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Deposit Composition

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Non-interest-bearing demand accounts   $ 158,182       23.75 %   $ 157,827       24.28 %   $ 150,593       23.54 %   $ 141,822       23.74 %
NOW accounts     107,289       16.11       101,167       15.56       91,566       14.31       77,805       13.02  
Money market accounts     120,863       18.14       123,643       19.02       123,811       19.36       100,778       16.87  
Savings accounts     127,561       19.15       125,245       19.26       122,257       19.11       115,586       19.34  
Certificates of deposit     152,203       22.85       142,223       21.88       151,448       23.68       161,536       27.03  
Total   $ 666,098       100.00 %   $ 650,105       100.00 %   $ 639,675       100.00 %   $ 597,527       100.00 %

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-13

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Maturity of Time Deposits

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-13
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Maturity of Time Deposits

 

The following tables set forth time deposit accounts classified by rate and maturity at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

    Amount Due              
    Less Than One
Year
    More Than One
Year to Two
Years
   

More Than Two
Years to

Three Years

    More Than
Three Years
    Total     Percent of Total
Time Deposit
Accounts
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
0.00 - 1.00%   $ 30,104     $ 963     $ 670     $ 97     $ 31,231       20.52 %
1.01 - 2.00%     36,626       19,011       5,883       4,265       65,785       43.22 %
2.01 - 3.00%     39,049       2,218       332       13,441       55,040       36.16 %
3.01 - 4.00%     147       -       -       -       147       0.10 %
Total   $ 105,926     $ 22,192     $ 6,282     $ 17,803     $ 152,203       100.00 %
                   
    Amount Due              
    Less Than One
Year
    More Than One
Year to Two
Years
   

More Than Two
Years to

Three Years

    More Than
Three Years
    Total     Percent of Total
Time Deposit
Accounts
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
0.00 - 1.00%   $ 42,130     $ 4,914     $ 130     $ 14     $ 47,188       33.18 %
1.01 - 2.00%     19,201       12,882       10,632       5,522       48,237       33.92 %
2.01 - 3.00%     8,159       29,807       226       8,462       46,654       32.80 %
3.01 - 4.00%     144       -       -       -       144       0.10 %
Total   $ 69,634     $ 47,603     $ 10,988     $ 13,998     $ 142,223       100.00 %

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I-14

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Borrowing Activity

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I-14
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Borrowing Activity

 

   

Six Months Ended

June 30,

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2017     2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  
                               
Maximum balance outstanding at any month-end during period   $ 48,300     $ 21,500     $ 21,500     $ 15,000     $ 7,500  
Average balance outstanding during period     25,133       6,778       6,816       1,495       540  
Weighted average interest rate during period     2.10 %     0.85 %     1.12 %     0.60 %     3.77 %
Balance outstanding at end of period   $ 43,000     $     $ 14,900     $ 9,500     $  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period     2.54 %     %     1.53 %     0.78 %     %

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT II-1

Description of Office Properties

 

 

 

 

Exhibit II-1
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Description of Office Properties

 

Properties

 

At June 30, 2018, we conducted business through our corporate office in Poughkeepsie and 11 other retail banking offices located in Rhinebeck, Fishkill, Goshen, Hopewell Junction, Hyde Park, Kingston, Poughkeepsie (three branch offices), Red Hook and Wappingers Falls, two representative offices in Montgomery and Albany, as well as an ATM located in Tivoli, New York. We own eight and lease six properties, and own three other buildings on long-term land leases. At June 30, 2018, the net book value of our land, buildings, furniture, fixtures and equipment was $16.8 million.

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT II-2

Historical Interest Rates

 

 

 

 

Exhibit II-2

Historical Interest Rates(1)

 

    Prime     90 Day     One Year     10 Year  
Year/Qtr. Ended   Rate     T-Note     T-Note     T-Note  
                             
2004:   Quarter 1     4.00 %     0.95 %     1.20 %     3.86 %
    Quarter 2     4.00 %     1.33 %     2.09 %     4.62 %
    Quarter 3     4.75 %     1.70 %     2.16 %     4.12 %
    Quarter 4     5.25 %     2.22 %     2.75 %     4.24 %
                                     
2005:   Quarter 1     5.75 %     2.80 %     3.43 %     4.51 %
    Quarter 2     6.00 %     3.12 %     3.51 %     3.98 %
    Quarter 3     6.75 %     3.55 %     4.01 %     4.34 %
    Quarter 4     7.25 %     4.08 %     4.38 %     4.39 %
                                     
2006:   Quarter 1     7.75 %     4.63 %     4.82 %     4.86 %
    Quarter 2     8.25 %     5.01 %     5.21 %     5.15 %
    Quarter 3     8.25 %     4.88 %     4.91 %     4.64 %
    Quarter 4     8.25 %     5.02 %     5.00 %     4.71 %
                                     
2007:   Quarter 1     8.25 %     5.04 %     4.90 %     4.65 %
    Quarter 2     8.25 %     4.82 %     4.91 %     5.03 %
    Quarter 3     7.75 %     3.82 %     4.05 %     4.59 %
    Quarter 4     7.25 %     3.36 %     3.34 %     3.91 %
                                     
2008:   Quarter 1     5.25 %     1.38 %     1.55 %     3.45 %
    Quarter 2     5.00 %     1.90 %     2.36 %     3.99 %
    Quarter 3     5.00 %     0.92 %     1.78 %     3.85 %
    Quarter 4     3.25 %     0.11 %     0.37 %     2.25 %
                                     
2009:   Quarter 1     3.25 %     0.21 %     0.57 %     2.71 %
    Quarter 2     3.25 %     0.19 %     0.56 %     3.53 %
    Quarter 3     3.25 %     0.14 %     0.40 %     3.31 %
    Quarter 4     3.25 %     0.06 %     0.47 %     3.85 %
                                     
2010:   Quarter 1     3.25 %     0.16 %     0.41 %     3.84 %
    Quarter 2     3.25 %     0.18 %     0.32 %     2.97 %
    Quarter 3     3.25 %     0.18 %     0.32 %     2.97 %
    Quarter 4     3.25 %     0.12 %     0.29 %     3.30 %
                                     
2011:   Quarter 1     3.25 %     0.09 %     0.30 %     3.47 %
    Quarter 2     3.25 %     0.03 %     0.19 %     3.18 %
    Quarter 3     3.25 %     0.02 %     0.13 %     1.92 %
    Quarter 4     3.25 %     0.02 %     0.12 %     1.89 %
                                     
2012:   Quarter 1     3.25 %     0.07 %     0.19 %     2.23 %
    Quarter 2     3.25 %     0.09 %     0.21 %     1.67 %
    Quarter 3     3.25 %     0.10 %     0.17 %     1.65 %
    Quarter 4     3.25 %     0.05 %     0.16 %     1.78 %
                                     
2013:   Quarter 1     3.25 %     0.07 %     0.14 %     1.87 %
    Quarter 2     3.25 %     0.04 %     0.15 %     2.52 %
    Quarter 3     3.25 %     0.02 %     0.10 %     2.64 %
    Quarter 4     3.25 %     0.07 %     0.13 %     3.04 %
                                     
2014:   Quarter 1     3.25 %     0.05 %     0.13 %     2.73 %
    Quarter 2     3.25 %     0.04 %     0.11 %     2.53 %
    Quarter 3     3.25 %     0.02 %     0.13 %     2.52 %
    Quarter 4     3.25 %     0.04 %     0.25 %     2.17 %
                                     
2015:   Quarter 1     3.25 %     0.03 %     0.26 %     1.94 %
    Quarter 2     3.25 %     0.01 %     0.28 %     2.35 %
    Quarter 3     3.25 %     0.00 %     0.33 %     2.06 %
    Quarter 4     3.50 %     0.16 %     0.65 %     2.27 %
                                     
2016:   Quarter 1     3.50 %     0.21 %     0.59 %     1.78 %
    Quarter 2     3.50 %     0.26 %     0.45 %     1.49 %
    Quarter 3     3.50 %     0.29 %     0.59 %     1.60 %
    Quarter 4     3.75 %     0.51 %     0.85 %     2.45 %
                                     
2017:   Quarter 1     4.00 %     0.76 %     1.03 %     2.40 %
    Quarter 2     4.25 %     1.03 %     1.24 %     2.31 %
    Quarter 3     4.25 %     1.06 %     1.31 %     2.33 %
    Quarter 4     4.50 %     1.39 %     1.76 %     2.40 %
                                     
2018:   Quarter 1     4.75 %     1.73 %     2.09 %     2.74 %
    Quarter 2     5.00 %     1.93 %     2.33 %     2.85 %
    As of Aug. 3, 2018     5.00 %     2.01 %     2.43 %     2.95 %

 

(1) End of period data.

 

Sources: Federal Reserve and The Wall Street Journal.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT III-1

 

General Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Institutions

 

 

 

 

Exhibit III-1

Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

August 3, 2018

 

                                            As of  
                                            August 3, 2018  
                        Total           Fiscal   Conv.   Stock     Market  
Ticker   Financial Institution   Exchange   Region   City   State   Assets     Offices     Mth End   Date   Price     Value  
                        ($Mil)                   ($)     ($Mil)  
                                                     
BCTF   Bancorp 34, Inc.   NASDAQ   SW   Alamogordo   NM   $ 378       4     Dec   5/16/00   $ 15.05     $ 49  
BNCL   Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Philadelphia   PA     5,770       62     Dec   7/13/07     16.45       1,185  
BHBK   Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Norwood   MA     2,741       11     Dec   7/21/14     22.20       537  
BOFI   BofI Holding, Inc.   NASDAQ   WE   San Diego   CA     9,982       2     Jun   3/14/05     41.85       2,618  
BYFC   Broadway Financial Corporation   NASDAQ   WE   Los Angeles   CA     401       3     Dec   1/8/96     2.05       38  
BLMT   BSB Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Belmont   MA     2,909       7     Dec   10/4/11     33.40       313  
CFFN   Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Topeka   KS     9,049       48     Sep   3/31/99     13.12       1,765  
CARV   Carver Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   New York   NY     694       8     Mar   10/24/94     3.74       14  
DCOM   Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Brooklyn   NY     6,253       30     Dec   6/26/96     17.40       654  
EFBI   Eagle Financial Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Cincinnati   OH     132       3     Dec   7/20/17     15.99       24  
ESBK   Elmira Savings Bank   NASDAQ   MA   Elmira   NY     563       12     Dec   3/1/85     20.54       72  
ESSA   ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Stroudsburg   PA     1,827       23     Sep   3/15/07     15.64       163  
FCAP   First Capital, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Corydon   IN     788       18     Dec   2/1/93     38.07       128  
FDEF   First Defiance Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   MW   Defiance   OH     3,040       43     Dec   7/19/93     31.90       651  
FNWB   First Northwest Bancorp   NASDAQ   WE   Port Angeles   WA     1,203       11     Dec   1/29/15     15.90       172  
FBC   Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.   NYSE   MW   Troy   MI     18,130       108     Dec   4/30/97     34.01       1,959  
FSBW   FS Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   WE   Mountlake Terrace   WA     1,133       13     Dec   7/9/12     61.40       222  
FSBC   FSB Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Fairport   NY     315       5     Dec   8/10/07     18.00       34  
HIFS   Hingham Institution for Savings   NASDAQ   NE   Hingham   MA     2,308       13     Dec   12/13/88     220.70       471  
HMNF   HMN Financial, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Rochester   MN     726       14     Dec   6/30/94     20.85       96  
HFBL   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   NASDAQ   SW   Shreveport   LA     422       7     Jun   1/18/05     33.40       60  
HVBC   HV Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Huntingdon Valley   PA     264       6     Jun   1/11/17     15.15       33  
IROQ   IF Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Watseka   IL     619       7     Jun   7/7/11     24.37       89  
ISBC   Investors Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Short Hills   NJ     25,365       151     Dec   10/11/05     12.65       3,630  
KRNY   Kearny Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   MA   Fairfield   NJ     6,580       54     Jun   2/23/05     13.80       1,367  
MELR   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Melrose   MA     311       1     Dec   10/21/14     19.70       47  
EBSB   Meridian Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Peabody   MA     5,678       35     Dec   1/22/08     18.10       893  
CASH   Meta Financial Group, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Sioux Falls   SD     4,169       12     Sep   9/20/93     89.20       865  
MSVB   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Salem   IN     215       3     Dec   4/8/98     12.34       44  
MSBF   MSB Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   MA   Millington   NJ     601       4     Dec   1/4/07     21.15       108  
NYCB   New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   NYSE   MA   Westbury   NY     50,469       256     Dec   11/23/93     10.73       5,262  
NFBK   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Woodbridge   NJ     4,188       39     Dec   11/7/07     16.37       804  
NWBI   Northwest Bancshares, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Warren   PA     9,562       173     Dec   11/4/94     17.93       1,849  
ORIT   Oritani Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   MA   Township of Washington   NJ     4,167       27     Jun   1/23/07     15.93       708  
OTTW   Ottawa Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Ottawa   IL     274       3     Dec   7/11/05     13.71       47  
PBBI   PB Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Putnam   CT     530       8     Jun   10/4/04     11.85       86  
PCSB   PCSB Financial Corporation   NASDAQ   MA   Yorktown Heights   NY     1,480       17     Jun   4/20/17     19.92       335  
PROV   Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.   NASDAQ   WE   Riverside   CA     1,176       15     Jun   6/27/96     18.31       136  
PFS   Provident Financial Services, Inc.   NYSE   MA   Iselin   NJ     9,733       86     Dec   1/15/03     25.22       1,634  
PBIP   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Philadelphia   PA     1,029       11     Sep   3/29/05     18.56       167  
RNDB   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Stoughton   MA     566       7     Dec   7/1/16     16.64       93  
RVSB   Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   WE   Vancouver   WA     1,140       20     Mar   10/26/93     9.10       205  
SVBI   Severn Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MA   Annapolis   MD     821       5     Dec   1/0/00     8.60       109  
SIFI   SI Financial Group, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Willimantic   CT     1,596       23     Dec   9/30/04     13.95       166  
STXB   Spirit of Texas Bancshares, Inc.   NASDAQ   SW   Conroe   TX     1,077       15     Dec   5/3/18     21.79       213  
STND   Standard AVB Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   MA   Monroeville   PA     983       20     Dec   10/6/10     30.36       140  
SBT   Sterling Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Southfield   MI     3,111       28     Dec   11/16/17     12.36       655  
TBNK   Territorial Bancorp Inc.   NASDAQ   WE   Honolulu   HI     2,032       30     Dec   7/13/09     30.30       279  
TSBK   Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   WE   Hoquiam   WA     1,006       22     Sep   1/12/98     36.62       269  
TBK   Triumph Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   SW   Dallas   TX     3,795       51     Dec   11/6/14     41.25       1,083  
TRST   TrustCo Bank Corp NY   NASDAQ   MA   Glenville   NY     4,941       148     Dec   1/0/00     9.10       878  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit III-1

Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

August 3, 2018

 

                                            As of  
                                            August 3, 2018  
                        Total           Fiscal   Conv.   Stock     Market  
Ticker   Financial Institution   Exchange   Region   City   State   Assets     Offices     Mth End   Date   Price     Value  
                        ($Mil)                   ($)     ($Mil)  
                                                     
UBNK   United Financial Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Hartford   CT     7,209       55     Dec   5/20/05     17.41       879  
WSBF   Waterstone Financial, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Wauwatosa   WI     1,877       13     Dec   10/4/05     16.95       469  
WCFB   WCF Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   MW   Webster City   IA     132       2     Dec   8/12/94     8.95       22  
WEBK   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Wellesley   MA     830       6     Dec   1/25/12     33.68       84  
WNEB   Western New England Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   NE   Westfield   MA     2,096       24     Dec   12/27/01     10.75       316  
WSFS   WSFS Financial Corporation   NASDAQ   MA   Wilmington   DE     7,113       63     Dec   11/26/86     55.70       1,766  
WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   MA   Pittsburgh   PA     352       6     Jun   11/29/93     16.40       33  
CLBK   Columbia Financial, Inc. (MHC)   NASDAQ   MA   Fair Lawn   NJ     6,277       49     Dec   4/19/18     16.64       1,928  
CFBI   Community First Bancshares, Inc. (MHC)   NASDAQ   SE   Covington   GA     290       2     Sep   4/27/17     11.62       88  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc. (MHC)   NASDAQ   MW   Brookfield   WI     266       4     Dec   10/10/17     11.25       69  
GCBC   Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NASDAQ   MA   Catskill   NY     1,151       16     Jun   12/30/98     34.85       298  
HONE   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NASDAQ   NE   Brockton   MA     2,880       17     Dec   6/29/16     18.03       569  
KFFB   Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)   NASDAQ   MW   Frankfort   KY     313       7     Jun   3/2/05     8.35       71  
LSBK   Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NASDAQ   MA   Dunkirk   NY     543       12     Dec   4/3/06     17.30       102  
MGYR   Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NASDAQ   MA   New Brunswick   NJ     616       7     Sep   1/23/06     12.80       74  
OFED   Oconee Federal Financial Corp. (MHC)   NASDAQ   SE   Seneca   SC     482       7     Jun   1/13/11     26.78       152  
PDLB   PDL Community Bancorp (MHC)   NASDAQ   MA   Bronx   NY     950       14     Dec   9/29/17     15.08       268  
PVBC   Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NASDAQ   NE   Amesbury   MA     925       8     Dec   7/15/15     27.50       265  
TFSL   TFS Financial Corporation (MHC)   NASDAQ   MW   Cleveland   OH     13,937       38     Sep   4/20/07     15.44       4,255  

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT III-2

 

Public Market Pricing of Mid-Atlantic Thrift Institutions

 

 

 

 

Exhibit III-2

Public Market Pricing of Mid-Atlantic Institutions

As of August 3, 2018

 

                Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                  
                Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)  
                Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core  
            Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  
                ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  
                                                                                                                                     
All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)                                                                                                                                                                        
Averages           $ 25.46     $ 638.07     $ 1.50     $ 17.32       25.85 x     138.45 %     16.80 %     153.28 %     18.85 x   $ 0.41       1.92 %     74.99 %   $ 4,066       12.62 %     11.55 %     0.98 %     0.74 %     6.38 %     0.74 %     6.32 %
Median           $ 17.67     $ 217.70     $ 0.82     $ 15.06       19.67 x     126.33 %     17.07 %     135.95 %     16.73 x   $ 0.34       1.68 %     45.95 %   $ 1,342       11.71 %     11.15 %     0.83 %     0.72 %     6.16 %     0.71 %     6.57 %
                                                                                                                                                                             
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                        
Averages           $ 18.15     $ 952.08     $ 0.87     $ 14.45       25.26 x     131.30 %     15.58 %     149.16 %     18.09 x   $ 0.43       2.46 %     66.31 %   $ 6,503       12.52 %     11.04 %     0.93 %     0.70 %     5.86 %     0.68 %     5.44 %
Medians           $ 16.43     $ 494.70     $ 0.78     $ 13.98       22.63 x     123.53 %     16.25 %     133.37 %     16.76 x   $ 0.36       2.37 %     55.31 %   $ 2,997       11.87 %     9.74 %     0.72 %     0.70 %     5.72 %     0.68 %     5.06 %
                                                                                                                                                                             
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                        
BNCL   Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.       PA   $ 16.45     $ 1,184.55     $ 0.58     $ 13.64     $ 44.46       120.59 %     21.36 %     144.90 %     28.32 x   $ 0.24       1.46 %     132.43 %   $ 5,770       17.72 %     15.20 %     NA       0.48 %     2.70 %     0.50 %     2.80 %
CARV   Carver Bancorp, Inc.   (7)   NY   $ 3.74     $ 13.82     $ (0.58 )   $ 1.85     $ 6.44       201.68 %     2.13 %     201.68 %     NM     $ 0.00       0.00 %     NM     $ 694       7.49 %     7.49 %     NA       0.81 %     10.15 %     0.16 %     1.97 %
DCOM   Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.       NY   $ 17.40     $ 654.09     $ 1.34     $ 16.37     $ 11.76       106.26 %     10.46 %     116.82 %     12.99 x   $ 0.56       3.22 %     28.38 %   $ 6,253       9.84 %     9.03 %     NA       0.88 %     9.34 %     0.72 %     7.66 %
ESBK   Elmira Savings Bank       NY   $ 20.54     $ 71.89     $ 1.72     $ 16.36     $ 15.11       125.57 %     12.77 %     160.01 %     11.93 x   $ 0.92       4.48 %     67.65 %   $ 563       10.18 %     8.17 %     NA       0.89 %     8.13 %     0.89 %     8.16 %
ESSA   ESSA Bancorp, Inc.       PA   $ 15.64     $ 162.64     $ 0.92     $ 15.17     $ 30.67       103.13 %     10.09 %     112.75 %     16.98 x   $ 0.36       2.30 %     70.59 %   $ 1,827       9.79 %     9.03 %     NA       0.30 %     3.01 %     0.35 %     3.44 %
FSBC   FSB Bancorp, Inc.   (7)   NY   $ 18.00     $ 34.33     $ 0.33     $ 16.13       NM       111.58 %     11.10 %     111.58 %     NM       NA       NA       NM     $ 315       9.95 %     9.95 %     0.03 %     0.12 %     1.16 %     0.12 %     1.16 %
HVBC   HV Bancorp, Inc.   (7)   PA   $ 15.15     $ 33.06     $ 0.41     $ 13.98     $ 44.56       108.36 %     12.53 %     108.36 %     NM       NA       NA       147.06 %   $ 264       11.56 %     11.56 %     0.66 %     0.32 %     2.32 %     0.35 %     2.58 %
ISBC   Investors Bancorp, Inc.       NJ   $ 12.65     $ 3,630.07     $ 0.75     $ 10.34     $ 23.43       122.38 %     14.91 %     127.12 %     16.76 x   $ 0.36       2.85 %     50.00 %   $ 25,365       12.19 %     NA       0.60 %     0.63 %     4.97 %     0.63 %     5.00 %
KRNY   Kearny Financial Corp.       NJ   $ 13.80     $ 1,367.26     $ 0.35     $ 12.74     $ 57.50       108.36 %     20.89 %     123.18 %     NM     $ 0.16       1.16 %     104.17 %   $ 6,580       19.28 %     NA       NA       0.37 %     1.81 %     0.54 %     2.63 %
MSBF   MSB Financial Corp.       NJ   $ 21.15     $ 107.58     $ 0.80     $ 12.43     $ 31.10       170.21 %     19.39 %     170.21 %     26.29 x   $ 0.00       0.00 %     127.94 %   $ 601       11.39 %     11.39 %     NA       0.68 %     5.12 %     0.68 %     5.12 %
NYCB   New York Community Bancorp, Inc.       NY   $ 10.73     $ 5,261.77     $ 0.67     $ 12.82     $ 12.33       83.70 %     10.53 %     136.66 %     15.96 x   $ 0.68       6.34 %     58.62 %   $ 50,469       13.45 %     9.06 %     NA       0.94 %     6.80 %     0.81 %     5.83 %
NFBK   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.       NJ   $ 16.37     $ 804.21     $ 0.82     $ 13.13     $ 28.22       124.68 %     19.34 %     132.78 %     19.88 x   $ 0.40       2.44 %     51.72 %   $ 4,188       15.51 %     14.71 %     0.57 %     0.68 %     4.26 %     0.68 %     4.26 %
NWBI   Northwest Bancshares, Inc.       PA   $ 17.93     $ 1,848.99     $ 0.95     $ 11.92     $ 19.07       150.46 %     19.34 %     205.71 %     18.85 x   $ 0.68       3.79 %     71.28 %   $ 9,562       12.85 %     9.74 %     0.89 %     1.03 %     8.05 %     1.08 %     8.44 %
ORIT   Oritani Financial Corp.       NJ   $ 15.93     $ 708.48     $ 0.98     $ 12.00     $ 16.76       132.72 %     17.82 %     132.72 %     16.30 x   $ 1.00       6.28 %     144.74 %   $ 4,167       13.42 %     13.42 %     NA       1.04 %     7.65 %     1.07 %     7.87 %
PCSB   PCSB Financial Corporation       NY   $ 19.92     $ 335.31     $ 0.48     $ 15.83     $ 51.08       125.83 %     24.45 %     128.76 %     NM     $ 0.12       0.60 %     7.69 %   $ 1,480       19.43 %     19.07 %     NA       0.46 %     2.33 %     0.56 %     2.85 %
PFS   Provident Financial Services, Inc.       NJ   $ 25.22     $ 1,634.24     $ 1.52     $ 19.64     $ 17.51       128.44 %     17.30 %     189.97 %     16.61 x   $ 0.84       3.33 %     66.67 %   $ 9,733       13.47 %     NA       NA       0.97 %     7.12 %     0.97 %     7.12 %
PBIP   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.       PA   $ 18.56     $ 167.20       NA     $ 14.60     $ 24.95       127.13 %     16.25 %     133.97 %     NM     $ 0.20       1.08 %     44.35 %   $ 1,029       12.78 %     12.21 %     1.50 %     0.72 %     5.01 %     NA       NA  
SVBI   Severn Bancorp, Inc.       MD   $ 8.60     $ 109.12       NA       NA     $ 22.63       118.13 %     NA       119.61 %     NM     $ 0.12       1.40 %     15.79 %   $ 821       11.46 %     NA       2.41 %     0.59 %     5.43 %     NA       NA  
STND   Standard AVB Financial Corp.       PA   $ 30.36     $ 140.38       NA     $ 28.05     $ 17.86       108.25 %     14.82 %     139.52 %     NM     $ 0.88       2.91 %     52.00 %   $ 983       13.69 %     NA       NA       0.82 %     6.02 %     NA       NA  
TRST   TrustCo Bank Corp NY       NY   $ 9.10     $ 877.92     $ 0.57     $ 4.88     $ 17.50       186.47 %     17.77 %     186.69 %     15.90 x   $ 0.26       2.88 %     50.48 %   $ 4,941       9.53 %     9.52 %     NA       1.03 %     10.93 %     1.03 %     10.93 %
WSFS   WSFS Financial Corporation       DE   $ 55.70     $ 1,765.91     $ 3.02     $ 24.25     $ 23.40       229.64 %     24.83 %     303.57 %     18.43 x   $ 0.44       0.79 %     12.18 %   $ 7,113       10.81 %     8.40 %     0.78 %     1.11 %     10.34 %     1.09 %     10.10 %
WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.       PA   $ 16.40     $ 32.93       NA     $ 17.27     $ 14.14       94.96 %     9.17 %     94.96 %     NM     $ 0.32       1.95 %     22.41 %   $ 352       9.66 %     9.66 %     NA       0.60 %     6.29 %     NA       NA  
                                                                                                                                                                             
MHCs                                                                                                                                                                        
CLBK   Columbia Financial, Inc. (MHC)       NJ   $ 16.64     $ 1,928.40       NA     $ 8.12       NA       204.87 %     30.72 %     206.12 %     NM       NA       NA       NM     $ 6,277       15.00 %     14.92 %     NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  
GCBC   Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)       NY   $ 34.85     $ 297.54       NA     $ 11.27     $ 20.62       309.33 %     25.84 %     309.33 %     NM     $ 0.40       1.15 %     23.22 %   $ 1,151       8.35 %     8.35 %     NA       1.34 %     16.08 %     NA       NA  
LSBK   Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)       NY   $ 17.30     $ 102.44     $ 0.58     $ 12.96     $ 31.45       133.50 %     19.29 %     133.50 %     29.93 x   $ 0.40       2.31 %     50.91 %   $ 543       14.45 %     14.45 %     NA       0.67 %     4.42 %     0.65 %     4.30 %
MGYR   Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)       NJ   $ 12.80     $ 74.48       NA     $ 8.69     $ 41.28       147.25 %     12.08 %     147.25 %     NM       NA       NA       NM     $ 616       8.21 %     8.21 %     NA       0.30 %     3.64 %     NA       NA  
PDLB   PDL Community Bancorp (MHC)   (7)   NY   $ 15.08     $ 268.42       NA     $ 8.98       NA       168.01 %     29.32 %     168.01 %     NM       NA       NA       NM     $ 950       17.45 %     17.45 %     2.25 %     -0.46 %     -3.05 %     0.11 %     0.74 %
                                                                                                                                                                             
Under Acquisition                                                                                                                                                                        
None                                                                                                                                                                            

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.

(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.

(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.

(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.

(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.

(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

(7) Financial Characteristics as of March 31, 2018 or the most recent available

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT III-3

 

Public Market Pricing of New England Thrift Institutions

 

 

 

 

Exhibit III-3

Public Market Pricing of New England Institutions

As of August 3, 2018

 

                Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                  
                Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)  
                Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core  
            Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  
                ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  
                                                                                                                                     
All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)                                                                                                                                                                        
Averages           $ 25.46     $ 638.07     $ 1.50     $ 17.32       25.85 x     138.45 %     16.80 %     153.28 %     18.85 x   $ 0.41       1.92 %     74.99 %   $ 4,066       12.62 %     11.55 %     0.98 %     0.74 %     6.38 %     0.74 %     6.32 %
Median           $ 17.67     $ 217.70     $ 0.82     $ 15.06       19.67 x     126.33 %     17.07 %     135.95 %     16.73 x   $ 0.34       1.68 %     45.95 %   $ 1,342       11.71 %     11.15 %     0.83 %     0.72 %     6.16 %     0.71 %     6.57 %
                                                                                                                                                                             
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                        
Averages               $ 38.03     $ 353.38     $ 2.22     $ 22.08       22.68 x     140.53 %     15.45 %     148.36 %     19.56 x   $ 0.47       1.75 %     43.55 %   $ 2,434       11.35 %     10.61 %     0.59 %     0.59 %     5.95 %     0.58 %     5.94 %
Medians           $ 18.10     $ 313.48     $ 0.90     $ 13.98       22.65 x     132.10 %     16.47 %     146.82 %     17.35 x   $ 0.24       1.60 %     35.71 %   $ 2,096       11.55 %     10.23 %     0.57 %     0.59 %     4.90 %     0.64 %     5.79 %
                                                                                                                                                                             
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                        
BHBK   Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.       MA   $ 22.20     $ 537.49     $ 0.83     $ 14.89     $ 30.00       149.06 %     21.76 %     152.66 %     26.87 x   $ 0.80       3.60 %     148.65 %   $ 2,741       14.60 %     14.31 %     0.52 %     0.70 %     4.54 %     0.69 %     4.51 %
BLMT   BSB Bancorp, Inc.       MA   $ 33.40     $ 313.48     $ 2.30     $ 19.61     $ 16.53       170.29 %     11.19 %     170.29 %     14.53 x     NA       NA       NM     $ 2,909       6.57 %     6.57 %     0.18 %     0.72 %     10.42 %     0.71 %     10.37 %
HIFS   Hingham Institution for Savings       MA   $ 220.70     $ 470.70     $ 13.58     $ 94.55     $ 16.05       233.43 %     20.40 %     233.43 %     16.25 x   $ 1.40       0.63 %     12.44 %   $ 2,308       8.74 %     8.74 %     NA       1.34 %     15.95 %     1.31 %     15.64 %
MELR   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.   (7)   MA   $ 19.70     $ 47.41     $ 0.53     $ 17.09     $ 26.62       115.30 %     16.47 %     115.30 %     NM       NA       NA       45.95 %   $ 311       14.28 %     14.28 %     NA       0.59 %     3.94 %     0.32 %     2.13 %
EBSB   Meridian Bancorp, Inc.       MA   $ 18.10     $ 893.28     $ 0.98     $ 12.33     $ 19.67       146.79 %     17.18 %     151.96 %     18.45 x   $ 0.20       1.10 %     20.65 %   $ 5,678       11.71 %     11.35 %     NA       0.93 %     7.45 %     0.83 %     6.69 %
PBBI   PB Bancorp, Inc.   (7)   CT   $ 11.85     $ 85.53     $ 0.41     $ 10.99     $ 29.63       107.80 %     17.07 %     117.46 %     29.21 x   $ 0.24       2.03 %     40.00 %   $ 530       15.83 %     14.72 %     NA       0.55 %     3.44 %     0.51 %     3.20 %
RNDB   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.       MA   $ 16.64     $ 93.23     $ (0.23 )   $ 13.09       NM       127.13 %     17.61 %     NA       NM       NA       NA       NM     $ 566       13.85 %     NA       1.03 %     -0.62 %     -3.97 %     -0.53 %     -3.43 %
SIFI   SI Financial Group, Inc.       CT   $ 13.95     $ 166.41       NA     $ 13.98     $ 27.35       99.79 %     10.52 %     110.70 %     NM     $ 0.24       1.72 %     33.33 %   $ 1,596       10.54 %     9.60 %     NA       0.38 %     3.56 %     NA       NA  
UBNK   United Financial Bancorp, Inc.       CT   $ 17.41     $ 878.73     $ 1.17     $ 13.73     $ 15.68       126.80 %     12.35 %     152.72 %     14.89 x   $ 0.48       2.76 %     43.24 %   $ 7,209       9.74 %     8.22 %     0.63 %     0.80 %     8.14 %     0.82 %     8.37 %
WEBK   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.       MA   $ 33.68     $ 84.43     $ 2.10     $ 24.52     $ 19.70       137.37 %     10.17 %     137.37 %     16.04 x   $ 0.22       0.65 %     11.99 %   $ 830       7.40 %     7.40 %     NA       0.53 %     7.07 %     0.53 %     7.07 %
WNEB   Western New England Bancorp, Inc.       MA   $ 10.75     $ 316.45     $ 0.53     $ 8.14     $ 25.60       132.10 %     15.26 %     141.68 %     20.22 x   $ 0.16       1.49 %     35.71 %   $ 2,096       11.55 %     10.86 %     NA       0.58 %     4.90 %     0.58 %     4.90 %
                                                                                                                                                                             
MHCs                                                                                                                                                                        
HONE   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)       MA   $ 18.03     $ 569.19     $ 0.32     $ 10.69     $ 58.16       168.74 %     20.43 %     175.65 %     NM       NA       NA       NM     $ 2,880       12.10 %     11.68 %     NA       0.37 %     2.86 %     0.36 %     2.82 %
PVBC   Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)       MA   $ 27.50     $ 264.78     $ 0.81     $ 12.46     $ 28.35       220.68 %     28.61 %     220.68 %     33.80 x     NA       NA       NM     $ 925       12.97 %     12.97 %     NA       0.99 %     7.64 %     0.52 %     4.01 %
                                                                                                                                                                             
Under Acquisition                                                                                                                                                                        
CWAY   Coastway Bancorp, Inc.       RI   $ 27.75     $ 112.60     $ 0.86     $ 16.74     $ 37.00       165.77 %     14.58 %     165.77 %     32.34 x     NA       NA       NM     $ 835       8.80 %     8.80 %     1.09 %     0.42 %     4.31 %     0.42 %     4.31 %

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.

(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.

(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.

(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.

(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.

(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

(7) Financial Characteristics as of March 31, 2018 or the most recent available

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT III-4

 

Peer Group Market Area Comparative Analysis

 

 

 

 

Exhibit III-4

Peer Group Market Area Comparative Analysis

 

                                      Per Capita Income     Deposit  
        Population (000s)     2013-2018     2018-2023     2018     % State     Market  
Institution   County   2013     2018     2023 (1)     % Change     % Change     ($)     Average     Share(2)  
                                                     
Elmira Savings Bank   Chemung, NY     88,809       85,371       83,894       -0.8 %     -0.3 %     30,538       79.8 %     26.69 %
ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   Monroe, PA     680,624       701,942       722,183       0.6 %     0.6 %     55,377       131.9 %     29.33 %
MSB Financial Corp.   Morris, NJ     497,981       498,852       503,579       0.0 %     0.2 %     58,712       134.1 %     1.01 %
PB Bancorp, Inc.   Windham, CT     117,764       115,550       114,387       -0.4 %     -0.2 %     33,595       87.8 %     18.76 %
PCSB Financial Corporation   Westchester, NY     963,608       978,809       996,408       0.3 %     0.4 %     53,759       155.8 %     1.06 %
Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   Philadelphia, PA     1,548,343       1,574,685       1,598,783       0.3 %     0.3 %     27,448       61.7 %     1.11 %
Severn Bancorp, Inc.   Anne Arundel, MD     552,258       575,027       597,734       0.8 %     0.8 %     46,778       111.3 %     4.61 %
SI Financial Group, Inc.   Windham, CT     117,764       115,550       114,387       -0.4 %     -0.2 %     33,595       76.7 %     24.20 %
Standard AVB Financial Corp.   Allegheny, PA     1,230,931       1,222,356       1,221,868       -0.1 %     0.0 %     38,464       111.5 %     0.38 %
Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   Norfolk, MA     680,624       701,942       722,183       0.6 %     0.6 %     55,377       124.5 %     4.44 %
    Averages:     647,871       657,008       667,541       0.1 %     0.2 %     43,364       107.5 %     11.16 %
    Medians:     616,441       638,485       659,959       0.2 %     0.2 %     42,621       111.4 %     4.53 %
                                                                     
Rhinebeck Bancorp, MHC   Dutchess, NY     298,484       293,439       292,809       -0.3 %     0.0 %     38,810       101.4 %     9.77 %

 

(1) Projected population

(2) Total institution deposits in headquarters county as percent of total county deposits as of June 30, 2017.

 

Sources: S&P Global Market Intelligence, FDIC.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-1

 

Stock Prices:

As of August 3, 2018

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-1A

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One

Prices As of August 3, 2018

 

            Market Capitalization     Price Change Data     Current Per Share Financials  
            Price/     Shares     Market     52 Week (1)           % Change From     LTM     LTM Core     BV/     TBV/     Assets/  
        Share(1)     Outstanding     Capitalization     High     Low     Last Wk     Last Wk     52 Wks (2)     MRY (2)     EPS (3)     EPS (3)     Share     Share (4)     Share  
            ($)     (000)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
Companies                                                                                                                        
BCTF   Bancorp 34, Inc.   NM     15.05       3,228       48.6       17.25       14.00       15.00       0.34       7.28       2.05       0.30       0.70       13.51       13.45       117.03  
BNCL   Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.   PA     16.45       72,009       1,184.5       17.50       14.40       16.45       0.00       7.52       0.00       0.37       0.58       13.64       11.35       80.13  
BHBK   Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.   MA     22.20       24,211       537.5       22.95       17.85       21.75       2.07       17.77       10.45       0.74       0.83       14.89       14.54       113.22  
BOFI   BofI Holding, Inc.   CA     41.85       62,553       2,617.8       45.18       24.20       38.83       7.78       52.13       39.97       2.29       2.31       14.65       14.65       159.58  
BYFC   Broadway Financial Corporation   CA     2.05       27,419       56.2       2.60       1.91       2.05       0.00       -20.23       -13.14       0.03       0.04       1.73       1.73       14.64  
BLMT   BSB Bancorp, Inc.   MA     33.40       9,386       313.5       36.50       27.25       33.85       -1.33       14.58       14.19       2.02       2.30       19.61       19.61       309.96  
CFFN   Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   KS     13.12       134,529       1,765.0       15.11       12.19       13.07       0.38       -6.55       -2.16       0.73       0.68       9.70       9.70       67.26  
CARV   Carver Bancorp, Inc.   NY     3.74       3,698       13.8       11.94       2.01       3.72       0.61       22.54       28.52       0.58       -0.58       1.85       1.85       187.65  
DCOM   Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.   GA     17.40       37,591       654.1       22.65       17.10       17.90       -2.79       -13.22       -16.95       1.48       1.34       16.37       14.89       166.35  
EFBI   Eagle Financial Bancorp, Inc.   RI     15.99       1,492       23.8       19.57       15.25       16.00       -0.09       -0.09       -1.14       NA       NA       17.05       17.05       88.63  
ESBK   Elmira Savings Bank   NY     20.54       3,499       71.9       21.10       18.90       20.50       0.21       2.46       0.46       1.36       1.72       16.36       12.84       160.87  
ESSA   ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   OH     15.64       10,399       162.6       16.80       14.16       15.70       -0.38       6.11       -0.19       0.51       0.92       15.17       13.87       175.72  
FCAP   First Capital, Inc.   NY     38.07       3,357       127.8       43.02       30.60       38.38       -0.81       22.81       3.62       2.38       2.52       NA       NA       234.76  
FDEF   First Defiance Financial Corp.   NE     31.90       20,396       650.6       35.00       16.28       32.62       -2.21       26.36       22.76       2.04       1.99       18.97       13.89       149.03  
FNWB   First Northwest Bancorp   PA     15.90       10,823       172.1       18.35       15.07       16.20       -1.85       3.72       -2.45       0.45       0.52       15.06       15.06       111.18  
FBC   Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.   IN     34.01       57,598       1,958.9       40.06       30.85       34.35       -0.99       4.29       -9.11       1.36       NA       25.61       24.38       314.77  
FSBW   FS Bancorp, Inc.   CT     61.40       3,618       222.1       66.40       44.34       62.22       -1.32       37.21       12.52       4.33       4.22       34.88       33.95       313.04  
FSBC   FSB Bancorp, Inc.   OH     18.00       1,907       34.3       18.50       15.00       17.83       0.98       17.65       5.88       0.20       0.33       16.13       16.13       165.01  
HIFS   Hingham Institution for Savings   WA     220.70       2,133       470.7       242.00       174.70       225.00       -1.91       24.41       6.62       13.75       13.58       94.55       94.55       1081.99  
HMNF   HMN Financial, Inc.   MI     20.85       4,609       96.1       21.90       16.80       21.20       -1.67       13.32       9.16       1.10       NA       17.75       17.51       157.58  
HFBL   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   WA     33.40       1,802       60.2       33.40       26.00       32.41       3.06       24.16       19.29       1.93       2.24       24.83       24.83       234.03  
HVBC   HV Bancorp, Inc.   NY     15.15       2,182       33.1       18.50       13.75       15.40       -1.62       4.63       -0.39       0.34       0.41       13.98       13.98       120.91  
IROQ   IF Bancorp, Inc.   MD     24.37       3,636       88.6       25.04       19.10       25.00       -2.52       19.84       23.95       0.50       0.72       20.97       20.97       170.31  
ISBC   Investors Bancorp, Inc.   MA     12.65       286,962       3,630.1       14.69       12.30       12.78       -1.02       -4.46       -8.86       0.54       0.75       10.34       NA       88.39  
KRNY   Kearny Financial Corp.   MN     13.80       99,077       1,367.3       15.60       12.75       13.30       3.76       -4.83       -4.50       0.24       0.35       12.74       NA       66.41  
MELR   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.   LA     19.70       2,406       47.4       20.50       17.40       20.00       -1.50       12.57       -1.50       0.74       0.53       17.09       17.09       129.28  
EBSB   Meridian Bancorp, Inc.   PA     18.10       49,352       893.3       21.85       16.95       18.75       -3.47       3.13       -12.14       0.92       0.98       12.33       11.91       115.04  
CASH   Meta Financial Group, Inc.   IL     89.20       9,701       865.3       117.98       60.70       90.80       -1.76       20.05       -3.72       4.60       6.78       45.76       30.83       429.79  
MSVB   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     12.34       3,571       44.1       12.65       12.10       12.34       0.00       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       60.15  
MSBF   MSB Financial Corp.   IL     21.15       5,087       107.6       21.95       17.10       21.55       -1.84       22.47       18.49       0.68       0.80       12.43       12.43       118.20  
NYCB   New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     10.73       490,380       5,261.8       14.53       10.40       10.71       0.19       -16.56       -17.59       0.87       0.67       12.82       7.85       102.92  
NFBK   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.   PA     16.37       49,127       804.2       18.39       15.14       16.21       0.99       -2.03       -4.16       0.58       0.82       13.13       12.33       85.25  
NWBI   Northwest Bancshares, Inc.   MA     17.93       103,123       1,849.0       18.35       15.06       18.05       -0.66       11.50       7.17       0.94       0.95       11.92       8.72       92.73  
ORIT   Oritani Financial Corp.   MA     15.93       44,489       708.5       17.70       15.00       16.45       -3.19       -2.90       -2.90       0.95       0.98       12.00       12.00       93.67  
OTTW   Ottawa Bancorp, Inc.   SD     13.71       3,407       46.7       14.99       13.61       13.75       -0.31       -0.29       -5.06       0.26       0.53       15.43       15.16       80.36  
PBBI   PB Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     11.85       7,218       85.5       12.20       10.00       11.44       3.54       15.61       10.23       0.40       0.41       10.99       10.09       73.49  
PCSB   PCSB Financial Corporation   NY     19.92       16,833       335.3       22.34       16.50       20.02       -0.50       15.48       4.57       0.39       0.48       15.83       15.47       87.94  
PROV   Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.   NJ     18.31       7,421       135.9       20.00       17.62       18.42       -0.60       -4.24       -0.49       0.28       NA       16.23       16.23       158.40  
PFS   Provident Financial Services, Inc.   PA     25.22       64,799       1,634.2       29.12       23.26       26.23       -3.85       -2.85       -6.49       1.44       1.52       19.64       NA       150.20  
PBIP   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     18.56       9,009       167.2       19.87       16.04       18.70       -0.75       3.05       5.45       0.74       NA       14.60       13.85       114.21  
RNDB   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     16.64       5,603       93.2       17.45       13.36       16.60       0.24       10.93       8.40       -0.58       -0.23       13.09       NA       101.01  
RVSB   Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   IL     9.10       22,570       205.4       9.75       7.65       8.73       4.24       14.47       4.96       0.54       0.63       5.31       4.06       50.52  
SVBI   Severn Bancorp, Inc.   CT     8.60       12,689       109.1       8.80       6.70       8.70       -1.15       20.28       18.54       0.38       NA       NA       NA       64.68  
SIFI   SI Financial Group, Inc.   NY     13.95       11,929       166.4       15.70       13.75       14.00       -0.36       -8.52       -5.10       0.51       NA       13.98       12.60       133.77  
STXB   Spirit of Texas Bancshares, Inc.   KY     21.79       9,787       213.3       22.55       20.04       21.64       0.69       NA       NA       0.89       NA       15.12       14.34       110.02  
STND   Standard AVB Financial Corp.   CA     30.36       4,623       140.4       31.75       28.43       30.30       0.21       5.07       0.94       1.70       NA       28.05       NA       212.61  
SBT   Sterling Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     12.36       53,003       655.1       14.98       12.00       13.39       -7.69       NA       -2.68       1.00       NA       5.74       5.72       58.70  
TBNK   Territorial Bancorp Inc.   PA     30.30       9,208       279.0       33.00       28.12       30.50       -0.66       0.87       -1.85       1.71       1.92       24.07       24.07       220.73  
TSBK   Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   MA     36.62       7,341       268.8       39.45       25.50       37.70       -2.86       35.63       37.93       2.12       2.19       16.35       15.58       137.09  
TBK   Triumph Bancorp, Inc.   WA     41.25       26,261       1,083.3       44.05       26.80       38.55       7.00       46.28       30.95       1.79       2.16       22.76       18.27       144.50  
TRST   TrustCo Bank Corp NY   MD     9.10       96,475       877.9       9.70       7.51       9.15       -0.55       13.75       -1.09       0.52       0.57       4.88       4.87       51.21  
UBNK   United Financial Bancorp, Inc.   CT     17.41       50,473       878.7       19.35       15.47       17.49       -0.46       -2.41       -1.30       1.11       1.17       13.73       11.40       142.82  
WSBF   Waterstone Financial, Inc.   HI     16.95       27,653       468.7       20.05       16.60       16.95       0.00       -6.61       -0.59       0.96       1.05       13.77       13.75       67.88  
WCFB   WCF Bancorp, Inc.   WA     8.95       2,404       21.5       10.50       8.75       9.05       -1.10       -14.35       -5.79       0.03       0.02       10.95       NA       54.74  
WEBK   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   TX     33.68       2,507       84.4       34.50       25.00       34.25       -1.66       23.02       13.41       1.71       2.10       24.52       24.52       331.22  
WNEB   Western New England Bancorp, Inc.   NY     10.75       29,437       316.5       11.25       9.30       10.80       0.00       10.20       -0.92       0.42       0.53       8.14       7.59       71.19  
WSFS   WSFS Financial Corporation   IN     55.70       31,704       1,765.9       57.70       42.45       56.20       -0.89       24.05       16.41       2.38       3.02       24.25       18.35       224.34  
WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.   CT     16.40       2,008       32.9       18.05       14.76       16.50       -0.60       1.30       5.89       1.16       NA       17.27       17.27       175.43  
                                                                                                                         
MHCs                                                                                                                        
CLBK   Columbia Financial, Inc. (MHC)   WI     16.64       115,889       1,928.4       17.73       15.30       16.68       -0.24       NA       NA       NA       NA       8.12       8.07       54.17  
CFBI   Community First Bancshares, Inc. (MHC)   IA     11.62       7,538       87.6       13.91       10.53       11.70       -0.66       -11.00       0.81       -0.01       0.13       10.04       10.04       38.53  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc. (MHC)   MA     11.25       6,106       68.7       12.50       10.30       11.22       0.31       NA       2.09       NA       NA       NA       NA       43.55  
GCBC   Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   MA     34.85       8,538       297.5       38.00       22.16       33.70       3.41       40.24       6.90       1.69       NA       11.27       11.27       134.87  
HONE   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   DE     18.03       31,569       569.2       20.19       15.92       18.75       -3.84       -5.80       -5.90       0.31       0.32       10.69       10.26       91.22  
KFFB   Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)   PA     8.35       8,445       70.5       10.00       7.90       8.70       -4.01       -12.24       -6.70       0.18       0.12       7.99       6.28       37.06  
LSBK   Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   GA     17.30       5,921       102.4       18.00       15.64       17.20       0.58       9.84       0.87       0.55       0.58       12.96       12.96       91.76  
MGYR   Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   WI     12.80       5,821       74.5       13.75       12.01       12.76       0.28       -0.73       -1.57       0.31       NA       8.69       8.69       105.85  
OFED   Oconee Federal Financial Corp. (MHC)   NY     26.78       5,666       151.7       30.49       25.55       27.05       -1.02       -1.20       -6.71       0.62       0.80       14.71       14.18       85.16  
PDLB   PDL Community Bancorp (MHC)   MA     15.08       17,800       268.4       16.95       14.46       14.99       0.60       NA       -0.66       NA       NA       8.98       8.98       53.35  
PVBC   Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   KY     27.50       9,628       264.8       29.60       19.75       26.65       3.19       31.89       3.97       0.97       0.81       12.46       12.46       96.11  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-1A

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One

Prices As of August 3, 2018

 

            Market Capitalization     Price Change Data     Current Per Share Financials  
            Price/     Shares     Market     52 Week (1)           % Change From     LTM     LTM Core     BV/     TBV/     Assets/  
        Share(1)     Outstanding     Capitalization     High     Low     Last Wk     Last Wk     52 Wks (2)     MRY (2)     EPS (3)     EPS (3)     Share     Share (4)     Share  
            ($)     (000)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
Companies                                                                                                                        
TFSL   TFS Financial Corporation (MHC)   NY     15.44       275,553       4,254.5       16.62       14.32       16.10       -4.10       -1.66       3.35       0.30       NA       6.22       6.19       50.58  
                                                                                                                         
Under Acquisition                                                                                                                        
ANCB   Anchor Bancorp   NJ     29.60       2,434       72.0       30.05       24.00       29.75       -0.50       17.46       19.35       0.90       1.91       27.15       27.15       192.97  
CHFN   Charter Financial Corporation   SC     23.44       14,683       344.2       26.01       15.81       23.47       -0.13       32.65       33.64       1.10       1.38       14.70       11.92       110.73  
CWAY   Coastway Bancorp, Inc.   NY     27.75       4,058       112.6       27.95       19.55       27.65       0.36       37.38       30.90       0.75       0.86       16.74       16.74       205.76  
PBSK   Poage Bankshares, Inc.   MA     26.15       3,049       79.7       27.25       18.04       26.40       -0.95       45.28       24.52       -0.90       -0.46       17.41       16.70       147.71  
UCBA   United Community Bancorp   OH     27.55       4,218       116.2       28.85       18.20       27.55       0.00       43.65       34.06       0.72       1.06       16.98       16.37       130.56  

 

(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.

(2) Or since offering price if converted of first listed in the past 52 weeks. Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized.

(3) EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing 12 month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.

(4) Excludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).

(5) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.

(6) Annualized based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.

(7) Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.

(8) Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

(9) For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-1B

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two

Prices As of August 3, 2018

 

            Key Financial Ratios     Asset Quality Ratios     Pricing Ratios     Dividend Data (6)  
            Equity/     Tang Equity/     Reported Earnings     Core Earnings     NPAs/     Rsvs/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Div/     Dividend     Payout  
        Assets(1)     Assets(1)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     Assets     NPLs     Earnings     Book     Assets     Tang Book     Core Earnings     Share     Yield     Ratio (7)  
            (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)  
Companies                                                                                                                                        
BCTF   Bancorp 34, Inc.   NM     12.17       12.13       0.28       1.93       0.33       2.29       1.48       57.27       50.17       111.41       13.56       111.88       21.61       0.00       0.00       416.67  
BNCL   Beneficial Bancorp, Inc.   PA     17.72       15.20       0.48       2.70       0.50       2.80       NA       NA       44.46       120.59       21.36       144.90       28.32       0.24       1.46       132.43  
BHBK   Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.   MA     14.60       14.31       0.70       4.54       0.69       4.51       0.52       189.63       30.00       149.06       21.76       152.66       26.87       0.80       3.60       148.65  
BOFI   BofI Holding, Inc.   CA     9.23       9.23       1.68       17.09       1.68       17.02       0.39       204.18       18.28       285.61       26.24       285.61       18.10       NA       NA       NM  
BYFC   Broadway Financial Corporation   CA     11.82       11.82       0.13       1.16       0.13       1.16       2.42       47.07       68.33       118.47       14.00       118.47       47.67       0.00       0.00       NM  
BLMT   BSB Bancorp, Inc.   MA     6.57       6.57       0.72       10.42       0.71       10.37       0.18       345.16       16.53       170.29       11.19       170.29       14.53       NA       NA       NM  
CFFN   Capitol Federal Financial, Inc.   KS     14.82       14.82       0.90       7.18       0.90       7.21       NA       NA       17.97       135.23       20.05       135.23       19.40       0.34       2.59       120.55  
CARV   Carver Bancorp, Inc.   NY     7.49       7.49       0.81       10.15       0.16       1.97       NA       49.00       6.44       201.68       2.13       201.68       NM       0.00       0.00       NM  
DCOM   Dime Community Bancshares, Inc.   GA     13.80       11.49       1.05       7.70       1.24       9.09       0.34       219.32       21.31       159.42       22.00       196.57       17.00       0.34       1.45       21.82  
EFBI   Eagle Financial Bancorp, Inc.   RI     8.80       8.80       0.42       4.31       0.42       4.31       1.09       36.81       37.00       165.77       14.58       165.77       32.34       NA       NA       NM  
ESBK   Elmira Savings Bank   NY     9.84       9.03       0.88       9.34       0.72       7.66       NA       333.13       11.76       106.26       10.46       116.82       12.99       0.56       3.22       28.38  
ESSA   ESSA Bancorp, Inc.   OH     20.79       20.79       0.19       1.09       0.19       1.09       1.02       87.58       NA       93.78       19.50       93.78       NA       NA       NA       NA  
FCAP   First Capital, Inc.   NY     10.18       8.17       0.89       8.13       0.89       8.16       NA       NA       15.11       125.57       12.77       160.01       11.93       0.92       4.48       67.65  
FDEF   First Defiance Financial Corp.   NE     11.67       11.25       0.36       2.66       0.35       2.59       NA       NA       38.04       99.09       11.56       103.26       28.08       NA       NA       NM  
FNWB   First Northwest Bancorp   PA     9.79       9.03       0.30       3.01       0.35       3.44       NA       NA       30.67       103.13       10.09       112.75       16.98       0.36       2.30       70.59  
FBC   Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.   IN     NA       NA       1.04       NA       1.06       10.10       0.85       116.51       16.00       161.10       NA       178.04       15.11       0.92       2.42       37.82  
FSBW   FS Bancorp, Inc.   CT     8.60       8.60       0.61       6.79       NA       NA       NA       NA       26.74       179.24       15.42       179.24       NA       0.68       2.16       52.54  
FSBC   FSB Bancorp, Inc.   OH     12.73       9.65       1.40       11.19       1.36       10.82       1.18       79.95       15.68       168.16       21.41       229.64       16.01       0.68       2.13       29.24  
HIFS   Hingham Institution for Savings   WA     14.37       14.37       0.40       2.68       0.38       2.51       NA       NA       35.33       105.57       15.17       105.57       30.44       NA       NA       NM  
HMNF   HMN Financial, Inc.   MI     8.14       7.77       0.47       5.46       NA       NA       0.46       177.92       25.01       132.81       10.80       139.52       NA       0.00       0.00       NM  
HFBL   Home Federal Bancorp, Inc. of Louisiana   WA     11.42       11.15       1.55       13.54       1.55       13.54       NA       NA       14.18       176.01       20.11       180.87       14.54       0.56       0.91       11.55  
HVBC   HV Bancorp, Inc.   NY     9.95       9.95       0.12       1.16       0.12       1.16       0.03       NM       NM       111.58       11.10       111.58       55.23       NA       NA       NM  
IROQ   IF Bancorp, Inc.   MD     10.46       8.87       -1.07       -9.38       NA       NA       NA       NA       NM       90.51       9.46       108.60       NA       NA       NA       NM  
ISBC   Investors Bancorp, Inc.   MA     8.74       8.74       1.34       15.95       1.31       15.64       NA       NA       16.05       233.43       20.40       233.43       16.25       1.40       0.63       12.44  
KRNY   Kearny Financial Corp.   MN     11.27       11.13       0.75       6.49       NA       NA       NA       NA       18.95       117.45       13.23       119.06       NA       0.00       0.00       NM  
MELR   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.   LA     11.16       11.16       0.85       7.66       0.99       8.88       NA       NA       17.31       134.49       15.00       134.49       14.93       0.56       1.68       25.91  
EBSB   Meridian Bancorp, Inc.   PA     11.56       11.56       0.32       2.32       0.35       2.58       0.66       43.57       44.56       108.36       12.53       108.36       36.98       NA       NA       147.06  
CASH   Meta Financial Group, Inc.   IL     13.18       13.18       0.30       2.20       0.20       1.45       1.61       59.02       48.74       116.20       15.31       116.20       34.05       0.20       0.82       40.00  
MSVB   Mid-Southern Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     12.19       NA       0.63       4.97       0.63       5.00       0.60       156.61       23.43       122.38       14.91       127.12       16.76       0.36       2.85       50.00  
MSBF   MSB Financial Corp.   IL     14.77       14.04       0.73       4.87       0.65       4.36       1.18       72.03       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  
NYCB   New York Community Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     19.28       NA       0.37       1.81       0.54       2.63       NA       NA       57.50       108.36       20.89       123.18       39.67       0.16       1.16       104.17  
NFBK   Northfield Bancorp, Inc.   PA     10.25       10.25       0.63       6.35       0.63       6.33       1.97       43.56       24.07       149.50       15.32       149.50       18.25       0.00       0.00       NM  
NWBI   Northwest Bancshares, Inc.   MA     14.28       14.28       0.59       3.94       0.32       2.13       NA       NA       26.62       115.30       16.47       115.30       37.51       NA       NA       45.95  
ORIT   Oritani Financial Corp.   MA     11.71       11.35       0.93       7.45       0.83       6.69       NA       NA       19.67       146.79       17.18       151.96       18.45       0.20       1.10       20.65  
OTTW   Ottawa Bancorp, Inc.   SD     10.65       7.43       1.04       10.15       1.50       14.54       NA       NA       19.39       194.92       20.75       289.30       13.15       0.52       0.58       11.30  
PBBI   PB Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     11.39       11.39       0.68       5.12       0.68       5.12       NA       NA       31.10       170.21       19.39       170.21       26.29       0.00       0.00       127.94  
PCSB   PCSB Financial Corporation   NY     13.45       9.06       0.94       6.80       0.81       5.83       NA       NA       12.33       83.70       10.53       136.66       15.96       0.68       6.34       58.62  
PROV   Provident Financial Holdings, Inc.   NJ     15.51       14.71       0.68       4.26       0.68       4.26       0.57       116.19       28.22       124.68       19.34       132.78       19.88       0.40       2.44       51.72  
PFS   Provident Financial Services, Inc.   PA     12.85       9.74       1.03       8.05       1.08       8.44       0.89       69.48       19.07       150.46       19.34       205.71       18.85       0.68       3.79       71.28  
PBIP   Prudential Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     13.09       8.87       0.70       5.72       1.13       9.24       0.65       39.39       25.32       136.42       17.85       211.01       15.58       0.60       2.10       53.10  
RNDB   Randolph Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     13.42       13.42       1.04       7.65       1.07       7.87       NA       NA       16.76       132.72       17.82       132.72       16.30       1.00       6.28       144.74  
RVSB   Riverview Bancorp, Inc.   IL     19.16       18.89       0.32       1.53       0.36       1.69       NA       NA       52.73       88.86       17.02       90.43       26.01       0.20       1.46       94.23  
SVBI   Severn Bancorp, Inc.   CT     15.83       14.72       0.55       3.44       0.51       3.20       NA       NA       29.63       107.80       17.07       117.46       29.21       0.24       2.03       40.00  
SIFI   SI Financial Group, Inc.   NY     19.43       19.07       0.46       2.33       0.56       2.85       NA       NA       51.08       125.83       24.45       128.76       41.71       0.12       0.60       7.69  
STXB   Spirit of Texas Bancshares, Inc.   KY     13.53       13.05       -0.68       -4.76       -0.61       -4.23       2.34       48.82       NM       150.19       20.32       156.55       NM       0.24       0.92       NM  
STND   Standard AVB Financial Corp.   CA     10.25       10.25       0.18       1.73       NA       NA       NA       NA       65.39       112.81       11.56       112.81       NA       0.56       3.06       150.00  
SBT   Sterling Bancorp, Inc.   NJ     13.47       NA       0.97       7.12       0.97       7.12       NA       NA       17.51       128.44       17.30       189.97       16.61       0.84       3.33       66.67  
TBNK   Territorial Bancorp Inc.   PA     12.78       12.21       0.72       5.01       NA       NA       1.50       32.97       24.95       127.13       16.25       133.97       NA       0.20       1.08       44.35  
TSBK   Timberland Bancorp, Inc.   MA     13.85       NA       -0.62       -3.97       -0.53       -3.43       1.03       66.31       NM       127.13       17.61       NA       NM       NA       NA       NM  
TBK   Triumph Bancorp, Inc.   WA     10.51       8.24       1.05       10.20       1.08       10.46       NA       NA       16.85       171.40       18.01       223.99       14.52       0.14       1.54       21.76  
TRST   TrustCo Bank Corp NY   MD     11.46       NA       0.59       5.43       NA       NA       2.41       42.39       22.63       118.13       NA       119.61       NA       0.12       1.40       15.79  
UBNK   United Financial Bancorp, Inc.   CT     10.54       9.60       0.38       3.56       NA       NA       NA       NA       27.35       99.79       10.52       110.70       NA       0.24       1.72       33.33  
WSBF   Waterstone Financial, Inc.   HI     11.55       11.55       0.81       6.84       0.80       6.78       NA       NA       17.72       125.87       14.53       125.87       15.82       0.88       2.90       71.35  
WCFB   WCF Bancorp, Inc.   WA     12.01       11.52       1.65       13.97       1.64       13.93       0.82       168.23       17.27       224.03       26.91       235.01       16.73       0.52       1.42       22.17  
WEBK   Wellesley Bancorp, Inc.   TX     16.00       13.31       1.24       9.32       1.42       10.70       1.22       56.44       23.04       181.28       28.62       225.78       19.11       NA       NA       NM  
WNEB   Western New England Bancorp, Inc.   NY     9.53       9.52       1.03       10.93       1.03       10.93       NA       NA       17.50       186.47       17.77       186.69       15.90       0.26       2.88       50.48  
WSFS   WSFS Financial Corporation   IN     13.01       12.60       0.54       4.13       0.80       6.10       NA       NA       38.26       162.20       21.10       168.30       25.90       0.40       1.45       55.56  
WVFC   WVS Financial Corp.   CT     9.74       8.22       0.80       8.14       0.82       8.37       0.63       113.20       15.68       126.80       12.35       152.72       14.89       0.48       2.76       43.24  
                                                                                                                                         
MHCs                                                                                                                                        
CLBK   Columbia Financial, Inc. (MHC)   WI     21.51       21.48       1.46       6.57       1.46       6.57       0.61       143.46       17.66       123.08       26.47       123.27       16.09       0.48       2.83       102.08  
CFBI   Community First Bancshares, Inc. (MHC)   IA     21.31       NA       0.07       0.32       -0.19       -0.84       NA       131.68       NM       81.76       17.42       NA       NM       0.20       2.23       500.00  
FFBW   FFBW, Inc. (MHC)   MA     7.40       7.40       0.53       7.07       0.53       7.07       NA       NA       19.70       137.37       10.17       137.37       16.04       0.22       0.65       11.99  
GCBC   Greene County Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   MA     11.55       10.86       0.58       4.90       0.58       4.90       NA       NA       25.60       132.10       15.26       141.68       20.22       0.16       1.49       35.71  
HONE   HarborOne Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   DE     10.81       8.25       1.11       10.34       1.09       10.10       0.78       78.12       23.40       229.64       24.83       303.57       18.43       0.44       0.79       12.18  
KFFB   Kentucky First Federal Bancorp (MHC)   PA     9.66       9.66       0.60       6.29       NA       NA       NA       NA       14.14       94.96       9.17       94.96       NA       0.32       1.95       22.41  
LSBK   Lake Shore Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   GA     26.05       26.05       -0.02       -0.08       -0.02       -0.08       NA       NA       NM       115.82       30.17       115.82       92.78       NA       NA       NM  
MGYR   Magyar Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   WI     22.30       22.27       0.04       0.20       0.19       1.00       NA       NA       NA       126.00       NA       126.21       NA       NA       NA       NA  
OFED   Oconee Federal Financial Corp. (MHC)   NY     8.35       8.35       1.34       16.08       NA       NA       NA       NA       20.62       309.33       25.84       309.33       NA       0.40       1.15       23.22  
PDLB   PDL Community Bancorp (MHC)   MA     12.10       11.68       0.37       2.86       0.36       2.82       NA       NA       58.16       168.74       20.43       175.65       56.37       NA       NA       NM  
PVBC   Provident Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   KY     21.57       17.76       0.49       2.27       0.40       1.83       NA       NA       46.39       104.45       22.53       133.03       72.21       0.40       4.79       222.22  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-1B

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two

Prices As of August 3, 2018

 

            Key Financial Ratios     Asset Quality Ratios     Pricing Ratios     Dividend Data (6)  
            Equity/     Tang Equity/     Reported Earnings     Core Earnings     NPAs/     Rsvs/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Div/     Dividend     Payout  
        Assets(1)     Assets(1)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     Assets     NPLs     Earnings     Book     Assets     Tang Book     Core Earnings     Share     Yield     Ratio (7)  
            (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)  
Companies                                                                                                                                        
TFSL   TFS Financial Corporation (MHC)   NY     14.45       14.45       0.67       4.42       0.65       4.30       NA       NA       31.45       133.50       19.29       133.50       29.93       0.40       2.31       50.91  
                                                                                                                                         
Under Acquisition                                                                                                                                        
ANCB   Anchor Bancorp   NJ     8.21       8.21       0.30       3.64       NA       NA       NA       NA       41.28       147.25       12.08       147.25       NA       NA       NA       NM  
CHFN   Charter Financial Corporation   SC     17.53       17.01       0.76       4.65       0.79       4.81       1.26       20.03       43.19       181.98       31.90       188.77       33.35       0.40       1.49       64.52  
CWAY   Coastway Bancorp, Inc.   NY     17.45       17.45       -0.46       -3.05       0.11       0.74       2.25       53.38       NA       168.01       29.32       168.01       NA       NA       NA       NA  
PBSK   Poage Bankshares, Inc.   MA     12.97       12.97       0.99       7.64       0.52       4.01       NA       NA       28.35       220.68       28.61       220.68       33.80       NA       NA       NM  
UCBA   United Community Bancorp   OH     12.52       12.46       0.63       5.05       NA       NA       1.31       24.01       51.47       248.10       31.07       249.50       NA       0.68       4.40       226.67  

 

(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) Or since offering price if converted of first listed in the past 52 weeks. Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized.
(3) EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing 12 month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4) Exludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(6) Annualized based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7) Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(8) Excluded from averages due to actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
(9) For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence and RP® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2018 by RP® Financial, LC.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-2

 

Historical Stock Price Indices

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-2

Historical Stock Price Indices(1)

 

                          SNL     SNL  
                    NASDAQ     Thrift     Bank  
Year/Qtr. Ended   DJIA     S&P 500     Composite     Index     Index  
                                   
2004:   Quarter 1     10357.7       1126.2       1994.2       1585.3       562.20  
    Quarter 2     10435.5       1140.8       2047.8       1437.8       546.62  
    Quarter 3     10080.3       1114.6       1896.8       1495.1       556.00  
    Quarter 4     10783.0       1211.9       2175.4       1605.6       595.10  
                                             
2005:   Quarter 1     10503.8       1180.6       1999.2       1516.6       551.00  
    Quarter 2     10275.0       1191.3       2057.0       1577.1       563.27  
    Quarter 3     10568.7       1228.8       2151.7       1527.2       546.30  
    Quarter 4     10717.5       1248.3       2205.3       1616.4       582.80  
                                             
2006:   Quarter 1     11109.3       1294.8       2339.8       1661.1       595.50  
    Quarter 2     11150.2       1270.2       2172.1       1717.9       601.14  
    Quarter 3     11679.1       1335.9       2258.4       1727.1       634.00  
    Quarter 4     12463.2       1418.3       2415.3       1829.3       658.60  
                                             
2007:   Quarter 1     12354.4       1420.9       2421.6       1703.6       634.40  
    Quarter 2     13408.6       1503.4       2603.2       1645.9       622.63  
    Quarter 3     13895.6       1526.8       2701.5       1523.3       595.80  
    Quarter 4     13264.8       1468.4       2652.3       1058.0       492.85  
                                             
2008:   Quarter 1     12262.9       1322.7       2279.1       1001.5       442.5  
    Quarter 2     11350.0       1280.0       2293.0       822.6       332.2  
    Quarter 3     10850.7       1166.4       2082.3       760.1       414.8  
    Quarter 4     8776.4       903.3       1577.0       653.9       268.3  
                                             
2009:   Quarter 1     7608.9       797.9       1528.6       542.8       170.1  
    Quarter 2     8447.0       919.3       1835.0       538.8       227.6  
    Quarter 3     9712.3       1057.1       2122.4       561.4       282.9  
    Quarter 4     10428.1       1115.1       2269.2       587.0       260.8  
                                             
2010:   Quarter 1     10856.6       1169.4       2398.0       626.3       301.1  
    Quarter 2     9744.0       1030.7       2109.2       564.5       257.2  
    Quarter 3     9744.0       1030.7       2109.2       564.5       257.2  
    Quarter 4     11577.5       1257.6       2652.9       592.2       290.1  
                                             
2011:   Quarter 1     12319.7       1325.8       2781.1       578.1       293.1  
    Quarter 2     12414.3       1320.6       2773.5       540.8       266.8  
    Quarter 3     10913.4       1131.4       2415.4       443.2       198.9  
    Quarter 4     12217.6       1257.6       2605.2       481.4       221.3  
                                             
2012:   Quarter 1     13212.0       1408.5       3091.6       529.3       284.9  
    Quarter 2     12880.1       1362.2       2935.1       511.6       257.3  
    Quarter 3     13437.1       1440.7       3116.2       557.6       276.8  
    Quarter 4     13104.1       1426.2       3019.5       565.8       292.7  
                                             
2013:   Quarter 1     14578.5       1569.2       3267.5       602.3       318.9  
    Quarter 2     14909.6       1606.3       3404.3       625.3       346.7  
    Quarter 3     15129.7       1681.6       3771.5       650.8       354.4  
    Quarter 4     16576.7       1848.4       4176.6       706.5       394.4  
                                             
2014:   Quarter 1     16457.7       1872.3       4199.0       718.9       410.8  
    Quarter 2     16826.6       1960.2       4408.2       723.9       405.2  
    Quarter 3     17042.9       1972.3       4493.4       697.7       411.0  
    Quarter 4     17823.1       2058.9       4736.1       738.7       432.8  
                                             
2015:   Quarter 1     17776.1       2067.9       4900.9       749.3       418.8  
    Quarter 2     17619.5       2063.1       4986.9       795.7       448.4  
    Quarter 3     16284.7       1920.0       4620.2       811.7       409.4  
    Quarter 4     17425.0       2043.9       5007.4       809.1       431.5  
                                             
2016:   Quarter 1     17685.1       2059.7       4869.9       788.1       381.4  
    Quarter 2     17930.0       2098.9       4842.7       780.9       385.6  
    Quarter 3     18308.2       2168.3       5312.0       827.2       413.7  
    Quarter 4     19762.6       2238.8       5383.1       966.7       532.7  
                                             
2017:   Quarter 1     20663.2       2362.7       5911.7       918.9       535.8  
    Quarter 2     21349.6       2423.4       6140.4       897.1       552.4  
    Quarter 3     22405.1       2519.4       6496.0       939.3       573.2  
    Quarter 4     24719.2       2673..6       6903.4       937.6       617.7  
                                             
2018:   Quarter 1     24103.1       2640.9       7063.5       606.8       941.5  
    Quarter 2     24271.4       2718.4       7510.3       597.8       961.2  
    As of Aug. 3, 2017     25462.6       2840.4       7812.0       943.5       637.8  

 

(1) End of period data.

 

Sources: S&P Global Market Intelligence and The Wall Street Journal.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-3

 

Stock Indices as of August 3, 2018

 

 

 

 

Bank & Thrift Daily Monday, August 6, 2018

 

Daily Index Values

 

          Percentage Change               Percentage Change  
    Value     1 Day     1 Week     YTD     52 Week         Value     1 Day     1 Week     YTD     52 Week  
Bank     637.8       0.29       0.59       3.26       14.33     Thrift     943.5       -0.66       -0.43       0.64       4.64  
SNL TARP Participants     122.0       -0.67       0.11       60.17       43.65     Bank/Thrift     608.6       0.27       0.57       3.20       14.10  
NE Bank     650.2       -0.09       -0.03       -3.39       3.55     Thrift MHCs     5,662.4       -0.97       -2.32       1.92       0.54  
Mid-Atlc Bank     606.8       0.48       0.49       3.72       13.57     NE Thrift     3,212.7       -1.43       -1.09       -0.04       5.36  
SE Bank     413.7       0.32       1.16       4.91       20.01     Mid-Atlc Thrift     3,371.2       -0.98       -0.46       -2.77       0.93  
MW Bank     706.2       -0.09       0.14       4.42       10.28     SE Thrift     491.0       -1.02       -0.44       14.69       16.24  
SW Bank     1,329.3       -0.99       0.79       8.94       17.83     MW Thrift     3,082.6       -0.89       -2.46       -1.55       0.71  
W Bank     1,561.8       0.47       0.34       -0.36       12.37     SW Thrift     1,081.1       -1.71       5.58       28.48       30.30  
Bank < $500M     932.4       0.41       -0.33       -0.44       16.28     W Thrift     196.9       3.36       4.70       27.34       37.66  
Bank $500M-$1B     1,211.0       -0.52       -0.48       9.46       19.39     Thrift < $250M     1,334.9       -0.37       -0.29       -3.79       0.87  
Bank $1B-$5B     1,310.2       -1.34       -0.71       7.26       13.67     Thrift $250M-$500M     6,703.3       -0.19       -0.59       4.56       6.88  
Bank $5B-$10B     1,468.0       -1.59       -1.34       7.30       12.10     Thrift $500M-$1B     3,857.9       -0.71       0.26       11.34       21.07  
Bank > $10B     554.1       0.40       0.69       2.96       14.40     Thrift $1B-$5B     3,598.0       -1.18       -0.41       -0.95       3.76  
                                            Thrift > $5B     374.6       -0.48       -0.46       0.74       3.93  
                                            NASDAQ     7,812.0       0.12       0.96       13.16       22.99  

 

Note: All SNL indexes are market-value weighted; i.e., an institution’s effect on an index is proportional to that institution’s market capitalization. All SNL bank indexes began at 100 on June 30, 1987. On that date, the S&P stood at 304.0. All SNL thrift indexes, except for the SNL MHC Index, began at 100 on March 30, 1984. The SNL MHC Index began at 201.082 on Dec. 31, 1992, the level of the SNL Thrift Index on that date. The SNL Bank and Thrift Index began at 100.00 on June 29, 1987. On March 30, 1984, the S&P 500 stood at 159.2. The SNL TARP Index began at 100.00 on September 29, 2003. On that date, the S&P 500 stood at 1006.6.

 

 

NEWSLETTER RESEND : If you do not receive your newsletter, call our Subscriptions Department at +1.434.977.5877.

 

 

©2018 by S&P Global Market Intelligence, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc. All rights reserved. No content (including ratings, credit-related analyses and data, valuations, model, software or other application or output therefrom) or any part thereof (Content) may be modified, reverse engineered, reproduced or distributed in any form by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of S&P Global Market Intelligence or its affiliates (collectively, S&P). The Content shall not be used for any unlawful or unauthorized purposes. S&P and any third- party providers, as well as their directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents (collectively S&P Parties) do not guarantee the accuracy, completeness, timeliness or availability of the Content. S&P Parties are not responsible for any errors or omissions (negligent or otherwise), regardless of the cause, for the results obtained from the use of the Content, or for the security or maintenance of any data input by the user. The Content is provided on an “as is” basis. S&P PARTIES DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, FREEDOM FROM BUGS, SOFTWARE ERRORS OR DEFECTS, THAT THE CONTENT’S FUNCTIONING WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR THAT THE CONTENT WILL OPERATE WITH ANY SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE CONFIGURATION. In no event shall S&P Parties be liable to any party for any direct, indirect, incidental, exemplary, compensatory, punitive, special or consequential damages, costs, expenses, legal fees, or losses (including, without limitation, lost income or lost profits and opportunity costs or losses caused by negligence) in connection with any use of the Content even if advised of the possibility of such damages.

 

Credit-related and other analyses, including ratings, and statements in the Content are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact. S&P Global Market Intelligence’s opinions, analyses and rating acknowledgment decisions (described below) are not recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or to make any investment decisions, and do not address the suitability of any security. S&P Global Market Intelligence assumes no obligation to update the Content following publication in any form or format. The Content should not be relied on and is not a substitute for the skill, judgment and experience of the user, its management, employees, advisors and/or clients when making investment and other business decisions. S&P Global Market Intelligence does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor except where registered as such. While S&P Global Market Intelligence has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, S&P Global Market Intelligence does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives.

 

S&P keeps certain activities of its business units separate from each other in order to preserve the independence and objectivity of their respective activities. As a result, certain business units of S&P may have information that is not available to other S&P business units. S&P has established policies and procedures to maintain the confidentiality of certain non-public information received in connection with each analytical process.

 

S&P may receive compensation for its ratings and certain analyses, normally from issuers or underwriters of securities or from obligors. S&P reserves the right to disseminate its opinions and analyses. S&P’s public ratings and analyses are made available on its Web sites, www.standardandpoors.com (free of charge), and www.ratingsdirect.com and www.global-creditportal.com (subscription), and may be distributed through other means, including via S&P publications and third-party redistributors. Additional information about our ratings fees is available at www.standardandpoors.com/usratingsfees

 

Copyright © 2018 by S&P Global Market Intelligence, a division of S&P Global Inc. All rights reserved.

 

spglobal.com/marketintelligence

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-4

 

New York Acquisitions 2014 - Present

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-4

New York Thrift Acquisitions 2014-Present

 

                        Target Financials at Announcement     Deal Terms and Pricing at Announcement  
                        Total                 LTM     LTM     NPAs/     Rsrvs/     Deal     Value/                             Prem/  
Announce   Complete                   Assets     E/A     TE/A     ROAA     ROAE     Assets     NPLs     Value     Share     P/B     P/TB     P/E     P/A     Cdeps  
Date   Date   Buyer Short Name       Target Name       ($000)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($M)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)  
                                                                                                         
3/5/2018   Pending   Seneca-Cayuga Bncp Inc. (MHC)   NY   Medina Savings and Loan Association   NY     53,925       6.90       6.90       0.06       0.95       0.31       284.85       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  
3/15/2017   11/10/2017   Kinderhook Bank Corp.   NY   Patriot Federal Bank   NY     141,246       8.73       8.61       0.37       4.09       0.55       231.02       14.56       9.95       118.1       119.9       28.7       10.30       2.61  
03/07/2017   10/02/2017   Sterling Bancorp   NY   Astoria Financial Corporation   NY     14,558,652       11.77       10.64       0.48       4.23       1.70       37.04       2,229.7       21.919       140.03       158.56       35.35       15.32       9.86  
12/16/2016   8/11/2017   Wallkill Valley FS&LA   NY   Hometown Bancorp, Inc. (MHC)   NY     122,950       6.73       6.44       -0.03       -0.38       NA       NA       3.06       3.01       84.6       88.7       NM       2.49       -5.42  
2/24/2015   12/4/2015   Community Bank System Inc.   NY   Oneida Financial Corp.   NY     798,169       12.01       9.01       0.66       5.44       0.17       326.98       142.23       19.99       146.6       202.1       27.4       17.82       11.61  
9/25/2014   4/28/2015   Putnam County SB   NY   CMS Bancorp, Inc.   NY     273,045       8.72       8.72       0.25       2.91       NA       NA       25.37       13.25       110.6       110.6       40.2       9.29       1.72  
01/30/2014   06/30/2014   Kearny Financial Corp. (MHC)   NJ   Atlas Bank   NY     110,480       13.68       13.68       -0.93       -6.18       0.60       109.79       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  
                                                                                                                                     
                Average:         2,294,067       9.79       9.14       0.12       1.58       0.67       197.94                       119.98       135.95       32.88       11.04       4.08  
                Median:         141,246       8.73       8.72       0.25       2.91       0.55       231.02                       118.10       119.86       32.00       10.30       2.61  

 

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-5

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-5
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes

 

Directors

 

Frederick L. Battenfeld is the owner and chief executive officer of F.W. Battenfeld & Sons, a wholesale cut flower and tree grower located in Red Hook, New York. Mr. Battenfeld’s career as a small business executive provides us with knowledge of the challenges facing small business in our market area. Further, Mr. Battenfeld, both through his business and as an active member of the community, is knowledgeable of the local consumer environment.

 

Christopher W. Chestney is a funeral director for Dapson Chestney Funeral Home, Inc., located in Rhinebeck, New York, and Peck and Peck Funeral Home, Inc., located in Pine Plains, New York. Mr. Chestney’s business experience gives us insights into the local community.

 

Freddimir Garcia is the special assistant to the President for Diversity, Inclusion and Community Engagement at Marist College in Poughkeepsie, New York. Both through the college and through service on several non-profit boards, Mr. Garcis’s extensive community involvement provides us with valuable insight into the needs of our local community.

 

William C. Irwin R.Ph. is a graduate of Union University, Albany College of Pharmacy and Health Services. Mr. Irwin is currently a principal for Schectman Pharmacy Brokers, a business specializing in the sale of independent pharmacies and drug stores, concentrating in the New York tri-state area. Mr. Irwin was the owner of Molloy Pharmacy in Hyde Park and President of Molloy’s Medical Arts Pharmacy in Poughkeepsie for over 30 years. Mr. Irwin has also served as President of Northern Dutchess Hospital, President of the Hudson Valley Pharmacists Society, served on the Hyde Park Chamber of Commerce Economic Development committee along with the McKesson Corporation National Independent Advisory Board. He currently serves as a volunteer for the Dutchess County Medical Reserve Corp and other local volunteer organizations. Mr. Irwin’s experience as a small business owner brings valuable business ownership and leadership skills along with extensive insight into the customers who live in our market areas and economic developments affecting the communities in which we operate.

 

Shannon Martin LaFrance is a practicing lawyer and owner of law firms in Florida and New York. Her practice includes civil litigation and administrative law with a focus on land use, municipal and environmental matters in addition to dependency and family law.  She also served as town attorney, and zoning board of appeals and planning board attorney in New York from 1994 through 2012 for the towns of Dover, Rosendale and Marbletown, New York. Ms. LaFrance was a Dutchess County Legislator from 2002 through 2007 for Fishkill and served as Chair of the Legislature’s Environment Committee as well as the Groundwater Protection Subcommittee.   Ms. LaFrance also served as the Legislature’s liaison to the Dutchess County Water and Wastewater Authority prior to her election. Ms. LaFrance’s general legal knowledge as well as her expertise in land, municipal and environmental issues is a significant resource for us.

 

Suzanne Rhulen Loughlin became the Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel of Novume (Nasdaq: NVMM), a provider of support services for companies operating in the government contracts areas, in January 2017. She founded Firestorm Solutions, LLC, a crisis management consultancy, in 2005 before it was acquired by Novume in January 2017. Prior to working at Firestorm, Ms. Laughlin worked at Frontier Insurance Group for fifteen years, where she was responsible for human resources, IT, corporate communications, facilities, government relations and internal audit. Ms. Laughlin also serves as a board member of Hudson Valley Pattern for Progress, Sullivan County Industrial Development Agency and the Sullivan County Partnership for Economic Development. She serves as President of the Trevor Loughlin Foundation, Inc. which issues grants to individuals battling acute catastrophic illnesses and all blood cancers. Ms. Loughlin’s crisis management experience, combined with her training and practice in many legal exposures applicable to us, enables her to provide critical decision support to the board.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-5 (continued)
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes

 

Directors

 

Michael J. Quinn has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 1994 and has been employed by Rhinebeck Bank in various capacities including Treasurer, Senior Lending Officer and Chief Operating Officer since 1984. Mr. Quinn’s extensive experience in the local banking industry and involvement in business and civic organizations in the communities in which we serve affords the Board valuable insight regarding our business and operations. Mr. Quinn’s knowledge of our business and history position him well to continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Louis Tumolo, Jr. is the owner and hospital administrator of Rhinebeck Animal Hospital, where Dr. Tumolo has cared for pets here as a general practitioner since 1970. Dr. Tumolo served as a board member of the Northern Dutchess Hospital Board for fourteen years, is a past member of the rotary club and a current member of the Frost Memorial Fund. Dr. Tomolo’s 45 years of experience as owner and administrator of a locally operated business brings valuable business and leadership skills to the Board.

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

Jamie J. Bloom , age 52, has served as our Chief Operating Officer since March 2015. Prior to the appointment, Ms. Bloom served as a senior vice president, retail banking of Rhinebeck Bank from January 2012 until March 2015 and vice president, sales director of Rhinebeck Bank from November 2010 until January 2012.

 

Francis X. Dwyer , age 57, has served as President of Rhinebeck Asset Management, a division of Rhinebeck Bank, since 2015. Mr. Dwyer was a vice president and financial advisor of Walden Investment Services, Montgomery, New York from 2012 until 2015.

 

James T. McCardle, III , age 52, has served as our Chief Credit Officer since January 2018 after having previously served as our Chief Lending Officer from December 2010 until January 2018.

 

Michael J. McDermott , age 65, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2001.

 

Karen Morgan D’Amelio , age 48, has served as our General Counsel, Chief Risk Officer and Corporate Secretary since March 2014. Prior to joining Rhinebeck Bank, Ms. Morgan-D’Amelio worked in both private practice and for over eight years for financial institutions culminating as a Senior Counsel at J.P. Morgan Chase.

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-6

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-6
Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.
Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

    Rhinebeck Bank
Historical at
    Pro Forma at June 30, 2018 Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of:  
    June 30, 2018     3,263,393 Shares     3,839,286 Shares     4,415,179 Shares     5,077,456 Shares (1)  
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
       
Equity capital   $ 58,772       7.44 %   $ 72,865       9.01 %   $ 75,502       9.30 %   $ 78,137       9.58 %   $ 81,171       9.91 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 leverage capital   $ 64,518       8.33 %   $ 78,661       9.92 %   $ 81,298       10.20 %   $ 83,933       10.59 %   $ 86,967       10.82 %
Tier 1 leverage requirement     38,732       5.00 %     39,662       5.00 %     39,834       5.00 %     40,005       5.00 %     40,202       5.00 %
Excess   $ 25,786       3.33 %   $ 38,999       4.92 %   $ 41,464       5.20 %   $ 43,928       5.49 %   $ 46,765       5.82 %
                                                                                 
Tier 1 risk-based
capital (3)
  $ 64,518       9.62 %   $ 78,661       11.66 %   $ 81,298       12.04 %   $ 83,933       12.42 %   $ 86,967       12.85 %
Tier 1 risk-based requirement     53,666       8.00 %     53,969       8.00 %     54,023       8.00 %     54,078       8.00 %     54,141       8.00 %
Excess   $ 10,852       1.62 %   $ 24,692       3.66 %   $ 27,275       4.04 %   $ 29,855       4.42 %   $ 32,826       4.85 %
                                                                                 
Total risk-based
capital (3)
  $ 70,457       10.50 %   $ 84,600       12.54 %   $ 87,237       12.92 %   $ 89,872       13.30 %   $ 92,906       13.73 %
Total risk-based
requirement
    67,083       10.00 %     67,461       10.00 %     67,529       10.00 %     67,598       10.00 %     67,676       10.00 %
Excess   $ 3,374       0.50 %   $ 17,139       2.54 %   $ 19,708       2.92 %   $ 22,274       3.30 %   $ 25,230       3.73 %
                                                                                 
Common equity tier 1 capital   $ 64,518       9.62 %   $ 78,661       11.66 %   $ 81,298       12.04 %   $ 83,933       12.42 %   $ 86,967       12.85 %
Common equity tier 1  
requirement
    43,604       6.50 %     43,849       6.50 %     43,894       6.50 %     43,938       6.50 %     43,990       6.50 %
Excess   $ 20,914       3.12 %   $ 34,812       5.16 %   $ 37,404       5.54 %   $ 39,995       5.92 %   $ 42,977       6.35 %
                                                                                 
Reconciliation:                                                                                
Net proceeds infused into Rhinebeck Bank                   $ 18,605             $ 22,030             $ 25,453             $ 29,391          
Less:  Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan                     (2,975 )             (3,500 )             (4,025 )             (4,629 )        
Less:  Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan                     (1,487 )             (1,750 )             (2,013 )             (2,314 )        
Pro forma increase in tier 1 and risk-based capital                   $ 14,143             $ 16,780             $ 19,415             $ 22,448          
                                                                                 

_______________________

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which increase could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Equity and Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

Source: Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.’s prospectus.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-7

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Analysis Sheet – Fully Converted Basis

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-7

PRO FORMA ANALYSIS SHEET - FULLY CONVERTED BASIS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Prices as of August 3, 2018

 

                  Peer Group     New York Companies     All Publicly-Traded  
Price Multiple   Symbol   Subject (1)         Average     Median     Average     Median     Average     Median  
Price-earnings ratio (x)   P/E     32.01   x       24.33 x     24.95 x     19.04 x     13.72 x     25.85 x     19.67 x
Price-core earnings ratio (x)   P/Core     43.68   x       21.47 x     22.63 x     14.19 x     14.45 x     18.85 x     16.73 x
Price-book ratio (%) = P/B     68.40 %         122.32 %     133.04 %     134.44 %     125.57 %     138.45 %     126.33 %
Price-tangible book ratio (%) = P/TB     69.35 %         121.85 %     131.36 %     148.89 %     136.66 %     153.28 %     135.95 %
Price-assets ratio (%) = P/A     10.32 %         15.06 %     14.82 %     12.74 %     11.10 %     16.80 %     17.07 %

 

Valuation Parameters

 

Pre-Conversion Earnings (Y)   $ 2,585,000     ESOP Stock Purchases (E)     8.00 %   (5)
Pre-Conversion Earnings (CY)   $ 1,840,000     Cost of ESOP Borrowings (S)     0.00 %   (4)
Pre-Conversion Book Value (B)   $ 55,561,000     ESOP Amortization (T)     20.00     years
Pre-Conv. Tang. Book Val. (TB)   $ 53,846,000     RRP Amount (M)     4.00 %    
Pre-Conversion Assets (A)   $ 789,853,000     RRP Vesting (N)     5.00     years (5)
Reinvestment Rate (2)(R)     2.73 %   Foundation (F)     2.27 %    
Est. Conversion Expenses (3)(X)     2.50 %   Tax Benefit (Z)     536,142      
Tax Rate (TAX)     27.00 %   Percentage Sold (PCT)     100.00 %    
Shares Tax   $ 0     Option (O1)     10.00 %   (6)
            Estimated Option Value (O2)     29.80 %   (6)
            Option vesting (O3)     5.00     (6)
            Option pct taxable (O4)     25.00 %   (6)

 

Calculation of Pro Forma Value After Conversion

 

1. V= P/E * (Y)   V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/E * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-F)*R*(1-TAX) - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N) - (1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)      
           
2. V= P/Core * (Y)   V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/core * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-F)*R*(1-TAX) - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N) - (1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)      

 

3. V= P/B  *  (B+Z)     V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/B * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)        
             
4. V= P/TB  *  (TB+Z)     V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/TB * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)        
             
5. V= P/A * (A+Z)     V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/A * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)        

 

                      Shares           Aggregate  
    Shares Issued     Price Per     Gross Offering     Issued To     Total Shares     Market Value  
Conclusion   To the Public     Share     Proceeds     Foundation     Issued     of Shares Issued  
Supermaximum     11,571,875       10.00     $ 115,718,750       236,161       11,808,036     $ 118,080,360  
Maximum     10,062,500       10.00       100,625,000       205,357       10,267,857       102,678,570  
Midpoint     8,750,000       10.00       87,500,000       178,571       8,928,571       89,285,710  
Minimum     7,437,500       10.00       74,375,000       151,785       7,589,285       75,892,850  

 

 

(1) Pricing ratios shown reflect the midpoint value.
(2) Net return reflects a reinvestment rate of 2.73 percent and a tax rate of 27.0 percent.
(3) Offering expenses shown at estimated midpoint value.
(4) No cost is applicable since holding company will fund the ESOP loan.
(5) ESOP and MRP amortize over 20 years and 5 years, respectively; amortization expenses tax effected at 27.0 percent.
(6) 10 percent option plan with an estimated Black-Scholes valuation of 29.80 percent of the exercise price, including a 5 year vesting with 25 percent of the options (granted to directors) tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-8

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds – Fully Converted Basis

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

At the Minimum

 

1.   Pro Forma Market Capitalization   $ 75,892,850  
    Less: Foundation Shares     1,517,850  
2.   Offering Proceeds   $ 74,375,000  
    Less: Estimated Offering Expenses     1,859,375  
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 72,515,625  
             
3.   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
             
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 72,515,625  
    Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation     200,000  
    Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)     9,107,142  
    Net Proceeds Reinvested   $ 63,208,483  
    Estimated net incremental rate of return     1.99 %
    Reinvestment Income   $ 1,259,682  
    Less: Shares Tax     0  
    Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)     0  
    Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)     221,607  
    Less: Amortization of Options (4)     421,790  
    Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)     443,214  
    Net Earnings Impact   $ 173,071  

 

              Net        
        Before     Earnings     After  
        Conversion     Increase     Conversion  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings                        
                             
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (reported)   $ 2,585,000     $ 173,071     $ 2,758,071  
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (core)   $ 1,840,000     $ 173,071     $ 2,013,071  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
5.   Pro Forma Net Worth                                
                                     
    June 30, 2018   $ 55,561,000     $ 63,208,483     $ 463,820     $ 119,233,303  
    June 30, 2018 (Tangible)   $ 53,846,000     $ 63,208,483     $ 463,820     $ 117,518,303  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
6.   Pro Forma Assets                                
                                     
    June 30, 2018   $ 789,853,000     $ 63,208,483     $ 463,820     $ 853,525,303  

 

(1) Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 27.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5) RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

At the Midpoint

 

1.   Pro Forma Market Capitalization   $ 89,285,710  
    Less: Foundation Shares     1,785,710  
2.   Offering Proceeds   $ 87,500,000  
    Less: Estimated Offering Expenses     2,187,500  
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 85,312,500  
             
3.   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
             
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 85,312,500  
    Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation     200,000  
    Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)     10,714,285  
    Net Proceeds Reinvested   $ 74,398,215  
    Estimated net incremental rate of return     1.99 %
    Reinvestment Income   $ 1,482,682  
    Less: Shares Tax     0  
    Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)     0  
    Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)     260,714  
    Less: Amortization of Options (4)     496,223  
    Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)     521,429  
    Net Earnings Impact   $ 204,316  

 

              Net        
        Before     Earnings     After  
        Conversion     Increase     Conversion  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings                        
                             
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (reported)   $ 2,585,000     $ 204,316     $ 2,789,316  
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (core)   $ 1,840,000     $ 204,316     $ 2,044,316  

                             
        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
5.   Pro Forma Net Worth                                
                                     
    June 30, 2018   $ 55,561,000     $ 74,398,215     $ 536,142     $ 130,495,357  
    June 30, 2018 (Tangible)   $ 53,846,000     $ 74,398,215     $ 536,142     $ 128,780,357  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
6.   Pro Forma Assets                                
                                     
    June 30, 2018   $ 789,853,000     $ 74,398,215     $ 536,142     $ 864,787,357  

 

(1) Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 27.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5) RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

At the Maximum Value

 

1.   Pro Forma Market Capitalization   $ 102,678,570  
    Less: Foundation Shares     2,053,570  
2.   Offering Proceeds   $ 100,625,000  
    Less: Estimated Offering Expenses     2,515,625  
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 98,109,375  
             
3.   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
             
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 98,109,375  
    Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation     200,000  
    Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)     12,321,428  
    Net Proceeds Reinvested   $ 85,587,947  
    Estimated net incremental rate of return     1.99 %
    Reinvestment Income   $ 1,705,682  
    Less: Shares Tax     0  
    Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)     0  
    Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)     299,821  
    Less: Amortization of Options (4)     570,657  
    Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)     599,643  
    Net Earnings Impact   $ 235,561  

 

              Net        
        Before     Earnings     After  
        Conversion     Increase     Conversion  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings                        
                             
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (reported)   $ 2,585,000     $ 235,561     $ 2,820,561  
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (core)   $ 1,840,000     $ 235,561     $ 2,075,561  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
5.   Pro Forma Net Worth                                
                                     
    June 30, 2018   $ 55,561,000     $ 85,587,947     $ 608,464     $ 141,757,411  
    June 30, 2018 (Tangible)   $ 53,846,000     $ 85,587,947     $ 608,464     $ 140,042,411  
                                     

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
6.   Pro Forma Assets                                
                                     
    June 30, 2018   $ 789,853,000     $ 85,587,947     $ 608,464     $ 876,049,411  

 

(1) Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 27.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5) RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

At the Super Maximum Value

 

1.   Pro Forma Market Capitalization   $ 118,080,360  
    Less: Foundation Shares     2,361,610  
2.   Offering Proceeds   $ 115,718,750  
    Less: Estimated Offering Expenses     2,892,969  
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 112,825,781  
             
3.   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
             
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 112,825,781  
    Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation     200,000  
    Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)     14,169,643  
    Net Proceeds Reinvested   $ 98,456,138  
    Estimated net incremental rate of return     1.99 %
    Reinvestment Income   $ 1,962,132  
    Less: Shares Tax     0  
    Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)     0  
    Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)     344,795  
    Less: Amortization of Options (4)     656,255  
    Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)     689,589  
    Net Earnings Impact   $ 271,493  

 

              Net        
        Before     Earnings     After  
        Conversion     Increase     Conversion  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings                        
                             
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (reported)   $ 2,585,000     $ 271,493     $ 2,856,493  
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (core)   $ 1,840,000     $ 271,493     $ 2,111,493  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
5.   Pro Forma Net Worth                                
                                     
    June 30, 2018   $ 55,561,000     $ 98,456,138     $ 691,635     $ 154,708,773  
    June 30, 2018 (Tangible)   $ 53,846,000     $ 98,456,138     $ 691,635     $ 152,993,773  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
6.   Pro Forma Assets                                
                                     
    June 30, 2018   $ 789,853,000     $ 98,456,138     $ 691,635     $ 889,000,773  

 

(1) Includes ESOP and RRP stock purchases equal to 8.0 and 4.0 percent of total shares issued, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 27.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assumes 25 percent is taxable.
(5) RRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-9

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Analysis Sheet – Minority Stock Offering

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-9

PRO FORMA ANALYSIS SHEET - MINORITY STOCK OFFERING

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

August 3, 2018

 

                  Peer Group     New York Companies     All Publicly-Traded  
Price Multiple   Symbol   Subject (1)         Average     Median     Average     Median     Average     Median  
Price-earnings ratio (x)   P/E     34.70     x     24.33 x     24.95 x     19.04 x     13.72 x     25.85 x     19.67 x
Price-core earnings ratio (x)   P/Core     48.84     x     21.47 x     22.63 x     14.19 x     14.45 x     18.85 x     16.73 x
Price-book ratio (%) = P/B     102.35 %         122.32 %     133.04 %     134.44 %     125.57 %     138.45 %     126.33 %
Price-tangible book ratio (%) = P/TB     104.38 %         121.85 %     131.36 %     148.89 %     136.66 %     153.28 %     135.95 %
Price-assets ratio (%) = P/A     10.87 %         15.06 %     14.82 %     12.74 %     11.10 %     16.80 %     17.07 %

 

Valuation Parameters

 

Pre-Conversion Earnings (Y)(2)   $ 2,583,000     ESOP Stock Purchases (E)     8.71 %   (6)
Pre-Conversion Earnings (CY)(2)   $ 1,838,000     Cost of ESOP Borrowings (S)     0.00 %   (5)
Pre-Conversion Book Value (B)(2)   $ 55,461,000     ESOP Amortization (T)     20.00     years
Pre-Conv. Tang. Book Value (TB)(2)   $ 53,746,000     MRP Amount (M)     4.36 %    
Pre-Conversion Assets (A)(2)   $ 789,753,000     MRP Vesting (N)     5.00     years (6)
Reinvestment Rate (3)(R)     2.73 %   Foundation (F)     4.65 %    
Est. Conversion Expenses (4)(X)     4.37 %   Tax Benefit (Z)     536,142      
Tax Rate (TAX)     27.00 %   Percentage Sold (PCT)     45.00 %    
            Option (O1)     10.89 %   (7)
            Estimated Option Value (O2)     30.60 %   (7)
            Option vesting (O3)     5.00     (7)
            Option pct taxable (O4)     25.00 %   (7)

 

Calculation of Pro Forma Value After Conversion

 

1. V= P/E * (Y)   V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/E * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-F)*R*(1-TAX) - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N) - (1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)      
           
2. V= P/Core * (Y)   V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/core * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-F)*R*(1-TAX) - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N) - (1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)      

 

3. V= P/B  *  (B+Z)     V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/B * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)        
             
4. V= P/TB  *  (TB+Z)     V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/TB * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)        
             
5. V= P/A * (A+Z)     V= $89,285,710
    1 - P/A * PCT * (1-X-E-M-F)        

 

                                        Aggregate        
                            Shares           Market Value        
    Shares Owned by     Shares Issued     Price Per     Gross Offering     Issued to     Total Shares     of Shares Issued     Full Value  
Conclusion   The MHC     To the Public     Share     Proceeds     Foundation     Issued Publicly     Publicly     Total Shares  
Super Maximum     6,494,419       5,077,456       10.00     $ 50,774,560       236,161       5,313,617     $ 53,136,170       11,808,036  
Maximum     5,647,321       4,415,179       10.00     $ 44,151,790       205,357       4,620,536       46,205,360       10,267,857  
Midpoint     4,910,714       3,839,286       10.00     $ 38,392,860       178,571       4,017,857       40,178,570       8,928,571  
Minimum     4,174,107       3,263,393       10.00     $ 32,633,930       151,785       3,415,178       34,151,780       7,589,285  

 

(1) Pricing ratios shown reflect the midpoint value.
(2) Adjusted for capitalizing MHC with $100,000.
(3) Net return reflects a reinvestment rate of 2.73 percent, and a tax rate of 27.0 percent.
(4) Offering expenses shown at estimated midpoint value.
(5) No cost is applicable since holding company will fund the ESOP loan.
(6) ESOP and MRP amortize over 20 years and 5 years, respectively; amortization expenses tax effected at 27.0 percent.
(7) 10 percent option plan with an estimated Black-Scholes valuation of 27.0 percent of the exercise price, including a 5 year vesting with 25 percent of the options (granted to directors) tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT IV-10

 

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds – Minority Stock Offering

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-10

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

At the Minimum

 

1.   Pro Forma Market Capitalization   $ 34,151,780  
    Less: Foundation Shares     1,517,850  
2.   Offering Proceeds   $ 32,633,930  
    Less: Estimated Offering Expenses     1,624,959  
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 31,008,971  
             
3.   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
             
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 31,008,971  
    Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation     200,000  
    Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)     4,462,499  
    Net Proceeds Reinvested   $ 26,346,472  
    Estimated net incremental rate of return     1.99 %
    Reinvestment Income   $ 525,059  
    Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)     0  
    Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)     108,587  
    Less: Amortization of Options (4)     212,225  
    Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)     217,175  
    Net Earnings Impact   $ (12,929 )

 

              Net        
        Before     Earnings     After  
        Conversion     Increase     Conversion  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings                        
                             
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (reported)   $ 2,583,000     $ (12,929 )   $ 2,570,071  
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (core)   $ 1,838,000     $ (12,929 )   $ 1,825,071  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
5.   Pro Forma Net Worth                                
                                     
    June  30, 2018   $ 55,461,000     $ 26,346,472     $ 463,820     $ 82,271,291  
    June 30, 2018 (Tangible)   $ 53,746,000     $ 26,346,472     $ 463,820     $ 80,556,291  

                             
        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
6.   Pro Forma Assets                                
                                     
    June  30, 2018   $ 789,753,000     $ 26,346,472     $ 463,820     $ 816,563,291  

 

(1) Includes ESOP and MRP stock purchases equal to 8.71 percent and 4.36 percent of the public shares, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 27.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25 percent taxable.
(5) MRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-10

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

At the Midpoint

 

1.   Pro Forma Market Capitalization   $ 40,178,570  
    Less: Foundation Shares     1,785,710  
2.   Offering Proceeds   $ 38,392,860  
    Less: Estimated Offering Expenses     1,677,299  
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 36,715,561  
             
3.   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
             
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 36,715,561  
    Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation     200,000  
    Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)     5,250,000  
    Net Proceeds Reinvested   $ 31,265,561  
    Estimated net incremental rate of return     1.99 %
    Reinvestment Income   $ 623,091  
    Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)     0  
    Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)     127,750  
    Less: Amortization of Options (4)     249,677  
    Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)     255,500  
    Net Earnings Impact   $ (9,835 )

 

              Net        
        Before     Earnings     After  
        Conversion     Increase     Conversion  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings                        
                             
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (reported)   $ 2,583,000     $ (9,835 )   $ 2,573,165  
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (core)   $ 1,838,000     $ (9,835 )   $ 1,828,165  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
5.   Pro Forma Net Worth                                
                                     
    June  30, 2018   $ 55,461,000     $ 31,265,561     $ 536,142     $ 87,262,703  
    June 30, 2018 (Tangible)   $ 53,746,000     $ 31,265,561     $ 536,142     $ 85,547,703  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
6.   Pro Forma Assets                                
                                     
    June  30, 2018   $ 789,753,000     $ 31,265,561     $ 536,142     $ 821,554,703  

 

(1) Includes ESOP and MRP stock purchases equal to 8.71 percent and 4.36 percent of the public shares, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 27.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25 percent taxable.
(5) MRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-10

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

At the Maximum

 

1.   Pro Forma Market Capitalization   $ 46,205,360  
    Less: Foundation Shares     2,053,570  
2.   Offering Proceeds   $ 44,151,790  
    Less: Estimated Offering Expenses     1,729,638  
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 42,422,152  
             
3.   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
             
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 42,422,152  
    Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation     200,000  
    Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)     6,037,500  
    Net Proceeds Reinvested   $ 36,184,652  
    Estimated net incremental rate of return     1.99 %
    Reinvestment Income   $ 721,124  
    Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)     0  
    Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)     146,913  
    Less: Amortization of Options (4)     287,128  
    Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)     293,825  
    Net Earnings Impact   $ (6,742 )

 

              Net        
        Before     Earnings     After  
        Conversion     Increase     Conversion  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings                        
                             
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (reported)   $ 2,583,000     $ (6,742 )   $ 2,576,258  
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (core)   $ 1,838,000     $ (6,742 )   $ 1,831,258  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
5.   Pro Forma Net Worth                                
                                     
    June  30, 2018   $ 55,461,000     $ 36,184,652     $ 608,464     $ 92,254,116  
    June 30, 2018 (Tangible)   $ 53,746,000     $ 36,184,652     $ 608,464     $ 90,539,116  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
6.   Pro Forma Assets                                
                                     
    June  30, 2018   $ 789,753,000     $ 36,184,652     $ 608,464     $ 826,546,116  

 

(1) Includes ESOP and MRP stock purchases equal to 8.71 percent and 4.36 percent of the public shares, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 27.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25 percent taxable.
(5) MRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit IV-10

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Rhinebeck Bancorp, Inc.

At the Super Maximum Value

 

1.   Pro Forma Market Capitalization   $ 53,136,170  
    Less: Foundation Shares     2,361,610  
2.   Offering Proceeds   $ 50,774,560  
    Less: Estimated Offering Expenses     1,789,828  
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 48,984,732  
             
3.   Estimated Additional Income from Conversion Proceeds        
             
    Net Conversion Proceeds   $ 48,984,732  
    Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation     200,000  
    Less: Non-Cash Stock Purchases (1)     6,943,126  
    Net Proceeds Reinvested   $ 41,841,606  
    Estimated net incremental rate of return     1.99 %
    Reinvestment Income   $ 833,861  
    Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings (2)     0  
    Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings (3)     168,949  
    Less: Amortization of Options (4)     330,198  
    Less: Recognition Plan Vesting (5)     337,899  
    Net Earnings Impact   $ (3,185 )

 

              Net        
        Before     Earnings     After  
        Conversion     Increase     Conversion  
4.   Pro Forma Earnings                        
                             
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (reported)   $ 2,583,000     ($ 3,185 )   $ 2,579,815  
    12 Months ended June 30, 2018 (core)   $ 1,838,000     ($ 3,185 )   $ 1,834,815  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
5.   Pro Forma Net Worth                                
                                     
    June  30, 2018   $ 55,461,000     $ 41,841,606     $ 691,635     $ 97,994,241  
    June 30, 2018 (Tangible)   $ 53,746,000     $ 41,841,606     $ 691,635     $ 96,279,241  

 

        Before     Net Cash     Tax Benefit     After  
        Conversion     Proceeds     Of Contribution     Conversion  
6.   Pro Forma Assets                                
                                     
    June  30, 2018   $ 789,753,000     $ 41,841,606     $ 691,635     $ 832,286,241  

 

(1) Includes ESOP and MRP stock purchases equal to 8.71 percent and 4.36 percent of the public shares, respectively.
(2) ESOP stock purchases are internally financed by a loan from the holding company.
(3) ESOP borrowings are amortized over 20 years, amortization expense is tax-effected at a 27.0 percent rate.
(4) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25 percent taxable.
(5) MRP is amortized over 5 years, and amortization expense is tax effected at 27.0 percent.

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT V-1


RP ® Financial, LC.
Firm Qualifications Statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

FIRM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

 

RP ® Financial (“RP ® ) provides financial and management consulting, merger advisory and valuation services to the financial services industry nationwide. We offer a broad array of services, high quality and prompt service, hands-on involvement by principals and senior staff, careful structuring of strategic initiatives and sophisticated valuation and other analyses consistent with industry practices and regulatory requirements. Our staff maintains extensive background in financial and management consulting, valuation and investment banking. Our clients include commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies and other financial services companies.

 

STRATEGIC PLANNING SERVICES

RP ® ’s strategic planning services are designed to provide effective feasible plans with quantifiable results. We analyze strategic options to enhance shareholder value, achieve regulatory approval or realize other objectives. Such services involve conducting situation analyses; establishing mission/vision statements, developing strategic goals and objectives; and identifying strategies to enhance franchise and/or market value, capital management, earnings enhancement, operational matters and organizational issues. Strategic recommendations typically focus on: capital formation and management, asset/liability targets, profitability, return on equity and stock pricing. Our proprietary financial simulation models provide the basis for evaluating the impact of various strategies and assessing their feasibility and compatibility with regulations.

 

MERGER ADVISORY SERVICES

RP ® ’s merger advisory services include targeting potential buyers and sellers, assessing acquisition merit, conducting due diligence, negotiating and structuring merger transactions, preparing merger business plans and financial simulations, rendering fairness opinions, preparing mark-to-market analyses, valuing intangible assets and supporting the implementation of post-acquisition strategies. Our merger advisory services involve transactions of financially healthy companies and failed bank deals. RP ® is also expert in de novo charters and shelf charters. Through financial simulations, comprehensive data bases, valuation proficiency and regulatory familiarity, RP ® ’s merger advisory services center on enhancing shareholder returns.

 

VALUATION SERVICES

RP ® ’s extensive valuation practice includes bank and thrift mergers, thrift mutual-to-stock conversions, goodwill impairment, insurance company demutualizations, ESOPs, subsidiary companies, merger accounting and other purposes. We are highly experienced in performing appraisals which conform to regulatory guidelines and appraisal standards. RP ® is the nation’s leading valuation firm for thrift mutual-to-stock conversions, with appraised values ranging up to $4 billion.

 

OTHER CONSULTING SERVICES

RP ® offers other consulting services including evaluating the impact of regulatory changes (TARP, etc.), branching and diversification strategies, feasibility studies and special research. We assist banks/thrifts in preparing CRA plans and evaluating wealth management activities on a de novo or merger basis. Our other consulting services are facilitated by proprietary valuation and financial simulation models.

 

KEY PERSONNEL (Years of Relevant Experience & Contact Information )

Ronald S. Riggins, Managing Director (38) (703) 647-6543 rriggins@rpfinancial.com
William E. Pommerening, Managing Director (34) (703) 647-6546 wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
Marcus Faust, Managing Director (30) (703) 647-6553 mfaust@rpfinancial.com
Gregory E. Dunn, Director (35) (703) 647-6548 gdunn@rpfinancial.com
James P. Hennessey, Director (31) (703) 647-6544 jhennessey@rpfinancial.com
James J. Oren, Director (31) (703) 647-6549 joren@rpfinancial.com
Carla Pollard, Senior Vice President (28) (703) 647-6556 cpollard@rpfinancial.com

 

Washington Headquarters  
Three Ballston Plaza Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600 Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA  22201 Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com